Catalog 2014/2015 www.aauni.edu
Contents Information about the Institution ........................................................................................................................ 3 Name and Address ......................................................................................................................................... 3 Schools of Study ............................................................................................................................................ 3 Statutory Body ............................................................................................................................................... 3 University Governance .................................................................................................................................. 3 Academic Authorities .................................................................................................................................... 4 Description of the Institution ......................................................................................................................... 5 Mission, Vision, Values ................................................................................................................................. 5 Degree Programs of Study ............................................................................................................................. 6 Admission and Enrollment Procedure ........................................................................................................... 6 International Partner Universities .................................................................................................................. 9 Main AAU Rules and Regulations .............................................................................................................. 10 Academic Calendar 2014 - 2015 ...................................................................................................................... 11 Academic Calendar Fall 2014 - Late Intake Schedule ..................................................................................... 13 General Information for Students ..................................................................................................................... 14 Accommodation........................................................................................................................................... 14 Meals ........................................................................................................................................................... 15 Facilities for Special Needs Students........................................................................................................... 16 Insurance...................................................................................................................................................... 16 AAU’s Tuition, Fees and Policies ............................................................................................................... 17 Student Services Office ............................................................................................................................... 30 Library ......................................................................................................................................................... 31 Practical Information for Students Mobility ................................................................................................ 31 Medical Facilities ........................................................................................................................................ 32 Student Associations.................................................................................................................................... 33 Sports and Leisure Facilities ........................................................................................................................ 34 Information on Degree Programs ..................................................................................................................... 35 School of Business Administration.............................................................................................................. 35 B.A. in Business Administration............................................................................................................. 35 M.A. in Business and Law in International Markets............................................................................... 44 MBA – Master of Business Administration ............................................................................................ 47 School of Humanities and Social Sciences .................................................................................................. 49 B.A. in Politics & Society ....................................................................................................................... 49 B.A. in Humanities, Society & Culture................................................................................................... 53 B.A. in Jewish Studies : History and Culture.......................................................................................... 57 M.A. in Public Policy ............................................................................................................................. 60 M.A. in Humanities ................................................................................................................................ 63 School of Journalism ................................................................................................................................... 66 B.A. in Journalism and Communications ............................................................................................... 66 School of International Relations and Diplomacy ....................................................................................... 69 B.A. in International Relations ............................................................................................................... 69 B.A. in Central and East European Studies............................................................................................. 73 M.A. in International Relations and Diplomacy ..................................................................................... 77 John H. Carey II. School of Law ................................................................................................................. 80 LL.B. - Bachelor of Laws ....................................................................................................................... 80 B.A. (Honours) in Comparative Business Law ....................................................................................... 83 Description of Individual Course Units ............................................................................................................ 85 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................................. 471 Index of Individual Course Units ................................................................................................................... 472
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Information about the Institution Name and Address Anglo-American University Anglo-americká vysoká škola, o.p.s. Lázeňská 4 118 00 Prague 1 Czech Republic Tel: (420) 257 530 202 Fax: (420) 257 532 911 E-mail:
[email protected] Webpage: www.aauni.edu Used abbreviation: AAU (in Czech AAVŠ)
Schools of Study 1. School of Business Administration 2. School of Humanities and Social Sciences 3. School of International Relations and Diplomacy 4. School of Journalism 5. John H. Carey II. School of Law
Statutory Body President Assoc. Prof. Alan Krautstengl, Ph.D.
University Governance Founders Jansen Raichl JUDr. Lenka Deverová Dr. Richard Smith, Ph.D. Susan Tietjen, J.D. Prof. PhDr. Petr Matějů, Ph.D. Board of Trustees Chairman Ing. Petr Jan Pajas Supervisory Board Chairwoman JUDr. Lenka Deverová
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
3
Academic Authorities Academic Council Assoc. Prof. Alan Krautstengl, Ph.D., Chairman Internal Members (ex offo) : Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc. Prof. Rudolf Stickler Katarína Stehlíková, Ph.D. David Lipka, Ph.D. Tony Ozuna, M.A. Jennifer Fallon, J.D. Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D. Faculty Representatives William Eddleston, Ph.D. (Faculty Senate delegate) Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc. (Faculty Senate delegate) Christopher Montoni, M.A. Student Representatives Bc. Tanya Bechev Bc. Vendula Ženatá External Members: Prof. RNDr. Ivo Budil, Ph.D., DSc. Doc. Ing. Štěpán Müller, CSc. Jose B. Alvarez, Ph.D. Alumni Representatives Zdena Novotná, Ph.D. Kristina Soukupová, Ph.D. Faculty Senate Mgr. George Hays, President Mgr. Daniela Chalániová William Eddleston, Ph.D. Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc. Martin Kavěna, LL.B., B.C.L. Daniel Padolsky, M.A. Pier Andrea Podda, Ph.D. Christopher Shallow, M.Sc. Mark Wiedorn, M.B.A. *** AAU representatives to the Council of Higher Education Institutions of the Czech Republic: Member of the Presidium: Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc. Member of the Plenum: Ing. Jan Vašenda
4
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Description of the Institution Anglo-American University (AAU) is registered as a Public Benefit Corporation (in Czech „Obecně prospěšná společnost, o.p.s. “) in the Municipal Court in Prague, Section O, File Number 289. In Czech language, the name of the university is Anglo-americká vysoká škola (AAVŠ). Anglo-American University (AAU) is the oldest private university in the Czech Republic. It was founded in 1990, shortly after the collapse of communism, as the Anglo-American College (AAC). The vision was to bring the best of American and British academic principles to Central Europe. AAU has consistently attracted strong credentials to its academic community. Today it prides itself with gifted undergraduate and graduate students from over 60 countries and a renowned multinational faculty trained at fine universities around the world, including Harvard, Yale, Stanford, Berkeley, Oxford, Cambridge and others. AAU alumni have excelled in their professional careers and enjoy work worldwide in top positions in business, academia, politics, diplomacy and media.
Mission, Vision, Values Anglo-American University honors the following principles and values in all its activities and operations aiming at fulfillment of its mission and vision. Mission Graduates of the Anglo-American University are prepared to make a positive difference addressing local, national and international challenges through the analysis and application of current and developing knowledge in the context of a globalized world. Vision AAU aspires to be a leading university in Czech Republic recognized for innovation and quality in teaching and learning with a commitment to societal excellence in a globalized world. Values i. Academic excellence: Conduct quality programs based on innovative practical learning and maintenance of a qualified and diverse faculty. ii. Personalized education model: Utilize seminar and project-based education styles with strong focus on individual needs to develop knowledge base, creativity, and problem solving skills. Prepare students for life and career success. iii. Student focused: Exhibit behavior, and/or make decisions that demonstrate the importance of all students (degree registered and study abroad) as key customers of the university. Seek to actively contribute to their personal success. iv. Diversity, Inclusivity, and Multiculturalism: Engender a multicultural campus environment. Encourage the diversity of the student body, faculty, and staff. Treat every person with dignity. v. Innovation and flexibility: Promote open discussion and support academic freedoms. Actively seek original thought from students, faculty, and staff to encourage innovative solutions in the classroom, to improve operating efficiency and to strengthen academic programs. Adapt well to change. Non-profit University: Operate excellent affordable education through professional administration staff, qualified faculty, and external partners that communicate and collaborate with integrity as team players.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
5
Statement on Academic Freedom The Anglo-American University´s educational, research, advisory and other academic duties are rooted in a deep respect for academic freedom, and we consider the honoring and promotion of that freedom as one of our major values. Freedom of speech, learning and teaching, freedom of thought and research, and a right to express or challenge opinion, represent the fundamental components of AAU’s academic freedom for faculty, staff and students. The academic, ethical, and moral responsibility of AAU educators and researchers toward the students, the AAU academic community, and AAU as an institution, represents an integral part of the concept and expression of academic freedom at the Anglo-American University. Statement on Diversity The Anglo-American University values and encourages diversity of its student body, faculty and staff. Its leading principle is democracy, treatment of every person whatever their background and point of view may be with dignity and respect. AAU is proud to be a university with an international, multicultural and multiethnic academic community. Its policies, principles and codes, educational and teaching philosophy and performance as well as all other operations and work correspond to the university´s definition of values, among which the diversity plays a prominent role.
Degree Programs of Study Undergraduate Programs:
Business Administration Business Administration with emphasis on Marketing and Communications Business Administration with emphasis on Strategic Marketing Business Administration Central and East European Studies Comparative Business Law (Hons.) Humanities, Society and Culture International Relations Jewish Studies: History and Culture Journalism and Communications LL.B. (Bachelor of Laws), University of London International Programmes Politics and Society
Graduate Programs:
Business and Law in International Markets Humanities International Relations and Diplomacy Public Policy M.B.A. in cooperation with Chapman University, USA
Admission and Enrollment Procedure All prospective students may submit their application to AAU any time of the year. The MBA and LL.B. programs begin only in the Fall semester. The application deadline for these programs is August 1. Applications received after this deadline will be considered on a space available basis until the class is filled. For detailed information on admission procedure see the webpage www.aauni.edu or contact the Admissions Office at
[email protected]. AAU encourages all foreign students (from non EU/EEA countries) to apply by the end of June for Fall semester and by the end of November for Spring semester, to ensure they receive a Student Visa for the Czech Republic in time (usually 2-3 months for processing).
6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Application Requirements for Undergraduate (B.A.) Programs: B.A. applicants should submit: AAU Application Form including all documents listed in the Application Form Evidence of high school graduation (notarized copy of High School Diploma) The minimum qualifying English language test scores: o TOEFL (min. 525 on paper-based test, 197 on computer based test, 71 on Internet based test) or o FCE (mark A or B), or CAE (mark A or B or C) or o Všeobecná státní zkouška (General State Exam) or o IELTS (min. 6) or o International Baccalaureate (IB) Official Transcript from previously attended college or university (applies to transferring students only) Two letters of recommendation (not older than three months, from non/family members). Recommendation letters must include the date, name and contact information of the person issuing the letter Most recent CV/Resume - must list your educational background (secondary school), your work experience and your language proficiency Essay on “Personal Objectives and Interests” Copy of ID or passport Two passport size photographs Total Application fee (2 000 CZK/80 EUR/115 USD) When the complete application package has been recieved, applicants will be invited to an interview (conducted in person or by phone). Application Requirements for Graduate (M.A. and M.B.A.) Programs: M.A. applicants should submit: AAU Application Form or M.B.A. Application Form including all documents listed in the Application Form Acceptable English language test scores: o TOEFL (min. 550 on paper-based test, 213 on computer-based test, 80 on Internet-based test; o CAE (mark A or B), or CPE (min. A or B or C), or o IELTS (min. 7) or o Všeobecná státní zkouška (General State Exam). Notarized copy of a diploma from undergraduate studies Official Transcript from undergraduate studies Two letters of recommendation (not older than three months, from non/family members). Recommendation letters must include the date, name and contact information of the person issuing the letter. Most recent CV/Resume - must list educational background (college, university, special courses), work experience and language proficiency. Essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests” Copy of ID or passport Two passport size photographs Total Application fee (2 000 CZK/80 EUR/115 USD) When the complete application package has been received, applicants will be invited to an interview (conducted in person or by phone).
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
7
Applicants (both BA and MA) who do not meet the required language test score - or fail to pass the interview exam - can be accepted provisionally into the selected program with additional conditions on studies aimed at remedying the failing part of the admissions test. Among other things, these applicants can be required to complete our one-semester Intensive Academic English Program or full year University English program. Specific conditions for enrollment into these programs are specified in AAU Language Policy available in the Admissions/Student Services Center, a minimum of 400 TOEFL score is necessary. The admission of new students at all levels is on a selective basis. Preference for admission will be given to those applicants whose credentials indicate the greatest promise of academic success. The University encourages applications from qualified applicants of both sexes and from all cultural, racial, religious, ethnic, and age groups. In the admission process, there is no discrimination on the basis of these factors. Arrangements for recognition of prior learning (Transfer credits from previous studies) AAU transfers credits from institutions of higher education throughout the world, provided such institutions are fully accredited, and their professional orientation and academic level match the program offered at our University. A minimum of 50 % of the courses required for a degree should be taken at AAU, unless approved the by the Provost under special consideration. Credit transfers will be authorized by the Deans of the Schools of Study. Specific conditions are defined in the Student Handbook and are available in the Student Services Center or at the individual Schools of Study. For the M.B.A. program, Chapman University transfers up to 6 credits from any graduate program that is AACSB, EQUIS or AMBA accredited. Freemovers AAU is pleased to receive international students from other institutions of higher education provided that, after students successfully complete their AAU courses, those courses will be transferred back to the students’ home institution. AAU charges these students the same tuition as our own students. Freemoving applicants should submit: Official transcript Application Form Application fee (2 000 CZK/80 EUR/115 USD) Copy of ID or passport 2 passport photographs Confirmation of the student’s University that they will accept credits earned at AAU. Auditing and Non-Degree Seeking Students Individuals who are not seeking a degree, but who wish to take courses for professional or personal development, may do so without going through the complete admissions process. For information contact the Admissions/Student Services Center.
8
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
International Partner Universities AAU University Exchange Agreements Australia Israel Korea Korea Korea Taiwan Uruguay USA USA USA USA USA
Murdoch University IDC Herzliya Hankuk University of Foreign Studies Kookmin University Kyung Hee University Providence University University of Montevideo Chapman University Florida Atlantic University Universidad del Este Puerto Rico University of Hawaii at Hilo University of Hawaii at Manoa
AAU Erasmus Agreements Austria Belgium Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Spain Estonia France France France Ungarn Italy Lithuania Malta Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Portugal Poland Poland Slovenia Turkey Great Britain Great Britain Great Britain
A WIEN38 B BRUXEL84 D BERLIN21 D FRANKFU08 D KARLSRU08 D KONSTAN01 D MUNCHEN01 E BILBAO02 EE TARTU02 F BORDEAU41 F GRENOBL23 F RENNES28 HU BUDAPES47 I BOLOGNA01 LT KLAIPEDA02 MT MALTA01 NL AMSTERD01 NL EINDHOV03 NL LEIDEN01 NL ROTTERD01 P VIANA-D01 PL KATOWIC02 PL KRAKOW17 SI LJUBLJA01 TR ISTANBU03 UK CANTERB03 UK KINGSTO01 UK YORK01
Fachhochschule des bfi Wien IHECS (Institut des Hautes Etudes des Communications Sociales) SRH Hochschule Berlin Europa-Universität Viadrina Karlshochschule International University Universität Konstanz Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Universidad de Deusto Tartu Ülikool Bordeaux University School of Management /IAE Bordeaux IEP Grenoble IEP Rennes Central European University Universita di Bologna LLC International University University of Malta Universiteit van Amersterdam Fontys University of Applied Sciences Leiden University Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam Instituto Politécnico de Viana do Castelo Uniwersytet Ekonomiczny w Katowicach Krakowska akademia im. A.F. Modrzewskiego University of Ljubljana Istanbul Universitesi Canterbury Christ Church University Kingston University University of York
The list of our partners can be also found on the website: http://www.aauni.edu/internationalization/
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
9
Application requirements For the international study abroad programs can apply all students who have finished at least 10 courses at AAU before the mobility is started and their GPA is at least 2,5. Other Academic Partners Kent State University, USA Virginia Commonwealth University, USA University of Florida, USA University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh, USA Vesalius College, Belgium Paris College of Art, France For further information please contact Cyril Simsa (
[email protected])
Main AAU Rules and Regulations The fundamental AAU rules and regulations are specified in the Anglo-American University Academic Codex, which includes Organizational Code, Study Code, Examination Code, Disciplinary Code, Financial Code, Scholarship Code and Academic Code. Full up-to-date versions of the respective Codes are published on the AAU webpage. Relevant excerpts and additional guidelines are available also in the Student Handbook, Lecturer’s Handbook, on the official AAU boards, and on request from the AAU administration. In accordance with the Czech law, the Academic Codex has been submitted to the Ministry of Education of Czech Republic.
10
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Academic Calendar 2014 - 2015 (All except late intake students) August
Wed 27 – Thu 28 Fri 29
New Student Orientation Fall Semester Tuition Payment Deadline
September
Mon 1 Mon 1 – Fri 12
1st day of Fall Semester Add/Drop Period
October
Mon 27– Fri 31
Mid-term Break
November
Mon 03 – Fri 07
4th year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration MA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration 3rd year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration MA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration
Mon 10 – Fri 14 Fri 14
Withdrawal from courses deadline
Mon 17 Fri 15 Mon 24 - Fri 28
Holiday Withdrawal from courses deadline 1st year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration
December
Mon 01 – Fri 05 Mon 08 Tue 09 – Mon 15 Mon 15 Fri 19
Winter Advising & Registration Last day of Fall Classes Exam Week End of Fall Semester University closes at 12.00 noon for Holidays
January
Fri 02 Fri 02 Mon 05 Mon 05 – Wed 07 Fri 16 Fri 23
University re-opens Winter Semester Tuition Payment Deadline 1st day of Winter Term Add/Drop Period (Winter) Withdrawal deadline End of Winter Term
February
Mon 02 – Tue 03 Thu 05 Fri 06 Fri 06 – Thu 19
New Student Orientation Spring Semester Tuition Payment Deadline 1st day of Spring Semester Add/Drop Period
March
Fri 13 Mon 23 – Fri 27
AAU Students’ Ball 4th year BA Student Fall/Summer Advising & Registration MA Student Fall/Summer Advising & Registration
April
Mon, March 30 – Fri, April 03 Mon 06 Tue 07 – Fri 10 Mon 13 – Fri 17 Thu 23 Mon 20 – Fri 24 Mon 27 – Thu 30
Mid-Term Break Holiday – Easter Monday 3rd year BA Student Fall/Summer Advising & Registration 2nd year BA Student Fall/Summer Advising & Registration Withdrawal from courses deadline 1st year BA Student Fall/Summer Advising & Registration Summer Advising & Registration
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
11
May
Fri 01 Fri 08 Mon 18 Tue 19 – Mon 25 Mon 25 Fri 29 Thu 29
Holiday Holiday Last day of Spring classes Exam Week End of Spring Semester Summer Tuition Payment Deadline (1st session) 1st day of Summer Semester (1st session)
June
Mon 01 Mon 01 – Tue 02 Fri 12 Fri 19 Fri 19 Mon 22 Mon 22 – Thu 25 Fri 26
1st day of Summer Semester (1st session) Add/Drop Period (1st session) Withdrawal deadline (1st session) End of Summer Term (1st session) Summer Tuition Payment Deadline (2nd session) 1st day of Summer Semester (2nd session) Add/Drop Period (2nd session) Graduation
July
Mon 06 Tue 21 Fri 31
Holiday Withdrawal deadline (2nd session) End of Summer Term (2nd session)
No classes are scheduled to take place during a Czech public holiday. The start and end dates are adjusted to allow for this. Therefore, semester classes may begin and end on dates other than Mondays and Fridays.
12
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Academic Calendar Fall 2014 - Late Intake Schedule Courses start on September 30th and end in January 2015 IAEP program and selected first year courses Fri 26 Fri 26
New Student Orientation (Late Intake) Fall Semester Tuition Payment Deadline (Late Intake)
Mon 29
1st day of Fall Semester (Late Intake)
October
Mon 29 Sept – Fri 10
Add/Drop Period (Late Intake)
October
Tue 28
Holiday
November
Mon 03 – Fri 07
4th year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration MA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration 3rd year BA Student Spring Advising & Registration MA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration 2nd year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration 1st year BA Student Winter/Spring Advising & Registration
September
Mon 10 – Fri 14 Tue 18 – Fri 21 Mon 24 - Fri 28 December
Mon 01 – Fri 05 Tue 09 Tue 16 Fri 19
Winter Advising & Registration Withdrawal from courses deadline – Late Intake Last day of Fall Classes (Late Intake) before Holidays University closes at 12.00 noon for Holidays
January 2015
Mon 05 Fri 16 Mon 19 – Fri 23
Classes Resume (Late Intake) Last day of Fall Classes (Late Intake) Exam Week (Late Intake)
February 2015
Mon 02 – Tue 03 Thu 05 Fri 06 Fri 06 – Thu 19
New Student Orientation Spring Semester Tuition Payment Deadline 1st day of Spring Semester Add/Drop Period
For Late Intake students there is no Mid-term break week. No classes are scheduled to take place during a Czech public holiday. The start and end dates are adjusted to allow for this. Therefore, semester classes may begin and end on dates other than Mondays and Fridays.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
13
General Information for Students Accommodation Students who wish to rent an apartment can contact the following agencies specialized on assistance to students looking for accommodation: 1) Mantaren Properties Please find below the link to the property. http://www.prague-properties.com/listing/student-housing-prague-5/ The house is about 15 – 20 min from AAU. There is both tram and metro connection, so the transport to the place work 24 hours. You can contact directly our partner Jason Cahill at
[email protected] about further questions or for inquiries about other accommodation options. 2) Home Sweet Home http://www.homesweethome.cz tel: ++420 222 312 488; email:
[email protected] Please state "enquiry from an AAU student" as the subject of the email 3) Happy House Rentals http://www.happyhouserentals.com tel.: +420 224 947 623; +420 224 946 890 mobile: +420 774 480 450; +420 775 666 345 Email:
[email protected] Please state "enquiry from an AAU student" as the subject of the email 4) 55 Student room & Flat http://www.student-room-flat.com tel.: +420 222 521 174 mobile: +420 774 197 855 email:
[email protected] The list of dormitories, hostels and pensions, which the students can contact and make the reservation independently: 1) Apartman Student Chemická 951, Praha 4, Kunratice http://www.apartmanstudent.cz tel: +420 255 785 811 mobile: 420 775 998 078; +420 608 777 535 Email:
[email protected]
14
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
2) DC residence Novodvorská 311, Praha 4 http://www.dcrezidence.cz/ tel.: +420 222 997 511, mobile: +420 776 270 000 email:
[email protected] 3) Rezidence Topolová Topolová 2916/14 106 00 Praha 10 tel: + 420 272 651 418 http://www.rezidencetopolova.cz/ email:
[email protected] 4) A1 Hotel and Hostel Prague Sokolovská 210, Praha 8 tel: +420 777 914 918 tel.: +420 284 827 681 http://www.a1hotel.cz email:
[email protected] 5) QTH dormitory Vrchlického 45, Praha 5 mobile: 723 84 96 42, 739 93 87 92 http://qth.kvalitne.cz email:
[email protected],
[email protected] The list of web sites concentrated on students’ housing (shared apartments, rooms ) www.studentskebydleni.cz www.s-bydleni.cz www.spolubydlici.cz www.studentreality.cz Students can also contact the service facility administration of the Czech Technical University in Prague and apply for one of their dormitories, under their rules. For more information and for application look at the following web site: http://www.suz.cvut.cz/koleje Students can also contact the service facility administration of the Institute of Chemical Technology in Prague and apply for one of their dormitories, under their rules. For more information and for application look at the following web site: http://www.vscht-suz.cz/suz/eng/accommodation
Meals AAU students are also entitled to use the Student’s Dining Hall of Charles University (“Menza Univerzity Karlovy”) under the same conditions (certain discounts) as Charles University students. The meal has to be paid through the AAU ISIC card, which can be charged with any amount. The AAU ISIC card needs to be registered in any “Menza” and can be re-charged in any cash office of Student’s Dining Hall. The list of all Student’s Dining Halls can be found at : http://www.kam.cuni.cz/KAM-20.html
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
15
Facilities for Special Needs Students Since AAU campus is located in the historical building in Malá Strana no technical modification of the building are allowed, therefore, AAU is not adapted for physically handicapped.
Insurance As a result of the Czech Republic's accession to the European Union, students from EU countries, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland are entitled to the provision of necessary and urgent health care free-of-charge. It is only necessary that they have a certified E 128 form from their home country or a European Health Insurance Card, which replaces the paper forms needed. Students from non-EU country, staying in the Czech Republic for less than 3 months should have a supplementary travel health insurance. They should get one before they leave the country of their origin. Students from non-EU countries, staying in the Czech Republic longer than 3 months must contract an insurance with an insurance company, which is licensed to operate the insurance in the territory of the Czech Republic according to a special legal regulation, i.e.: • National insurance companies and insurance companies from non-EU countries that were provided by the Czech National Bank with a license to carry on insurance business; • insurance companies from other EU countries, whose operations in the Czech Republic are based on the right to set up branch offices or are based on the freedom to provide services temporarily. It is recommended to consult the Czech embassy or consulate and verify whether the insurance meets the requirements for an application for a visa or residence permit for stays longer than 90 days. For more information go to: www.mzv.cz/jnp/en/diplomatic_missions (Czech embassies and consulates abroad) www.mvcr.cz/mvcren (Ministry of the Interior) www.cap.cz (Czech Insurance Association) Czech students must submit the confirmation of studies, once they are accepted and registered to their insurance company. You can apply for your insurance directly at http://www.aauni.edu/admissions/visa-residence-permits/
16
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
AAU’s Tuition, Fees and Policies 1. BANK DETAILS OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN UNIVERSITY 1.1. Bank details Name of bank
Raiffeisen Bank
Address
Vodičkova 38 Prague 1 Czech Republic
Post code
111 21
Name of Account
Anglo-americká vysoká škola
Variable symbol
Student´s ID
Swift code
RZBCCZPP
1.2. CZK Account Account number
1031009862/5500
IBAN
CZ7355000000001031009862
1.3. USD Account Account number
1021015222/5500
IBAN
CZ9255000000001021015222
1.4. EUR Account Account number
1031012308/5500
IBAN
CZ8855000000001031012308
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
17
2. TUITION
2.1. Bachelors Level Tuition per credit 1 Bachelor’s Program Total
1 ECTS credit
CZK 2.000
1 US / 2 ECTS credits
CZK 4.000
90 US /180 ECTS credits
CZK 360.000
1 ECTS credit
CZK 1.333
1 US / 2 ECTS credits
CZK 2.666
90 US /180 ECTS credits
CZK 240.000
Part-time (blended) study form Tuition per credit Bachelor’s Program Total
BA (Hons) in Comparative Business Law with University of Wales Tuition per credit
2 UK /1 ECTS credits
CZK 2.200
Bachelor’s Program Total
360 UK / 180 ECTS credits
CZK 396.000
LLB Tuition per core LLB course
CZK 25.000
Tuition per AAU support course
CZK 12.000
LLB Program Total
12 core courses/3 support
CZK 336.000
1) Full time enrollment is 15 US / 30 ECTS credits per semester (60 UK credits for BA (Hons) program). B.A. Students with independent studies shall pay CZK 1.333 per 1 ECTS credit. 2.2. Masters Level Tuition per credit 2 Master’s Program Total
1 ECTS credit
CZK 2.300
1 US / 2 ECTS credits
CZK 4.600
60 US /120 ECTS credits
CZK 276.000
1 ECTS credit
CZK 1.533
1 US / 2 ECTS credits
CZK 3.066
Part-time (blended) study form Tuition per credit
Master’s Program Total 60 US /120 ECTS credits 2) M.A. Students with independent studies shall pay CZK 1.533 per 1 ECTS credit.
CZK 184.000
2.3. MBA program with Chapman University Tuition per credit Program Total
3
1 US credit
CZK 8.600
50 US credits
CZK 430.000
2.4. Auditing students Tuition
34
50 % of the base tuition 2.5. University English
Tuition per semester
CZK 50.000
Program Total
CZK 100.000
18
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
2.6. Intensive Academic English Program Tuition per semester CZK 36.000 3) Does not include textbooks and instructional material fees. 4) No other fees, scholarships or discount apply to auditing students. Tuition is all payable at the time of registration.
3. FEES 3.1. AAU and University of Wales / LLB Degrees
Admissions Fee 1 (Total CZK 2.000 )
Alumni Transcript Fee
Art Fee 1
CZK 500
First part CZK 500 Admissions fee is required in order to process the application.
CZK 1.500
Additional payment CZK 1.500 Admissions processing fee, payable at registration after acceptance.
CZK 250 / EUR 10/ USD 15
The fee is paid by alumni for each additional transcript (apart from two originals that are issued together with diploma).
CZK 600 / course
The fee is charged for Art courses. It covers tickets to performances, exhibitions, etc.
CZK 100 per 1 UK credit Credit Transfer Fee
2
CZK 200 per 1 ECTS credit
The fee is paid by students who are transferring classes to AAU from other universities.
CZK 400 per 1 US credit 10 % of the tuition of the courses dropped
The fee is paid for dropping courses during add/drop period without replacing them with other courses. For more information on add/drop policy see 6. Add/Drop policy.
Graduation Fee 3
CZK 2.500
The fee is related to the completion of studies. (State exam, Graduation Ceremony, Alumni club and other)
Installment Fee 1
2.5 % from the amount due
For more information on paying in installments see 4. Installment Payment Plan.
Drop Fee 1
Internal TOEFL Test Fee ISIC Fee
Late Registration Fee 1
Library Late Fee
CZK 2.000 100 CZK / issuance 260 CZK/ reissuance
The fee is paid in order to cover the cost of issuance of the ISIC card. In case of lost, the reissuance fee is 260 CZK.
CZK 300 / course
The fee is charged for registration after Advising/Registration Period, as specified in the Academic Calendar.
CZK 10 / item / day
The fee, in the amount of 10 CZK, is paid for each library item, each day it is overdue. The Late Fee is payable at the Library.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
19
Library Replacement Fees
book buying costs plus the processing fee CZK 4.500 (per Fall & Spring semester)
Out of State Fee 1
CZK 2.500 (per Winter & Summer semester)
Study Extension Fee
Waiver Exam Fee
4
5
Library fee. For more information on Replacement fee see 11. AAU Policy on Books & Textbooks. The fee is paid by students without permanent residence in the European Union/ European Economic Area.
CZK 4.000
This per semester fee is charged to students who do not register for classes but remain AAU students due to postponing their state exams/thesis defense.
CZK 1.000
The fee is required to cover the cost of exam preparation and supervision, and evaluation of the test. The fee is not refundable, regardless of exam attendance or result.
Notes: 1) Fees payable at the time of registration. 2) Fee payable during the first semester of study at the AAU no later than 2 weeks after notification from Student Services Center. 3) Fees payable no later than 1 month prior to graduation. 4) Fee payable no later than 5 days after the beginning of the semester. Charged for Fall and Spring only. 5) Fee payable no later than 1 day before the Waiver Exam.
3.2. Chapman University (MBA) Degree Admissions Fee 1
CZK 4.500 ( payable at the time of registration )
Degree conferral fee 3
CZK 800 (payable no later than 1 month prior to graduation)
4. DISCOUNTS 4.1. EARLY PAYMENT DISCOUNT Students who register and pay in full during the registration period for Fall, Winter, Spring and Summer semester according to Academic Calendar are entitled to a 6 % discount. Students registering for Fall and Spring semesters who do not pay in full during the registration period have another possibility of early payment discount of 5 % if paying in full by the following deadlines: Early payment discount deadlines Fall semester
June 30th
Spring semester
December 22nd
Discounts may be combined with the scholarships. Early payment discount does not apply to the MBA program or to auditing students. Once the tuition has been paid, it is not refundable except for cases of visa denial or when the add/drop policy applies.
20
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
4.2. RECRUITMENT DISCOUNT AAU offers the possibility of a Recruitment discount for those students who recruit new students who begin to study at AAU. A recruiting student is eligible for a Recruitment discount of 10 % on his/her tuition for the first semester in which the new student registers. This is only applicable if the recruiting student is listed in the new student’s Application form as the Recruiter. Recruitment discount does not apply to AAU employees. Special provisions apply to MBA program. 5. ADD/DROP POLICY Students may add and drop courses before the end of the add/drop period stated in Academic Calendar. The AAU policy on dropping courses is as follows:
Students can drop courses without penalty at any time up to the tuition payment deadline for a respective semester according to the Academic Calendar.
Students can drop and replace their courses during the add / drop period without any surcharge. Students dropping some of their courses during the add/drop period without replacing them with other courses, will be charged 10 % i.e. drop fee from the tuition of the dropped course in order to cover administrative costs.
Students dropping all of their courses during the add/drop period without replacing them with other courses, will be charged 20 % i.e. drop fee from the tuition of the dropped courses in order to cover administrative costs.
There is no refund after the add/drop period. Students who choose to withdraw a course after the end of the add/drop period may officially withdraw from the course until the withdrawal deadline listed on the Academic Calendar of the respective semester. There is no refund of the tuition for the withdrawn courses.
If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, AAU will provide the students with a full refund of the tuition for such course. Dropping courses…
Surcharge
up to the tuition payment deadline
free
during the add / drop period and replacing them
free
during the add / drop period without replacing them
10 % i.e. drop fee from the tuition of the dropped course (20 % if dropping all of them)
after the add / drop period
no refund
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
21
6. INSTALLMENT PAYMENT PLAN 6.1. AAU and University of Wales/LLB Degrees AAU offers to its both new and continuing students the possibility of paying their tuition in installments. AAU’s Installment Payment Plan is as follows:
Auditing students and new visa seeking students are not eligible for the Installment Payment Plan.
The Installment Payment Plan is possible only in the Fall and Spring semesters.
The Installment Payment Plan shall be agreed with Bursar no later than by the end of the add / drop period according to the Academic Calendar. After the end of the add / drop period, in extraordinary cases, the Installment Payment Plan can be agreed with the Financial Supervisor.
Students who pay their tuition in installments need to pay at least the minimum amount necessary for registration in the respective semester i.e.: o 50 % of the tuition plus all the applicable fees for new (non visa-seeking) students o 10 % of the tuition plus all the applicable fees for continuing students.
The rest of the tuition is then divided in 4 equal installments and carries 2.5 % surcharge i.e. the Installment fee payable at with the first installment payment.
The first three installments are then payable on or before the twentieth day of the months following the beginning of the semester i.e.: o September, October and November installments in Fall semester – Regular start o October, November and December installments in Fall semester – Late Intake o February, March and April installments in Spring semester.
The last installment is payable on or before the tenth day of respective month i.e.: o December installment in Fall semester – Regular start o January installment in Fall semester– Late Intake o May installment in Spring semester.
Once the Tuition has been paid in full, it is not possible to switch to the Installment Payment Plan.
6.2. Chapman University (MBA) Degree MBA Students who pay their tuition in installments need to pay at least CZK 100 000 plus all the applicable fees before the start of the program. The rest of the tuition is then divided in installments and carries 4 % surcharge i.e. the Installment fee included in the first installment. For more information on Installment Payment Plan for MBA students please contact Financial Supervisor.
7. DEPOSITS Housing Deposit A housing deposit is charged to students whose housing arrangement is done through AAU’s Student Services Center. For more information on housing deposits, please contact the Student Services Center.
22
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
8. SCHOLARSHIPS 8.1. AAU AND UNIVERSITY OF WALES / LLB DEGREES 8.1.1. Merit Based Scholarships GPA
Scholarship level
3.9 - 4.0
100 %
3.8 - 3.89
70 %
3.7 - 3.79
50 %
3.6 - 3.69
30 %
3.5 - 3.59
10 %
BA (Honours) in Comparative Business Law UK Numerical GA
Scholarship level
70 and higher
80 %
67-69.99
50 %
64-66.99
30 %
61 -63.99
10 %
UK Numerical GA
Scholarship level
70 and higher
80 %
68-69.99
70 %
66-67.99
50 %
64 -65.99
30 %
60-63.99
10 %
LLB
Conditions:
Merit Based Scholarships are awarded to students who have already completed at least 48 ECTS credits or 24 US credits at AAU. For BA (Hons) in Comparative Business Law the requirement is 50 ECTS or 100 UK credits.
Students’ GPA is calculated cumulatively since the beginning of the studies of the program at AAU. Merit Based Scholarship applies only to Fall and Spring semesters. It can be only awarded to students who have taken at least 4 courses during the previous Fall/Spring semester at AAU and have no Incomplete.* LLB students must take at least 3 courses and the scholarship only applies to AAU tuition. It does not apply to AAU fees and University of London tuition & fees.
Students who register for more than 4 courses in the previous Fall/Spring semester for which they obtained 4 grades and at least one Incomplete are not eligible for Merit Based Scholarship. *
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
23
GPA is automatically calculated within 10 days after the end of the add/drop period of Fall/Spring semester to which the Merit Based Scholarship applies. Once the grades are in are GPA is calculated 10 days after the end of the add/drop period, there is no recalculation in case the grade changes.
Students who register for the next semester prior to the end of the current semester are assigned the tuition that does not yet reflect the Merit-based Scholarship. Eligible students that have already paid the tuition will be given either the financial refund of pre-paid tuition or tuition credit for future studies, depending on their choice.
Merit Based Scholarships do not apply to the MBA program or to auditing students.
8.1.2. Alumni Scholarships Alumni Scholarships are offered to graduates of any programs of Anglo-American University, AngloAmerican College, The New Anglo-American College in Prague and Anglo-American Institute of Liberal Studies. Alumni Scholarships apply to any further programs of study as well as to any individual courses. Cumulative GPA
Scholarship level
3.8 and higher
50 % off tuition
3.7 – 3.79
40 % off tuition
3.5 – 3.69
30 % off tuition
3.4 – 3.49
20 % off tuition
3.0 – 3.39
10 % off tuition
BA (Honours) in Comparative Business Law UK Numerical GA
Scholarship level
70 and higher
50 % off tuition
67 – 69.99
40 % off tuition
64-66.99
30 % off tuition
62-63.99
20 % off tuition
59-61.99
10 % off tuition
UK Numerical GA
Scholarship level
70 and higher
68 % off tuition
67 – 69.99
65 % off tuition
64-66.99
60 % off tuition
62-63.99
58 % off tuition
59-61.99
55 % off tuition
LLB
24
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
8.1.3. Need Based Scholarships On very limited basis Anglo-American University may provide financial assistance to students in unexpected and extraordinary hardship. If situation like this rises student needs to apply in writing to the Provost with detailed explanation of the situation (including evidence about financial situation). The Provost will set up a committee to address the situation. If the committee feels that the circumstances justify the application it passes it to the President with its recommendation for final approval. Need-based scholarship may be awarded only to the students who have completed at least one semester at the AAU and achieved and maintained a cumulative GPA of 2,5 or higher. 8.1.4. Refugee Scholarship Anglo-American University awards a yearly full scholarship to one applicant with refugee status in the Czech Republic that fulfills the admissions requirements. To keep the scholarship student must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher or (for the BA Law program) 49,5+ in the U.K. grading system. The scholarship must be applied in writing and submitted to Provost during the admissions process. The Provost will set up a committee to address the situation. If the committee feels that the circumstances justify the application it passes it to the Executive Vice President with its recommendation for final approval. 8.1.5. Roma Scholarship Anglo-American University awards a yearly full scholarship to two Roma applicants that fulfill the admissions requirements. To keep the scholarship students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher or (for the BA Law program) 49,5+ in the U.K. grading system. The scholarship must be applied in writing and submitted to Provost during the admissions process. The Provost will set up a committee to address the situation. If the committee feels that the circumstances justify the application it passes it to the Executive Vice President with its recommendation for final approval. 8.1.6. Students with Physical Disabilities Scholarship Anglo-American University is happy to offer a yearly full scholarship to one student with disabilities. To keep the scholarship student must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher or (for the BA Law program) 49,5+ in the U.K. grading system. The scholarship must be applied in writing and submitted to Provost during the admissions process. The Provost will set up a committee to address the situation. If the committee feels that the circumstances justify the application it passes it to the Chief Executive Officer with its recommendation for final approval. Please be aware that the Anglo-American University campus is not wheelchair accessible. 8.1.7. The Alan Levy Journalism Scholarships Anglo-American University rewards the most committed students of the BA Journalism program for their contributions to the AAU student newspaper At the Lennon Wall. For Fall 2014 – Spring 2015 academic year, the scholarship will cover the tuition of the program's core classes, including but not limited to: Intro to Mass Communications, Feature Writing, International Reporting. Candidates for The Alan Levy Journalism Scholarship must be currently enrolled in or have successfully completed the degree program’s required courses Reporting 1 and Reporting II. Candidates are identified most importantly by their quality of writing and time commitment to the student newspaper, and especially ALW’s website www.lennonwall.net
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
25
From 1 to 4 students will be awarded the Alan Levy Journalism Scholarship each year to encourage a longer-term commitment to the Lennon Wall website, after completion of the Reporting classes.
If only one student is awarded the scholarship, this student gets all four courses, while two students would share the scholarship (two courses each). If four students are awarded the scholarship, each would be awarded one class.
Candidates will be supported by the lecturers of the Reporting class and selected in agreement with the Dean and faculty of the Journalism program. Interested candidates should submit a statement of interest to the Dean of Journalism & Communications Program by June 30th. 8.1.8. Special Scholarships Anglo-American University offers other special scholarships which are – following their approval at the President’s Collegium – announced on an ad hoc basis.
8.2. CHAPMAN UNIVERSITY (MBA) DEGREE MBA Alumni Scholarship Anglo-American University offers annually 4 MBA Alumni Scholarships in the amount of CZK 100 000 to its alumni. Selection is based on the GPA from their studies at AAU solely. The scholarship must be applied for during the admissions process. MBA students are not eligible for any other scholarships offered for AAU students.
9. PENALTIES Any past due amount (including past due installment) carries a surcharge according to the following table: Surcharge
up to 7 days
2%
8-30 days
15 %
31-60 days
50 %
over 60 days
SUSPENSION FROM AAU
Students with outstanding debts to the institution o will not be allowed to register for new courses o will not receive their Transcript, Diploma or any other study confirmations o will not be issued an AAU identity card for Library and Computer Lab use until such debts have been settled (i.e. until payment is received) until such debts have been settled (i.e. until payment has been received or a schedule of future payments agreed upon).
26
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
With the exception of Library late fees, all debts should be settled with the Bursar office. Library fines must be paid in the Library or the Bursar office. For more information on Library fees please see 11. Library Policy on Books & Textbooks.
It is each student´s own responsibility to understand payment deadlines, to duly pay his/her tuition, either in full or in contractually bound installments and to make all the necessary steps to keep their payment status correct. Anglo-American University is not obliged to continually notify students of their respective deadlines.
AAU recognizes that some students may encounter financial hardship during the course of a semester. Such students are strongly advised to contact their School Dean and the Associate Vice President for Finance and Operations. Such requests will be dealt with on a case-by-case basis. While AAU undertakes to consider these requests, action taken will depend not only upon the seriousness of the problem concerned, but also on the institution's ability to provide help.
Unpaid and overdue obligations will be given to the legal department for collection.
10. VISA SEEKING STUDENTS 10.1. New Visa Seeking Students Academically qualified visa seeking students need to pay the first semester tuition and all the applicable fees in order to receive a confirmation of student status for visa purposes, i.e.; O
CZK 66.500 for bachelor students / CZK 62.500 for LLB students
O
CZK 75.500 for master students
O
CZK 46.500 for part-time bachelor students
O
CZK 52.500 for part-time master students
Student status confirmation shall be issued by the Student Services Center of the Anglo-American University only after receiving the appropriate payments in full.
Students denied a visa are obliged to forthwith inform the Student Services Center and must present the denial evidence (usually a statement in writing from the respective Embassy) in order to obtain a full refund (less banking fees, the application fee and the admissions fee). After receiving the visa denial evidence, the refund shall be remitted to the student in 10 working days. The refund shall be remitted to the same bank account from which the original tuition payment was transferred.
New students granted visas are eligible to register for classes at Anglo-American University during the registration period as it appears on the Academic Calendar. If a new student registers for less than he/she has already paid, the difference shall be transferred as credit toward the student’s next semester. If a new student registers more than the amount he/she has already paid, the student must pay the difference within tuition deadlines as they appear in the Academic Calendar.
Special provisions apply to MBA students.
10.2. Continuing Visa-Seeking Students
Continuing students seeking a visa extension must be in good financial standing with Anglo-American University, i.e. have no debts to Anglo-American University including its library, or have unreturned library books, and pay at least 10 % of their next semester’s tuition as well as all applicable fees in order to be registered for the next semester and to receive an updated confirmation of student status for visa purposes.
A student status confirmation shall be issued by the Student Services Center of the Anglo-American University only after receiving the appropriate payments in full.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
27
Continuing visa-seeking students granted a visa are obliged to pay the rest of their tuition, either in full or contractually bound in installments arranged by the Bursar (Student Services Center), within tuition deadlines as they appear on the Academic Calendar or as arranged in Installment Agreement.
Continuing visa-seeking students denied a visa are obliged to forthwith inform the Student Services Center and must present the denial evidence (usually a statement in writing from the Ministry of Interior) in order to obtain a full refund (less banking fees). After receiving the visa denial evidence, the refund shall be remitted to the student in 10 working days. The refund shall be remitted to the same bank account from which the original tuition payment was transferred.
Special provisions apply to MBA students.
10.3. General Provisions for Visa-Seeking Students As Anglo-American University is obliged to provide the Ministry of Interior of the Czech Republic with accurate and up-to-date lists of registered foreign students; and as all students enter into a student contract with Anglo-American University under which they are obliged to, among other things, pay their tuition and all applicable fees within deadlines either as they appear on the Academic Calendar or in a previously arranged Installment Payment Plan; and Anglo-American University shall consider any failure to duly pay the agreed amounts as a violation of the student contract; Anglo-American University shall immediately inform the Ministry of Interior of the Czech Republic of such violations. This may result in the suspension of visa of the respective student. PLEASE NOTE: It is each student’s own responsibility to duly pay his/her tuition, either in full or in contractually bound installments, and to do so on time. Anglo-American University is not obliged to continually notify students of their respective deadlines. 11. AAU POLICY ON BOOKS & TEXTBOOKS The following AAU Library policy applies to all registered students hereafter referred to as „the borrowers“ 11.1. General lending conditions All circulating library books shall be checked out for 1 month from the date the book is borrowed. All circulating library textbooks shall be checked out for 1 semester with regard to the deadlines set below. (See 11.4. Library Deadlines for Returning Textbooks) A loan may be renewed on or before the due date of the book unless a reservation or recall applies. No borrower will be allowed to renew books if there are outstanding overdue library materials or any outstanding fees. If a borrower fails to return the (text) book duly and on time, the library reminder will be sent to the respective student´s school email address. Failure to receive such a notice shall not preclude any subsequent proceedings. The library staff is not responsible for non-delivery of the library reminder of an overdue library item. o Students with outstanding debts to the Library: will not be allowed to register for new courses will not receive their Transcript, Diploma or any other study confirmations will not be issued an AAU identity card for Library and Computer Lab use until such debts have been settled (i.e. until payment is received) Library fines must be paid in the Library or the Bursar´s office. o o o
o
28
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Library Fees
Late Fee
10 CZK / day / item up to 2.250 CZK
payable in the Library
Replacement fees
Overall book buying costs plus the processing fee of CZK 500
payable in the Bursar´s office
11.2. Overdue Books from the General Collection o The borrower will be charged Library Late Fee for each library item for each day it is overdue. o When borrowed books are either overdue for 45 days or the total late fees reach CZK 2.250 those books shall be considered lost and will subsequently be deselected from the library collection. The borrower will be charged the Library Late Fee plus the Library Replacement Fees. 11.3. Overdue Textbooks o The borrower will be charged the Library Late Fee for each library item for each day it is overdue. o If textbooks borrowed in the REGULAR FALL or SPRING semester are not returned within 1 month after the textbook due date* for the respective semester, that textbook(s) shall be considered lost and will be deselected from the library collection. The borrower will be charged the Library Late Fee plus the Library Replacement Fees. o If textbooks borrowed in the LATE-INTAKE FALL, WINTER or SUMMER semester are not returned within 3 days after the textbook due date* for the respective semester, those textbooks shall be considered lost and will be deselected from the library collection. The borrower will be charged the Library Late Fee plus the Library Replacement Fees. 11.4. Library Deadlines for Returning Textbooks
2014/2015 Academic Year
Textbooks are due back in the library. From this day, the borrower is charged the Late Fee.
Unreturned textbooks are deselected from the library collection. The borrower is charged the Late Fee plus the Replacement Fees.
Fall Regular intake
December 16, 2014
January 16, 2015
Fall Late intake
January 29, 2015
February 2, 2015
Winter
January 29, 2015
February 2, 2015
Spring
June 2, 2015
June 30, 2015
Summer
July 31, 2015
August 3, 2015
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
29
12. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Students with no amounts past due are considered to be in good financial standing. Only students in good academic and financial standing are eligible for any discounts or stipends. Discounts and scholarships apply to AAU tuition only and do not apply to the fees. Only students in good financial standing are allowed to register. o o o o
New non-visa seeking students must pay at least 50 % of the tuition due at the time of registration. Continuing non-visa seeking students must pay at least 10 % of the tuition due at the time of registration. New visa seeking students must pay the first semester tuition. (For detailed information on new visa seeking students see 10.1. New visa seeking students and 10.3. General provisions for visa seeking students) Continuing students seeking a visa extension must pay at least 10 % of their next semester tuition. (For detailed information on continuing visa seeking students see 10.2. Continuing visa seeking students and 10.3. General provisions for visa seeking students)
In addition, all applicable fees (except for the Installment fee) must be paid at the time of registration. In order to maintain good financial standing the remainder must be paid within deadlines set up in the Academic Calendar or Installment Payment Plan. Installments carry 2.5 % surcharge that is payable with the first installment payment (For more information on Installment Payment plan see 4. Installment Payment Plan.)
Once the tuition has been paid, it is not refundable except for cases of visa denial or when the add/drop policy applies.
Auditing students pay full amount at the time of registration. Fees are non-refundable. It is each student’s responsibility to understand payment deadlines, to duly pay his/her tuition, either in full or in contractually bound installments, and to make all the necessary steps to keep their payment status correct. Anglo-American University is not obliged to continually notify students of their respective deadlines.
Student Services Office The Office of Student Services provides assistance to AAU students in the following areas: Accommodation (for details see the section “Accommodation”) Residence Permits for Foreign Students (for details see the section “Practical information for mobile students”) Scholarships (for details see the section “Financial Support for Students”) Student IDs (ISIC cards) Transcripts, Letters, and Declarations Social, Health Benefits and Tax Allowances Graduation Verification of AAU Diplomas Students sometimes need to have diplomas officially verified for use in another country. In order to learn about the procedure please contact Student Services Center. For further information see the AAU web.
30
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Library The AAU library has over 17,000 books and journals. The library also subscribes to a variety of periodicals and newspapers. The library specializes predominantly on areas studied at the AAU: Business Administration, Humanities and Social Sciences, Journalism, International Relations and Diplomacy, and Legal Studies. The library’s circulating and reference collections offer a well-rounded selection of fiction and non-fiction books. The library’s main circulating book collection is shelved in open stacks. For Library Hours, go to section Library on AAU web pages (www.aauni.edu). Further information considering the Library service please contact
[email protected]. Library Partnerships: The Institute of International Relations The Institute for Contemporary History, Academy of Sciences (CR) The Academy of Science Library
Practical Information for Students Mobility Residence Permits for Foreign Students The Office provides foreign students with the advice they need in order to obtain or extend their residence permits or study visas. More detailed information can be found on the following link: http://www.mvcr.cz/clanek/sluzby-pro-verejnost-informace-pro-cizince-informace-pro-cizince.aspx Students must apply for the first visa at the Czech Embassy or Consulate outside the Czech Republic. Please contact the relevant Embassy or Consulate for details. Extensions of visas can be obtained in the Czech Republic. For further details please see also the AAU website http://www.aauni.edu/admissions/visa-residence-permits/
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
31
Medical Facilities AAU does not have at its disposal any contractual medical care providing facility. Students of AAU can go to any students´ health center, e.g. the Students´ Health Centre at no. 12, Spálená Street, 110 00 Prague 1 (http://www.szup.cz, phone number 224 949 035). This Students´ Health Centre, which has contracts with all insurance companies in the Czech Republic, provides preventive, diagnostic and curative care. Prague has several clinics providing health care for English-speaking clients that can offer a network of services from basic medical examination to accompanying a patient to the hospital. We recommend keeping the receipts for any payments so that you can apply for reimbursement from your home insurance company since such costs are not refundable within the Czech Republic. The institutions are as follows: (Please note this list is not exhaustive, other clinics may exist.) Private clinics with English-language services Address Contact Phone: 00420 221 181 121 American Dental V Celnici 4
[email protected] Associates 110 00 Praha 1 www.americandental.cz Phone: 00420 222 211 208 Krakovská 8/581 00420 222 211 206 Clinic GHC Prague 110 00 Praha 1
[email protected] www.ghc.cz Phone: 00420 234 630 111 Clinic: Lomnického 1705/5, Medicover or 1221 (from Czech phone number) 140 00 Praha 4 www.medicover.cz Phone: 00420 235 360 133 Canadian Medical Veleslavínská 1
[email protected] Center 162 02 Praha 6 www.cmcpraha.cz Phone: 00420 272 913 593 Canadian Medical V Parku 2308/8
[email protected] Center in The Park 148 00 Praha 4 www.cmcpraha.cz Phone: 00420 235 356 553 Na Dlouhém lánu 11 24 Hours Emergency Service: Unicare Medical Center 160 00 Praha 6 00420 608 103 050; 00420 602 201040 www.unicare.cz American Medical Janovského 48 Phone: 00420 220 806 200, Center 170 00 Praha 7 00420-220 807 756 (24 hours) Name
Emergency Service: Motol Hospital, V Úvalu 84, 150 06 Prague 5. Phone: 00420 224 438 590. Mon.–Thur. 7:00 p.m. – 6:00 a.m, Friday 4:00 p.m.–7:00 a.m. Sat.-Sun. 24 hours. Dental Emergencies: Pacovská street 31, 140 00 Praha 4. Phone: 00420 241 733 918. Mon.– Fri. 7:00 p.m.– 7:00 a.m., Sat. – Sun. 24 hours. Prague City Dental, Klimentská 20, Prague 1, Phone: 00420 775 785 222,
[email protected]; www.prague-dental.cz Emergency Call: 112 If you call this line, you will be transferred to the Fire Brigade (150), the Ambulance (155) or the Police (158). Please note that you can talk to the operator in English, German as well as Czech.
32
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Student Associations The AAU Student Council The Student Council represents students’ interests in programs, plans, policies, and procedures of the university and secures student representation in college governance. The Council is an autonomous body within the university and organizes a variety of student activities which meet collective interests in social, academic and sports related aspects. It consists of 12 + 1 [exchange student] members elected for one academic year; supervised by an external Faculty Advisor. The Student Council is governed by the Student Council’s Constitution, which is available on AAUNET as well as on the SC official website. The SC meet on a weekly basis, publicly publishing its agenda pre and minutes post each meeting. All SC meetings are open to all student body and faculty attendance. In addition, the Student Council assists students by acting as a liaison between students and university officials. Two student council representatives are full members of the AAU Academic Council [the President of the SC and another member who is elected by the student council based on majority vote]. President President is the Head of Student Council who presides over Student Council meetings, oversees duties of committees and officers, as well as represents the SC at all public affairs. The President along with the VicePresident sets the agenda for meetings, and votes in case of a tie; but the President is otherwise without a vote. Vice-President Vice-President assists President in all activities, plans the agenda of the meeting, assists committees, and chairs the meetings in the absence of President Secretary Keeps an accurate record of all student council meetings, makes copies of minutes and distributes them to the members of the SC and posts them on the SC board, handles all correspondences, plans the agenda of the meeting along with the president and the advisor, prepares the meeting place for the student council and sets the seating arrangement. Treasurer Keeps an accurate record of the SC account and expenditures, reports to the President and critically evaluates and advices on spending of the SC and negotiates donations. Faculty Advisor The Faculty Advisor is responsible for advising SC members on their activities. He/she acts as a facilitator and mediator; attends SC meetings, and provides feedback on numerous issues. In addition, he develops communication among SC members and leadership skills, in order to maintain a productive and sociable working environment. The Members Each representative shall be responsible for performing the duties of the representative as listed in the American Student Council Association Student Council Guide (Student Edition). The term of office shall be for one (1) school year. AAU Alumni Club AAU prides itself on being more than just an educational institution. We strive to be a source of support and inspiration to students throughout their education, a place where lifelong friendships are formed and where the first steps are taken toward realizing dreams. Anglo-American University takes care that the relations its students have built with the university and one another can continue long after graduation. Civic participation is an important part of how AAU functions, which is why we are proud to cooperate with so many alumni in so many ways. Many provide our current students with internships in the companies where they work, send notifications of hiring vacancies at their firms, support imminent graduates in mentor-mentee relationships, guest-lecture in seminar programs, run campus workshops or represent their work at career days.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
33
All AAU graduates are family, and we invite all of them to join the Alumni Club. Our goal is to provide help and support following graduation, resources and benefits for personal and professional life and along the way, offering possibilities for networking, socializing and generally staying in contact. Membership includes: -
Access to the campus library and its resources Invitation to the annual AAU Ball Invitation to regular Business Lunches Free access for you or your firm to the AAU Career Days Contacts in the Mentorship Program Copy of the biannual newsletter Local and area business discounts from other alumni
For further information please contact Stephanie Lachman, Manager of Alumni Relations at
[email protected].
Sports and Leisure Facilities AAU does not have its own facilities for sports activities. However, AAU supports collective sports activities and extracurricular activities organized by students. The Student Council runs a football team, a basketball team, a running club, a drama club and paintball outings. Up-to-date information is available from the Student Council.
34
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Information on Degree Programs School of Business Administration B.A. in Business Administration Qualification awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission requirements Completed High School education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has three principal aims: - To provide students with a strong understanding of the basic principles of business administration and market economy; - To produce graduates able to apply theoretical management, accounting, finance and marketing knowledge to real workplace situations; - To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad knowledge in the field of business administration with a critical understanding of organizational theories and principles. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions f. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences g. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations h. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members i. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team j. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts k. Critically assess outcomes and performances l. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
35
m. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profiles of graduates Our graduates can work as managers, business advisors or financial analysts; they are able to work in areas such as public relations, human resources, marketing or accounting, in local or global businesses. Our graduates can also continue their studies at the Master’s, Advanced level, in the Czech Republic or abroad. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to further studies This program of study was re-accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on October 7 2008 (code number B6218 – 6208R133) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Master’s, Advanced programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (26 courses, i.e. 156 ECTS credits, 78 US credits) Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 LBS 101 ECO 110 ECO 120 POL 304/ POL 305/ POL 250/ POL 323 SOC 100/ PSY 150/ PSY 250/ COM 110 MGT 245 MGT 255 MGT 357 MGT 430 MGT 435 MKT 248 ACC 233 ACC 263 FIN 304 LBS 101 CIS 261 MTH 111 MTH 190 MTH 222 MGT 280
36
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems Composition I (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Composition II (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Business Law (provided by the School of Law) Introduction to Macroeconomics Introduction to Microeconomics European Union: Policies and Current Issues or Contemporary Issues in International Relations or Political Geography or Capitalism, Democracy and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism Introduction to Sociology or Introduction to Psychology or Social Psychology or Public Speaking Required Courses Introduction to Management Business Ethics Human Resources Management Strategic Planning I Strategic Planning II: Thesis Introduction to Marketing Financial Accounting Managerial Accounting Corporate Finance Introduction to Business Law (provided by the School of Law) Business Information Systems Business Mathematics I Business Mathematics II Business Statistics Project Management
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS Credits
US credits
6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
MGT 325 / MKT 318 / ECO 300 MKT 375 / MTH 250/ MGT 415 BUS 349
International Business or International Marketing or International Economics Marketing Research or Introduction to Econometrics or Operations Management Internship
6
3
6
3
6
3
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Elective Courses (4 courses, i.e. 24 ECTS credits, 12 US credits) Code ECO 300 ECO 320 ECO 322 ECO 340 ECO 341 ECO 342 ECO 364 FIN 204 FIN 320 MGT 205 MGT 231 MGT 260 MGT 275 MGT 305 MGT 328 MGT 353 MGT 355 MGR 356 MGT 377 MKT 250 MKT 258 MKT 268 MKT 320 MKT 328 MKT 339 MKT 342 MKT 420
Course International Economics EU Market and Business Policies Behavioral Economics Intermediate Microeconomics Games People Play in Business Global Energy for Business Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Direct Investment Money and Banking Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Business Communication Career Management and Growth Leadership Change Management Entrepreneurship Customer Experience Management Psychology for Managers Organizational Behavior Industrial Psychology Innovation Management Media and Marketing Communication Introduction to Advertising Public Relations Brand Management Consumer Behavior Digital Marketing Convergence e-Business Pricing Strategy
Final test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in Management, and two of the following: Marketing, Business Information Systems, Accounting, and Corporate Finance (choice of the student) Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Business Administration. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Administration Sviatlana Skachykhina, MBA, Assistant Dean, School of Business Administration
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
37
B.A. in Business Administration Emphasis: Marketing and Communications Qualification awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission requirements Completed High School education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1.
2. 3. 4.
To allow students to focus on the Marketing and Communication, as a specific area of Business Administration and equip them with strong theoretical and practical knowledge of marketing and its management and marketing communications within the general realm of economics, management, finance and marketing. To provide students theoretical and conceptual understanding of communication and its role in the society emphasizing the application in business. To produce graduates able to apply the theoretical knowledge to real workplace situations. To develop analytical and critical thinking, communication skills in English both in writing and speaking, ethical awareness, and graduates’ ability to understand marketing and communications from the societal perspective conditional on the specifics of the socio-economic, legal, historical, and cultural environment.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad knowledge in the field of business administration with a critical understanding of organizational theories and principles in the area of marketing and communication. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team e. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts f. Critically assess outcomes and performances g. Effectively use available resources h. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences)
38
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Occupational profiles of graduates with example Graduates from B.A. in Business Administration with emphasis on Marketing and Communications will be best prepared for positions in PR, external affairs, marketing and communication departments of international business which need to communicate with their external environment in English. Graduates will have firm knowledge of English both written and oral; they will understand the principles of business administration and will have excellent understanding of marketing and the need and forms of communication with stakeholders: owners, investors, community, and most importantly customers. Access to further studies Graduates of the program are qualified to apply for admission to Master’s, Advanced programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (28 courses, i.e. 168 ECTS credits, 84 US credits) Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 LBS 101 ECO 110 ECO 120 POL 304/ POL 305/ POL 250/ POL 323 ACC 233 ACC 263 CIS 261 FIN 304 MGT 245 MGT 255 MGT 430 MTH 111 MTH 222
PSY 150/ PSY 250 SOC 100 MKT 248 MKT 250 MKT 320
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems Composition I (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Composition II (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Business Law (provided by the School of Law) Introduction to Macroeconomics Introduction to Microeconomics European Union: Policies and Current Issues or Contemporary Issues in International Relations or Political Geography or Capitalism, Democracy and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism Required Courses in Business Administration Financial Accounting Managerial Accounting Business Information Systems Corporate Finance Introduction to Management Business Ethics Strategic Planning I Business Mathematics I Business Statistics Required Courses for the Emphasis on Marketing and Communications Introduction to Psychology (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) or Social Psychology (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Sociology (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Marketing Media and Marketing Communication Brand Management
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS Credits 42 6 6
US credits 21 3 3
6
3
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
54 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
27 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
72
36
6
3
6
3
6 6 6
3 3 3
39
MKT 328 MKT 375 COM 110 MKT 268 MKT 258 MKT 280 MKT 430 BUS 349
Consumer Behavior Marketing Research Public Speaking (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Public Relations One of the two: Introduction to Advertising Direct Marketing and Sales Strategic Marketing and Planning Internship
6 6
3 3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6 6
3 3
Elective Courses (2 courses, 12 ECTS credits, 6 US credits) Code
Course
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
MGT 377 Innovation Management MKT 259 Introduction to Social Media Marketing MKT 318 International Marketing MKT 339 Digital Marketing Convergence MKT 340 Social Media Strategy and Implementation in Marketing MKT 342 e-Business MKT 339 Digital Marketing Convergence Electives in Business Administration Students may choose elective courses from the offer of electives within B.A. in Business Administration
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Final test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in 1. Economics and Management, 2. Marketing (general core: Introduction to Marketing, Consumer Behavior, Brand Management, Marketing Research, Strategic Marketing and Planning), 3. Marketing and Communications (emphasis core: Media and Marketing Communication, Public Speaking, Public Relations, Introduction to Advertising/Direct Marketing and Sales) Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Business Administration. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Program Director Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Administration Sviatlana Skachykhina, MBA, Assistant Dean, School of Business Administration
40
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
B.A. in Business Administration Emphasis: Strategic Marketing Qualification awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission requirements Completed High School education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Profile of the program The program has the following principal aims: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
To allow students to focus on Strategic Marketing, as a specific area of Business Administration and equip them with strong theoretical and practical knowledge in the area of strategic marketing within the general realm of economics, management, finance and marketing. To equip students with quantitative and qualitative methods used for marketing data analysis relevant for strategic marketing decisions. To develop qualitative analysis and logical thinking skills important for efficient design of marketing strategies. To produce graduates able to apply the theoretical knowledge to real workplace situations. To develop analytical and critical thinking, communication skills in English both in writing and speaking, ethical awareness, and graduates’ ability to understand marketing and communications from the societal perspective conditional on the specifics of the socio-economic, legal, historical, and cultural environment.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate knowledge in the field of business administration with a critical understanding of organizational theories and principles in the area of strategic marketing. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight iii. Identify and define the problem iv. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
41
d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profiles of graduates with example Graduates from B.A. in Business Administration with emphasize on Strategic Marketing will be best suited for analytical and managerial positions in marketing planning and strategic marketing departments of international companies. They will have strong analytical skills, firm knowledge of quantitative methods used for analysis of markets and decision making, and they will have understanding of the role marketing plays in the overall operation of a company. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to further studies Graduates of the program are qualified to apply for admission to Master’s, Advanced programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (28 courses, i.e. 168 ECTS credits, 84 US credits) Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 LBS 101 ECO 110 ECO 120 POL 304/ POL 305/ POL 250/ POL 323 ACC 233 ACC 263 CIS 261 FIN 304 MGT 245 MGT 255 MGT 430 MTH 111 MTH 190 MTH 222
PSY 150/ PSY 250/ SOC 100/ COM 110
42
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems Composition I (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Composition II (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Business Law (provided by the School of Law) Introduction to Macroeconomics Introduction to Microeconomics European Union: Policies and Current Issues or Contemporary Issues in International Relations or Political Geography or Capitalism, Democracy and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism Required Courses in Business Administration Financial Accounting Managerial Accounting Business Information Systems Corporate Finance Introduction to Management Business Ethics Strategic Planning I Business Mathematics I Business Mathematics II Business Statistics Required Courses for the Emphasis on Strategic Marketing Introduction to Psychology (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) or Social Psychology (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) or Introduction to Sociology or (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Public Speaking (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences)
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS Credits 42 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 21 3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
60 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 66
30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33
6
3
MKT 248 MKT 320 MKT 328 MKT 375 MKT 420 MKT 430 MTH 250 MTH 320 MGT 435 BUS 349
Introduction to Marketing Brand Management Consumer Behavior Marketing Research Pricing Strategy Strategic Marketing and Planning Introduction to Econometrics Quantitative Decision Making Strategic Planning II: Thesis Internship
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Elective Courses (2 courses, 12 ECTS credits, 6 US credits) Code
Course
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6
MGT 377 Innovation Management MKT 259 Introduction to Social Media Marketing MKT 318 International Marketing MKT 339 Digital Marketing Convergence MKT 340 Social Media Strategy and Implementation in Marketing MKT 342 e-Business Electives in Business Administration Students may choose elective courses from the offer of electives within B.A. in Business Administration
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3
Final test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in 1. Economics and Management, 2. Marketing (general core: Introduction to Marketing, Consumer Behavior, Brand Management, Marketing Research, Strategic Marketing and Planning), 3. Strategic Marketing (emphasis core: Introduction to Econometrics, Quantitative Decision Making, Pricing Strategy, Strategic Marketing and Planning) Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Business Administration. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Administration Sviatlana Skachykhina, MBA, Assistant Dean, School of Business Administration
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
43
M.A. in Business and Law in International Markets Qualification Awarded Magistr (Mgr.) which is the equivalent to a Master of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed Bachelor’s education, fundamentals of economics (at the bachelor’s level at AAU), proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. Form of study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has three principal aims: 1. To offer a unique blend of graduate education in business and law. 2. To combine theoretical knowledge in the areas of economics, law, finance and business administration with practical applications in the areas of management, legal aspects of running a business, and strategic decision-making. 3. To prepare students for a wide array of positions and successful careers in international business organizations. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program wil be able to: 1. 2.
3.
44
Demonstrate specialized knowledge in economics, business and business law relating to international markets, with a critical awareness and understanding of theories and methods in these fields Address and solve complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing and unfamiliar contexts, independently produce advanced categories of research outcomes, including analytical synthesis a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem, formulate an advanced research question ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Assess and utilize an appropriate advanced quantitative and qualitative research methods, current concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Create an applied and investigative work that assesses the resulting gains and difficulties and/or proposes original solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions f. Address the ethical implications of the issues at hand Effectively reflect on and communicate complex issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In an appropriate format to engage with specialists and non-specialist audiences b. Drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge, utilizing a variety of appropriate media, with appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members, effectively lead the discussion d. In at least one language in addition to English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
4.
Initiate and carry out specialist activities a. Independently and through coordinating the actions of others b. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts c. Critically assess outcomes and performances d. Effectively use available resources e. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences)
Occupational profiles of graduates Our graduates can work as mid-level managers in a variety of international organizations, including for-profit companies, non-profit organizations or governmental agencies. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on February 17 2009 (code number N6227 – 6208T172) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to post-graduate programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 120 ECTS credits (60 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in two years. Required Courses (14 courses, i.e. 84 ECTS credits, 42 US credits) Code ECO 500 ECO 620 ECO 640 FIN 510 FIN 541 POL 580 MGT 510 MGT 641 MGT 681 LBS 510 LBS 540 LBS 610 LBS 640 MGT 700
Course Required Courses in Economics and Finance International Trade Political Economy of European Integration and Trade in the EU Organizational Theory and Design International Finance Corporate Finance in Global Environment International Political Economy Required Courses in Business Administration Management and Communication in Global Environment Business Strategies and Global Competition International Operations Management Required Courses in Law Business Law Law of Business Contracts EU Law Protection of Economic Competition Thesis Seminar
ECTS Credits
US credits
6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3
6 6 6
3 3 3
6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3
Elective Courses (6 courses, i.e. 36 ECTS credits, 18 US credits) Code ACC 511 BUS 649 ECO 541 ECO 562 ECO 564 FIN 641
Course International Accounting and Reporting Internship Games People Play in Business Economics of Transition, Restructuring and Development Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Direct Investment International Banking
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
45
FRE 100/ FRE 200 GER 100/ GER 200 MGT 527 MGT 535 MGT 551 MGT 559 MGT 566 MGT 580 MGT 631 MKT 518 RUS 100/ RUS 200
French I. / French II.
6
3
German I. / German II.
6
3
Topics in Global Health Management Entrepreneurship Human Resource Management in International Environment Professional Behavior in Organizations Methods of Business Negotiations and Dispute Resolution Sustainable Enterprise Management Global Strategy: Innovations and Design International Marketing
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Russian I. /Russian II.
6
3
Special Topics
6
3
Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Master’s, Advanced thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in Economics and Finance, Management, and Law Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Master’s, Advanced Program in Business and Law in International Markets. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Administration Sviatlana Skachykhina, MBA, Assistant Dean, School of Business Administration
46
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MBA – Master of Business Administration Up to date info is available on praguemba.com Qualification Awarded MBA, Master of Business Administration. The program is offered in cooperation with the Argyros School of Business and Economics at Chapman University, California, USA. The degree is awarded by Chapman University, California, USA. The quality of the program is guaranteed by the accreditation of the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business International (AACSB) and by the institutional accreditation of Chapman University by the Western Associations of Schools and Colleges (WASC). The program is not accredited by the of the Ministry of Education of Czech Republic and therefore no ECTS credits are issued (only US credits). Admission Requirements Completed education at Bachelors’ level, proficiency in English language, GMAT, CV, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests,” and an interview. Profile of the program The MBA program is offered in cooperation with the Argyros School of Business and Economics at Chapman University, California, USA. The main professional goal of the program is to give students the competitive advantage necessary to become leaders in a dynamic market-driven economy. Graduates emerge from the MBA program infused with an understanding that in order to create and enhance value, management must think creatively, behave proactively, and communicate effectively. Key learning outcomes Each student will effectively apply paradigms and theories in accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing and operations to solve business problems. Each student will possess the quantitative and technical skills to analyze data, interpret results and propose defensible solutions for improving business performance. Each student will be able to evaluate the economic potential of business opportunities, devise actionable strategies, and communicate recommendations persuasively. Each student will demonstrate the ability to integrate diverse and global perspectives to professionally address management issues. Occupational profiles of graduates Our graduates can work as mid-level and senior-level managers in companies in a variety of areas such as marketing, technology, logistics and supply chain management, finance, human resources, operations management, project management, and general management. Graduates are well-qualified to supervise employees and manage multiple divisions and business processes. Access to Further Studies See “Qualification awarded” above. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires completion of 17 courses, 50 US credits. It may be completed by full-time students in 18 months.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
47
Required Courses (12 courses, 35 US credits) Code Course Required Courses BUS 600 Strategies for Competitive Advantage BUS 601 Economic Analysis for Business BUS 602 Accounting and Financial Analysis BUS 603 Statistics for Business Decisions BUS 604 Organization Design and Behavior BUS 605 Marketing Management BUS 606 Operations and Technology Management BUS 607 Financial Management BUS 608 Accounting for Management and Control BUS 609 Business Analytics for Management BUS 610 Understanding the Global Business Environment Capstone Course BUS 612 Strategic Management Elective Courses (5 courses, 15 US credits) Course Derivative Securities and Markets Financial Markets and Institutions Entrepreneurship Creativity and Innovation Financial Reporting and Analysis Internet and Social Media Marketing Project Management
US credits 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 4
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
The list of elective courses is only informational. Full list of electives is available on www.chapman.edu. The final offer of electives will be available at the beginning of the program, in the fall semester. Final Test Students are required to complete all the coursework. There is no special final exam for the program. Examination and Assessment Regulations The MBA program is governed by the examination and assessment regulations of the Argyros School of Business and Economics, Chapman University. Program Director Miroslav Svoboda, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Administration
48
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
School of Humanities and Social Sciences B.A. in Politics & Society Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1. Understand political and social issues, both regionally and globally, from the various and diverse points of view in political, social and cultural studies, as well as from historical, anthropological and psychological perspectives; 2. To equip students with strong theoretical and methodological knowledge of the respective academic disciplines; 3. To produce graduates able to apply their knowledge and skills to real workplace situations; 4. To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad knowledge in the area of social and political sciences; have a broad knowledge of the theories, methods and concepts in the area of social and political sciences;. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
49
c. Effectively use available resources d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profile of graduates with examples The B.A. program in Politics & Society prepares the graduates for: (1) a variety of jobs, particularly for employment with an international dimension and in a wide range of social service areas, including political, governmental, and non-profit organizations, and bilingual media; (2) or graduates can choose to continue their studies in M.A. programs at AAU, at universities in the Czech Republic and abroad. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic in 2001, and further reaccredited in 2005 and in December 2008 (code number B6739–6703R010) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to master’s programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits ( 90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (26 courses, i.e., 156 ECTS credits, 78 US credits) Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 COM 200 ECO 105 LEG 101
POL 101 POL 102 SOC 100 SOC 290 POL 200 POL 201/ POL 251 POL 220/ POL 231 POL 280 POL 320 POL 330
50
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems (provided by School of Business Administration) Composition I Composition II Introduction to Mass Communication Introduction to Economic Thought (provided by School of Business Administration) Introduction to Law (provided by School of Law) Civilization I (option from courses marked “*”) Civilization II (option from courses marked “*”) Foundation Courses Introduction to Politics I Introduction to Politics II Introduction to Sociology Introduction to Social Science Research Methods Core Courses in Politics Political Philosophy I. Nations and Nationalism or Introduction to International Relations West European Politics or Czech and Slovak Politics Political Economy Politics of the European Union Central and Eastern European Politics
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS credits 48
US credits 24
6
3
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 24 6 6 6 6 36 6
3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 18 3
6
3
6
3
6 6 6
3 3 3
HIS 270 LIT 280/ LIT 281 PSY 150/ PSY 250 SOC 280 SOC 351 PHI 400 HSS 350 HSS 390
Core Courses in Society 20th Century Social History Literature as Social Critique or Politics and Drama Introduction to Psychology or Social Psychology Social Anthropology Gender and Culture 20th Century European Social Philosophy Other requirements Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
Elective Courses
18 3
6
3
6
3
6 6 6 12 6 6
3 3 3 6 3 3
(4 courses, i.e., 24 ECTS credits, 12 US credits)
Code ART 101 ART 102 ART 131 ART 225 ART 252 ART 471 COM 110 COM 201 COM 380 CZE 101 HIS 103 HIS 104 HIS 111 HIS 112 HIS 122 HIS 231 HIS 236 HIS 237 HIS 238 HIS 336 HSS 200 JRN 200 JRN 201 JRN 220 JRN 250 JRN 276 LIT 356 LIT 430 PHI 125 PHI 180 PHI 183 PHI 333 POL 250 POL 236 POL 344 POL 381 POL 382
36 6
Course *
History of Art I History of Art II* Prague Art and Architecture* Post-War European Film Digital Photography Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art Public Speaking Intercultural Communication Language and Power Elementary Czech World History I * World History II* United States History I. United States History II. European History II: The Making of Modern Europe* History of the Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition The Jewish Experience in Central Europe* Central European History* Tradition and Modernity: Jewish Culture in Central Europe The Holocaust and its Representation European Music History and Appreciation Reporting I. Reporting II. Media and Democracy Introduction to Broadcast News and Video Production New Media - Digital Tools Advanced Seminar in Poetry Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka Introduction to Philosophy (From Ancient Times to Kant)* Freedom* Introduction to Existentialism The Concepts of Evil Political Geography Introduction to Diplomacy South Asian Politics & Culture Multiculturalism in Europe Global Migration
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
51
POL 410 POL 412 POL 480 PSY 253 PSY 361 REL 140 PHI 141 SOC 273 SOC 370 SOC 381 SOC 432 SOC 471 SOC 473 SOC 476 SOC 478
U.S. National Security Policy The Americas Theories of Globalization Psychology of Aggression Psychoanalysis and Art Comparative Religions* Comparative Worldviews* Culture, Identity and Film Popular Culture and Media Theory Sociology and the Family Inequality: Class, Race, Gender, Ethnicity Sociology of Aesthetics Modern Sociological Theories Subcultures: Lifestyles, Literature, Music Understanding Media Fandom
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Courses fulfilling the Civilization requirements are marked with an asterisk (*). Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in a. Politics b. Society Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Politics & Society. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Tony Ozuna M.A., Associate Dean, School of Humanities & Social Sciences Mgr. Kateřina Vanová, Assistant Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences
52
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
B.A. in Humanities, Society & Culture Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1.
2. 3. 4.
To provide students with a strong understanding of the basic principles of the historical developments and present issues of the transformations of modern democratic societies examined and interpreted through the humanistic fields of philosophy, religion, history, cultural anthropology, gender studies, cultural studies, arts and literature; Equip them with strong theoretical and methodological knowledge of the respective academic disciplines; To produce graduates able to apply their knowledge and skills to real workplace situations; To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program, will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad knowledge of ideas & issues across the fields of art, literature, film, philosophy, religion, history, politics & sociology, anthropology and psychology; demonstrate broad knowledge of the theories, methods and concepts in these areas;. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight iii. Identify and define the problem iv. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
53
d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profiles of graduates with examples The B.A. program in Humanities, Society & Culture prepares the graduates for: 1. 2.
a variety of jobs in cultural, educational, humanitarian and communications-oriented international and national institutions, in governmental agencies and NGO’s and media, in various programs of cultural diplomacy, cultural management, cultural reporting and many others. or graduates can choose to continue their studies in M.A. programs at the AAU, at universities in the Czech Republic and abroad.
Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on 28 February 2005 and reaccredited in December 2008 and again in July 2014 (code number B6739–6703R009) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Master’s programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (27 courses, i.e., 162 ECTS credits, 81 US credits)
Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 COM 200/ COM 201 ECO 105 HIS 122 LEG 101 HIS 103 PHI 125 PHI 400 POL 101 PSY 150/ PSY 250 SOC 100/ SOC 200 PSY 401/ COM 380 POL 290 LIT 290
54
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems (provided by the School of Business Administration) Composition I Composition II Introduction to Mass Communication or Intercultural Communication Introduction to Economic Thought (provided by the School of Business Administration) European History II: Making of Modern Europe* Introduction to Law (provided by the School of Law) Foundation Courses World History I * Introduction to Philosophy (From Ancient Times to Kant)* Introduction to 20th Century Social Theory Introduction to Politics I Introduction to Psychology or Social Psychology Introduction to Sociology or Introduction to Social Theory Psychology of Language and Mind or Language and Power Social Science Research Methods Introduction to World Literature
ECTS credits 42
US Credits 21
6
3
6 6
3 3
6
3
6
3
6 6 54 6 6 6 6
3 3 27 3 3 3 3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6 6
3 3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ART 101 ART 102 ART 131 ART 250/ ART 354 ART 270/ ART 471 ART 355 ART 372 ART 340 PHI 180 PHI 183 PHI 333 POL 200 REL 140 PHI 141 REL 271 PHI 460 PHI 335 REG 280 PHI 334 HIS 104 HIS 111 HIS 112 HIS 231 HIS 236 HIS 237 HIS 336 POL 201 HIS 121 POL 327 TER 220 HIS 380 HIS 310 ART 114 COM 201 COM 220 HSS 200 SOC 273 SOC 280 SOC 351 SOC 370 SOC 476 SOC 370 SOC 451
Core Courses in Art (2 courses required, selection open) History of Art I * History of Art II * Prague Art and Architecture* Visual Culture or Visual Communication 20th Century Art or Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art Christianity in Western Art Contemporary Art Scene East Asian Art History Core Courses in Philosophy and Religion (3 courses required, selection open) Freedom* Introduction to Existentialism The Concepts of Evil Political Philosophy Comparative Religions* Comparative Worldviews* Religion as a Social Force Seminar in Aesthetics World Philosophies: East and West Jewish Religious Beliefs and Practices Moral Philosophy and Meaning of Life Core Courses in History (2 courses required, selection open) World History II * United States History I United States History II History of the Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition The Jewish Experience in Central Europe* Central European History* The Holocaust and its Representation Nations and Nationalism European History I. German History: Political History of A Great Power Story of Language: History and Civilization History of Anti-Semitism The Habsburgs and their Empire, 1526-1918 Core Courses in Cultural Studies (3 courses required, selection open) European Music History and its Appreciation Intercultural Communication Language Policy European Music History and Appreciation Culture, Identity and Film Social Anthropology Gender and Culture Popular Culture and Media Theory Subcultures: Lifestyles, Literature, Music Popular Culture and Media Theory Anthropological Knowledge and Modern Civilization
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
12
6
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
6
3
6 6 6
3 3 3
18
9
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
12
6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
18
9
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
55
POL 312 HSS 310 ART 150 HUM 438
ART 225 LIT 231 LIT 233 LIT 235 LIT 280 LIT 281 LIT 283 LIT 356 SOC 273 HUM 455 HSS 350 HSS 390
Totalitarian Experience: Culture, Identity and Memory Folklore and Mythology Cities of Central Europe: Prague, Vienna and Budapest Jews and Gypsies in Modern Europe: Reinventing difference in the Age of Homogenization Core Courses in Literature and Film Studies (2 courses required, selection open) Post-War European Film Literature of Prague* Central European Literature Masterpieces of Russian Literature Literature as Social Critique Politics and Drama Jewish Literature in Central Europe Advanced Seminar in Poetry Culture, Identity and Film Hollywood & Europe: from National to Transnational Cinema Other Requirements Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
Elective Courses Code
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
12
6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
12 6 6
6 3 3
(3 courses, i.e., 18 ECTS credits, 9 US credits) Course
ECTS credits
US credits
2 courses from B.A. Programs in the School of Humanities and Social Sciences, 1 elective open
18
9
Courses fulfilling the Civilization requirements are marked with an asterisk ( * ). Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from required subjects in a. Culture b. Society Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Humanities, Society & Culture. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Tony Ozuna M.A., Associate Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Mgr. Kateřina Vanová, Assistant Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences
56
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
B.A. in Jewish Studies : History and Culture Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1. 2. 3. 4.
To provide students with a strong understanding of the history and culture of the Central European Jewry within a larger interdisciplinary context of social sciences and humanities; Equip them with strong theoretical and methodological knowledge of the respective academic disciplines; To produce graduates able to apply their knowledge and skills to real workplace situations; To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1.
2.
3.
4.
Demonstrate broad knowledge of ideas & issues across the fields of philosophy, religion, history, politics and sociology, art, literature, film, psychology; and Modern Hebrew; demonstrate solid knowledge of issues related to anti-Semitism and the Holocaust; demonstrate broad knowledge of the theories, methods and concepts in these areas. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight v. Identify and define the problem vi. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
57
d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profiles of graduates with examples a. The graduates of the program will be qualified to work in the centers dealing with Jewish history and culture as e.g. tour guides, documentarian, archivist, editors, assistants, PR specialists and in a variety of other professions at an undergraduate level. b. The general education in political and social sciences and humanities will qualify the graduates for work in mass media, cultural institutions, galleries, publishing houses, tourism, in the governmental institutions and in the non-profit sector and in many other positions in which they would use their qualification and also their outstanding knowledge of English. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to further studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on April 20 2012 qualifying graduates to apply for admission to master’s programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world Course structure diagram with credits The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses 25 courses ( 150 ECTS, 75 US credits) Code
COM 101 COM 102 ECO 105 HIS 237 LEG 101 POL 101/ POL 200 PSY 250/ PSY 253 SOC 100/ PHI 400 / SOC 285 GER 100 HEB 101 HEB 102 HIS 180 HIS 181 LEG 380 JEW 100 PHI 280 REL 280
58
Course General Education Courses (8 courses) course descriptions can be found under other BA programs offered by the School of HSS Composition I Composition II Introduction to Economic Thought (provided by the School of Business Administration) Central European History Introduction to Law (provided by the School of Law) Introduction to Politics I. or Political Philosophy I. Social Psychology or Psychology of Aggression Introduction to Sociology or Introduction to 20th Century Social Theory or Social and Cultural Anthropology of Central and Eastern Europe Required courses in Jewish Studies – 15 courses general (9 courses) German I. Hebrew I. Hebrew II. History of the Jews: From the Beginnings to the Modern State of Israel Jewish History and Culture History of Jewish Legal Tradition Introduction to Jewish Studies Jewish Philosophy Jewish Religious Beliefs and Practices
ECTS credits
US credits
48
24
6 6
3 3
6
3
6 6
3 3
6
3
6
3
6
3
90
45
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ART 280 HIS 236 HIS 282 JEW 221 LIT 283 POL 201
HSS 350 HSS 390
focused on Central Europe (6 courses) Jewish Art and Architecture The Jewish Experience in Central Europe Jewish History in Central and Eastern Europe The Jewish Community in the Czech Republic After World War II Jewish Literature in Central Europe Nations and Nationalism (including special focus on Central and Eastern Europe) Other Requirements (2 requirements) course descriptions can be found under other BA programs offered by the School of HSS Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
Elective Courses ( 5 courses required, 30 ECTS, 15 US credits) GER 200 German II. HEB 103 Hebrew III. HEB 104 Hebrew IV. HIS 283 The Jews in the Habsburg Monarchy HIS 380 History of Anti-Semitism HIS 381 Advanced Seminar on Holocaust HIS 383 You Shall Not Steal: The Robbing of Jewish Property, 1933-1945 HIS 385 Denying the Holocaust JEW 310 Memory and Genocide LEG 384 Comparative Jewish, Canonical, and Islamic Law LIT 430 Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka POL 241 Arab-Israeli Conflict Holocaust in German Collective Memory SOC 385 (Advanced seminar in Sociology and History)
6 6 6
3 3 3
6 6
3 3
6
3
12
6
6 6
3 3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3
6
3
Final test State exams consisting of: 1. 2.
presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis oral examination consisting of topics from the required courses
Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program Jewish Studies: History and Culture. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program director Tony Ozuna, M.A., Associate Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Mgr. Kateřina Vanova, Assistant Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
59
M.A. in Public Policy Qualification Awarded Magistr (Mgr.) which is the equivalent to a Master of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed education at Bachelor’s level, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program 1. To provide advanced knowledge and understanding of the state, the private sector and the market as the three main regulators of society, and to provide fundamentals of strategic governance and applied sociology; 2. To combine theoretical knowledge in the respective social science disciplines with practical applications in the areas of public policy, strategic governance and applied sociology, nationally and internationally; 3. To prepare students for a wide array of positions and successful careers in the local, national and international sphere, and/or for further academic work. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. 2.
3.
60
Demonstrate deep knowledge of public policy, strategic governance and applied sociology, will be able to work independently on problems in their field, to identify problems and propose solutions using the theoretical knowledge within their area Address and solve complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing and unfamiliar contexts, independently produce advanced categories of research outcomes, including analytical synthesis a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem, formulate an advanced research question ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Assess and utilize an appropriate advanced quantitative and qualitative research methods, current concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Create an applied and investigative work that assesses the resulting gains and difficulties and/or proposes original solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions f. Address the ethical implications of the issues at hand Effectively reflect on and communicate complex issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In an appropriate format to engage with specialists and non-specialist audiences b. Drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge, utilizing a variety of appropriate media, with appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members, effectively lead the discussion d. In at least one language in addition to English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
4.
Initiate and carry out specialist activities a. Independently and through coordinating the actions of others b. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts c. Critically assess outcomes and performances d. Effectively use available resources e. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences)
Occupational profiles of graduates with examples Graduates will be qualified to work in the area of policy research for domestic and international agendas, including health care and social care, education and family issues, pensions, inequalities, minorities, immigration, as well as in the activities of media and urban and rural transformations; Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on 30 May, 2007 (code number N6807) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Ph.D. programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 120 ECTS credits (60 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in two years. Required Courses (16 courses, i.e., 96 ECTS credits, 48 US credits) Code ASPP 501 ASPP 502 POL 550 ASPP 552 POL 591 ASPP 701 ASPP 702 POL 410 POL 520 POL 551/ DIPL 506 POL 580 POL 600 POL 604 POL 605 POL 606 SOC 504
Course Public Policy in Knowledge Based Societies Economic Sociology and Sociology of Labor Markets Theories of Globalization Inequality, Class, Race, Gender, Ethnicity Advanced Research Methods for International Relations Internship or Research Practicum Thesis Seminar U.S. National Security Policy EU Future -Trends and Perspectives Conflict Studies or International Organizations International Political Economy Public Policy as a Discipline Comparative European Public Policies Comparative Political Systems and Strategic Governance Methods of Policy Analysis and Design Modern Sociological Theories
ECTS US credits credits 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3
61
Elective Courses Code ASPP 555 COM 580 ENV 500 POL 512 POL 553 POL 601 SOC 581 SOC 582
(4 courses, i.e., 24 ECTS credits, 12 US credits) Course
Sociology of Education and Social Stratification Language and Power Environment and Public Policy (Environment and Society) Environmental Anthropology The Americas Global Migration Public Administration Sociology of the Family Health Care, Pensions, Employment and Welfare
ECTS credits 6 6
US Credits 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3
Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Master’s thesis 2. oral examination from Public Policy areas of oral examination: a. modern sociological theories b. public policy c. comparative political systems d. problems of contemporary societies e. public economy Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Master’s Program in Public Policy. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Tony Ozuna M.A., Associate Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Mgr. Kateřina Vanová, Assistant Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences
62
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
M.A. in Humanities Qualification Awarded Magistr (Mgr.) which is the equivalent to a Master of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed education at Bachelor’s level, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has three principal aims: 1. 2.
To offer a unique blend of interdisciplinary graduate education in humanities; To theoretical dimension—to enable students to acquire a solid grasp of a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of the humanities and culture, and a practical dimension—to enable students to practice applying a variety of methodologies of analysis, interpretation, and critique to the humanities and cultural studies; To prepare students for a wide array of positions and successful careers in culture, education and media with an international dimension, and/or an academic career.
3.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1.
Demonstrate specialized knowledge of history, analysis, and interpretation of the humanities with a critical awareness and understanding of theories and methods in these fields
2.
Address and solve complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing and unfamiliar contexts, independently produce advanced categories of research outcomes, including analytical synthesis a. Achieve insight i. Identify and define the problem, formulate an advanced research question ii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Assess and utilize an appropriate advanced quantitative and qualitative research methods, current concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Create an applied and investigative work that assesses the resulting gains and difficulties and/or proposes original solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions f. Address the ethical implications of the issues at hand
3.
Effectively reflect on and communicate complex issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In an appropriate format to engage with specialists and non-specialist audiences b. Drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge, utilizing a variety of appropriate media, with appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members, effectively lead the discussion d. In at least one language in addition to English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
63
4.
Initiate and carry out specialist activities a. Independently and through coordinating the actions of others b. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts c. Critically assess outcomes and performances d. Effectively use available resources e. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences)
Occupational profiles of graduates with examples The graduates will be able to function effectively across a wide range of human sciences and cultural studies and will embark upon a wide range of possibilities for future employment in cultural institutions, education and the media, or a variety of directions for further post-graduate studies. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on 25 July 2007 (code number 6107T003) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Ph.D. programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 120 ECTS credits (60 U.S. credits) and may be completed by full-time students in two years. Required Courses (10 course, 60 ECTS credits, 30 US credits) Code
Course
Core Courses HUM 550 Art and Cultural Management HUM 600 Methods in the Human Sciences: Theoretical Paradigms Methods in the Human Sciences: Critical Writing, Analysis HUM 690 & Interpretation Methods in the Human Sciences: Scholarly Writing and HUM 695 Research HUM 699 M.A. Thesis Area Requirements Seminar 1. Aesthetics—From Enlightenment to Postmodernism or PHI 660 in Aesthetics 2. Aesthetics, or Philosophy of Beauty HIS 600 Topics 1. Contemporary Currents in Historiography or HIS 601 in History 2. History of Historiography 1. Advanced Film Seminar: Women Film Directors or ART 553 Topics 2. Alternative Culture as Everyday Practice: Beyond SOC 575 in Cultural Frankfurt, Birmingham and Other Schools or PHI 570 Studies 3. Consumer as Creator: Exploring Receptor-Based Cultural Theory 1. European Philosophy or PHI 520 Topics 2. Advanced Seminar in Philosophy: Georges Bataille and PHI 521 in Philosophy Michel Foucault or PHI 522 3. What is a Text? Ricoeur on Text, Metaphor and Narrative LIT 500 Topics 1. Key Texts in Literary Modernism and Postmodernism or LIT 660 in Literary 2. Advanced Interdisciplinary Seminar in Romanticism or LIT 662 Studies 3. Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka
64
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECTS credits 30 6 6
US credits 15 3 3
6
3
6
3
6 30
3 15
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
Elective Courses
(10 courses, i.e., 60 ECTS credits, 30 US credits) ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
HUM 554 Popular Cinematic Genres: Interpretation and Theory
6
3
HUM 500 Internship / Research Practicum in Humanities LIT 556 Advanced Seminar in Poetry LIT 661 Advanced Literary Seminar: Women Writers Readings in 20th Century European Philosophy: Gilles Deleuze PHI 571 and Félix Guattari PHI 555 The Concepts of Evil PHI 665 Dr. Frankenstein and His Colleagues PSY 580 Theories of Antisocial Behavior PSY 581 Phenomenological Psychology PSY 582 Abnormal Psychology: Jaspers, Goldstein, Canguilhem, Laing REL 500 Comparative Theologies SOC 530 How Can We Comprehend the Holocaust? SOC 576 Sub-Cultures: Critical Insights into Resistance Youth Cultures—Film and Music of the 1960s–2000s: Writing History SOC 577 with Visual Media SOC 578 Understanding Media Fandom
6 6 6
3 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6
3
Code
Course
ART 500 ART 520 ART 550 ART 551 ART 552 ART 571 HIS 585
Art and Society: The History of Visual Art in the 20th Century 20th Century Art & Literature: The Avant-Garde Art and the Concept of Freedom Art in the Public Realm Major Film Directors: Selected Topics Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art and Visual Culture Advanced Seminar on the Holocaust
HSS 580
Externalizing Identity: Performance and Ritual Theory
Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Master’s thesis 2. oral examination from the Humanities Areas of oral examination: a) Theoretical Paradigms in the Human Sciences b) “Area Requirements” in (1) Aesthetics (2) Literary Studies (3) Philosophy (4) Cultural Studies (5) History e) open field Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Master’s Program in Public Policy. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Tony Ozuna M.A., Associate Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Mgr. Kateřina Vanová, Assistant Dean, School of Humanities and Social Sciences
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
65
School of Journalism B.A. in Journalism and Communications Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1. 2. 3. 4.
To provide students with a strong understanding of the basic principles of news literacy and media, of basic reporting with an emphasis on specialisations in domestic and foreign policy, economic, political issues and culture; Equip them with strong methodological and practical knowledge in the journalistic and communication sphere; To produce graduates able to apply theoretical knowledge in the field of journalism to real workplace situations; To foster journalistic and civic responsibility, ethics, and knowledge of legal aspects of the journalistic and mass communications practice.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate interdisciplinary knowledge of political, economic and social disciplines and humanities, demonstrate broad knowledge of the methods and concepts in the area of journalism and communication; 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight iii. Identify and define the problem iv. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English
66
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Occupational profiles of graduates with example The Journalism and Communications Program will prepare its graduates for work in both the traditional press and the electronic English (and other) language media, for radio and TV programming, and in the wider area of marketing and public relations. The students will be well qualified to work in the government including the embassies and international organizations (public affairs), as well as in public administration, the private sector, and in the non-profit NGO sector. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic in January 2010 and re-accredited in October 2013 (code number B7202 - 7202R025) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to master’s programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses (27 courses, i.e., 162 ECTS credits, 81 US credits) Code COM 101 COM 102 ECO 105 HIS 104 HIS 122 LEG 101 SOC 100 POL 101 POL 102 POL 250/ POL 280 PSY 150/ PSY 250 JRN 200 JRN 201 JRN 226 ART 251 JRN 250 JRN 323 JRN 276
Course General Education Courses Composition I Composition II Introduction to Economic Thought (provided by the School of Business Administration) World History II. European History II - Making of Modern Europe Introduction to Law (provided by the School of Law) Introduction to Sociology Introduction to Politics I Introduction to Politics II Political Geography or Political Economy Introduction to Psychology or Social Psychologyr Journalism Courses Reporting I Reporting II Changing Media Documentary Photography Broadcast News and Video Production International Journalism New Media - Digital Tools
ECTS credits 66 6 6
US credits 33 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6
3
42 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
67
ART 250 COM 200 COM 201 JRN 220 JRN 290 JRN 321 SOC 370 HSS 350 HSS 390
Communications Courses Visual Culture Introduction to Mass Communication Intercultural Communication Media and Democracy History of Broadcasting / Media Media Impact in the New Europe Popular Culture and Media Theory Other Requirements Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
Elective Courses Code ART 252 COM 351 COM 110 COM 302 COM 380 HUM 357 JRN 227 JRN 421 JRN 422 POL 324 PHI 400 SOC 356
42 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 6 6
21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 3
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(3 courses, i.e., 18 ECTS credits, 9 US credits) Course
Digital Photography Creative Writing Public Speaking Public Relations & Media Language & Power Documentary Film Seminar Cultural Reporting Democratic Journalists in Exile in the Cold War Propaganda in Non-Democratic Regimes U.S. and Global Civil Rights 20th Century European Social Philosophy Surveillance & Visual Culture
Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. Written project, which consists of 3 articles eligible for publishing (area—foreign policy, domestic policy, economy, social affairs or culture) 2. Defense of Bachelor’s thesis 3. Oral examination, areas of oral examination: a) History and contemporary media issues b) Media theory Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program in Journalism and Communication. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director Tony Ozuna M.A., Associate Dean, School of Journalism Iva Skochová, M.S., Assistant Dean, School of Journalism
68
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
School of International Relations and Diplomacy B.A. in International Relations Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1. To provide students with a strong understanding of international relations, politics and economy, within a broader context of European and world history; 2. To provide students with a theoretical, methodological and conceptual understanding of respective disciplines; 3. To produce graduates able to apply the theoretical knowledge to their further studies an/or employment; 4. To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad knowledge of world events and processes and understanding of theoretical and empirical findings crucial to the study of international relations; use in praxis fundamental social science research methods, and working knowledge of French, Russian or German. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight v. Identify and define the problem vi. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
69
d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) 5. Situate their arguments within the general ontological and epistemological frameworks of International Relations; discuss and debate basic theories, levels of analysis and empirical evidence used in relevant scholarly literature. 6. Apply, at a basic level, relevant theories to compare and contrast the meanings and functions of political institutions in different political systems and to explain the outcomes and performance of political processes. 7. Apply, at a basic level, relevant theories to understand the working of global economy, and to assess the role of various actors (businesses, governments, international organizations). 8. Apply, at a basic level, relevant theories to understand history, and current events in international relations. 9. Apply, at a basic level, relevant theories to understand European integration history, the working of the EU institutions, and selected European Union policy areas. Occupational Profiles of graduates The B.A. program in International Relations prepares the graduates for: 1. a variety of jobs, particularly for employment with an international dimension; 2. further studies in MA programs in International Relations and Diplomacy or Public Policy at the AAU, or to study international relations, public policy, political science and history at universities in the Czech Republic and abroad. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on 30 May, 2007 and re-accredited in April 2014 (code number B 6708/ 6701R005) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to master’s programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses 24 courses (144 ECTS, 72 US credits) Code CIS 161 COM 101 COM 102 ECO 110 ECO 120 HIS 104 LEG 101 SOC 100/ SOC 280/ PSY 250
70
Course General Education Courses Computer Information Systems (Provided by the the School of Business Administration) Composition I (Provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Composition II (Provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Macroeconomics (Provided by the School of Business Administration) Introduction to Microeconomics (Provided by the School of Business Administration) World History II. Intro to Law (Provided by the School of Law) Intro to Sociology/ Social Anthropology/ Social Psychology (Provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) The students must choose only one class to fulfill the requirement
ECTS credits 48
US credits 24
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6 6
3 3
6
3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
POL 101 POL 102 POL 200 POL 201 POL 202 POL 203 POL 236 POL 250 POL 251 POL 280 POL 304 POL 305 POL 351 POL 290 FRE 100 FRE 200 GER 100 GER 200 RUS 100 RUS 200 SPA 100 SPA 200 POL 490 POL 495
Political Sciences and International Relations Introduction to Politics I. Introduction to Politics II. Political Philosophy I. Nations and Nationalism Political Philosophy II. Contemporary Europe: History of European Integration Introduction to Diplomacy Political Geography Introduction to International Relations Political Economy European Union: Policies and Current Issues Contemporary Issues in International Relation Global Security Social Science Research Methods Language Requirements (BA students must complete one foreign language on the second level to fulfill the requirement ) French I. French II. German I. German II. Russian I. Russian II. Spanish I. Spanish II. Other Requirements Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
84 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
42 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
12
6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 3
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US credits 3 3 3* 3 3 3* 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Elective Courses (6 elective courses required, e. i. 36 ECTS, 18 US credits) Code COM 201 HIS 112 HIS 123 HIS 231 POL 207 POL 240 POL 303 POL 310 POL 311 POL 314 POL 316 POL 323 POL 324 POL 327 POL 330 POL 335 POL 344 POL 348 POL 381 POL 382 POL 384
Course Intercultural Communication United States History II History of Russia History of the Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition Ethnic Conflicts in Central and Eastern Europe Russian Foreign Policy Political Parties and Party Systems Public Diplomacy American Foreign Policy in Film European Neighborhood Policy Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science Capitalism, Democracy, and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism U.S. and Global Civil Rights German History: Political History of a Great Power Central and Eastern European Politics Russia, Turkey and Politics of the Caucasus South Asian Politics & Culture Democratization Multiculturalism in Europe Global Migration Global Energy
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
71
POL 410 POL 412 POL 440
U.S. National Security Policy The Americas Contemporary Issues in the Middle East
6 6 6
3 3 3
State Exams State exams consisting of: 1. Presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. Oral examination from International Relations areas of oral examination: a. political science (Introduction to Politics I; Introduction to Politics II; Political Philosophy); b. international relations (Introduction to International Relations; Politics of European Union; East Central European Politics; Global Security); c. economy, law and history of international relations (Microeconomics; Macroeconomics; Political Economy; World History II.; European History: The Making of Modern Europe; History of the Cold War and Post-Cold War Transition; Nations and Nationalism). Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program of International Relations. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director David Lipka, Ph.D., Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy Mgr. Darima Batorova, Assistant Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy
72
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
B.A. in Central and East European Studies Qualification Awarded Bakalář (Bc.) which is the equivalent to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed High school education, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has four principal aims: 1. To provide students with a strong understanding of the past and ongoing processes as well as trends and perspectives in Central and Eastern Europe; 2. To equip them with strong theoretical and methodological knowledge of the respective academic disciplines; 3. To produce graduates able to apply their knowledge and skills to real workplace situations; 4. To foster civic responsibility at a micro-level, with theoretical and practical knowledge grounded in strong ethical values. Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate broad interdisciplinary knowledge of Central and Eastern Europe , examined and interpreted on interdisciplinary basis through politics and security, economic issues, public policy, environmental issues and media, international relations, arts and culture, history, intellectual history, religion and ideology, literature and film; demonstrate broad knowledge of the theories, methods and concepts in these areas;. 2. Address and solve moderately complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing contexts a. Achieve insight vii. Identify and define the problem viii. Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Use appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Identify and select realistic solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions and their ethical implications 3. Effectively communicate issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In appropriate format to specialists and non-specialist audiences b. In written documents, oral presentations and critical discussions, drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge and using appropriate citations c. Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members d. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Take effective and responsible action both individually and within a team a. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts b. Critically assess outcomes and performances c. Effectively use available resources d. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences)
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
73
Occupational Profiles of graduates The program prepares graduates for jobs in local administration, travel agencies, NGOs and media, cultural centers, publishing houses, cultural diplomacy, cultural management, multicultural and international environment, in various church organizations, private business sector, government institutions, organizations of regional development and nonprofit institutions. The B.A. program in CEES prepares the graduates for further studies in MA programs in International Relations and Diplomacy at the AAU, or to study international relations, public policy, political science and history at universities in the Czech Republic and abroad. Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic in April 2011 qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Master’s Program of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 180 ECTS credits (90 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in three years. Required Courses 12 courses (72 ECTS, 36 US credits) ECTS credits 72
US credits 36
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
Russian I. / Polish I. / Czech I. (Option)
6
3
Geopolitics of the Eastern Europe and the Heartland
6
3
Russian II. / Polish II. / Czech II. (Option)
6
3
Social and Cultural Anthropology of Central and Eastern Europe Introduction to Central and East European Studies or Ethnic Conflicts in Central and Eastern Europe
6
3
6
3*
Story of Language: History and Civilization
6
3*
Other Requirements Internship B.A. Thesis Seminar
6 6
3 3
Code COM 101 COM 102 ECO 105/ POL 101 HIS 122 RUS 100/ PLI 101/ CZE 103 POL 261 RUS 200/ PLI 102 CZE 104 SOC 285 TER 110/ POL 207 TER 220 POL 490 POL 495
74
Course Required courses Composition I (Provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Composition II (Provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Introduction to Economic Thought or (Provided by School of Business Administration) Introduction to Politics I European History II: The Making of Modern Europe
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Elective Courses 18 elective courses required, e. i. 108 ECTS, 54 US credits Central and Eastern European History Students choose 4-6 courses HIS 123 History of Russia HIS 231 History of Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition HIS 233 History of Ukraine and Belarus HIS 230 History of Poland HIS 235 Czech/Czechoslovak History HIS 236 The Jewish Experience in Central Europe HIS 237 Central European History HIS 310 The Habsburgs and their Empire, 1526-1918 HIS 336 The Holocaust and its Representation POL 205 Ethnic and Religious Minorities of Central and Eastern Europe POL 430 Central Europe and Stalin : The Making of the Soviet Bloc Politics and Security Students choose 4-5 courses LEG 295 Legal History of European Integration POL 225 EU Integration and Central and Eastern Europe LEG 300 Legal and Constitutional History of Central and Eastern Europe POL 240 Russian Foreign Policy POL 260 NATO and Securitization in Central and Eastern Europe POL 330 POL 333 POL 335 POL 337 POL 360 POL 362
ECO 361 ECO 366 ENV 310 JRN 226 POL 378 ART 131 ART 140 ART 143 ART 144 ART 150 ART 245 ART 246
PHI 172 POL 371
Central and Eastern European Politics German Relations in East Central Europe Russia, Turkey and Politics of the Caucasus Russia, Poland and the Baltics Energy and Security Policy in Central and Eastern Europe Conflict Zones in Eastern Europe Economics, Public Policy, Environmental Issues and Media Students choose 2 courses Economic Transition and Development in Central and Eastern Europe The Political Economy of Oil and Gas in CEE Environmental Issues of Central and Eastern Europe Media and the Democratic Transition in Central and Eastern Europe Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe Arts and Culture Students choose 2-3 courses Prague Art and Architecture History of Art in Eastern Europe Cities of Eastern Europe: Moscow, St. Petersburg and Kiev in Literature, Architecture and Arts Central and Eastern European Music History Cities of Central Europe: Prague, Vienna and Budapest Главы из истории русского театра (oт вoзникновeния до кoнцa XX векa) Modernism and Russian Avant-garde: Visual Arts, Architecture, Music and Film “Intellectual History, Religion and Ideology” Students choose 2-3 courses Intellectual History of Central and Eastern Europe Central and Eastern Europe: Totalitarian Experience - Politics and Law
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3* 3 3* 3 3* 3 3* 3 3 3* 3
6 6 6 6 6
3* 3 3* 3* 3
6 6 6 6 6 6
3* 3 3 3* 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6
3 3* 3 3
6 6
3 3*
6
3*
6 6
3 3
6
3*
6
3*
6
3
6
3*
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
75
Central and Eastern Europe: Totalitarian Experience - Culture, 6 3 Identity and Memory REL 220 Religion in History and the Present of Central and Eastern Europe 6 3 “Literature and Film“ Students choose 2-3 courses ART 232 The Art of Film in Central and Eastern Europe 6 3 LIT 231 Literature of Prague 6 3 LIT 232 Thousand Years of Czech Literature 6 3 LIT 233 Central European Literature 6 3 LIT 235 Masterpieces of Russian Literature 6 3* LIT 238 Poets and Poetry in Central and Eastern Europe 6 3* LIT 302 Landscapes in the Literature and Art of Russia and Central Europe 6 3* * Students can obtain 1 extra credit if they take an elective seminar discussion in Russian. Three extra credits equal 1 elective course. SOC 301
Final test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Bachelor’s thesis 2. oral examination from topics included in the required courses of the program and from selected topics included in all elective blocks of the program Examination and assessment regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Bachelor’s Program of Central and East European Studies. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director David Lipka, Ph.D., Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy Mgr. Darima Batorova, Assistant Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy
76
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
M.A. in International Relations and Diplomacy Qualification Awarded Magistr (Mgr.) which is the equivalent to a Master of Arts degree, as stipulated in the accreditation from the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic. Admission Requirements Completed education at Bachelor’s level, proficiency in English language, 2 letters of recommendation, essay on “Professional Objectives and Interests”, and an interview. For further details please see Admission and Enrollment Procedure (page 5). Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The program has three principal aims: 1. 2. 3.
To provide advanced knowledge and understanding at the Master’s level building upon the study of theories of international relations, political science, economics, history, law, social theory, and related disciplines; To combine theoretical knowledge in the respective academic disciplines with practical applications in the areas of international relations and diplomacy; To prepare students for a wide array of positions and successful careers in international sphere, and/or for further academic work.
Key learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the program will be able to: 1. Demonstrate specialized knowledge of theories of international relations, diplomatic history, international economy, international law and conflict studies 2. Address and solve complex theoretical and practical issues and problems in changing and unfamiliar contexts, independently produce advanced categories of research outcomes, including analytical synthesis a. Achieve insight i.Identify and define the problem, formulate an advanced research question ii.Select, classify and interpret relevant information b. Assess and utilize an appropriate advanced quantitative and qualitative research methods, current concepts and theories c. Employ perspective of a relevant additional discipline d. Create an applied and investigative work that assesses the resulting gains and difficulties and/or proposes original solutions e. Evaluate possible solutions f. Address the ethical implications of the issues at hand 3. Effectively reflect on and communicate complex issues, problems, or dilemmas and their solutions a. In an appropriate format to engage with specialists and non-specialist audiences b. Drawing on the relevant disciplinary knowledge, utilizing a variety of appropriate media, with appropriate citations Within a team: review, evaluate and reiterate expert opinions of team members, effectively lead the discussion c. In at least one language in addition to English 4. Initiate and carry out specialist activities a. Independently and through coordinating the actions of others b. Take into consideration diverse and changing socio-cultural contexts c. Critically assess outcomes and performances d. Effectively use available resources
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
77
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
e. Engage oneself and other members of the team in life-long learning (i.e. acquisition of specialist knowledge and competences) Situate their arguments within the general ontological and epistemological frameworks of International Relations; apply relevant methods, theories, and levels of analysis in building arguments. Be well grounded in the institutional framework of international relations. Apply theories to understand history, and current events in international politics. Apply theories to understand the working of global economy, and to assess the role of various actors and institutions. Choose appropriate negotiation strategies in various cultural and political contexts.
Occupational profiles of the graduate The graduates of the program will be well prepared: 1. for employment with an international dimension where a high level of professionalism is required (diplomacy, governmental agencies and non-governmental organizations, national, international and supranational organizations, “think tanks,” academic institutions and research or international business); 2. for post-graduate study in Political Science, International Relations, Diplomacy, History and other fields at universities in the Czech Republic and abroad Work Placement(s) All the courses do not contain compulsory work placements, however students are required to successfully complete an internship program. Access to Further Studies This program of study was accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic on 12 July, 2006 (code number N6704) qualifying graduates to apply for admission to Ph.D. programs of study at private and public universities in the Czech Republic, in the other countries of the European Union, in the United States and Canada and in other countries of the world. The program was further re-accredited on 29 April 2009 till July 2015. The Blended form of study was accredited by the Ministry on September 30 2010 and is also valid till July 2015. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 120 ECTS credits (60 US credits) and may be completed by full-time students in two years. Required Courses Code First Semester POL 500 POL 520 POL 580 ECO 500 Second Semester DIPL 550 POL 550 POL 551 POL 591 Third Semester DIPL 500 DIPL 600 DIPL 506 POL 690
78
(15 courses, 90 ECTS credits, 45 US credits) Course
ECTS US credits credits
Theories of International Relations EU Future -Trends & Perspectives International Political Economy International Trade
6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3
International Negotiation Theories of Globalization Conflict Studies Advanced Research Methods for International Relations
6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3
Diplomatic History Diplomatic Protocol and Intercultural Communication International Organizations Internship
6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Fourth Semester POL 651/ POL 565 LEG 620 POL 695 Elective Courses
International Development or Human Rights International Law Thesis Seminar
Course
DIPL 510 POL 503 POL 505 POL 410 POL 512 POL 514 POL 516
Public Diplomacy Political Parties and Party Systems Ethnic and Religious Minorities in Central and Eastern Europe U.S. National Security Policy The Americas European Neighborhood Policy Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science Corruption: Cultural Root and Economic Consequences (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Contemporary Issues in the Middle East Politics and Society of Sub-Saharan Africa South Asian Politics & Culture Democratization East Asian Politics Terrorism and Human Security Global Energy Comparative Political Systems and Strategic Governance (provided by the School of Humanities and Social Sciences) Selected Issues in International Relations, Diplomacy and Its History
POL 540 POL 542 POL 544 POL 548 POL 549 POL 559 POL 584 POL 605 POL 700
3
6 6
3 3
ECTS credits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
US Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6
3
6
3
(5 courses, 30 ECTS credits, 15 US credits)
Code
POL 538
6
Final Test State exams consisting of: 1. presentation and defense of Master’s thesis 2. oral examination from International Relations and Diplomacy Areas of oral examination: a) international politics and international relations b) international economy c) international law and diplomatic theory and practice d) modern and contemporary history of international relations and diplomatic history open field Examination and Assessment Regulations US examination and assessment regulations supplemented by ECTS were accredited by the Ministry of Education of the Czech Republic as part of the Master’s Program in International Relations and Diplomacy. See Information on the Institution: Main regulations. Program Director David Lipka, Ph.D., Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy Mgr. Darima Batorova, Assistant Dean, School of International Relations and Diplomacy
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
79
John H. Carey II. School of Law LL.B. - Bachelor of Laws Qualification Awarded The University of London International Programme awards the LLB, a Bachelor of Laws degree. AAU’s study program requires concurrent enrollment with the University of London International Programme. Upon completion of the programme of study, and after having successfully passed the University of London’s assessments and fulfilled a skills path, students will receive their LLB, Bachelor of Laws, issued by the University of London. Admission Requirements To be eligible for instruction you must also be eligible for admission to the University of London International Programme. The University of London entrance requirements state that you must normally be at least 17, have proof of having successfully completed secondary education at an established level and have a good level of competency in English evidenced by specific language test scores. Additionally AAU requires two letters of recommendation, an essay addressing your personal interests and professional objectives, and the completion of a personal interview. Profile of the programme The University of London International Programme LLB is focused on the law of England and Wales. It is an intensive and demanding structure that leads to a law qualifying degree issued by an internationally recognized and highly esteemed university. Students will attend lectures, seminars and tutorials as they expand their knowledge, skills and analytical ability in preparation of their assessments and ultimately their entry in to the work force. Key learning outcomes Upon completion of each course students will be prepared for their externally administered University of London assessments. Upon completion of the course of study students will be able to:
demonstrate a thorough understanding of the laws of England and Wales; present legal concepts and rules in their wider context; use and evaluate legal reasoning and to construct legal arguments; undertake legal research and present the results effectively; demonstrate improved oral and written communication, problem solving skills, and ability to effectively work in a group dynamic; benefit from the academic qualifications, knowledge, skills, and analytical ability expected of candidates of either the barrister or solicitor vocational training program or to continue on to fields such as business or international relations.
Occupational profiles of graduates with examples Graduates will have obtained the necessary education for admission to the vocational training programs for barristers or solicitors, as well as a legal education that can be expanded upon through graduate studies or professional employment in law, business or a variety of other endeavors. For the graduates who choose not to continue their studies they will be equipped with the knowledge, skills and analytical abilities required to enter the legal and professional job markets in other capacities. Work Placement(s) This programme of study does not have a required work placement.
80
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Access to Further Studies Student who obtain their LLB are eligible to continue on to graduate level studies around the world or to apply to the legal vocational training programs in England required of all persons attempting to obtain status as either a barrister or solicitor. Students are also able to continue their studies in advanced degree programs in other fields. Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements Each course requires one academic year of study. The program has three different structures to fit students’ needs: full-time - four University of London assessed courses per year and one locally assessed year long course; part-time – three University of London assessed courses per year and a total of three locally assessed year long courses; non-law qualifying - two University of London assessed courses per year and a total of three locally assessed year long courses. Credits are earned with the University of London after the student takes the externally administered assessment, either at their local British Council or in London. The locally assessed courses result in a limited number of ECTS credits awarded by AAU. As the LLB program began with the 2011-12 academic year, and the introduction of first year courses, the 2012-13 academic year saw the continuation of first year courses as well as the initiation of a selection of required and elective courses appropriate for second year students. Required Courses Code LEG 151 LEG 152 LEG 153 LEG 154 LEG 251 LEG 252 LEG 253 LEG 254 LEG 236 Code LEG 106 LEG 206
Course Required London Assessed Law Courses Common Law Reasoning and Institutions Criminal Law Elements of the Law of Contract Public Law Land Law Law of Torts Law of Trusts Jurisprudence and Legal Theory EU Law Course Required AAU Assessed Courses Legal English Moot Court
ECTS Credits 10 10
Elective Courses – students must take at least two courses from Group A Code Group A LEG 320 Commercial Law LEG 325 Company Law LEG 330 Criminology LEG 335 Evidence LEG 340 Family Law LEG 345 History of English Law LEG 350 International Protection of Human Rights LEG 355 Introduction to Islamic Law Group B LEG 327 Succession LEG 337 Dissertation The above elective listing represents the full range of electives offered by the University of London. The actual offerings will be identified in the spring prior to the start of the term.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
81
Final Award The final award is governed and issued by the University of London. A candidate must complete and pass each level before being permitted to proceed to the next level. Progression is monitored and determined by the University of London. In addition to completing the established study program candidates must select and submit a skills path project in their final year. Examination and Assessment Regulations The School of Law prepares students for the University of London’s assessments. Students register for these assessments directly with the British Council. The assessments rules and regulations are governed by the University of London International Programme. Programme Director Jennifer Fallon, J.D., Associate Dean, John H. Carey II. School of Law
82
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
B.A. (Honours) in Comparative Business Law Qualification Awarded B.A. (Hons) in Comparative Business Law issued by the University of Wales. Admissions Due to the implementation of the University of London LLB, Anglo-American is no longer admitting students to this course of study. The Wales offerings are limited to those required for graduation and only to those students currently enrolled on the Wales programme. Form of Study Full-time study form: standard form of education, mandatory attendance and significant in-class participation (1 ECTS credit corresponds to the workload consisting of 7 hours in class and 18 hours of home preparations per semester for students in full-time/present study form). Profile of the program The Wales BA program emphasizes equally the fundamentals of civil law and Anglo-American common law principles. It is a very practical approach to the study of law in Europe today, where a partial blending of the two systems is currently taking place and an understanding of both the common law and the civil law is increasingly important. Key learning outcomes: Upon completion of the program, students will be able to: present an appreciation of law based upon a wide general educational foundation demonstrate a sound grounding in the fundamentals of Czech and EU law based on a civil law tradition and Anglo-American law based on common law principles present legal concepts and rules in their wider context use and evaluate legal reasoning and to construct legal arguments undertake legal research and present the results effectively demonstrate oral and written communication and problem solving skills undertake some study in a discipline other than law benefit from the academic qualifications, knowledge, skills, and analytical ability to enter the legal job market immediately as productive professionals continue their education through graduate studies before entering the job market as full-fledged lawyers, researchers or executives in other fields of endeavor Occupational profiles of graduates The students will be provided with the knowledge, skills, and analytical ability to enter the legal job market immediately as productive professionals; it provides its graduates with a firm and solid legal foundation that they can build upon through further studies before entering the job market as full-fledged lawyers or executives in other fields of endeavour. Work Placement(s) The course of study does not require a compulsory work placement. Access to Further Studies The BA program allows students to continue on to graduate studies or enroll in a British conversion course for recognition of their legal studies Course structure diagram with credits and graduation requirements The program requires 360 UK credits (2 UK credits equal 1 ECTS credit). Study is undertaken at three levels; each level worth 120 credits. Students may take the full-time track (6 courses per semester), which will allow them to complete the degree in 3 years or the part-time track (3 courses per semester), which allots 6 years for completion.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
83
Required Courses Code LEG 101 LEG 102 LEG 103 LEG 106 LEG 121 LEG 123 LEG 152 LEG 201 LEG 202 LEG 211 LEG 222 LEG 291 LEG 321 LEG 361 LEG 371 LEG 390
Course Required Law Courses Introduction to Law * Roman Law * Czech Legal System * Legal English * Legal Research and Writing * Property Law * Criminal Law * Contracts * Torts * Constitutional Law * Civil Procedure * European Union Law * International Law * Administrative Law * Business Law Thesis
ECTS credits 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 5 10 5 5 10 10
Elective courses Course
Code LEG 206 LEG 302 LEG 311 LEG 313 LEG 322 LEG 351 LEG 353 LEG 375 LEG 378 LEG 382 LEG 383 LEG 385 LEG 395 LEG 397 LEG 398
Law Electives Moot Court * Consumer Protection Law * Labour Law and Discrimination * Trusts * Justice and Order in the World Legal System * International Human Rights Law * Law of International Organizations * Jurisprudence/Legal Philosophy * EU/US Immigration Law * Telecommunication Law * Islamic Law * Banking Law * Intellectual Property Law * Cyber Law * Competition Law *
ECTS credits 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
* No longer offered. Final Test A candidate must attempt 360 units and obtain a minimum of 350 with an over all pass mark of 40. The classification of degree is awarded according to the average of grades achieved across the levels 2 and 3 of the program. After satisfying all course requirements students present and defend a Bachelor’s thesis. Examination and Assessment Regulations The University of Wales’s examination and assessment regulations have been fully implemented Programme Director Jennifer Fallon, J.D., Associate Dean, John H. Carey II. School of Law
84
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Description of Individual Course Units ACC 233 Financial Accounting Lecturer David John Muir, M.Sc., MBA Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc. Roger Kachlik, C.A.
ACC 233 1 2 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Define, describe and interpret IFRS & GAAP Financial Accounting Concepts, principles and theory - Demonstrate the above concepts in application to accounting transactions and Financial Statements - Perform the entire Accounting Cycle from accounting entries to the preparation of complete set of Financial Statements (Income Statement, Balance Sheet, Statement of Retained Earnings, Cash Flow Statement) for both Service and Merchandising Operations - Analyse Financial Statements - Interpret Financial Analysis. Prerequisites MTH 111 Course Contents The objective of this course is to acquaint students with the development and analysis of financial statements. Accounting concepts and terminology will be stressed. This course concentrates on the application of accounting theory, standards, principles, and procedures to accounting problems. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Kimmel, Weygandt and Kieso: Financial Accounting: Tools for Business Decision Making; Student Workbook. Teaching Methods Lecture with basic explanation of each topic with ample examples and summary notes, topic tests for each week, regular homework, high level of interaction Assessment Methods Midterm exam, tests, homework assignments, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face
ACC 263 Managerial Accounting Lecturer Larisa Svobodová, M.A. Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc.
Course code:
ACC 263
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
2 2 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
85
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of terms and concepts using in business decision-making - Understand and analyze how accounting information is prepared and how it is used in making management decisions - Prepare cost reports for different production systems - Evaluate the consequences of different business decisions using differential analysis - Produce the Master Budget of the company and interpret the differences between planned and actual performance. Prerequisites ACC 233 Course Contents This course deals with the presentation of information on which cost conscious management decisions will be made. Management accounting teaches how to decide the amount of funding needed for a given project. It also covers areas like budgetary control and standard costing. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Hermanson, Edwards and Maher. Accounting a Business Perspective. 6th Ed., 1999. Recommended Materials Fullerton, R., Kennedy, F. and Widener, S. 2011, ‘Accounting for a Lean Environment’, available at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1659386 Reyhanoglu, Metin. Activity Based Costing System – Advantages and Disadvantages. 2004. Additional Readings may be distributed during the course of the class for specific assignments. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion, case study Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ACC 511 International Accounting and Reporting
Course code:
ACC 511
Lecturer David John Muir, M.Sc., MBA
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective MABLIM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe the history of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and explain the framework of IASB for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements - Understand the impact that cultural influences have on accounting and explain the pros and cons of principles-based vs. rules-based accounting standards - Articulate the difficulties involved in historical cost accounting vs. fair value accounting - Evaluate the reasoning for different accounting treatments and discuss the concept of substance over form
86
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Compare and contrast the key differences between IFRS and US-GAAP and describe in detail the technical aspects and difficulties of adopting IFRS Express the concepts of additional standards Collaborate effectively in groups to research and present topics on IFRS.
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course provides students with a firm grasp of the principal conceptual problems surrounding international financial accounting and reporting, providing a bridge between accounting theory and practical applications. Topics include: the application of international financial reporting standards in the preparation and presentation of single company and group financial statements; the main concepts and theories of financial accounting and reporting of both the accounting profession and the academic community; and the integration and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. Comparison of accounting systems and recent issues, trends and developments in international financial accounting and reporting will also be covered as part of the material Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Gaber and Gregoriou. International Accounting: Standards, Regulations, Financial Reporting. Portsmouth: Butterworth-Heinemann, 2006. Teaching Methods Lectures, readings, class participation, homework on the reading material and lectures Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 101 History of Art I.
Course code:
ART 101
Lecturer Christopher Montoni, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Dita Baker, M.A.
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will: - Be familiar with overview of art from the ancient times to the 14th century - Have acquired knowledge of key characteristics of each art period and the vocabulary to discuss and analyze works of art. Prerequisites None Course Contents The art of prehistory, the ancient Near East, Ancient Egypt, the Aegean, the art of Ancient Greece, the art of Etruscans, Ancient Rome, Early Christian and Byzantine art, the Early Middle Ages, Romanesque art, Gothic art in Bohemia and Central Europe, precursors of Renaissance. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
87
Recommended Reading Schneider, Laurie. Art Across Time: Volume 1. Boston: McGraw-Hill College, 1988. Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, discussions, group exercises, museum visits Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, essay, in-class assignments, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 102 History of Art II
Course code:
ART 102
Lecturer Dita Baker, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will: - Be familiar with an overview of art from the Late Gothic art in Italy to the 20th century art and architecture - Have acquired knowledge of key characteristics of each art period and the vocabulary to discuss and analyze works of art. Prerequisites None Course Contents Precursors of the Renaissance, the Early Renaissance, the High Renaissance in Italy and Mannerism, Baroque art, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, 19th century Realism and Expressionism, postImpressionism, Cubism, Futurism and related 20th century styles. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Eisenman, Stephen F. at al. Nineteenth Century Art: A Critical History. Thames and Hudson, 2007. Foster, Hal, Krauss, Rosalind, Bois, Yve-Alain and Benjamin H. D. Buchloh. Art since 1900. Modernism, Antimodernism, Postmodernism. Thames and Hudson, 2004. Stangos, Nikos (ed.). Concepts of Modern Art. From Fauvism to Postmodernism. 2 vols. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1994. Schneider, Laurie: Art Across Time, Volume 2. Boston: McGraw-Hill College, 1988. Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, discussions, group exercises, museum visits Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, essay, in-class assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
88
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ART 114 European Music History and its Appreciation
Course code:
ART 114
Lecturer Mgr. Kateřina Vanová
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Become familiar with music and society of main historical periods in East and Central Europe - Understand the role and purpose of music in each period and recognize its major composers and compositions - Master concert etiquette and present their improved music comprehension and appreciation through frequent in-class listening and concert visits - Manage basic music terminology and various composition styles. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce students to the world of music through listening and analysis, discussions, history context and visits of live concerts. After a brief introduction of music elements, forms and instruments, the course will provide an overview of major historical periods in East and Central Europe (Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic and the 20th Century), and their major representatives and compositions. In-class listening and concert visits will improve students’ critical thinking as well as understanding and appreciation of music. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Kamien, Roger. Music – An Appreciation. New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, 2006. Kittnarová, Olga. A History of Music in Outlines. Praha: Karolinum, 2007. Martin, Peter. Sounds and Society: Themes in the Sociology of Music (Music and Society). Manchester University Press, 1997. Plotkin, Fred. Classical Music 101: A Complete Guide to Learning and Loving Classical Music. Hyperion; 1st edition, 2002. Smith, Jane Stuart, Carlson, Betty. The Gift of Music: Great Composers and Their Influence. Crossway Books; 3rd edition, 1995. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, excursion Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
89
ART 131 Prague Art and Architecture
Course code:
ART 131
Lecturer PhDr. Kateřina Průšová
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC; B.A. in CEES elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Teresa Tipton, Ph.D. Christopher Montoni, M.A.
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the specific language of architecture and fine art - Identify major historical periods and styles of art and architecture and recognize their defining characteristics from Romanesque to the Contemporary period - Contextualize the characteristics of representative forms and examples of art and architecture within the socio-cultural, historical, and political influences of their time - Discuss the meaning of art and architecture examples - Prepare and present research on a given topic. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course gives students an insightful orientation into the history of western art from the Middle Ages to the contemporary period through the architecture and art of Prague. The city is seen as a virtual openair museum and a life-size 3-D reading book; therefore the classroom lectures are combined with regular excursions throughout the city. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Baxandall, M. Exhibiting Intention: Some Preconditions of the Visual Display of Culturally Purposefull Objects. In Karp, I. amd S. D.Lavine. Exhibiting Cultures. The Poetry and Politics of Museum Display. Washington and London, 1991. Benesovska, K., Chotebor, P., Durdik, T. and Z. Dragoun. Architecture of the Romanesque. Prague: Prague Castle Administration, 2001 (Summer 2007 Supplement) Benesovska, K., Chotebor, P., Durdik, T. and Z. Dragoun. Architecture of the Gothic. Prague: Prague Castle Administration, 2001 (Summer 2007 Supplement) Brook, S. Prague. Architecture, History, Art. G. Philip, 1992 Burian J. Prague Churches. Prague: Mladá Fronta, 1992 Cubist Prague 1909-1925. Praha: Středočeská galerie, 1995 Czech Modern Art 1900-1960. Prague: National Gallery, 1995 Fucikova, E. A History of the Collections. Prague Castle Administration, 1998 Frampton, K. A Modernity Worthy of the Name: Notes on the Czech Architectural Avant-Garde, in The Art of the Avant-Garde in Czechoslovakia 1918–1938. In The Art of Avant-Garde in Czechoslovakia 1918-1938. Julio Gonzalez (ed.). 2003 Frampton, K. Adolf Loos and the Crisis of Culture, in Modern Architecture: A Critical History, London: Thames and Hudson. 1993 Havel, V. Six Asides About Culture. In Václav Havel or Living in Truth. Jan Vladislav (ed.). London: Faber&Faber, 1986. Chalupecky, J. “The Lessons of Prague. ” In Cross Currents: A Yearbook of Central European Culture. Ladislav Matejka and Benjamin Stolz (eds). Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1985 Kratochvíl, P. and P. Halík. Czech Architecture 1989-1999. Prague: Prostor,1999 Pachmanová, M. Collective Desires, Czech Avant-garde Architecture and the Production of Degendered Space. Umění XLVII, 2000 Pecinková, P. Contemporary Czech Painting, in Arts International, 1993
90
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Staňková, J., Štursa, J. and J. Voděra. Prague-Eleven Centuries of Architecture – Historical Guide. Prague: PAV, 1996 Ulmer, R. Alfons Mucha: Master of Art nouveau, London: Taschen, 2002 (Summer 2003) Vybíral, J. The Idea to Build the National Theatre and the History of its realization. Prague: Národní divadlo, 1999. Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, visits of monuments, art collections and museums in Prague Assessment Methods Class presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 140 History of Art in Eastern Europe
Course code:
ART 140
Lecturer Visiting Professor, TBA
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand history of art in relation to culture and religion in Eastern Europe - Comprehend art and architecture in the context of social history - Understand art and architecture as defining the contemporary social and cultural space of the region - Students will also be familiar with basic historical periods and artistic movements defining East European art and architecture Prerequisites None Course Contents The course follows one thousand years of art history in Eastern Europe and primarily Russia. For the Western observer the face of Russia, Ukraine and Belorussia is imprinted in the onion domes and icons defining their cultural territory. The course will explore Russo-Byzantine Christian art and the school of Rublev giving Russian icons a unique imprint, courtly art, belated secularization of Russian culture under Peter I and Catherine the Great, West European artistic inspiration and the epoch of classicism. In late 19th c. the cultural and social scene began to shape modern art movements that were unmistakably Russian, inspired by vernacular and religious art motifs. Prerevolutionary and post-revolutionary Russian avant-garde yielded innovative art forms of constructivism and futurism foreshadowing revolutionary changes in the social domain. Under the Soviet regime artists were forced to foresake their creative energy in service to the communist society, and churches and bells destroyed leaving behind vacuous cultural space. Kandinsky, Malevich, Chagall and many others emigrated and forever enriched world art. The course will study ideosyncratic artistic shapes molding the architectural vistas of Novgorod, Moscow and St. Petersburg. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Art and Architecture in Russia, 3rd ed., by George Heard Hamilton, Yale University Press A History of Russia, by Nicholas Riazanovsky, 2 v., Oxford University Press Web art history resources: http://www.visual-arts-cork.com/history-of-art/russian-art.htm
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
91
Russian Art Gallery: http://www.russianartgallery.org/ Bucknell University online resources: http://www.bucknell.edu/x17613.xml http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_culture http://www.zeroland.co.nz/art_russia_2.html Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian/ Elective Seminar in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian Course code: ART 143 Cities of Eastern Europe: Moscow, St. Petersburg, Kiev in Literature, Architecture and Arts Lecturer PhDr. Vlasta Smoláková, CSc. Tatiana Štíhelová, M.A., M.Litt. Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
ART 143
1 or 2 2 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate knowledge of the artists linked to the cities, the themes of their work and their artistic impact - Understand the main cultural, artistic and literary movements that were founded and flourished in Moscow, St. Petersburg and Kiev - Students will become familiar with the history and architecture of the three cities. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will explore changing representations and meanings of the city through the history of Eastern Europe. It starts with an introduction to questions of urbanism and historical thinking about the city in the Russian and Ukrainian contexts, and elaborates them through the representative examples of Moscow, St. Petersburg and Kiev. The intellectual and cultural climate of the cities is studied trough literature, architecture and visual arts. Particular emphasis is given to the exploration of various cultural, literary and artistic movements that were founded and flourished in the three cities. Primary sources are read in Russian, secondary sources are read in Russian and English. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Primary sources, Literature: A. Pushkin, The Bronze Horseman N. Gogol, The Overcoat, The Nose F. Dostoevsky, White nights А. Chekhov, Short Stories А. Belyj, St. Petersburgh, Moscow chudak. А. Blok, Poetry М. Cvetaeva, Poetry
92
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
О. Mandelshtam, Kiev М. Bulgakov, White Guard, Master and Margarita А. Platonov, Happy Moscow Primary sources, Visual Arts and Film: K. Malevich, M. Larionov, N. Goncharova, A. Lentulov, P. Filonov; А. Medvedkin: New Moscow I. Pyrev, White Nights Secondary sources: Bowlt, John E.: Moscow & St.Petersburg 1900-1920: Art, Life and Culture of the Russian Silver Age. New York: The Vendome Press, 2008. Brook, Caroline: A Cultural History. New York: Cityscapes, 2006. Buckler, Julie: Mapping St. Petersburg. Imperial Text and Cityshape. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2005. Kochergin, I.: Kiev, Moscow, Ayan Press, 2009. Kostof, Spiro: The City Shaped: Urban Patterns and Meanings Through History. London: Thames and Hudson, 1991. Leham, Richard: The City in Literature: An Intellectual and Cultural History. Berkeley&London: University of California Press, 1998. Nikitinko, Nadezhda: St. Sophia Cathedrale in Kiev, Moscow, Severnyj palomnik, 2008. Rappoport, P.A.: Building the Churches of Kievan Russia. Aldershot, 1995. Rakhmatulin, Rustam: Two Moscows, or Metaphysics of the Capital, Moscow, Olymp, 2008. Reader, John: Cities. London: Vintage, 2004. Shvidkovsky, D.O.: St. Petersburg: Architecture of the Tsars. New York: Abbeville Press, 1996. Shruba, Manfred: Literary Links Between Moscow and Petersburgh in 1890-1917, Moscow, Novoe literaturnoe obozrenie, 2004. Zabelin, N.: Russia in the Visual Arts, Moscow, Belyj gorod, 2007. Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English/ Russian/ Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
ART 144 History
Central and Eastern European Music Course code:
Lecturer Mgr. Kateřina Vanová
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
ART 144 1 or 2 2 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the role and purpose of music in each period and recognize its major composers and compositions - Manage basic music terminology and various composition styles - Students will become familiar with music and society of main historical periods in East and Central Europe - Upon frequent in-class listening and concert visits, students will master concert etiquette and will be able to present their improved music comprehension and appreciation.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
93
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce students to the world of music through listening and analysis, discussions, history context and visits of live concerts. After a brief introduction of music elements, forms and instruments, the course will provide an overview of major historical periods in East and Central Europe (Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic and the 20th Century), and their major representatives and compositions. In-class listening and concert visits will improve students’ critical thinking as well as understanding and appreciation of music. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Kamien, Roger: Music – An Appreciation. New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, 2006 Kittnarová, Olga: A History of Music in Outlines Smith, Jane Stuart, Carlson, Betty: The Gift of Music: Great Composers and Their Influence. Crossway Books; 3rd edition (October 1, 1995) Martin, Peter: Sounds and Society: Themes in the Sociology of Music (Music and Society). Manchester University Press (March 15, 1997) Plotkin, Fred: Classical Music 101: A Complete Guide to Learning and Loving Classical Music. Hyperion; 1st edition (September, 2002) Teaching Methods Lecture, audio- records, discussion, concerts Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 150 Cities of Central Europe: Prague, Vienna, and Budapest Lecturer PhDr. Kateřina Průšová
Course code:
ART 150
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the cultural and historical development of Central European Cities - Independently interpret different cultural-historical contexts of Central Europe - Students will also be familiar with current and historical capitals of the post-communist countries that formed a Visegrad group (V4) in the 1990´s and will get a concrete idea of historical, literary and arthistorical framework presented in the actual sights. Prerequisites None
94
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents The course is a survey of the cultural and historical development of current and historic capitals of the post-communist countries that united in a V4 group. Historical relations of these countries are studied since the Roman Empire, changing medieval Central European states and growing cooperation among these countries pacted during the meeting of the kings in 1335. Important personalities with an international outreach of older and modern history are presented such as St. Adalbert or Václav Havel. How did these countries cope with the collapse of the Austro-Hungarian Empire? How do they contend with the legacy of communism and challenges of democracy? How does it reflect face of the actual cities? Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Visegrád 1335. Bratislava, 2009 http://www.visegradgroup.eu/ Visegrád 1335. Bratislava, 2009 Eve Blau, Monika Platzer, (ed.), Shaping the Great city: Modern Architecture in Central Europe, 18901937, Munich, Prestel, 1999. Mark Girouard, Cities & People: a Social and Architectural History, New Haven, Yale University Press, 1989. Donald Olsen, City as a Work of Art, New Haven, London, 1996. Gábor Gyáni, Identity and the urban experience: fin-de-siécle Budapest, Boulder, Colo., Social Science Monographs, 2004. Gary Cohen, "Society and Culture in Prague, Vienna, and Budapest in the late Nineteenth Century," East European Quarterly, 20, 1986. Malcolm Gee, Tim Kirk, Jill Steward, (eds.), The City in Central Europe: Culture and Society inCentral Europe since 1800, London 1999. Teaching Methods The course is divided into a lecture and a seminary part based on frequent presentations and discussion. Students actively work on a portfolio that is meant to reflect their own experience and deepen their interests. Field trips are the key component of the teaching methods. Assessment Methods Lecture, discussion, excursion Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 225 Post-War European Film
Course code:
ART 225
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore the stylistic, conceptual, ideological, psychological, and socio-historical concerns of European film in the postwar period - Study the specific sensibility of European films in terms of form as well as content. Prerequisites None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
95
Course Contents Europe & the War – the persistence of history; Europe/Hollywood crosscurrents: Film Noir, From “Le Cinéma de Papa” to La Nouvelle Vague: The French New Wave; The Italian “New Wave”: The Second Italian Film Renaissance; Post-New Wave British cinema; German New cinema; Ingmar Bergman; Dogma; European Women Directors; European Film nowadays. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Corrigan, Timothy: The Film Experience—An Introduction. Bedford/St. Martin, 2004 Dixon, Winston Wheeler: The Second Century of Cinema—The Past and the Future of the Moving Image, SUNY Series, 2006 Course lecturer’s essays (by Douglas Shields Dix) on the following films or topics: The Third Man, Film Noir: A Prime, The French New Wave: Jean-Luc Godard’s “À Bout de Souffle,” Les Quatre-Cents Coups (The 400 Blows); Alain Resnais & the Cinema of Consciousness, Je vous Salue, Marie/Hail Mary (1985) & Eloge de l'amour/In Praise of Love (2001): Godard, Federico Fellini’s “Purgatorio: 8 ½,” Michelangelo Antonioni’s “The Passenger,” Wim Wenders: Himmel über Berlin/Wings of Desire Teaching Methods Screenings, discussions, lectures Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 232 The Art of Film in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Barbora Holubová, M.A. Andrzej Magala, Ph.D.
Course code:
ART 232
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the major functions of the film art - Analyse the influence of sociopolitical changes on film production - Students will be familiar with the major trends and artists in Central and Eastern Europe.
Prerequisites None Course Contents The course leads students through the most distinctive trends of Central and East European cinematography. It focuses on the major forms the film art adopted throughout the 20th century in this region and its most outstanding representatives. A particular attention is paid to the relation of film production to the social and political milieu of the region and specific countries; it traces the differences and a similarity in the art form the region witnessed until WWII, discusses the common experience of nationalized cinematography and concludes with problems and challenges of the post-communist era. Initial attention is paid mainly to the great era of Soviet silent film followed with the evolution of singular national cinemas. In the postwar period we focus on "the new waves" in Poland, Czechoslovakia and Hungary and their later metamorphoses, as well as progression of the Soviet film and the distinctive
96
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
trends in the cinematography of the former Yugoslavia, Bulgaria and Romania. The very recent and current directions of film production in the region are discussed as well. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Balski, Grzegorz: Directory of Eastern European film-makers and films 1945-1991. Trowbridge : Flicks Books , 1992. Goulding, Daniel J. (ed.): Post new wave cinema in the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Bloomington ; Indianapolis : Indiana University Press , 1994. Goulding, Daniel J. (ed.): Five filmmakers - Tarkovsky, Forman, Polanski, Szabó, Makavejev. Bloomington ; Indianapolis : Indiana University Press, 1994. Hames, Peter (ed.): The cinema of Central Europe. London; New York : Wallflower Press, 2004. Iordanova, Dina: Cinema of the other Europe - the industry and artistry of East Central European film. London ; New York : Wallflower Press , 2003. Liehm, Mira and Antonin J.: The most important art - Soviet and Eastern European film after 1945. Berkeley : University of California Press, 1977. Monaco, James: How to read film. Oxford University Press, 2000. Thompson, K.; Bordwell, D.: Film history: An Introduction. New York : McGraw-Hill, 2002. Teaching Methods Lecture, film screening, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 245 Главы из истории русского театра (oт вoзникновeния до кoнцa XX. векa) Lecturer PhDr. Vlasta Smoláková, CSc.
Course code:
ART 245
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Цели курса: познакомить студентов с основными этапами развития и ведущими личностями в историческом контексте; на примерах, опосредованных чтением ключевых пьес и других источников (мемуары, художественные манифесты, программные статьи и т.п.), ввести студентов в проблематику драмы и постановки как специфического вида искусства Prerequisites None Course Contents Первые театральные формы (представления скоморохов, народный театр), придворный и крепостной театр и профессионализация, рождение классической драмы и ее высшие проявления, Фонвизин, Грибоедов, Пушкин, Лермонтов, Гоголь, А. Н. Островский и Малый театр, Станиславский, Немирович-Данченко и театр МХТ, психологический реализм и формирование театральной режиссуры, А. П. Чехов, М. Горький, новые тенденции начала XX (Андреев и др.),
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
97
театральный авангард и революция, В. Мейерхольд, насаждение социалистического реализма и его последствия, «оттепель» после 1956 года и возникновение новых театров («Современник»), Ю. Любимов и Театр на Таганке. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Пьесы: Д. И. Фонвизин «Недоросль» А. С. Грибоедов «Горе от ума» А. С. Пушкин «Борис Годунов» М. Ю. Лермонтов «Маскарад» Н. В. Гоголь «Ревизор», «Женитьба» А. Н. Островский «Доходное место», «Гроза», «Лес» Л. Н Толстой «Живой труп» А. П. Чехов «Чайка», «Дядя Ваня», «Три сестры», «Вишневый сад» М. Горький «На дне», «Мещане» «Егор Булычев и другие» Л. Андреев «Жизнь человека» В. Маяковский «Мистерия-буфф», «Клоп» М. Булгаков «Дни Турбиных», «Бег» Литература: Н. В. Гоголь: «Гоголь и театр» (Искусство, 1952; избранные статьи) М. С. Щепкин «Записки. Письма. Современники о Щепкине (Искусство, 1952) К. С. Станиславский «Моя жизнь в искусстве» Немирович-Данченко «Из прошлого» М. Горький «О литературе (Советский писатель, 1953; избранные статьи) А. В. Луначарский Собрание сочинений (избранные статьи и работы) А. Я. Таиров «Записки режиссера» В. Э. Мейерхольд «Статьи, письма, речи. беседы (Искусство, 1968) К. Рудницкий «Русское режиссерское искусство 1989-1907», Наука, 1989 Д. Золотницкий «Зори театрального Октября», Искусство, 1976 Д. Золотницкий «Будни и праздники театрального Октября», Искусство, 1978 А. Смелянский «Михаил Булгаков в Художественном театре» Искусство, 1978 Ю. Любимов «Рассказы старого трепача» Новости, 2001 Teaching Methods Lecture, audio records and visual examples, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 246 Modernism and The Russian Avant-garde: Course code: Visual Arts, Architecture, Music and Film Lecturer Tatiana Štíhelová, M.A., M.Litt.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
98
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ART 246 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical, cultural and artistic context of Russia in the period of 1881-1930 - Be familiar with various artistic movements of the turn of the 20th century in Europe and Russia - Present knowledge of the legacy of the individual artists studied in the course, their main achievements, themes of their work and their impact on society Prerequisites TER 110 Course Contents The course focuses on the theory and practice of the Russian Avant-Garde with particular stress on aesthetic, historical, and political interconnections between the Russian and Western Avant-Garde. The movements covered are futurism, cubo-futurism, imagism, neo-primitivism, suprematism and constructivism. The artists studied are Natalja Goncharova, Lubov Popova, Kazimir Malevich, Wassily Kandinsky, Pavel Filonov, El Lissitzky, Vladimir Tatlin, the film makers Sergei Eisenstein and Dziga Vertov, and the composers Alexander Scriabin and Igor Stravinsky. The survey also includes questions of art and politics (art as a propaganda tool), and art and the market. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Primary sources: Brumfield, William: A History of Russian Architecture. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993. Gillespie, David: Early Soviet Cinema: Innovation, Ideology and Propaganda. London: Wallflower, 2005. Hamilton, George: The Art and Architecture of Russia. New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1999. Roberts, Peter Deane: Modernism in Russian Piano Music: Skriabin, Prokofiev and Their Russian Contemporaries. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1994. Secondary sources: Gray, Camilla: The Russian Experiment in Art, 1863-1922. London: Thames&Hudson, 1996. Kelly, Catriona and Stephen Lovell: Russian Literature, Modernism and Visual Arts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. Kostenovic, Albert: From Russia: French and Russian Master Painting 1870-1925 from Moscow and St.Peterburg. London: Royal Academy of Arts, 2008. Margolin, Viktor: The Struggle for Utopia: Rodchenko, Lissitsky, Moholy-Nagy, 1917-1946. Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 1998. Paperno, Irina and Joan Delaney Grossman: Creating Life: The Aesthetic Utopia of Russian Modernism. Stanford, 1994. Shvidkovsky, Dmitrii: Russian Architecture and the West. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2002. Stites, Richard: Russian Popular Culture: Entertainment and Society since 1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992. Walsh, Stephen: Stravinsky: A Creative String, Russia and France, 1882- 1934. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California, 2002. Teaching Methods Lecture, visual and audio examples, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian/ Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
99
ART 250 Visual Culture
Course code:
ART 250
Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in JC; B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Present and build a working vocabulary with which to discuss the way visual images, particularly photographs, are constructed - Identify and understand the visual functions of each of these elements in terms of their desired effect or impact on viewers - Analyze, explore and question the relationships between the image-maker, viewer, subject and commissioning agent and the various functions of images in society - Consolidate the above material in the context of contemporary uses of images. Prerequisites None Course Contents Introduction to aesthetics, elements of visual meaning, aesthetic variables - shape, pattern, texture, form, light, line, scale, space and composition, introduction to design and design variables - balance, dominance, proportion, rhythm and perspective. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Berger, John. Ways of Seeing. BBC and Penguin Books Ltd. London, 1972 Fiske, John. Introduction to Communications Studies. 2nd edition. Routledge, London and New York, 1990 Lazroe, Beth. Photography as Visual Communication, a curriculum. FAMU, Prague, 1998 Lazroe, Beth. Perception, Culture, Representation and the Photographic Image. Ljubljana: World Young photography, 1997 Price, Stuart. Media Studies. London: Pitman Publishing, 1994 Webster, Frank. The New Photography, Responsibility in Visual Education. London: Riverrun Press, New York, 1985 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Written essays, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
100
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ART 251 Documentary Photography Lecturer Bjorn Steinz, M.A. Mark Wiedorn, M.B.A.
Course code:
ART 251
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend international documentary photography, both historical and contemporary - Apply theoretical knowledge and develop personal documentary projects - Demonstrate hands-on experience by creating a documentary photography series themselves. Prerequisites None Course Contents Introduction of documentary photography, determination of your subject matter, description and analysis of a photograph, kinds of photographs, a short history of documentary photography, presentations: documentary photography now, critique of documentary photography project. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Badger, Gerry. The Genius of Photography: How photography has changed our lives”. Quadrille Publishing Ltd., 2007 Barrett, Terry. Criticizing Photographs: An Introduction to Understanding Images”. McGraw-Hill, 2006 Cotton, Charlotte. “The Photograph as Contemporary Art”. Thames & Hudson, 2007 Light, Ken. “Witness in Our Time: Working Lives of Documentary Photographers”. Smithsonian Books, 2000 Sontag, Susan.“On Photography”. Penguin Books, 2002 Wells, Liz. “Photography: A Critical Introduction”. Routledge, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Class Participation, Photographic Journal/ Visual Diary, Research/ Presentation of Photographer, Artist’s Statement, Final project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 252 Digital Photography Lecturer Bjorn Steinz, M.A. Mark Weidorn, M.B.A.
Course code:
ART 252
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 elective B.A. in PS; B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe and execute proper operation and of a digital camera
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
101
-
Present working knowledge of shutter speeds, aperture settings, ISO Settings, light, and camera angles in order to provide desired images Name and understand the mechanics of a digital camera Calculate the equivalent relationships between shutter speeds, aperture settings, and film speeds. Instill an understanding of photographic concepts and vocabulary Discuss how and what photographs communicate through careful analysis of yours and your fellow students work Create a series of images that convey a particular theme or concept as proposed by the student Inform and educate the class as a whole on different photographers and photographic styles through individual presentations Provide a very broad overview of digital photography as a unique form of the medium so as to encourage a more holistic understanding of it as both an art form and a technical craft.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Photography as a digital medium, concept development, digital capture, editorial technique, digital presentation, and printing, post-production software programs, contemporary visual artists, gallery visits, discussions. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading The Photographers Eye: Composition and Design for Better Digital Photos by: Michael Freeman, 2007, ISBN-10: 0240809343 Learning to See Creatively: Design, Color and Composition in Photography by: Bryan Petersen, 2003 Understanding Exposure, 3rd Edition: How to Shoot Great Photographs with Any Camera by Bryan Petersen, 2010 The Visual Dictionary of Photography by: David Prakel, 2010, ISBN-10: 2940411042 Chasing Reflections: The Print and Process Series by Eli Reinholdtsen, e-Book Teaching Methods Lectures, readings, discussion, presentations, and workshop style instruction followed by fieldwork Assessment Methods Attendance, discussion, group work, journal (blog or Flickr), written test, long-term project, final presentation (printing, editing, statement) Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
ART 270 20th Century Art Lecturer Karina Kottová, M.A. Mgr. Pavlína Morganová, Ph.D. Dita Baker, M.A.
Course code:
ART 270
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Identify major artists and artistic movements from the beginnings of 20th century up to nowadays - Understand broader issues and contexts, which influenced the state of modern and contemporary art - Discuss and analyse works of art and the contexts within which they emerged.
102
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents Realism, impressionism, cubism, surrealism, abstract expressionism and minimalism, futurism, early abstraction, pop art, conceptualism, intermedia, electronic/digital and biological art. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Berger, J. Ways of Seeing. London: British Broadcasting Corporation, 1977 Chipp, H. Theories of Modern Art: Sourcebook by Artists and Critics. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968 Foster, Hal, Krauss, Rosalind, Bois, Yve-Alain and Benjamin H. D. Buchloh. Art since 1900. Modernism, Antimodernism, Postmodernism. Thames and Hudson 2004 Hopkins, David. After Modern Art. 1945-2000. Oxford University Press, 2000 Robertson, Jean and Craig Mc Daniel. Themes of Contemporary Art. Visual Art after 1980. Oxford University Press, 2010 Stangos, Nikos (ed.). Concepts of Modern Art. From Fauvism to Postmodernism. Thames and Hudson, 1994 Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, visits of monuments, art collections and museums in Prague Assessment Methods Written test, in-class presentation, final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 280 Jewish Art and Architecture in Central Europe
Course code:
ART 280
Lecturer PhDr. Kateřina Průšová, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to: - Differentiate Jewish liturgical objects and synagogal accessories - Demonstrate knowledge of characteristics of architecture styles and of styles of applied art from Middle Ages to the 20th century. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course examines the development of synagogal architecture in Europe, the meaning of the synagogue and the purposes of its diver’s parts and liturgical objects from its origins to the present day. Students experience art and architecture directly on field trips. They get an overview in Jewish art and architecture in European context with an emphasis on Central European examples. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
103
Recommended Reading Klára Benešovská et al., Ten Centuries of Architecture. Prague: Prague Castle Administration, Prague, 2001. Jewish Encyclopedia, New York, 1906. Encyclopedia Judaica, Jerusalem, 1972. Alexandr Putík et al., Jewish Customs and Traditions, Prague, 2005. Alexandr Putík et al., History of Jews in Bohemia and Moravia I, II, Prague, 2005. Arno Pařík, Jewish Prague, Prague, 2002. Leo Pavlát ed., Jews, History and Culture, Prague, 2005. Teaching Methods Slide-based lectures, visits of monuments, art collections and museums in Prague Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 340 East Asian Art History Lecturer Doc. Lucie Olivová, M.A., DSc. PhDr. Helena Honcoopová
Course code:
ART 340
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Understand East Asian art - Distinguish Chinese, Japanese and Korean works of art, tie them together and reflect on them. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course is dedicated to the study of arts in East Asia, as they developed within the context of cultural history, and religious environment. It will give a chronological survey of the main study cases (architecture, ceramics, bronzes, lacquerware, stone carvings, wooden sculpture, porcelain, paintings and calligraphy, printing etc.). The block of lectures on Chinese Art will be followed by the block on Japanese art and selected topics from the Korean art will be interposed. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Emerson, Julie, Jennifer Chen & Mimi Gardner Gates. Porcelain Stories. From China to Europe. Catalog. Seattle, 2000. 318 pages. Korean traditional art. Korean Culture and Arts Foundation. Seoul : Hexa Communications, 1995. 147 pages. ISBN: 8986381001 Mason, Penelope. History of Japanese Art, 431 pp., 381 ills, Harry N. Abrams, Inc., Publishers, New York, 1993 Stanley-Baker, Joan. Japanese Art, 333 pp, I57 ills.,Thames and Hudson, London1984, revised and expanded edition, London 2000 Sullivan, Michael. The Arts of China. Berkeley : University of California Press, 2009 (5th edition). 368 pages. ISBN-10: 0520255690
104
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Thorp, Robert L. and Richard Vinograd. Chinese Art & Culture. Harry N. Abrams, 2001. 440 pages. ISBN: 0810941457 Treat Payne, Robert and Alexander Soper: The Art and Architecture of Japan. The Pelican History of Art, 328pp, 187 ills., 1955, revised by Penguin Books, 1974 Teaching methods Lecture, associated research activities will be also arranged to complement the lectures: visits to museums and workshops (three times per semester). Assessment methods Mid-term exam, final exam, two essays Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 354 Visual Communication
Course code:
ART 354
Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand and use concepts, ideas, and terminology related to visuality and its interpretive frameworks - Develop and use various methods and strategies for analyzing and interpreting visual images, spaces, and events - Extend personal interpretive and meaning-making criteria when interacting with visual elements and properties as they appear and are used in various socio-cultural milieus - Experience contemporary visual communication in Prague and investigate its constitutive properties in relationship to other forms of communication - Experience, explore, analyze and interrogate the relationships between and behind image-maker, viewer, subject, commissioning agents, social groups, and the various functions of visuality in society - Apply course content to one’s personal experience of contemporary visuality. Prerequisites None Course Contents From the Internet to advertising, visual forms of communication are ubiquitious in today’s environment. The course inquires into forms of contemporary visuality as both ‘text’ that is read and as ‘information’ that communicates forms of visual knowledge with which individuals interact and interpret. This includes everyday expressive visual signs and events from advertising, leisure activities, work, politics, community, national and global activities, friendships, Internet use, shopping, etc. and their relationship to visual representational practices. Activities and readings are designed to investigate the forms and practices of visual communication in the public domain and their relationship to social groups, including the power relations through which these images and groups are constructed and mediated. An element of the course will be to understand and make connections between social processes, institutional forms of visual production, consumer culture, and the meaning individuals give to visuality. Participants will examine these elements in light of their formative, historical contexts as well as the spaces they produce and are produced in. Such contexts include socio-cultural and personal belief systems and identities.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
105
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Berger, John. Ways of Seeing. BBC and Penguin Books Ltd. London, 1972 Fiske, John. Introduction to Communications Studies. 2nd edition. Routledge, London and New York, 1990 Lazroe, Beth. Photography as Visual Communication, a curriculum. FAMU, Prague, 1998 Lazroe, Beth. Perception, Culture, Representation and the Photographic Image. Ljubljana: World Young photography, 1997 Price, Stuart. Media Studies. London: Pitman Publishing, 1994 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Written essays, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 355 Christianity in Western Art
Course code:
ART 355
Lecturer Doc. Dr. Jiří Kašný, Th.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Analyze and comment on religious motifs, symbols and images in western art - Identify and interpret religious iconography in modern and contemporary art - Understand and use religious iconography language in ordinary communication - Express experience of today’s men and women through religious images and icons.
Prequisites None Course Contents The course is an examination of the origins and development of religious imagery and icons in European culture and art. Major motifs, symbols, and images will be identified and analyzed to discern their meaning and message. Teaching proceeds in the two linked paths: religious imagery in the main periods of European history and the icons that represent main religious persons and ideas. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required: Grabar, André. Christian Iconography: a Study of its Origins. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1968 Pelikan, Jaroslav. Jesus Through the Centuries. His Place in the History of Culture. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999 Williamson, Beth. Christian Art: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004 Recommended: Royt, Jan. Slovník biblické ikonografie. Praha: Karolinum, 2006
106
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Rywiková, Daniela. Úvod do křesťanské ikonografie. Ostrava: FF OU, 2010 Royt, Jan a Hana Šedinová. Slovník symbolů. Praha: Mladá fronta, 2001 Teaching methods Associated research activities will be also arranged to complement the lectures: visits to museums and workshops (three times per semester). Assessment methods Mid-term exam, final exam, two essays Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 372 Contemporary Art Scene
Course code:
ART 372
Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Use the Prague art scene as a case study enabling students to study the contemporary art scene - Comprehend issues and institutions connected to the realm of contemporary art (artists, curators, art historians, critics, collectors, art schools, galleries, media, market, exhibitions etc.) - Orient themselves in the contemporary art scene and enabling them to follow the exciting changes in the art world. Prerequisites None Course Contents By visiting exhibitions and galleries, artists’ studios and discussing strong contemporary artworks and art texts, students will explore the different concepts of contemporary arts. This seminar course will also question issues like the art market, art collectors and collections, phenomena of international shows like Venice Biennale and the position of curators. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Atkins, Robert. Art Speak. A Guide to Contemporary Ideas, Movements, and Buzzwords. New York−London Abbeville Press Publishers, 1997 Lotringer, Sylvere and Paul Virilio. The Accident of Art. Semiotexte, Cambridge: 2005 Nelson, Robert S. and Richard Shiff (eds.) Critical Terms for Art History. University of Chicago Press, Chicago 1998 Robertson, Jean and Craig McDaniel. Themes of Contemporary Art, Visual Art after 1980. Oxford−New York: Oxford University Press, 2010 Wheelock, Bill. The Wrong Idea: Maurizio Cattelan in the Economy of Attention. Munich: VDM Publishing, 2011. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, visits Assessment Methods Exam
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
107
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 471 Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art
Course code:
ART 471
Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Beacquainted with the purpose and use of critical theory in contemporary art; - Be familiar with various local and international contemporary artists and artistic practices; - Discuss contemporary theories related to the practice of art-as-research; - Touse various forms of reflective practice to explore the nature of one’s own meaning-making and interpretive processes‘ - Discuss personal meaning-making processes in relation to contemporary artistic experiences, theories, and practices; - Use and develop visual and semiotic tools for examining the relationship between socio-cultural forms of artistic practice and their discourses; - Conduct research to gain understanding and insight into the role and uses of art in contemporary society; - Produce visual and written documentation for personal artistic and research-based projects. Prerequisites ART 102 Course Contents This is a seminar course to explore critical theories and concepts relating contemporary discourses to personal encounters of contemporary art and visual culture. Critical discourse and visual analysis, social and cultural theory, and visual culture studies will be used as tools to connect discourses from arts exhibitions, readings, research, popular culture, media, journal writing, art assignments, and reflections with classroom discussions. Students will be expected to prepare a research project and give a summary of it with a visual presentation. As part of the course, a course site has been created to support the classroom process and provide additional opportunities to continue discussing and learning together. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Alberro, A., Stimson, B. Institutional Critique: An Anthology of Artists' Writings, MIT Press, 2009 Caruso, Hwa Young Choi. Art as a Political Act: Expression of Cultural Identity, Self-Identity, and Gender by Suk Nam Yun and Yong Soon Min. Journal of Aesthetic Education. 2005, Fall, 39(3), 71-87 Darts, D. Visual Culture Jam: Art, Pedagogy, and Creative Resistance. Studies in Art Education, 45(4), 2004, 313-327 Freshwater, H. (2004). Towards a Redefinition of Censorship. In: Censorship & Cultural Regulation in the Modern Age, B. Müller ed. Amsterdam – New York, 225-246 Gibbons, J. Contemporary Art and Memory, Images of Recollection and Rememberance. Tauris, 2007 Irwin, R. (et. al). The rhizomatic relations of a/r/tography. Studies in Art Education. 2006, 48(1), 70-88
108
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Klanten, R., Hübner, M., Bieber, A., Alonzo, P., Jansen G. eds. Art & Agenda, Political Art and Activism, Berlin, 2011 N. Felshin ed. But is this Art? The Spirit of Art as Activism, Seattle. Nye, R. (2005). Locating Masculinity: Some Recent Work on Men. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 1995, vol. 30, no. 3, 1937-1962 Pachmanová, P.: The Muzzle: Gender and Sexual Politics in Contemporary Czech Art. ArtMargins, http://www.artmargins.com/index.php/2-articles/362-the-muzzle-gender-and-sexual-politics-incontemporary-czech-art Sheikh, S. Objects of Study or Commodification of Knowledge? Remarks on Artistic Research. Art & Research, Volume 2. No. 2 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, visits Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 500 Art and Society: The History of Visual Arts Course code: in the 20th Century Lecturer PhDr. Pavlína Morganová, Ph.D. Robert Horvitz, B.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
ART 500 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Draw an overview of the development of art during the 20th century along with a questioning of its relationships with regard to changes occurring in society - Examine the roots of avant-gardism and its aims - Examine shifts in concepts of art brought on by Performance Art, Conceptualism and Postmodernism and its connection to the post-war society. Prerequisites None Course Contents Modern art styles including Futurism, Cubism, Functionalism, Constructivism, Dada and Surrealism, the birth of Abstract Art and deformations in Modernism within the totalitarian regimes of Soviet Russia and Nazi Germany, survey of post-World War II art. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Altshuler, B.: The Avant-Garde in Exhibition, New Art in the 20th Century, Berkeley, Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1994 Arnason, H. H.: History of Modern Art, Prentice Hall, 2003 Aspects/Positions: 50 Years of Art in Central Europe 1949–1999, Museum Moderner Kunst Wien, 1999– 2000 Bauman, Z: Liquid Modernity, Polity Press, Cambridge, 2000
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
109
Cabanne, P.: Dialogues with Marcel Duchamp, The Documents of 20th Century Art, London: Thames and Hudson, 1971 Foster, H.: The Return of the Real: The Avant-garde at the End of 20th Century Art, Cambridge, Mass. 1996 Foster, H.: Post-Modern Culture, London 1985 Foucault, M.: The Foucault Reader, Pantheon 1984 Frampton, K.: Modern Architecture: A Critical History, Thames and Hudson, 1980 Goldberg, R.: Performance Art: From Futurism to the Present, Thames and Hudson, 1999 Harrison, Ch. and P. Wood. (eds): Art in Theory, 1900–2000: An Anthology of Changing Ideas, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 1996 Hertz, R. Theories of Contemporary Art, New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, 1985 Hoptman, L. and T. Pospiszyl. (eds): Primary Documents: A Sourcebook for Eastern and Central European Art since the 1950s, New York: MOMA, 2002 Jencks, Ch.: What is Post-Modernism? London, New York, 1986 Lippard, L. (ed): Six Years: The Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966–1972, Berkeley, London: University of California Press, 1973 Srp, K.: Minimal, Earth and Concept Art, Praha: Jazzpetit, 1982 Stone, M.: “Art and Power: Europe under the Dictators, 1930–1945” in Journal of the Society of Architecural Historians, Vol 55, No. 4, December 1996, pgs. 457–460 Language of Tietz, J.: The Story of Architecture, Konemann, Cologne, 1999 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, slide and other visual presentation Assessment Methods Exam Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 520 20th Century Art & Literature: The Avant-garde Lecturer Thierry Tremblay, Ph.D.
Course code:
ART 520
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Draw an overview of the main European avant-gardes of the XXth century - Focus on literature and visual arts - Approach the philosophical and political contexts of the movements.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Cubism, Futurism, Constructivism, Bauhaus, Dadaism, Expressionism, Surrealism, Situationism, COBRA, Czech avant-gardes Level of Course Master’s
110
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Apollinaire, Guillaume: Apollinaire on Art: Essays and Reviews 1902–1918. Edit. by Leroy C. Breunig. Transl. by Susan Suleiman. London : Thames and Hudson, 1972 Bataille, Georges: The Absence of Myth: Writings on Surrealism. Trans. Michael Richardson. London: Verso, 1994 Birgus, Vladimir (et al.): Czech photographic avant-garde 1918–1948. Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press, 2002 Bojtár, Endre: East European Avant-Garde Literature. Trans. Pál Várnai. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó, 1992 Breton, André: Manifestos of Surrealism. Trans. Richard Seaver. Jackson : University of Michigan Press, 1969 Caws, Mary Ann: Manifesto: a century of isms. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2001 Debord, Guy: Society of the Spectacle. Trans. Donald Nicholson-Smith. New York: Zone Books, 1994 Dluhosch, Eric & Rostislav Švácha: Karel Teige; 1900–1951 : l’enfant terrible of the Czech modernist avant-garde. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1999 Golding , John: ubism : A History and an Analysis : 1907–1914. Boston: Boston Book and Art Shop, 1968 Gordon, Donald E.: Expressionism: art and idea. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1987. Lawton, Anna: Russian futurism through its manifestoes, 1912–1928. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1988 Lupton, Ellen & J. Abbott Miller (eds.): The abc’s of... : the bauhaus and design theory. London: Thames and Hudson, 1993 Motherwell, Robert: The Dada painters and poets: an anthology. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press, 1981 Nadeau, Maurice. The history of surrealism. Trans. Richard Howard. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1973 O. Benson, Timothy & Forgács, Éva: Between worlds: a sourcebook of Central Europeanavant-gardes, 1910–1930. Los Angeles: Los Angeles County Museum of Art ; Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press, 2002 Tisdall, Caroline: Futurism. London: Thames and Hudson, 1977 Vegesack, Alexander von (ed.): Czech Cubism: Architecture, Furniture, and Decorative Arts 1910–1925. New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 1992 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, slides and power point presentation Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 550 Art and the Concept of Freedom
Course code:
ART 550
Lecturer Barbara Benish, M.F.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore ideas about creating art in an open and "free" society, if it exists, and if it is indeed possible
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
111
- Trace the de-politicization of art in the so-called 'free world' and the politicization of art behind the Iron Curtain before 1989 - Study the "artist's revolution" in Czechoslovakia, which will be a focus point of the critique and discussion about art and the concept of freedom, supported by numerous slide images and videos interviews with artists of that time. Prerequisites None Course Contents Looking at historical precedents, such as the censorship in U.S. art in the 1980's (Robert Mapplethorpe, etc.), and comparing that to the countries of the former Soviet Bloc, we will examine two extreme models of art-making contexts: market capitalism and Stalinist communism. Issues of censorship, the role of the market and Western art-gallery system, and historical precedents in each culture will show us the influences that have led to two very different approaches to art in Europe and the United States. Andy Warhol and Joseph Beuys, pivotal artists from each society, will lead our discussion on those very differences and similarities in an artist's search for expression. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Chalupecky, J.: “The Lessons of Prague,” in Cross Currents: A Yearbook of Central European Culture, Ladislav Matejka and Benjamin Stolz (eds), Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1985 Hlavacek, L.: The Value of Individuality and its Limits, 1990 Havel, V.: “The Power of the Powerless” in Cross Currents: A Yearbook of Central European Culture, Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1985 Dewey, J.: Art as Experience, 1934 (selected chapters) Kuspit, D.: “Joseph Beuys and Andy Warhol,” Essay Hauser, A.: The Social History of Art (selected chapters) Marcuse, H.: “Freedom and Freud’s Theory of Instincts” and “The End of Utopia” from Five Lectures, Beacon Press, 1970 Kuoni, Carin.: (ed) Energy Plan for the Western Man: Joseph Beuys in America—Writings and Interviews with the Artist, Four Wall Eight Windows Press, 1990 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 551 Art in the Public Realm
Course code:
ART 551
Lecturer Barbara Benish, M.F.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Grasp to the broad range of issues and possibilities that public art can create and address.
112
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents The definition of "Public Art" has dramatically changed and been debated since issues of deconstruction and "context" have entered the contemporary art dialogue. One of the ongoing discussions of the past two decades has focused on "who is the audience", and the interaction/responsibility, if any, the artist is expected to contribute to that equation. In focusing on art in the public realm, this course will also address issues of open dialogue, context, and sustainability in the arts. "Sustainability" can mean both financing and material or non-material makeup of the work. We will cover the history of public art, from ancient statues and monuments, to the larger-than-life equestrian statues of ancient Rome (to Prague's own Jan Žižka) that celebrate war heroes, to contemporary avant-garde outdoor video projections on buildings, that are decidedly anti-war. We will focus on 20–21st century examples of public art, and how much of this is politicized by the social context of the times. From the early 1920 Mexican Mural masters, to the 1970 Earthworks and Land Art, 1980 Collaborations, Street Art and Graffitti, to contemporary site work such as Turrell's crater in the U.S. southeast and Richard Long's Scottish walking places. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Foster, H.: The Artist as Ethnographer. The Return of the Real. MIT Press, 1996. Hauser, A.: The Social History of Art. Kosuth, J.: Art and It's Public. Art after Philosophy and After, Collected Writings, 1966– 1990. MIT Press, 1991 O'Brien, Mark—Little, Craig (Eds.): The Art of Community, A Dialogue. Tim Rollins and the Kids of Survival. Reimaging America, The Arts of Social Change. New Society Publishers, 1990 O'Doherty, B.: Inside the White Cube. The Ideology of the Gallery Space. Lapis Press. 1976 Wodiczko, K.: Strategies of Public Address: Which media, Which Publics? Discussions in Contemporary Culture, Ed. Hal Foster. Dia Art Foundation, 1987 Articles from contemporary issues of Art in America, Artforum, and Parkett magazines Teaching Methods Lecture and discussion Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 552 Major Film Directors: Selected Topics
Course code:
ART 552
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
113
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Devote attention to the films of one or two major directors every semester it is taught, with the intention of exploring the œuvre of the director by means of several modes of analysis and interpretation. Prerequisites None Course Contents This seminar will devote itself to significant directors, including such figures as Fritz Lang, Jean Renoir, Orson Welles, Alfred Hitchcock, Federico Fellini, Michelangelo Antonioni, Luis Buñuel, Alain Resnais, Jean-Luc Godard, François Truffaut, Ingmar Bergman, Andrei Tarkovsky, Rainer Werner Fassbinder, Werner Herzog, Wim Wenders, Raoul Ruiz, Stanley Kubrick, Robert Altman, and Terrence Malick. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Cook, D.: A History of Narrative Film, New York: W.W. Norton Publishers, 1996. Deleuze, G.: Cinema 1: The Movement Image; Cinema 2: The Time-Image, New York and London: Continuum Press, 2005. Neupert, R.: A History of French New Wave Cinema, University of Wisconsin Madison, 2002 Corrigan, T.: New German Film: The Displaced Image, Indianapolis: University of Indiana Press, 2002. Teaching Methods Discussion, screenings Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English
ART 553 Advanced Film Seminar: Women Film Directors
Course code:
ART 553
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore narrative and avant-garde film by women film directors and the question of feminine/feminist aesthetics. Prerequisites None Course Contents Films by early women directors, films by women directors in Hollywood, films by European women directors, films by independent women directors, films by third world women directors, and films by women on a variety of specific themes, such as relationships between men and women, relationships between women, films about childhood and growing up female, and others. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Handouts to be distributed in class
114
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Discussion, screenings Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ART 571 Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art Course code: and Visual Culture Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
ART 571 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore critical theories and concepts relating contemporary discourses to personal encounters of contemporary art and visual culture. Prerequisites None Course Contents Critical discourse and visual analysis, social and cultural theory, and visual studies will be used as tools to connect discourses from arts exhibitions, readings, research, popular culture, media, journal writing, art assignments, and reflections with classroom discussions. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Addison, N. (2007). Identity politics and the queering of art education: inclusion and the confessional route to salvation. Journal of Art and Design Education, 26(1), 10–20. Caruso, Hwa Young Choi. (2005, Fall) Art as a Political Act: Expression of Cultural Identity, SelfIdentity, and Gender by Suk Nam Yun and Yong Soon Min. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 39(3). Davey, N. (1999) The Hermeneutics of Seeing. In I. Heywood and B. Sandywell, Explorations in the hermeneutics of the visual. London: Routledge. Knight, W.B.; Keifer-Boyd, K., and Amburgy, P. (2004). Revealing power: A visual culture orientation to student-teacher relationships. Studies in Art Education, 45(3) Matthews, J. (2005, June) Visual culture and critcial pedagogy in “terrorist times”. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 26(2). Meijer, I. C. and Prims, B. (Winter 1998). How bodies come to matter: An interview with Judith Butler. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, (23). Rodowick, D. (2001) Reading the figural, or, philosophy after the new media. Durham & London: Duke University Press. Van Leeuwen, T. and Jewitt, C. ( 2001). Semiotics and Iconography. Handbook of visual analysis. London: Sage Pub. Yarowsky, M. (2001) The beauty fallacy: Dave Hickey’s aesthetic revisionism. [Electronic Version]. Art Criticism, 16(1).
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
115
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, visits Assessment Methods Final Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ASPP 501 Public Policy in Knowledge-Based Societies Lecturer TBA
Course code:
ASPP 501
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 required M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine the relevance of political science, economics and social theory to the design and implementation of public policy - Develop analytic inquiries so that each may effectively and objectively examine policy issues with logic and rigor - Become familiar with the different methods of analyzing public policy problems as well as market and political failure - Enhance skill in selecting and coherently analyzing policy issues both orally and in writing. Prerequisites None Course Contents Examination of knowledge society models and their interactions, scientific method, policy analysis and social sciences, review analytical public policy models based on the conceptual distinction of private and public good, the impact of public bureaucracies and special interests upon the design and implementation of public policies. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Dunn, W.N. Public Policy Analysis: An Introduction, 2nd ed., Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1981 Johnson, D.B. Public Choice: An Introduction to The New Political Economy, Mountain View, CA: Bristlecone Books, 1991 North, D.C. Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge University Press, 1990 Peters, G.B., Sootla, G., Connaughton, B., (eds) Politico-Administrative Dilemma: Traditional Problems and New Solutions, Bratislava: NISPAcee. 2006 Potucek, M. Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe: Theories, Methods, Practices, Bratislava, NISPAcee, 2003 Weimer, D.L. and Vining, A.R., 2nd ed. Policy Analysis: Concepts and Practice, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, Inc, 1989 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination
116
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ASPP 502 Economic Sociology and Sociology of Labor Market Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Course code:
ASPP 502
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 required M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the connection between political economy, sociology and economics.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Principal theories of economic sociology, institutionalism, and modern political economy. Recent theories of institutional reforms, labor market development, economic growth and its driving forces, wage and income differentiation, various approaches to poverty and corresponding policies, ageing and pension reforms. Theoretical perspective and the views of the international institutions (OECD, ILO, World Bank, IMF) applied to the explanation and evaluation of the socio-economic transformation currently under way in East-Central Europe. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Barr, N. (Ed.): Labor Markets and Social Policy in Central and Eastern Europe. Oxford: University Press, 1994 Berger, P. L.: The Capitalist Revolution. Fifty Propositions about Prosperity, Equality and Liberty. New York, NY: Basic Books, 1986 Elster, J., Offe, C. & Preuss.: Institutional Design in Post-communist societies. Rebuilding the Ship at Sea. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1998 Polanyi, K.: The Great Transformation. The Political and Economic Origins of Our Time. Boston: Beacon Press, 1944 Smelser, N. J. & Swedberg, R. (Eds.): The Handbook of Economic Sociology. Princeton University Press and Russell Sage Foundation, 1994 Večerník, J.: Markets and People. The Czech Reform Experience in a Comparative Perspective. Aldershot: Avebury, 1996 Večerník, J. & Matějů, P. (Eds.): Ten Years of Rebuilding Capitalism: Czech Society after 1989. Praha: Academia, 1999 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentation Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project and presentation, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
117
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ASPP 552 Inequality: Class, Race, Gender, and Ethnicity Course code: Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
ASPP 552 2 1 required M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine race, ethnicity, class, and gender as sociological concepts in order to interpret contemporary social issues - Understand and reflect on why and how the class origins, race/ethnicity, and gender affect life experiences in different societies and why such distinctions are relevant and how they are perpetuated. Prerequisites SOC 100 Course Contents Sources of inequality, main dimensions of inequality (education, occupation, income), the processes of their intergenerational transmission (educational and class mobility), the ways in which they interact with each other (status consistency); the interconnection between race, class, and gender and how they shape the structure of our society. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Danziger, Sheldon & Gottschalk,Peter. America Unequal, Harvard University Press, New York, 1996 Giullari, S. & Lewis, J. The adult worker, model family, gender equality and care: the search for new policy principles, and the possibilities and problems of a capabilities approach, Geneva: U.N Research Institute for Social Development, 2005 Grusky,D.B.(Ed.). Social Stratification in Class Race and Gender in Sociological Perspective,Westview Press, 2001 Jacqui, T. Gender, globalization, and postsocialism: the Czech Republic after communism, New York: Columbia University Press, 2003 Kimmel, Michael S. The Gendered Society, Oxford University Press: New York, 2004 Mancini,J.& Lobban, C.(Eds.). Female well-being: toward a global theory of social change, London: Zed Books, 2005 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, applied-arguments, case studies Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
118
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ASPP 555 Sociology of Education and Social Stratification Lecturer Laura Perry, Ph.D.
Course code:
ASPP 555
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the relationship between education and society - Examine a theory of social mobility and a theory of social and cultural reproduction.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Generations of development of comparative stratification research; Blau and Duncan’s “American occupational structure”; Wright’s, Goldthorpe’s analysis of class structure; measurement and analysis of social mobility; third generation: Erikson and Goldthorpe; theory of social mobility and social reproduction; social mobility in Europe. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Ganzeboom, H. D. Treiman, W. Ultee: “Comparative Intergenerational Stratification Research: Three Generations and Beyond.” Annual Review of Sociology 17, 277–302. 1991 Treiman, D.; H. Ganzeboom: “The Fourth Generation of Comparative Stratification Research.” Grusky, B. David: “The Past, Present, and Future of Social Inequality.” (str. 3–39) In. Grusky, David B (Ed.).: Social Stratification. Class, Race, and Gender in Sociological Perspective (2nd edition). Westview, Boulder 2001. Blau P., O. Duncan: “The Process of Stratification.“ In. American Occupational Structure. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1967. Blau P., O. Duncan: “Occupational Structure and Stratification System.” In. American Occupational Structure. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1967. Wright, E. O.: “A General Framework for the Analysis of Class Structure.” In. The Debate on Classes. Verso, New York, 1997 Goldthorpe, J.: “Social Class and the Differentiation of Employment Contracts” In. On Sociology. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2000 Goldthorpe, J.: “Class Analysis and the reorientation of Class theory: The Case of persisting Dofferentials in Educational Attainment” In. On Sociology. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2000. Powers, Danile; Yu Xie: “Loglinear Models fo Contingency Tables.” (pp. 87–146) In: Powers, Danile; Yu Xie: Statistical Methods for Categorical Data Analysis.. Academic Press, San Diego, 2000. Erikson, R., J. Goldthorpe: “Trends in Class Mobility & Modeling FJH Hypothesis” In. The Constant Flux. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997 Goldthorpe, J. H.: “Outline of a Theory of Social Mobility.” In. Goldthorpe, J. H.: On Sociology. Numbers, Narratives, and the Integration of Research and Theory. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2000 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, case analysis Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
119
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ASPP 701 Internship / Research Practicum
Course code:
ASPP 701
Lecturer TBA
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate actual research competency - Conceptualize, design and analyse their students’ own primary data.
Prerequisites POL 591 Course Contents Selecting a research topic, articulation of the research question and issues; theoretical base for the research design; selecting a methodological approach followed by construction of the necessary research measures (questionnaire, interview, archival records, original documents; gathering primary data, utilizing social science statistical Methods (qualitative/quantitative); analysis of the data; producing findings and conclusions. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Depends on topic of research Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, practical work in the field Assessment Methods Continuous assessment, written report of the student and of supervisor (internship), research project (practicum) Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ASPP 702 Thesis Seminar
Course code:
ASPP 702
Lecturer All faculty members
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 required M.A. in PP N/A 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Master methodology and develop the skills to conduct research and write a M.A. thesis.
120
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites 2nd year of study Course Contents Essential topics to designing and conducting research, such as the Introduction, Literature Review, Methodology, Data Analysis and Findings, and Conclusion. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Creswell, J. W. (2003): Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches. London, UK: Sage Publications. King, G., Koehane, R. & Verba, S. (1994:. Designing Social Inquiry: Scientific Inference in Qualitative Research. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Madsen, D. (1991): Successful Dissertations and Theses: A Guide to Graduate Student Research from Proposal to Completion. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Teaching Methods Theoretical introduction, discussion, presentations of drafts and their analysis and critique Assessment Methods Thesis drafts have to satisfy basic methodological, analytic, and stylistic standards in the field of social sciences; an oral defense of the thesis to a three-person committee. The thesis, defense, and oral exam together constitute the state exam required for the master’s degree. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
BUS 349 Internship Lecturer Supervision by Dean/Assistant Dean of the School of Business Administration
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
BUS 349 1 or 2 3 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - To use in praxis a real working environment experience - To apply the studied theoretical concepts in real-life situations - To comprehend the links between theory and practical application of the concepts. Prerequisites Approval of the Dean/Assistant Dean of the School of Business Administration Course Contents This course is specifically designed work experience in a business organization. The course requires that the position include significant learning tasks not previously acquired in other positions. Written reports and/or assigned readings must be undertaken. The course is for third-year or fourth-year students only. General Requirements: Interns must be in their 3rd or 4th year of study. Internship work must be professional in nature and non-clerical (such as answering telephones, filing). If possible, internship should be related to the academic area in which the student has career interest. The work may be performed at any time during the year Internships can be with private companies, non-government organizations, or governments. Internship Duties: Internship “work” shall be clearly defined in a job description. It is preferable that intern duties be varied and provides an opportunity for the intern to experience as many responsibilities as
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
121
possible within the organization. Interns may be paid appropriate for their work. (Amount of pay, if any, shall be determined between the student and the company). Student responsibilities are as follows: 1. Keep a written record of the number of hours worked. Large amounts of time spent on clerical tasks should not be included. 2. Meet with the company Internship Supervisor periodically to review and evaluate your work and overall performance. 3. Perform all assignments in a professional manner. Competence, maturity, confidentiality, diligence and promptness are necessary qualities for all interns serving as representatives of Anglo-American University. 4. Ensure that the Internship Supervisor completes the Internship Evaluation Report and submits it online to the Career Center no later than 2 weeks after the internship is completed. 5. Submit the Internship Final Report (both a hard copy and an electronic version) to Career Center Manager Stephanie Lachman within 2 weeks after the internship is completed. In special cases a student may ask for the deadline to be extended. Please note that the final deadline for the report submission is the last day of the final exams week of the current Fall/Spring semester. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading N/A Teaching Methods N/A Assessment Methods Final paper, reports from work, evaluation by a supervisor Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
BUS 600 Strategies for Competitive Advantage
Course code:
BUS 600
Lecturer Prof. Tom Turk, Ph.D. Assoc. Prof. Candace Ybarra, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
1 1 required; MBA 12 (1 weekend) 1
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Introduce the techniques and tools used to identify and exploit business strategies to create value - Define concepts of competitive advantage and value creation - Provide an introduction to analysis of a firm’s competitive environment and a foundation for strategic decision-making - Discuss issues of ethics and social responsibility. Prerequisites None Course Contents - Value maximization as an objective - Resource based view of the firm - Competitive advantage - Performance and incentives - Social responsibility and business ethics
122
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Barney, J.B. 1996. Gaining and Sustaining Competitive Advantage, Addison Wesley, Reading MA. Freeman, R.E. and Gilbert, D.R. Corporate Strategy and the Search for Ethics. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1998. Teaching Methods Lecture, case presentation and analysis Assessment Methods Case preparation and term paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 601 Economic Analysis for Business Lecturer Ondřej Vychodil, Ph.D.
Course code:
BUS 601
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
1 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Improve on-the-job performance by bringing economic concepts to bear upon managerial decisionmaking - Learn basic precepts and analytical techniques of economics - Develop a critical approach to evaluating alternative courses of action - Develop a strategic perspective - Apply economic concepts to the management of people and units within organizations. Prerequisites BUS 600 Course Contents - Economists' View of Behavior - Markets, Organizations and the Role of Knowledge - Demand - Production and Cost - Market Structure - Pricing with Market Power - Incentive Conflicts and Contracts - Organizational Architecture - Incentive Compensation - Ethics and Organizational Architecture Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Brickley, Smith, and Zimmerman, Managerial Economics and Organizational Architecture (Current Edition).
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
123
Teaching Methods Lectures; problem solving; presentations, analysis and discussion of cases (Wall Street Journal, Fortune, Forbes,…); discussions on the Discussion Board (on-line) Assessment Methods Midterms (2), final exam, class preparation and contribution Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 602 Accounting and Financial Analysis Lecturer Assoc. Prof. Bruce Dehning, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
BUS 602 1 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe extant accounting systems and the preparation and interpretation of financial statements - Evaluate the usefulness and limitations of accounting information for effective decision making - Describe how accounting information is used for strategic planning and performance evaluation.
Prerequisites BUS 600 Course Contents - Preparation of financial statements - Financial statement analysis - Income measurement - Asset valuation and reporting - Liability valuation and reporting - Concepts and behavior of costs - Product costing - Cost-volume-profit relationships - Decision-making: relevant costs and benefits - Performance measurement and evaluation Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Stickney and Weil, Financial Accounting – An Introduction to Concepts Methods and Uses, (10th edition), Harcourt, Fort Worth, TX, 2003. Teaching Methods Lectures, problem solving, discussion of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, case preparation and presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
124
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
BUS 603 Statistics for Business Decisions Lecturer Prof. RNDr. Jan Hanousek, CSc.
Course code:
BUS 603
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
1 1 required; MBA 1 36 (3 weekends) 3
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Edit and analyze economic and business data, and describe its statistical nature - Comprehend the use of statistical inference, hypothesis testing, and sampling to gain insights into the characteristics of a population - Comprehend the use of correlation and regression analysis to find relationships among business and economic variables - Comprehend the evaluation of data and use of critical judgment in forming business decisions.. Prerequisites BUS 600 Course Contents - Sources of business and economic data - Frequency distributions, Measures of dispersion and skewness - Probability theory, probability distributions - Sampling, sampling distributions and estimation - Tests of hypotheses - Correlation and regression analysis - Special Topics (chi-squared test, F-test, ANOVA) Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Mendenhall, William, R. Beaver, and B. Beaver, A Brief Course in Business Statistics, 2d edition. Duxbury, 2001. Teaching Methods Lecture, problems solving (focus on managerial decision making problems) Assessment Methods Midterms (2) and final exam, homework and computer assignments, short projects (use of Excel, hypothesis testing, running a regression model) Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 604 Organization Design and Behavior Lecturer Assoc. Prof. Cris Giannantonio, Ph.D. Assoc. Prof. Amy Hanson, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: US-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
BUS 604 2 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
125
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Diagnose and correct organizational problems - Improve skills in maximizing firm value by effectively managing individuals and groups - Improve skills in maximizing firm value by designing organizations that efficiently and effectively exploit changing market opportunities. Prerequisites BUS 601 Course Contents This course introduces the tools, techniques, and skills necessary to increase the capacity of firms to do that. Building on insights from economics, this course teaches students how to align incentives, identify and change employee preferences, assign decision rights, and select and retain appropriate employees. Mostly importantly, this course will describe how a firm can be designed and managed to reduce the bureaucratic behavior that destroys value in organizations. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Ivancevich, John, Konopaske, Robert, and Matteson, Michael, Organization Design and Behavior, McGraw-Hill/Irwin, Sydney, 2003. Finkelstein, Sydney, Why Smart Executives Fail: And What You Can Learn from Their Mistakes. Portfolio: New York, 2003. Teaching Methods Lectures, case studies analysis Assessment Methods Midterm exams (2), final exam, case analyses, group report and oral presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 605 Marketing Management Lecturer Assoc. Prof. Prashanth Nyer, Ph.D.
Course code:
BUS 605
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
1 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Outline the role of marketing within the organization and to develop the ability to define and analyze the decision problems dealt with by marketing managers - Refine decision-making and analytical abilities and the ability to express the results orally and in writing - Survey current developments in marketing science and theory, and analytical concepts and techniques relevant for marketing decision making, with an emphasis on demand analysis, cost-volume-profit relationships, and the economics of customer retention. Prerequisites BUS 601, BUS 602, BUS 603
126
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents - Antecedents and Consequences of Customer Satisfaction - Calculation of Customer Lifetime Value - Introduction to Marketing Planning - Marketing Research including the use of Statistics in Making Marketing Decisions - Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning - Product Strategies - Pricing Strategies - Promotional Strategies Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Kotler, Philip and Lane, Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, latest edition, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Teaching Methods Lectures, online lectures, offline learning modules, marketing simulation exercise (analysis of marketing research reports, refinement of decisions) Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, case analysis, marketing simulation, team and individual assignments, and class participation Language of Instruction: English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 606 Management
Operations
Lecturer Ing. Milan Šlapák, Ph.D.
and
Technology Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
BUS 606 2 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Expose students to a wide range of activities that comprise Production & Operations Management - Provide students with some experience in developing operations strategy and operating policies for both manufacturing and service operations - Provide students with some experience at dealing with the basic issues and economic trade-offs which face an operations manager - Enable students to analyze data with basic models in areas like location planning, layout planning, inventory management, project management, and quality control. Use of an Excel-based software is encouraged to solve complex problems - Help students develop an understanding of technology strategy and its interface with business strategy and other functional strategies. Prerequisites BUS 602, BUS 603 Course Contents Students analyze the management of operations and technology in both production and service industries. Topics include operations and technology strategy, project management, product and service design, capacity and location planning, supply chain management, and total quality management. Students
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
127
examine the tradeoffs involved in operations decisions and the application of software tools to solve these problems. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Meredith, J.R. and Shafer, S.M. Introducing Operations Management, 2003, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Weiss, H.J. “POM/QM for Windows,” 2002, Prentice Hall, Inc. Teaching Methods Lecture, case studies analysis, class discussion, group project (operations analysis of a specific company) Assessment Methods Midterm exams (2), final exam, case presentation/critique, student participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 607 Financial Management Lecturer Assoc. Prof. Jack Broughton, Ph.D.
Course code:
BUS 607
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
2 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the basic theory of modern corporate finance - Demonstrate the application of theory to financial decision making - Use in praxis basic methods of corporate finance and financial statement analysis.
Prerequisites BUS 601, BUS 602, BUS 603 Course Contents - The financial sector of the economy - Financial forecasting, planning and control - Working capital management - Short-term, and long-term financing - Risk and return - Cost of capital, Capital budgeting, Capital structure - Dividend policy - Stock and bond valuation, Corporate valuation Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Brigham, Eugene F., and Michael Ehrhardt. Financial Management: Theory and Practice. Latest edition. Thomson South-Western Publishing. Teaching Methods Lecture, problems solving, group and individual assignments Assessment Methods Midterm, final exam, written group and/or individual case analyses, assigned readings and handouts Language of Instruction English
128
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
BUS 608 Accounting for Management and Control Lecturer Roger Kachlik, CFA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
BUS 608 2 1 required; MBA 1 31 (2 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the following concepts: - Cost concepts, including opportunity costs, sunk costs, fixed and variable costs and analysis of cost drivers - Product costing, including activity-based costing - Cost-volume-profit relationships - Profit planning and budgeting - Performance measurement - Relevant information for effective decision making
Prerequisites BUS 601, 602, 603 Course Contents This course examines the use of accounting information for management decision-making. The determination of product costs as well as the use of accounting information for planning, control and evaluation of business activities is emphasized. We will examine alternative approaches to the application of managerial accounting, with an emphasis on normative models of the use of information in decision contexts and the impact that accounting information has on behavior within the organization. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading No textbook is required. Management Accounting by Atkinson, Kaplan & Young (Prentice-Hall), Managerial Accounting by Noreen et. al. (Irwin/McGraw-Hill) or Managerial Accounting by Dominiak & Louderback (Southwestern Publishing) is recommend. Teaching Methods Lectures, practical applications and problem solving, cases Assessment Methods Midterm exams (2), final exam, case analyses Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
129
BUS 609 Business Analytics for Management Lecturer Ľuboš Briatka, M.A.
Course code:
BUS 609
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
2 1 required; MBA 1 45 (3 weekends) 3
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Implement a basic problem formulation and decision analysis process - Build well-structured and clear spreadsheets for analysis - Apply Pivot Tables in MS Excel - Build forecasting models using multiple regression and time series techniques - Formulate mathematical programming problems - Solve math programs using common technological tools - Formulate and solve multi-stage decision tree problems - Structure and formulate risk analysis problems - Provide solutions and alternatives to risk modeling problems using risk analysis technology - Utilize a variety of Add-Ins in MS Excel including Solver, Evolutionary Solver, Precision Tree and @ Risk - Communicate the results of analysis in managerial terms Prerequisites BUS 603 Course Contents This course focuses on business analytics and mathematical modeling. Extending the skills obtained in the statistics course (BUS 603), this class focuses on models for prescriptive and predictive analytics as well as structured decision making under uncertainty. Multiple regression modeling, business forecasting, Monte Carlo simulation, risk modeling applications will be covered, as well as optimization including linear, integer and non-linear programming. Decision analysis will make up the final major topic of the course. The course emphasizes applications that are useful for managerial decision making in operations, marketing and finance settings. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Practical Management Science, Winston and Albright, 4th edition, Winston and Albright, SouthWestern/Cengage Learning, 2012 Teaching Methods Lectures; practical applications using Excel; problem solving; analysis and discussion Assessment Methods Midterms (2), final exam, class preparation and contribution Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
130
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
BUS 610 Understanding the Global Business Environment Lecturer Assoc. Prof. Noel Murray, Ph.D.
Course code:
BUS 610
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
2 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand and appreciation of how a global perspective can create value for a firm as well as for the world economy - Develop an ability to apply international business concepts, via case study analysis, to diagnose problems of international firms, to recommend and communicate a course of action - Obtain knowledge of international organizations and agreements that regulate international business activities - Learn to integrate knowledge from different areas of business in a global business environment. Prerequisites BUS 604, BUS 605, BUS 607 Course Contents - Globalization and Political Economy - International Trade Theory - Global Culture Analysis - Regional Economic Integration - Political Economy of International Trade - Foreign Direct Investment - Country Risk Analysis - Foreign Exchange Market - International Monetary System - Strategy of Global Business - Global Marketing Strategy - Global Human Resource Management Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Charles W. Hill, International Business, 4th edition, Irwin, 2003. Teaching Methods Due to the lecture-discussion format, regular class participation is essential Assessment Methods Midterm, final exam, term project, six case analyses Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
131
BUS 612 Strategic Management Lecturer Prof. Tom Turk, Ph.D.
Course code:
BUS 612
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
2 1 required; MBA 1 48 (3 weekends) 4
US-Credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Learn to integrate tools and concepts from economics, finance, accounting, management, and marketing and to develop the skill of making informed decisions that affect the direction and performance of the firm - Understand the circumstances under which various strategic options including acquisitions, divestitures, digital strategies and international strategies offer the greatest potential to acquire and sustain a competitive advantage - Enhance their capabilities in persuasively communicating strategic analyses orally and in writing - Develop the ability to do significant field research on strategic problems and present strategic recommendations professionally. Prerequisites All MBA required courses Course Contents Students focus on the requirements for sustaining competitive advantage and the implications of these requirements for market positioning, diversification, acquisitions, joint ventures, corporate restructuring, and other decisions that can significantly affect firm value. This course also requires students to demonstrate significant business research and presentation skills by forming teams to analyze a strategic issue facing an actual firm. Recommendations based on that analysis are presented and defended orally and in writing and judged by a panel of professors and business leaders. Main topics covered include: - Requirements for Sustaining Competitive Advantage. - Macro Environmental Analysis, External Industry Analysis, Internal Company Analysis - The Strategic Management Process, Business (SBU) Level Strategies - Diversification and Corporate Restructuring, Mergers and Acquisitions - Digital and Internet-related Strategies, International Strategies Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Dess, G. and Lumpkin, G.T. Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantage, New York: McGraw-Hill Irwin, latest edition. Teaching Methods Lectures, case method instruction focused on application of strategic analysis and techniques, 2 major projects: a Group Case Analysis and a Group Field Study Strategic Audit. Assessment Methods Case study analysis, presentation (2 individual, 2 groups), class participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
132
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
BUS 649 Internship Lecturer Supervision by Dean/Assistant Dean of the School of Business Administration
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
BUS 649 1 or 2 3 required; MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Acquire a real working environment experience - Apply the studied theoretical concepts in real-life situations - Comprehend the links between theory and practical application of the concepts and to be able to describe it. Prerequisites Approval of the Dean/Assistant Dean of the School of Business Administration Course Contents This course is specifically designed work experience in a business organization. The course requires that the position include significant learning tasks not previously acquired in other positions. Written reports and/or assigned readings must be undertaken. The course is for third-year or fourth-year students only. Level of Course Masters’s Recommended Reading N/A Teaching Methods N/A Assessment Methods Final paper, reports from work, evaluation by a supervisor Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face
CIS 161 Computer Information Systems
Course code:
CIS 161
Lecturer Pramod Dasan, MSc., MBA Doc. RNDr. Vladislav Kuboň, Ph.D. Jeff Medeiros, MBA RNDr. David Obdržálek
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 1 GEC 1 3 3
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of current and future developments in IT - Understand the Computer Architecture – Processing, Memory, Input and Output computer representation - Understand high level overview of Operating systems & Software Development - Understand various type of computer networks - Understand concept of e-Business Application, Business Intelligence. - To work with Word Processor – text formatting, working with tables, spell checks & page formatting. - To work with Spread Sheets – formulas, sorting, filtering, Pivot tables, graphs, what if analysis - To work with Presentation – basic presentation, managing presentation, customizing presentation.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
133
Prerequisites None Course Contents The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the basic features and uses of computer and information systems. The course will start with an introduction to the origins of computing, move into the technical foundations of computing; continue with a discussion of hardware, software, and operating systems. The bulk of the class, however, will relate to the introduction to and use of popular software applications which will be useful to you in your academic and professional careers. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Laudon, Kenneth and Laudon, Jane: Management Information Systems. Prentice Hall, 2005 Two course readers composed predominantly from on-line materials (from www.howstuffworks.org) by Vladislav Kuboň Teaching Methods Lectures and hands-on exercises Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments, project presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
CIS 261 Business Information Systems Lecturer Doc. RNDr. Vladislav Kuboň, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
CIS 261 1or 2 2 required; B.A. in BA
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the differences between data and information, spreadsheets and databases, traditional file systems and modern DBMS - Understand how business information systems work, why they are necessary in today’s business and what profits they can bring if used in a correct and effective way - Understand the social and ethical issues related to the use of IS - Design and implement a simple database in MS Office Base or Microsoft Access - Understand the security threats of modern IT - Understand methods of data capture, data validation and data protection. Prerequisites CIS 161 Course Contents This course requires a basic familiarity with personal computers from the point of view of a user. It will provide the students with knowledge how business information systems work, why they are necessary in today’s business and what profits they can bring if used in a correct and effective way. The course will consist of two parts, theoretical and practical. The theoretical part will provide the background for some practical experiments with office automation software. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate
134
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Required Materials Slides used in the classroom (Available on Google Apps) DFD tutorial (Available in Google Apps) BIS study help (Available in Google Apps) Keneth C. Laudon, Jane P. Laudon. Management Information Systems – Managing then digital firm. Eighth Edition, ISBN 0-13-101498-6, Pearson Education Inc, Prentice Hall, 2005 Recommended Materials Flowcharting tutorial (Available in Google Apps) An article about RFID (Available in Google Apps) MS Access tutorial (Available in Google Apps) Teaching Methods Lectures and hands-on exercises Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 101 Composition I
Course code:
COM 101
Lecturer Ivan Gutierrez, M.A. Daniel Padolsky, M.A. Stephan Delbos, M.A. Mgr. Emily Thomson
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Groups:
1 1 GEC 1 3 6 1
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Develop and improve essential writing skills - Get a firm grasp of the mechanics of English grammar and usage - Write the essays and reports that form a major part of study. Prerequisites None Course Contents The aim of this course is to improve students´ writing skills in English and to prepare them for more demanding writing assignments they will encounter throughout their university career. The course will focus on the essay form, but will also explore other styles of creative and technical writing. Example essays will be discussed in class and students will work on all aspects of the writing process, from brainstorming to final editing. An emphasis will be placed on organization and use of English, and students will do grammar exercises and activities in every session, as well as in-class writing. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Bazerman, Weiner: Reading Skills Handbook (8th Edition). Houghton Mifflin: 2000 DiYanni, Robert: Perspectives—Readings for Writers. McGraw-Hill: 1996 Guth, Hans P: Writing in a Changing World—A Writer’s Guide. Longman: 2003 Kadesch, M.S: Insights into Academic Writing: Strategies for Advanced Students. Boston: AddisonWesley Publishing Company, 1991
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
135
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Short writing assignments, quizzes, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 102 Composition II Lecturer Tony Ozuna, M.A. Ivan Gutierrez, M.A. Stephan Delbos, M.A.
Course code:
COM 102
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Groups:
2 1 GEC 1 3 6 1
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the concept of a research paper - Understand and analyze given text and outside sources - Develop the skills to write a research paper - Gain the ability to formulate a thesis - Write with clarity, revise and edit - Find useful sources to defend your argument. Prerequisites Composition I Course Contents This second part of the Composition curriculum builds upon what has been covered in COM 101 and concentrates on improving writing style and helping students develop the skills required to produce an academic research paper. These skills include summary writing, critical reading, note taking, library research, field research, working with primary and secondary sources, bibliographical techniques, finding a topic and organizing formal writing. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Readings distributed in class Seyler, Dorothy U. Doing Research. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1998. Print Campbell, Dianna S. Better Sentence Writing in 30 Minutes a Day. New York: Harper Collins, 1994. Teaching Methods Lectures, group work, discussions Assessment Methods 3 short essays, presentations, final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
136
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
COM 110 Public Speaking
Course code:
COM 110
Lecturer
Semester: Year of study:
Mary Angiolillo, Ph.D.
Course type:
2 1 required/opt.: B.A. in BA elective: B.A. in PS, JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Apply the exercises for freeing the voice for better projection and resonance - Demonstrate the basics for effective contact with a group of listeners - Practice organizational patterns for types of presentations, particularly those to inform, to demonstrate and to persuade - Gain confidence as a speaker through practice and knowledge of tools for effective presentations - Understand various positive and negative roles one can play in group communication. Prerequisites None Course Contents The communication process, listening, impromptu speeches; freeing the voice and body, listening, outlining; personal experience speech; organizational patterns, beginning and ending speeches; delivering another person’s speech from an outline; informative speech; persuasive speaking, appeals, Maslow‘s hierarchy of needs; audience analysis, reasoning with evidence and argument, Monroe pattern for persuasion; effective communication in groups. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Farrell and Farrell: Public Speaking: Skills for Success, Richard D. Irwin, 1996 Additional material distributed in class Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods 2 short tests, 2 minor speeches, 3 major speeches. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 200 Introduction to Mass Communication Lecturer Etienne Augé, Ph.D. DeAnna DeRosa, M.S., D.P.A.
Course code:
COM 200
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in PS, JC required/opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
137
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand structures and practices of mass communication - Have an awareness of the social, political, cultural, and economic factors that affect the production and reception of media messages - Use the tools to analyze media messages - Critically engage with the media around them. Prerequisites None Course Contents History of media technologies, the economics of media, making the news, alternative media, advertising in society, ideology, the public, activism, and media, media effects, the emerging global order. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Briggs, A. - Cobley, P. (eds.). The Media: An Introduction. London: Pearson Longman, 2002 (2. ed.) Croteau, David & Hoynes, William. Media/society: Industries, Images and Audiences. 2nd ed. London: Sage, 2003 DeFleur, M. and E. Dennis. Understanding Mass Communication: A Liberal Arts Perspective. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, 2002 (7. ed.). Frank, Thomas. The Conquest of Cool. Chicago. University of Chicago Press, 1997 Gorman, L. and D. McLean. Media and Society in the Twentieth Century: A Historical Introduction. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishing, 2003. Grossberg Lawrence et al. Media-making: Mass Media in a Popular Culture. 2nd ed. London: Sage, 2006 Logan, Steven: “Media Critic Blasts Foreign Owners.” The Prague Post, June 4, 10, 2003 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 201 Intercultural Communication Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D.
Course code:
COM 201
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required: B.A. in JC req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the concepts of communication, culture and language from diverse theoretical -
perspectives, studied their interconnection and application in various language cultures; Analyze key reading on ICC; Explore, questioned and compared ICC concepts relevant to social networking, negotiation, politeness strategies and social rituals of diverse traditions;
138
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assess the concepts of migration, race and ethnicity, majority vs. minorities, equality vs. social exclusion as social forces complicating traditional sociocultural landscapes; - Present a research thesis: explain an ICC dilemma or issue and proposed a resolution; - Collect and evaluated data from speakers’ interactions, behaviors and conflicts; - Write a research paper. -
Prerequisites None Course Contents INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION is an intermediate course that examines the interaction of culture, communication and language; leads you to investigate social channels and factors supporting or preventing communication; studies cultural diversity of networks in which speakers use language in their families, villages, immigrant communities, and professional and political groupings; tracks language borders marking gender, age, motivation, social status, class, ethnicity and race; and investigates trends of migration, globalization and language shift. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Bloomer, Griffiths and Merrison (eds.). Language in Use: A Reader. Routledge, 2011 Coulmas, F. (ed.). Handbook of Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1998 Gao, F. Language is culture. Journal of Language and Linguistics, 2006, 5/1, 58-67. Piller, I. Intercultural communication. Edinburgh University Press, 2011 Teaching Methods Seminar presentations and discussion Assessment Methods Attendance, class preparation and participation, portfolio, project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 220 Language Policy Lecturer Hana Waisserová, Ph.D.
Course code:
COM 220
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 3 reg./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Discover the interrelation of public policy and social and political status of language; - Review problems and ways to resolve them through the application of language policy, incl. precedents and cases of specific language policies throughout the world; - Differentiate between issues of local language management and global language policy; - Evaluate ongoing processes of setting up official, national and standard languages in regions of political and social strife, and issues related to national hierarchy, ethnic exclusion et al. - Collect and analyze data of ongoing policy negotiations. Prerequisites None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
139
Course Contents Language Policy examines the interaction of politics, management and language; investigates the status of official or standard languages vs. those of migrants and ethnic minorities; studies conflicts of dominant and dominated speakers; follows EU Charter for Minority Languages and its application throughout Europe; investigates human rights of migrants and ethnic minorities with respect to mother languages; tackles local policies and issues of political correctness with respect to linguistic and cultural diversity of gender, age, class, ethnicity and race. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Austin, P. and J. Sallabank (eds.). The Cambridge Handbook of Endangered Languages. 2011 Bradley, D. and M. Bradley. Language Endangerement and Language Maintenance. Routledge, 2002 Crystal, David. Language Death. Cambridge University Press, 2002 Heller, M. Bilingualism. Palgrave MacMillan, 2007 Hupchik, Peter and Harold Cox, eds. The Palgrave Concise Historical Atlas of Eastern Europe. New York: Palgrave, 2001 Mooney, A. Language, society and power. New York: Routledge, 2011 Pennycook, Alastair. Language and Mobility. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 2012. Spolsky, B. Language Policy. Cambridge University Press, 2004. Tsunoda, Tasaku. Language Endangerment and Language Revitalization: An Introduction, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 2006. Wright, S. Language Policy and Language Planning, Palgrave MacMillan, 2004. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
COM 302 Public Relations & The Media Lecturer DeAnna DeRosa, M.S., D.P.A.
Course code:
COM 302
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 1 elective: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand and define public relations and its purpose - Understand and apply the four-step public relations process (research, action plan/program planning, communication tactics/implementation plan and evaluation) - Understand some of the legal and ethical concerns of public relations practitioners by analysing case studies - Define career opportunities in public relations - Explain how public relations practitioners influence and interact with their publics, including the media - Define the difference between public relations, journalism, advertising and marketing - Design a public relations campaign promotion a product or company - Identify and problem solve in the following PR areas: product (or consumer PR), financial PR, crisis communications. - Demonstrate critical thinking skills
140
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
- Participate in group work while making individual decisions (particularly in ethical dilemmas). Prerequisites COM 200 Course Contents What is Public Relations?; Careers in Public Relations; Managing Competition and Conflict; Growth of a Profession; Today’s Practice; Research and Campaign Planning; Communication and Measurement; Persuasion and Public Opinion; Ethics and the Law; Reaching Diverse Audiences; The Internet and Social Media; Public Relations Tactics. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Wilcox, Dennis L, et al., (2011 edition) THINK Public Relations, Allyn & Bacon publishers. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Exam, class participation, project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 351 Creative Writing Lecturer Stephan Delbos, M.A Joe Sherman, M.B.A.
Course code:
COM 351
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 elective B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course the students will be able to: - Better understand creative writing techniques and how to put them to work in a variety of forms - Demonstrate understanding and improved writing skills, along with the ability to penetrate and portray a place - Prague - more deeply. Prerequisites None Course Contents Let us distill this magic into prose and verse, making the course a creative celebration - or damnation, as the case may be - of Prague. My primary form is creative nonfiction, and so I encourage travel essays, personal essays, and off-the-wall essays about Prague. But I also encourage - and have lately been writing - poetry about the city from my expat American’s viewpoint (I’ve written some trilingual poetry set in Prague, and would encourage you to try such experiments). And I encourage fiction and drama experiments set in or somehow related to Prague. Finally, I welcome work in the new realm of digital creative writing, and for this we’ll have the guidance of our guest lecturer Zuzana Husarova, a 2011 Slovak Fulbright Scholar of digital creative writing. Of course before celebration comes hard work, and I am known for working would-be writers in order to hone their skills. You’ll write two pieces and have them reviewed in peer workshops, along with rewrites. Also, I want you to keep a journal of your writing during this course, which will include short written responses to reading assignments during the first half of the course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
141
Recommended Reading Delbos, Stephen. From A Terrace In Prague. Prague: Litteraria Pragensia, 2011. Additional materials posted on course website, to be announced. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, writing exercises, workshops Assessment Methods Exam, class participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 380 / 580 Language and Power
Course code:
COM 380/ 580
Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1-2 3 (BA)/ 1 or 2 (MA) reg./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, JC / M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Gain insight into the human culture, language and mind - Define core concepts and questions - Identify sound types, brain organization for language, relevant components of anatomy - Compare and comprehend the logic of sounds and grammars across languages - Collect and analyze data on children, multilinguals, etc. - Research a topic, present it in class and write up a research paper. Prerequisites None Course Contents Language and power form a symbiosis that has been forever explored and debated by philosophers, poets and linguists. Power shapes languages and languages generate power. Language defines humanity and represents its unique communication system. But its true power lies in transferring information, constructing histories, cultures and identities, setting up networks, channeling emotions and defining esthetics. Language has power over us, and we succumb to its rules. Language is exploited in politics, media and advertising to manipulate and control. Living in and using language presupposes social and emotional engagement. Language and Power analyzes essays on language, power and violence by thinkers such as Orwell, Žižek, Chomsky and others, and dwells on questions such as: Do all humans have “language”? Are those with writing more powerful than those without it? Do we all have the right to speak a maternal tongue and form a community around it? Are multilinguals more powerful than monolinguals? For a language to become powerful does it depend on social management? Et al. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended Reading Comrie, Bernard, Matthews, Stephen and Maria Polinsky. The Atlas of Languages. Bloomsbury Publishing, 1997 Lakoff, George. The Political Mind : Why You Can't Understand 21st-Century American Politics with an 18th-Century Brain. Viking Adult, 2008.
142
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Language Files. Ohio State University Press, 10th edition, 2007 Orwell, G. Politics and the English Language. 1st ed. 1946 Ostler, Nicholas. Empires of the Word. Harper Perennial: Reprint edition, 2006 Wardhaugh, Ronald. Languages in Competition: Dominance, Diversity and Decline. Blackwell, 1988. Wardhaugh, Ronald. An Introduction to Sociolinguistics. Wiley-Blackwell, 2009. Supporting Materials Video In Search of the First Language, Let There Be Words Video series The Story of English, Do you Speak "American"? http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W68VaOuY6ew&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kawGakdNoT0 Slavoj Zizek, What Happened in Kosovo: http://www.youtube.com/watch Colbertnation.com/july-29-2008/the-word---honest-belief Teaching Methods Seminar, discussions, video Assessment Methods Tests, research paper, semester project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
COM 580 Language and Power See COM 380
CZE 101 Elementary Czech
Course code:
CZE 101
Lecturer Mgr. Slavěna Brownová, M.A. Mgr. Marek Columby Mgr. Ivana Štěpánková Mgr. Hana Waisserová, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1, 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Develop an essential understanding and usage of the Czech language - Acquire the correct pronunciation of Czech, mastering basic communication skills in various areas of language interaction (social Czech, prices/shopping, ordering drinks and food, asking directions, etc., and presenting the language as a rich cultural heritage - be able to distinguish Czech grammar structure in use, as well as its characteristic features in relation to other Slavonic languages, referring to other Indo-European languages - Learn several Czech folk songs and a field trip will be organized. Prerequisites None Course Contents Czech cases - nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, vocative, locative, instrumental Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
143
Recommended Reading Rigerova, Karin. Czech for Everyone. Volume 1, Prostějov, Czech Republic Various supplementary materials and texts Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Class participation and presentation, mid-term, final test Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
CZE 103 Czech I
Course code:
CZE 103
Lecturer Hana Waisserová, Ph.D. Mgr. Marek Columby Mgr. Ivana Štěpánková
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Begin to grasp the basics of Czech grammar - Be familiar with elemental lexicons of personal description, family, studying and daily surroundings. Students grow accustomed to rituals of Czech behaviour. Prerequisites None Course Contents Czech I is a course of elementary Czech for students with no prior knowledge. During the first semester the students master Czech phonetics and writing, understand the basic rules of Czech sentential word order, declension and conjugation, learn a large set of vocabulary tied to concrete daily usage, manage phrases of basic greetings, questions and commands, and learn to introduce and describe self, and ask about others. Czech I introduces students also to the rudiments of Czech culture, geography and history and draws on diverse media in doing so. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Textbook: Step by Step, ed. 2, by Lída Holá, incl. Workbook, CD and Lab Manual Czech. An Essential Grammar, by James Naughton, Routledge, 2005. Czech on Local Lingo: http://www.locallingo.com/ Czech Language Learning Games: http://www.digitaldialects.com/Czech.htm Teaching Methods Language lesson, homework Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Czech Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
144
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
CZE 104 Czech II.
Course code:
CZE 104
Lecturer Hana Waisserová, Ph.D. Mgr. Marek Columby Mgr. Ivana Štěpánková
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the basics of Czech grammar - Build on the foundational lexicon of Czech I to learn to speak about their interests, plans, studies and many other topics - Become more confident in following the norms of Czech conduct. Prerequisites Czech I. Course Contents Czech II is a continuation of Czech I that builds upon basic grammatical and lexical knowledge by introducing more complex grammatical concepts, achieving a rudimentary mastery of Czech declension and conjugation, developing strategies of sentence building, growing personal lexical supply and diversifying conversational strategies mastered in Czech I. Daily written homework encourages gradual mastery of grammar and phraseology. Language and culture are taught through attractive and innovative materials, and varied media. Conversation, group work, and speaking and writing assignments are part of every class as are songs, film clips and literary excerpts. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Textbook: Step by Step, ed. 2, by Lída Holá, incl. Workbook, CD and Lab Manual Czech. An Essential Grammar, by James Naughton, Routledge, 2005 401 Czech Verbs, by Davies and Hejduková, Bruce Davis, 2006 Czech on Local Lingo: http://www.locallingo.com/ Teaching Methods Language lesson, homework Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Czech Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
DIPL 500 Diplomatic History Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
DIPL 500 1 2 required: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
145
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand methodology and sources of diplomatic history as an academic discipline - Understand the origins and development of diplomacy through the centuries - Enumerate the leading diplomats and their contribution in the solving international problems - Understand a deeper diplomatic context of selected international problems - Orientate in the diplomatic history from ancient times to the present with the main emphasis on the 19th and 20th century. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of World and European political history Course Contents Students are provided with a survey of diplomatic history from ancient times to the present with the main emphasis on the 19th and 20th century. The main themes examined will be origins of diplomacy; diplomacy of Ancient Greece; Rome and Byzantium; diplomacy in Middle Ages; diplomacy in the period of Renaissance, diplomacy of 30 Years War and Peace of Westphalia, diplomacy of French Revolution and Napoleonic period; and selected issues of 19th Century diplomacy; WWI and diplomacy; WWII and diplomacy, diplomacy in the period of the of the Cold War. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Ferrell, Robert H.: American Diplomacy: the twentieth Century. New York: Norton, 1988 (4th ed.) Kissinger, Henry: Diplomacy. New York: Touchstone, 1994 Kertesz, Stephen D.: Between Russia and the West. Hungary and the Illusions of Peacemaking. 19451947 Hunyadi Publishing: Hamilton, ON, 1992, 299s Lukes, Igor: Czechoslovakia between Stalin and Hitler: The Diplomacy of Edvard Beneš in the 1930’s. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996, 309p. Polišenská, Milada: Stalin-Gottwald Negotiations, July 1946: Czechoslovak Government and the Soviet War Spoils. Filozofická fakulta Univerzity Karlovy: Praha, 2000, pp. 209-227 Zeman, Zbyněk: The life of Edvard Beneš 1884-1948: Czechoslovakia in peace and war.Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1997. pp. 293 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, insight into diplomatic documents, guest speaker Assessment Methods Several written assignments during the semester, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
DIPL 506 International Organizations Lecturer Mgr. Zuzana Fellegi, LLM., M.A.
Course Code:
DIPL 506
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 required: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the history, purpose, and internal structure of major international organizations; - Understand the main theoretical concepts developed around the study of international organizations and to apply them while analyzing individual organizations and their activities;
146
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Analyze activities of international organizations in the fields of security, trade, development, environment, and human rights; Discuss the possibilities of further development and impact of international organizations in the context of changing international relations.
Prerequisites POL 580 Course Contents The course explains history, functioning and the impact of international organisations in international relations today. It introduces main theoretical concepts which provide students with necessary knowledge in order to analyse development and activities of selected organisation such as the UN, EU, WTO, OECD, IMF, World Bank, NATO, WEU, COE. Furthermore, it examines case studies of recent international events giving the students opportunity to critically analyse concrete actions of international organisations and to understand their potentials, limits and effect on the global development. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Hanhimaki, Jussi. The United Nations: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press, 2008 Kratochwil, Friedrich, and Edward D. Mansfield (2nd ed.). International Organization and Global Governance: A Reader, New York: Pearson, 2006. Pease, Kely & Kate S. International Organizations: Perspectives on Governance in the Twenty-First Century, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2007. Peet, Richard. Unholy Trinity: The IMF, World Bank and WTO. Zed Books, 2009. Rittberger; Volker. International Organization. Polity, Politics and Policies. Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. Weiss; Forsythe; Coate; Pease. The United Nations and Changing World Politics. Westview Press, 2010. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, essay paper, class assessments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
DIPL 510 Public Diplomacy Lecturer Ladislav Pflimpfl, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
DIPL 510 2 1 elective: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the concept and role of public diplomacy and cultural relations within the IR context; - Explain the concept of soft power and use of ‘soft’ values in the context of IR; - Identify and discuss roles, particular interests and resources of all relevant stakeholders and target groups within public diplomacy and IR framework; - Understand the principal and advanced tools and strategies of public diplomacy campaigns - Analyse and present basic indicators of effectiveness and impact of any given sample of public diplomacy efforts.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
147
Prerequisites None Course Contents The course, which requires previous understanding of basic principles of international relations, offers introduction into how countries, regions, cities and other players use public diplomacy and cultural relations to advance their position on the international stage and increase their competitiveness. The course examines the role and practice of modern public diplomacy and ‘soft’ values within the framework of current international relations. Starting with the ideological roots and mechanisms of public diplomacy, a particular attention is later given to the complex area where the country’s international promotion, diplomacy and other areas such as business, export and FDI, tourism, education and culture merge in joint campaigns and synergies with possible methods of monitoring and evaluation of impact and benefits to all stakeholders explained. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading ANHOLT, Simon. Brand New Justice: The Upside of Global Branding. Oxford: Elsevier, 2003 MELISSEN, Jan; LEE Donna; SHARP, Paul. The New Public Diplomacy: Soft Power in International Relations (Studies in Diplomacy). New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007 NYE, Joseph. Soft power, The Means To Success In World Politics. New York: Public Affairs, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, presentations Assessment Methods Book review, final paper, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
DIPL 550 International Negotiations Lecturer Linda Štucbartová, DES
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
DIPL 550 2 1 required: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of negotiation process - Understand and analyze basic types of negotiations, apply appropriate tactics and defense mechanism - Place in context and lend perspective to key negotiations held in history or taking place in contemporary period. Prerequisites None Course Contents The main focus will be on positional and principled types of negotiations. Regarding the former, the participants will become familiar with the concept of BATNA with regards to strategy and defense mechanisms. Regarding the latter, participants will learn four aims of principled negotiation and how to put them in practice. Attention will be paid to the structure of negotiation process, argumentation and the preparation. Specifics of bilateral, multilateral and plurilateral negotiations will be addressed. Participants will also become familiar with basics mediation and facilitation. The seminar will include simulation exercises.
148
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Berridge, G.R.: Diplomacy: Theory and Practice. London: Prentice Hall, 1995 De Callieres, F.: On the Manner of Negotiating with Princes. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, Inc., 2000 Cohen, R.: Negotiating Across Cultures. Washington D. C: United States Institute of Peace Press, 1997 Feltham, R.G.: Diplomatic Handbook. New York: Addison Wesley Longman, 2004 Fisher, R.- Ury, W. - Patton, B.: Getting to Yes. New York, NY: Penguin Books, 1991 (2nd ed.) Goodpaster, G.: A Guide to Negotiation and Mediation. New York: Transnational Publishers Inc., 1997 Kremenyuk, V. A.: International Negotiation. San Francisco: Jossey –Bass Publishers, 2001 (2nd ed.) Meerts, P.W.: Negotiating European Union. Basingstoke: Palgrave/Macmillan (with F. Cede), 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, case briefing, practical exercise and simulation Assessment Methods Several written assignments during the semester, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
DIPL 600 Diplomatic Protocol and Intercultural Communication Lecturer Linda Štucbartová, DES
Course Code:
DIPL 600
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
2 2 required: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the concept of diplomatic protocol - Understand differences between protocol and etiquette - Understand the intercultural communication concepts, the students will be challenged to recognize and use the cultural skills that they encounter in this course in cross cultural exchanges - Examine the intercultural perspectives of organizational communication in the modern globalized world - Apply acquired knowledge in in both social and business settings. Prerequisites None Course Contents Intercultural section: the course represents the theory-into-practice school whereby basic intercultural concepts from a variety of perspectives (social, business, and diplomatic) showcase the practical aspects of intercultural relations and present a compelling case for improving intercultural communication skills through education and training. Diplomatic protocol: protocol and etiquette; Introduction and Visiting Cards; Titles; Abbreviations; Correspondence; Dress Codes and Presents; Offering Hospitality – different types of events; Invitations; Seating Plan; Placements; Accepting hospitality; Appreciation; Interviews; Conference Management; VIPs
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
149
The aim of the course is to discuss various aspects of diplomatic protocol not only within the diplomatic environment, but also within the framework of widespread business practice. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Archer, D.: Exploring nonverbal communication. http://nonverbal.ucsc.edu/ Bartleman, J. K. Rollercoaste: My hectic years as Jean Chretien’s diplomatic advisor, 1994-1998. Douglas Gibson Books, 2005, 376 p. Feltham, R. G.: Diplomatic handbook. Longman, 2001, 216 p. Furnham, A.- Argyle, M.: The psychology of social situations : selected Readings. Oxford: Pergamon, 1981 Gallois, C.- Callan, V.J.: Communication and culture: a guide for practice. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, 1996 Innis, P.- Mccaffree, M. J.- Sand, R.: Protocol: The Complete Handbook of Diplomatic, Official & Social Usage (Protocol). Durban House Publishing, 2003. 457 p. Robbis, S.P. - Hunsaker, P.L.: Training in Interpersonal Skills. Tips for Managing People at Work. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2003 (3rd ed.) Sofer, S. The diplomatic encounter: conventions and rituals reappraised. Diplomatic Studies, 2001 Whetten, D.A., - Cameron, K.S.: Developing Management Skills. HarperCollins Publishers Inc., 1991 (2nd ed.) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, practical exercise, simulation Assessment Method Several written assignments, presentation in class, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 105 Introduction to Economic Thought Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Course code:
ECO 105
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in PS, HSC, JEW, JC, CBL req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be aware of the history of economic ideas - Have an insight into fundamentals of microeconomics and macroeconomics - Comprehend economic concepts and how the markets work. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course covers the ideas of major economists from Smith and Malthus through 20th Century theorists. The material will illustrate major themes in Economics from the operation of Markets through Macroeconomic theories of modern economies. Students should gain both a basic understanding of
150
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
market economics and a view of economics as a method of analysis which provides insights into the behavior of individuals, markets and national economies. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended reading Samuelson, P., Nordhaus, W.D.: Economics. 14th Edition, New York: McGraw- Hill, 1992 Cave, Roy and Coulson, Herbert H. Source Book for Medieval Economic History. NY, 1965 Keynes, J.M.: Economic Consequences of the Peace, 1919 and The General Theory of Employment, Interest & Money, 1936 Other readings available in class Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, applications of theory to real-world problems Assessment Methods Final exam, written essay, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face
ECO 110 Introduction to Macroeconomics Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil. Marek Hudík, Ph.D.
Course code:
ECO 110
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
2 1 GEC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Discuss and analyze macroeconomic events using standard economic concepts such as demand and supply; - Connect fluctuations in inflation, unemployment and economic growth; - Understand the goals, tools and limitations of fiscal and monetary policies; - Understand the basic working of financial markets; - Become aware of the international linkages between economies; - Become aware of the existence of different historical schools of economic thought and the differences between them; - Understand the main macroeconomic statistics, be able to work with the data and produce simple macroeconomic analyses. Prerequisites None Course Contents A basic introduction to macroeconomic theory. This course looks at the economy as a whole and we try to explain the factors that make it work. Therefore, we want to know the signs that indicate whether the economy is growing or declining. We look at national income, unemployment, inflation, the role of banking and monetary activity, the government’s role, and how international economic relationships operate. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Bradley R. Schiller: The Macro Economy Today. 8th edition
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
151
Teaching Methods Lectures explaining theory by brainstorming with students, using illustrative examples from news, drawing graphs, homework and occasional quizzes Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments, quizzes, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 120 Introduction to Microeconomics Lecturer Ing. Peter Bolcha, Ph.D. Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil. Ing. Marek Hudík, Ph.D. Mgr. Katarina Stehlíková, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study:
ECO 120 1 1
Course Type:
GEC
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand basic microeconomic terms - Analyze social phenomena using basing microeconomic tools - Better interpret social world - Understand effects of microeconomic policies. Prerequisites None Course Contents A basic introduction to microeconomic theory. This course explores those theories that explain in detail how an economy works. It looks at aspects such as supply and demand, the firm, price theory, production and cost, the application of theories, and problems in the market economy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Krugman, Paul & Wells, Robin. Introduction to Microeconomics. 2004 Mankiw, Gregory N.: Principles of Introduction to Microeconomics. 2001 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, applications of theory to real-world problems Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments and quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
152
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECO 300 International Economics Lecturer Doc. Ing. Vladimír Benáček, CSc. Mgr. Ing. Pavla Nikolovová, M.A.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 300 1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the theoretical as well as practical aspects of international trade, international finance and international economics - Describe what international trade policy is - Identify the role of regional economic integrations - Comprehend basic international trade models and links to international finance - Link the theoretical concepts of international trade to empirical evidence - Identify key issues in trade policy of different countries and communicate it to the audience - Analyze and present data on functioning of economics in the globalized world - Analyze the benefits and costs of trade barriers and regulations using standard economic tools, present and defend the arguments. Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120 Course Contents This course applies principles of economics to the functioning of international markets. Part one of the course examines reasons for, and consequences of, international trade. We will also analyze the effects of policies and regulations on the economy. Part two focuses on international finance, basic open economy macroeconomics, global finances and foreign exchange and their effects on national economies. We will also examine domestic economic policy in the context of globalized markets. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Krugman, P.R. & Obstfeld, M.. International Economics (Theory and Policy). Prentice Hall; 9 edition (January 10, 2011) Mankiw, Gregory N. Principles of Microeconomics. South-Western Pub., 7th Edition 2014, (Editions after 2008 can be used) Research articles, handouts and other supporting materials will be provided through the course webpage. Recommended Materials Lindert, P.H. & Pugel, T.A. International Economics. McGraw-Hill Education (ISE Editions); International 11 Revised ed edition (Nov 1999). Teaching Methods Lecture, case study, practical examples based on theories, in-class discussion, students’ short presentations Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
153
ECO 320 EU Market and Business Policies Lecturer Pietro Andrea Podda, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 320 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand European Economic Integration and the institutional structure of the European Union - Develop familiarity with the most important market related and market based EU policies - Identify and solve problems related to these policies in the business policies and strategies. To be able to analyze case studies where these particular policies are relevant - Present the results of one’s own analysis and defend the position using the standard terminology. Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120 Course Contents The course aims at presenting market related policies of the European Union (EU) and their impact on business companies. The course will be divided into two parts. The first will familiarize students with the main institutions of EU, whereas the second will focus on EU market and on the business-related policies of EU (i.e., labor market policy, financial market regulation, competition policy and state aid). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Craig, De Burca. EU Law, Text cases and materials. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press, 2003 Wallace et.al.Policy Making in the European Union. 7th edition. Oxford University Press, 2006 Stejners, Woodds. Textbook on EU Law. Oxford University Press, Any available edition after 2003 Recommended: Baldwin, Richard E., Wyplosz, Ch. The Economics of European Integration. 2nd edition. London, UK: McGraw-Hill Education, 2006 Teaching Methods Lectures, readings, discussion, case study Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 322 Behavioral Economics Lecturer Marc Aaron, M.A.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 322 1or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to have: - An understanding of why we do the things we do and the decisions we make - An understanding of how thinking and emotions affect individual economic decisions
154
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
An understanding of the behavior of markets and the implications of easing the standard economic assumption that everyone in the economy is rational and selfish, and that instead entertain the possibility that some of the players/activists in the economy are sometimes human. An understanding of how uncertainty impacts human judgment and decision-making An understanding of why individuals make the choices they do and why people spend money on certain items.
Prerequisites ECO 120 Course Contents This class will introduce students to the field of behavioral economics, which combines ideas from psychology with experimental and empirical results to get a better handle on human behavior than has been supplied by traditional economic theory. While many economic courses focus on objective spending and calculations, the study of behavioral economics focuses on human behavior and factors in how people think. This course is a non-technical introduction to the intersection of psychology and economics. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Anderson, Elizabeth. Value in ethics and Economics, 2006 Smelser, Neil J. The Sociology of Economic Life. 2005 Posner, Eric A. Law and Social Norms. 2002 Levitt, Steven D. Freakonomics. 2009 Nasar, Sylvia. A Beautiful Mind: A Biography of John Forbes Nash. 2011 Akerlof, George A. Animal Spirits. 2009 Recommended Materials Handouts (emails and postings) on specific topics, newspapers, online news sources and readings on the world-wide web. Readings from journals and newspapers available in the library will be assigned. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, applications of theory to real-world problems, case study Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments and short papers Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 340 Intermediate Microeconomics Lecturer Mgr. Marian Krajč, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 340 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and understand various microeconomic problems from the real-world environment (e.g., behavior of a monopoly, moral hazard, optimal choice of a consumer and a producer under various conditions) - Explain and apply to specific situation the economic concepts and theories relevant for analysis of firms, consumers and their interaction
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
155
-
Discuss the application of the theories to specific situations, such as: profit maximization, market equilibrium, government interventions, etc. Find appropriate solutions and implement proper actions to remedy/optimize these situations.
Prerequisites ECO 120, MTH 190 Course Contents The course builds on the introduction to microeconomics course and develops the main microeconomic topics and theories further using standard microeconomic models. The topics covered are: utility, consumer theory, theory of the firms, theories of the markets, models of monopoly and duopoly markets, perfect competition, introduction to public economics, and externalities. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Hal R. Varian. Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach. 8th edition, 2009 Nicholson, Snyder. Intermediate Microeconomics and Its Application. 11-th ed., 2010 Recommended Materials Readings from journals and newspapers available in the library will be assigned. Teaching Methods Lectures, problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 341 Games People Play in Business Lecturer Ing. Marek Hudík, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 341 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Analyze strategic situations using game-theoretic tools - Make better decisions - Manipulate conditions to get desired outcomes - Better interpret information presented in media. Prerequisites ECO 120, MTH 111 Course Contents This course provides the student with the basic toolset of a modern approach to analyze strategic interactions, called game theory. The covered material includes situations in which agents decide simultaneously or sequentially, while endowed with either perfect or imperfect information. Basic game-theoretic concepts, such as Nash equilibrium, focal points, mixed strategy equilibrium, backward induction or (perfect) Bayesian equilibrium, are studied and practiced on numerous examples from business, economics and everyday life. Level of Course Bachelor’s Honor Class
156
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Required Materials Dixit Avinash and Skeath Susan. Games of Strategy. W. W. Norton & Company, 2004 The papers and book chapters that will be discussed during the sessions are as follows: Recommended Materials Achstatter, Gerald A. “Let Game Theory Begin: Anticipating Your Rival.” Investor's Business Daily, 25 January 1996. Axelrod, R. The evolution of cooperation. New York: Basic Books 1984. Levitt, Steven, D. and Dubner, Stephen J. Superfreakonomics. William Morrow 2009. Schelling, Thomas C. (1984). Self-Command in Practice, in Policy, and in a Theory of Rational Choice. The American Economic Review, Vol. 74, No. 2, Papers and Proceedings of the Ninety-Sixth Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association (May, 1984), pp. 1-11. Teaching Methods Lectures, problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 342 Global Energy for Business Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 342 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe primary energy supply and use, innovation & trends, especially since the last quarter of the nineteenth century - Understand and analyze the complex relations between energy, economy & society research, write and present case studies involving energy or energy markets - Understand pertinent natural science theories - Recognize the scientific and market challenges faced by energy industries - Identify major global energy externalities and sustainability issues and critiques of the same. Prerequisites ECO 120, MTH 111 Course Contents The long term trends and milestones in the history of energy revolve around innovations in energy extraction, transportation, conversion, generation, transmission and consumption. These various domains are presented in conjunction with pertinent economic, public policy, scientific and environmental pressures which have at different times and to differing extents affected their evolution. Lectures will emphasize energy trends, crucial technical innovations, the changing resource base, the rise of electricity, the trade in energy commodities, energy economics, forecasting, demand trends, safety and ecological sustainability. This content will be complemented with the expertise of guest speakers from industry and academe, and audiovisual presentations. Level of Course Bachelor’s Honor Class Recommended Reading Required Materials from the list are specified in the schedule. The rest is recommended.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
157
Raven, Peter H.,. Berg, Linda R. David and M. Hassenzahl. Environment. 7th Edition 2010 Feely, R., Sabine, C. and V. Fabry. Carbon dioxide and our ocean legacy. Pew Charitable Trust, 2006 G. Clark, G. And D. Jacks. Coal and the industrial revolution, 1700-1869. http://gpih.ucdavis.edu/files/Clark_Jacks.pdf B. Fawley, L. Juvenal & I. Petrella (2012): When oil prices jump, is speculation to blame? St. Louis Fed. Please see: http://www.stlouisfed.org/publications/re/articles/?id=2232 International Energy Agency (IEA) (2010): Projected costs of generating electricity –2010 edition. Please see: http://www.iea.org/Textbase/npsum/ElecCost2010SUM.pdf National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) (2010): Cost and performance assumptions for modeling electricity generation technologies. Please see: http://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy11osti/48595.pdf International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) (2001): Energy, electricity and nuclear power estimates for the period up to 2020. Please see: http://www.iaea.org/OurWork/ST/NE/Pess/assets/RDS1-21scr.pdf Natural Resources Canada (2010): Review of issues affecting the price of crude oil. Please see: http://www.nrcan.gc.ca/sites/www.nrcan.gc.ca.energy/files/pdf/eneene/pdf/pcopdpeng.pdf Hirsch (2009): Brief history of the discovery of nitrogen-fixing organisms. International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) (2012): Global energy Assessment toward a sustainable future. Please see: http://www.iiasa.ac.at/Research/ENE/GEA/doc/GEA-Summary-web.pdf Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (2007): Summary for policymakers. Please see: http://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-report/ar4/wg1/ar4-wg1-spm.pdf United States Geological Survey (2012): Assessment of potential additions to conventional oil and gas resources of the world (outside the United States) from reserve growth, 2012. Please see: http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2012/3052/fs2012-3052.pdf EPA (2003): Ozone – good up high bad nearby. Please see: http://www.epa.gov/oaqps001/gooduphigh/ozone.pdf J. Condliffe (2012): What nuclear radiation does to your body. Please see: http://gizmodo.com/5928171/what-nuclear-radiation-does-to-your-body MIT Explained (2010): Climate: if we double the Earth's greenhouse gases, how much will the temperature change? That's what this number tells you. Please see: http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2010/explained-climatesensitivity.html Platts (2011): 2012 Global Energy Outlook. On course materials site in folder called zRESEARCH: 2012 global energy outlook MIT (2011): Natural Gas Report. On course materials site in folder called zRESEARCH: Naturalgasreport. GEA/IIASA (2012): Global Energy Assessment. On course materials site in folder called zRESEARCH: GEASummary-web.pdf Teaching Methods Lectures, problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
158
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECO 361 Economic Transition and Development in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Doc. Ing. Tomáš Cahlík , CSc.
Course code:
ECO 361
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Analyze the process of economic changes in the broad context of social and political development - Enumerate the dynamics of economic performance - Define major economic, social and political changes in Europe from the fall of communism - Compare economic, social and political development among different countries - Contrast the basic differences and commons of the EU accessing transforming countries and other transforming countries. Prerequisites ECO 105 or POL 101 Course Contents In this course – the main background is the EU Eastern enlargement and the EU neighborhood policy towards former socialist countries. Economic transformation from the central planning into market economies of the European type is discussed. The impact of EU accession on the development in former socialist countries is analyzed and the development in transforming countries without the EU accession perspective is contrasted with the former ones. All necessary theoretical concepts are discussed as part of this course; no preliminary knowledge of economics is expected. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Blanchard,O: “The Economics of Post-Communist Transition”, Oxford U Press 1997. Kornai, J.: The Great Transformation of CEE: Success and Disappointment. Presidential Address on I.E.A. 14th World Congress, Marrakech 2005 L. Mlcoch, P.Machonin, M.Sojka: "The Economic and Social Changes in the Czech Society after 1989", Univ. Karlova 2000. ISBN 80-246-0103-6 Mejstrik, M.: “Cultivation of Financial Markets in the Czech Republic”, Karolinum 2005, ISBN 80-2460980-0 Neal, L.: The Economics of Europe and the European Union Thorsten Beck and Luc Laeven: Institution Building and Growth in Transition Economies (from the SSRN database) Yager,T.J. Institutions, Transition Economies and Economic Development. Westview Press 1999. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
159
ECO 364 Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Course code: Direct Investment Lecturer Mgr. Ing. Pavla Nikolovová, M.A.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 364 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend what FDI is and have a clear understanding of the issues related to the activity of MNEs in the globalized economy - Understand why MNEs may be motivated to invest abroad and analyze what implications this would have for the target country - Place the studied concepts in the context of economic development - Assess the current economic situation in a country and its potential to attract foreign investors using real data. Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120 Course Contents The Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) is an operation through which a multinational enterprise (MNE) acquires a substantial control over a domestic firm in the target economy. Net investment inflows represent several percent of GDP in both developed and developing countries nowadays and they reshape international economic relations as well as domestic markets’ structure. In this course, we will study the topic first from the point of view of MNEs which are the source of investment and then from the point of view of the target economies. We will clarify why companies invest abroad and what incentives are most likely to attract foreign investors. We will explain the complex relationship between FDI and international trade and we will describe the impact of FDI on less developed countries. For this purpose, we will use academic papers, reports of international economic organizations, and articles from press. We will illustrate the studied concepts on elementary microeconomic models and we will evaluate them by using simple quantitative analyses. Level of Course Bachelor’s Honors Class Recommended Reading Required Materials OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment. 4th edition. OECD, 2008. (chapters 1-3) Sunesesn, E. R. & Jespersen, S. T. & Thelle, M. H. Impacts of EU Outward FDI. Copenhagen Economics, 2010. Greenaway, D. & Kneller, R. (2007). Firm heterogeneity, exporting and foreign direct investment. Economic Journal, 117(517), pp. F134-F161. Helpman, E. & Melitz, M. J. & Yeaple, S. R. (2004). Export Versus FDI with Heterogeneous Firms. American Economic Review, 94(1), pp. 300-316. Blomstrom, M. & Kokko, A. (2003). The Economics of Foreign Direct Investment Incentives. NBER Working paper No. 9489. Investing Across Borders. Investment Climate Advisory Services / World Bank Group, 2010. Kosova, R. (2010). Do Foreign Firms Crowd Out Domestic Firms? Evidence from the Czech Republic. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 92(4), pp. 861-881. Smeets, R. (2008). Collecting the Pieces of the FDI Knowledge Spillovers Puzzle. World Bank Research Observer, 23(2), pp. 107-138. Young, S. & Tavares, A. T. (2004). Multilateral rules on FDI: do we need them? Will we get them? A developing country perspective. Transnational Corporations, 13 (1). pp. 1-29. Recommended Materials Materials from international organizations, e.g.:
160
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
• http://www.oecd.org/investment/statistics.htm • http://unctad.org/en/Pages/Publications.aspx • http://www.miga.org/index.cfm • World Investment Report 2013 - overview, United Nations Publication, 2013. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Homework, final exam, case studies, short papers Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 366 The Political Economy of Oil and Gas in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer TBA
Course code:
ECO 366
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be able to: - Understand the existence or potential for safe, secure, sustainable and low-carbon energy at affordable and competitive prices; - Assess the challenges of global and energy security with focus on Central and Eastern Europe; - Analyze energy geopolitics; - Discuss progress addressing climate change; - Assess economic impact upon economic growth and jobs; - Expected to assess present and future energy networks. Prerequisites ECO 105 or POL 101 Course Contents EU’s internal energy market; assessment of energy savings and low carbon innovation; EU and regional competitiveness, sustainability and security of supply; openness of global and regional business climate; energy relations among key actors supplying and utilizing energy resources; regional energy resource independence and dependency; diversification of energy resources; pricing implications; political impact of energy market sensitivities and dependencies; political and economic negotiations between and among the European Union and EU 12 (Central and Eastern Europe). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Buzan, B., W ver Ole and deWilde, J. (2008), Security: New Framework for Analysis, London: Lynne Riemer Publishers. Chen, M.H., Kulhanek, J.,and Thim, M. (eds), (2008), Energy Security In Central and Eastern Europe, Prague: Association for International Affairs, ISBN 978-80-87092-01-9, accessible at www.amo.cz Drtinova, K. (2010), “EU Energy Policy,” MA Thesis, Prague: Anglo-American U. Economist (2010), “The Abominable Gas Man,” October 16, p. 34. European Commission, Directorate – General for Energy (2010), “Towards a New Energy Strategy for Europe, 2011-2000,” October 7. Lowe, P. (2010), “Towards a New Energy Strategy for Europe, 2011-2020,” Directorate General for Energy,
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
161
European Commission, accessible at http://ec.europa.eu/energy/strategies/consultations/doc/2010_09_30future_energy_policy Nies, S. (2010), “Oil and Gas Delivery to Europe: An Overview of Existing and Planned Infrastructures,” Governance Europeene et Geopolitique de L’ Energie, Paris: French Institute for Internationl Relations http://www.ifri.org/files/Energie/Oil and Gas_Nies.pdf. Ragwitz et al. (2009), The Impact of Renewable Energy Policy on Economic Growth and Employment in the European Union, Summary of the Results of the Employ-Research –RES Research Project Conducted on Behalf of the European Commission DG Energy and Transport, accessible at http://ec.europa.eu/energy/renewables/studies/doc/renewables/2009_employ_res_summary.pdf. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 500 International Trade Lecturer Doc. Ing. Tomáš Cahlík, CSc. PhDr. Jana Cahlíková Mgr. Ing. Pavla Nikolovová, MA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 500 1 or 2 1 required MABLIM, M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe what international trade policy is about; - Identify the role of regional economic integrations; - Comprehend basic international trade models and links to international finance; - Link the theoretical concepts of international trade to empirical evidence; - Identify key issues in trade policy of different countries and communicate it to the audience; - Interpret relevant data. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course introduces students to international trade in the broader framework of international economics. The treatments of trade theory and trade policy are balanced to give the student the necessary understanding of fundamental topics: the gains from trade, the pattern and volume of trade, the role of institutions and the link of international trade and international finance. It is centered in the treatment of all basic topics of international trade policy – its instruments, political economy, and trade policy in developing countries and controversies in trade policy, especially in the context of the European Union. It gives basic survey of international trade theory. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Research articles, handouts and other supporting materials will be provided in the class. Krugman, P.R. & Obstfeld, M.: International Economics (Theory and Policy), 8th edition. Lindert, P.H. & Pugel, T.A.: International Economics, 10th edition. Baldwin, R. & Wyplosz, C.: The Economics of European Integration, 3rd edition.
162
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis Assessment Methods Presentation in class, research project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 541 Games People Play in Business Lecturer Ing. Marek Hudík, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 541 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Analyze strategic situations using game-theoretic tools - Make better decisions - Manipulate conditions to get desired outcomes - Better interpret information presented in media. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course provides the student with the basic toolset of a modern approach to analyze strategic interactions, called game theory. The covered material includes situations in which agents decide simultaneously or sequentially, while endowed with either perfect or imperfect information. Basic gametheoretic concepts, such as Nash equilibrium, focal points, mixed strategy equilibrium, backward induction or (perfect) Bayesian equilibrium, are studied and practiced on numerous examples from business, economics and everyday life. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Dixit Avinash and Skeath Susan (2004). Games of Strategy. W. W. Norton & Company. Teaching Methods Lectures, problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
163
ECO 562 Economic of Transition, Restructuring and Development Lecturer Doc. Vladimír Benáček, CSc. Juraj Draxler, M.A.
Course code:
ECO 562
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the economic theories of transition in countries in Europe, America and Asia and to be able to apply them to derive the implications on business - Understand the link between transition changes and economic performance of countries (why some countries are poor and others are rich), to understand the path-dependency theory - Analyze the economic strength of a country in transition, being aware of the specific aspects that are different from established markets. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course is designed for those who are interested in the socio-economic developments in countries that have to overcome systemic barriers constraining their growth. It implies revamping their socio-economic institutions combined with the economic restructuring. Stress will be given to post-Communist countries and to their specific ways of transformation (called also "transition"). We will deal with the systemic changes in Central and Eastern Europe and China, which concerned the buildup of new rules, policies and organization of agents that led to the re-allocation of economic resources and the participation on world markets. The course will conclude with the impacts of the recent world financial crisis on systemic changes on economies in the USA, EU and some developing countries. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Handouts and articles provided by the lecturer Roland G.: Transition and Economics: Politics, Markets and Firms. Blackwell, Oxford, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, guest speakers Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 564 Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Direct Investment Lecturer Mgr. Ing. Pavla Nikolovová, M.A.
164
Course code:
ECO 564
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend what FDI is and have a clear understanding of the issues related to the activity of MNEs in the globalized economy - Understand why MNEs may be motivated to invest abroad and analyze what implications this would have for the target country - Place the studied concepts in the context of economic development - Assess the current economic situation in a country and its potential to attract foreign investors using real data. Prerequisites None Course Contents The Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) is an operation through which a multinational enterprise (MNE) acquires a substantial control over a domestic firm in the target economy. Net investment inflows represent several percent of GDP in both developed and developing countries nowadays and they reshape international economic relations as well as domestic markets’ structure. In this course, we will study the topic first from the point of view of MNEs which are the source of investment and then from the point of view of the target economies. We will clarify why companies invest abroad and what incentives are most likely to attract foreign investors. We will explain the complex relationship between FDI and international trade and we will describe the impact of FDI on less developed countries. For this purpose, we will use academic papers, reports of international economic organizations, and articles from press. We will illustrate the studied concepts on elementary microeconomic models and we will evaluate them by using simple quantitative analyses. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition. OECD, 2008. World Investment Report 1991, United Nations Publication, 1991. Sunesesn, E. R. & Jespersen, S. T. & Thelle, M. H. (2010). Impacts of EU Outward FDI. Copenhagen Economics, 2010. Handouts and articles provided by the lecturer Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Homework, final exam, case studies, short papers Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ECO 620 Political Economy of European Integration and Trade in the EU
Course code:
ECO 620
Lecturer Doc. Ing. Vladimír Benáček, CSc. Mgr. Ing. Vilém Semerák, Ph.D. Ing. Marek Hudík, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 2 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
165
Learning Outcomes The course should provide students with an understanding of integration processes in Europe and their economic aspects. The emphasis is on the functioning of the common market and the regulatory role of EU institutions. At the end of the course, the student should be able to: - Describe the basic institutional structure of the European Union - Understand the historical development of the Common Market from a simple free-trade area (European Coal and Steel Community) into its present form of a partial Economic and Monetary Union - Describe how the Common Market deepened and widened over time - Distinguish between the Common Market and those areas where European integration is much less advanced - Explain the theory behind the stages of economic integration - Relate European integration to globalization and other global economic processes - Describe the legal instruments used in the governance of the Common Market - Describe different types of policies implemented within the Common Market and be able to contrast this with policy-making in the individual member states - Distinguish the regulation of the Common Market for goods as opposed to services and as opposed to network industries - Understand the development of the Eurozone and its current difficulties. Prerequisites ECO510, FIN510 Course Contents The course provides essential knowledge about the globalization of the economic environment applied to the specific conditions in Europe: the history of integration across the world and in Europe; the process of enlargement and plans for the future; challenges of globalization; theories of integration: impact on growth, employment, commodities, services and macroeconomic stability; common policies: CAP, competition policy, trade, industry and regional policies; criteria for the choice of a social-economic model; fundamentals of legislation and EU declaration; monetary union, optimal currency areas and exchange rate stability. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Pelkmans J.: European Integration: Methods and Economic Analysis, 2nd edition, Financial Times Prentice Hall, 2001 Alternatively: Baldwin R., Wyplosz C.: The Economics of European Integration. McGraw Hill, 2004 De Grauwe P.: The Economics of Monetary Union. Oxford University Press, 2000 Teaching Methods Interactive lecture, discussion and analysis of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
166
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ECO 640 Organizational Theory and Design Lecturer Mgr. Katarína Stehlíková, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
ECO 640 2 1 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Explain and compare various theories of firm and economic rationale for existence of organizations - Explain and apply to specific situation the economic concepts and theories relevant for analysis of organizational design, mainly: principal-agent theory, game theory and its basic solution concepts, theory of contracts - Explain the main characteristics of organization design (types of organization structures, decision rights, compensation/incentives, performance evaluation), its problems and relationships - Analyze existing real-world situations and apply the theories to identify possible problematic areas; recommend and defend solutions - Discuss the application to the theories to specific situations, such as: management of change, outsourcing, nonprofit organizations - Present and defend own findings, in writing and orally. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course presents theory of organizations from the economic perspective, emphasizing the microeconomic viewpoint. Its aim is to motivate students to think about organizations as systems with an internal structure and design because the organizational structure, i.e., the links between the people and activities in an organization, the coordination and control mechanism that relate them, are a major determinant of an organization's ability to achieve its desired objectives. The main topics covered throughout the course are: basic concepts and organizational theories, brief overview of the evolution of macroeconomic theories, the microeconomic theories of motivation (introduction of the principal-agent theory, contract theory), and the impact of organizational structure on the operation of a company. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Daft, Richard L., Organization Theory and Design, 9th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2006 Jones, Gareth, Organizational Theory, Design, and Change, 5th Edition, 2006 Scott, Richard W. a Davis, Gerald, Organizations and Organizing, Rational, Natural and Open Systems Perspectives, 2006 Williamson, O. E. (Edt.), Organization Theory: From Chester Barnard to the Present, Oxford University Press, 1995 Williamson, O., The economic institutions of capitalism: firms, markets, and relational contracting, NY: The Free Press, 1985 Laffont, J.J. a Martimort, D., The Theory of Incentives: The principal-agent model, Princeton University Press, 2002 Kramer, R.M. & Tyler, T.R., Trust in organizations: Frontiers of theory and research, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1996 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Midterm exam, tests, homework assignments, final exam Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
167
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
ENV 310 Environmental Issues of Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Prof. RNDr. Bedřich Moldan, CSc. Jiří Moravec, Ph.D. , MBA
Course code:
ENV 310
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Expected to identify common and specific environmental problems in Central and East European countries - Be familiar with the environmental policies of the European Union and of the Council of Europe that relate to the countries of Central and Eastern Europe - Understand how an individual or a group of citizens can influence the state of the environment under current conditions of the CEE countries. Prerequisites TER 110 Course Contents This course will provide students with a basic understanding of current environmental issues in Central and East European countries. The development of environmental issues since the early 90´s will be followed, and the future perspective explored as well. Topics of regional importance will be dealt with such as the Danube river basin, Black triangle, Pan-European Ecological Network for Central and Eastern Europe, regional Natura 2000 areas, and others. Students should be able to compare and contrast the current environmental conditions and politics in various European countries. Students will be encouraged to identify international solutions. Furthermore, the role of an environmentally responsible individual will be discussed. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Carter, F., Turnock, D. (ed.) (2002): Environmental problems of East Central Europe. Routledge, London. Pavlinek, P., Pickels, J. (2000): Environmental transitions: Transformation and ecological defence in Central and Eastern Europe. Routledge, London. Hillstrom, K., Hillstrom, L. (2003): Europe: A Continental Overview of Environmental Issues. ABC-CLI, Santa Barbara (Ca). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
168
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
ENV 500 Environment and Public Policy (Environment and Society) / Environmental Anthropology Lecturers TBA
Course code:
ENV 500
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Familiar with the environmental protection, which is today seen as one of three pillars (with economic and social pillars) of sustainable development. Prerequisites None Course Contents Natural dimension of environmental issues; air, water, soil, nature, waste. Sector dimension of environmental issues: energy, transportation, agriculture, tourism. Economic sector: evaluation of economic aspect of environmental damages and measures of their elimination. Institutional sector: instruments and institutions of environmental protection, laws, international institutions. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Brown, L.R. Plan B 2.0: Rescuing a Planet Under Stress and a Civilization in Trouble. W.W.Norton & Company, New York, London, 2006 European Environment Agency. The Enropean environment: State and outlook 2005, Copenhagen, 2005 Miller, G.T., Jr. Living in the Environment. Principles, Connections, and Solutions, Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont (USA), 1996 Office of the Government of the Czech Republic. The Czech Republic Strategy for Sustainable Development. Praha, 2005 Wilson E.O. The Future of Life. Alfred A. Knopf, New York, 2002. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case study Assessment Methods Home assignments, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FIN 204 Money and Banking Lecturer Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc. David John Muir, M.Sc., MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 204 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the basic operation of fractional reserve banking
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
169
-
Understand the basic objectives of central banks and identify the instruments they use in conducting their policy Identify various actors in the financial market and their functions Discuss how financial markets operate differently in some of the major economic in the world Understand the operation of the interbank market and the basics of banks’ balance sheets Understand how companies manage risk as they operate across borders Understand the basics of financial market regulation and identify contemporary issues in the field.
Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120, MTH 111 Course Contents This is an introductory course on money, banking, and the financial markets. The course will focus on financial instruments and interest-rate determination; the structure and operations of banks and financial institutions; the operations, tools, and policies of central banks; and money and inflation Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Mishkin, Frederic S.: The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets. 7th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003. Current cases from Mishkin, Frederic S.: The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets. 8th Edition; Addison Wesley, 2007 Course reader Teaching Methods Lectures, readings, group and individual problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FIN 304 Corporate Finance Lecturer Doc. Ing. Irena Jindřichovská, CSc. David Muir, MBA, M.Sc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 304 1or 2 3 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Explain the use of financial activity and its critical role in corporate governance; - Use any one of the decision-making tools (quantitative and qualitative) demonstrated in the course; - Understand and be able to use cash-flow projections based upon a given set of adequate data; - Utilize the financial press with comprehension in order to better assimilate the importance of activity in this field; - Discuss the uses of capital markets and alternate sources of funding; - Perform most of the functions required both manually, and with a spreadsheet. Prerequisites ACC 263
170
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents This is a Bachelor’s, introductory course on corporate finance. The course will focus on how corporations structure funds, manage internal finances, and evaluate investment projects. Other topics covered will be the time value of money, valuation of stocks and bonds, capital market theories, the cost of capital and corporate cash management. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials David Hillier, Stephen Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Jeffrey Jaffe. Corporate Finance. Mcgraw-Hill, Jan 2013 Handouts: Students will be provided with supplemental materials during the course. Recommended Materials Brealey, Myers. Principles of Corporate Finance. Concise Ed.; Mcgraw-Hill, New York, 2009. Gitman, Lawrence J. Principles of Managerial Finance. 11th ed. Pearson Internatioanl; Boston; 2006 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion, case study, readings, 6 quizzes on the reading material and lectures, homework assignments Assessment Methods Midterm exam, homework assignments, quizzes, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FIN 320 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Lecturer David John Muir, M.Sc., MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 320 1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and methods of investments - Explain the use of investment as an activity in the current financial system; - Use any one of the decision-making models (technical, fundamental, quantitative) demonstrated in the course; - Understand and be able to explain use of portfolio theory - Utilize attribution analysis; - Discuss the numerous factors which affect the investment environment; - Perform most of the functions required both manually, and with a spreadsheet. Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120, ACC 233; FIN 304 highly recommended Course Contents This is an introductory course in Investment. The basics will be covered. An understanding of Corporate Finance is built upon from the outside of a company, looking at what an investor might wish to see. Portfolio theory, analytical techniques, methods of stock selection, and the nature of investments are all used to develop notions of the most recent investment techniques.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
171
Level of Course Bachelor’s Honors Class Recommended Reading Required Materials Bodie, Kane, Marcus. Essentials of Investments. McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 9th edition (September 25, 2012) Handouts: Students will be provided with supplemental materials during the course Recommended Materials Reilly, Frank K., and Brown, Keith C. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. Cengage Learning; 10 edition, December 9, 2011 Fabozzi, Frank J. Fixed Income Analysis. Wiley, February 2007 Solnik, Bruno. Global Investments. Prentice Hall; 6 edition, January 27, 2008 Teaching Methods Lectures (in seminar form), readings, homework and class participation Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
FIN 510 International Finance Lecturer Doc. Ing. Vladimír Benáček, CSc. Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 510 2 1 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes On completing this course, students will be able to understand: - Foreign exchange regimes - Balance-of-payments accounts of countries - Monetary policy and central bank operations - The international monetary system – its evolution since the 19th century and present issues - The theory of optimum currency areas and the operation of the eurozone - Contemporary issues such as the financial crisis starting in the US in 2008 and the Eurozone debt crisis. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course provides the essentials of international finance and its financial management: national accounts and balance of payments; exchange rates and foreign exchange markets; money, interest rates and exchange rates; international financial markets and institutions; price level and exchange rates in the long run; returns and exchange rates in the short run; fixed exchange rates and interventions on foreign exchange markets; floating exchange rates; management of risk and speculation; optimal currency areas and the Euro; foreign direct investment and global capital market. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Eun C. S., Resnick B.: International Financial Management, Boston, Irwin, 2004 M. Kreinin: International Economics, Part II. Dryden, 2002 Pugel T.: International Economics, ISBN 007 119875 X, 2004 (part 3 a 4) Suranovic S.: http://www.internationalecon.com
172
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Goodman, John - Psauly, Louis: “The Obsolescence of Capital Controls?” World Politics, 46 (October 1993), pp. 50-82 Krugman, Paul R.: “Currency Crises,” http://web.mit.edu/krugman/www/crises.html, 1997. Historie IPB: http://www.historieipb.cz/autors_en.htm Backé P., Wojcik L.: The Euro Accession http://www.iiasa.ac.at/Publications/Documents/IR-02-069.pdf Teaching Methods Interactive lecture Assessment Methods Midterm exam, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FIN 541 Corporate Finance in Global Environment Lecturer Prof. RNDr. Jan Hanousek, CSc. David John Muir, MSc., MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 541 2 1 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Explain the use of global financial activity and its critical role in corporate governance; - Use any one of the decision-making tools (quantitative and qualitative) demonstrated in the course; - Understand and be able to use international cash-flow projections based upon a given set of data and projections; - Utilize the international financial press with comprehension in order to cull information and intelligence; - Discuss international capital markets and alternate sources of funding including derivatives; - Perform most of the functions required both manually, and with a spreadsheet. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course builds upon and extends the knowledge of corporate finance acquired at the bachelor's level. It emphasizes the specific features of corporate financial management in the global environment, providing the students with a framework for financial decision-making on international markets. The course covers the following topics: valuation methods, cash flow analysis, risk management, investment and financial decision-making, financial markets and financial instruments, and corporate finance for mergers and acquisitions. The course strengthens also the theoretical knowledge of students, including the capital asset pricing model, arbitrage pricing theory, Modigliani-Miller theory, and efficient markets' theory. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Ross, Stephen A., Westerfield, R.W. & Jaffe, J., Corporate Finance, 8th Edition, New York: McGrawHill Irwin, 2005 Brealey, Richard A. & Myers, Stewart C., Principles of Corporate Finance, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003 Copeland, Thomas E., Weston, J.F. a Shastri, K., Financial Theory and Corporate Policy, 4th Edition, New York: Pearson/Addison Wesley, 2005
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
173
Eiteman, David K., Stonehill, A.I., Moffett, M.H., Multinational Business Finance, 10th Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2004 Arnold, Glen, Corporate Financial Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson Publishing, 2005 Trahan, E.A. a Gitman, L.J., Bridging the theory-practice gap in corporate finance: A survey of chief financial officers, The Quarterly Review of Economics and Finance, Vol. 35, Nr. 1, Spring 1995 Sackley, William H., Divestiture: Strategy's Missing Link, CFA Digest, Vol. 33, No. 1, February 2003 Teaching Methods Lecture, case study method Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FIN 641 International Banking Lecturer David John Muir, MSc., MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FIN 641 1 2 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand and be able to discuss the role of banking in society, and the nature of international banking as a global dynamic in economic activity - Understand the legislative regimes which govern banking activities. Particular attention will be paid to some the problems arising from banks and their role in the credit crisis, which is in development as the course proceeds - Understand banks from the international perspective—understand the differences in functioning of banks across countries and why they exist - Translate the theoretical knowledge into practice, in particular in investment units and banks. Prerequisites FIN 510 Course Contents This course is designed for the future financial professional seeking an understanding of the role of banking in international financial. Some of the key issues to be touched upon will be comparative the actual function of banks, regulatory regimes, political interference, successes and failures of banks and Islamic financial regimes. An essential part of the course will highlight the banking world pre- and postcredit crisis. The participant will come away with an understanding of the complexities of banking systems in international markets, as well as have an appreciation of the strengths and shortfalls of many of the solutions currently under discussion. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Mishkin, Frederic S., Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets, 7th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2006 Green, David (ed.), Banking and Financial Stability in Central Europe, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2002 Beranko, David and Dranove, David, Economics of Strategy, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 Hayes, Samuel III (Ed.), Financial Services: Perspectives and Challenges, Harvard Business School, 1993
174
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Edwards, J.R. a Mellett, H.J., Modern Accounting in the Financial Service, Financial World Publishing, 2004 Pauley, Louis W., Who Elected the Bankers, Cornell University Press, 1998 Gwartney, James D. a Stroup, Richard L., Economics, Public and Private Choice, 11th Edition, SouthWestern College Pub, 2005 Krugman, Paul R. & Obstfeld, Maurice, International Economics: Theory And Policy, 7th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2005 Gup, Benton E., The New Basel Capital Accord, South-Western Educational Pub, 2004 Bohacek, Radim a Mendizabal, H.R., Credit Markets and the Propagation of Monetary Policy Shocks, CERGE-EI, December 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture with discussions Assessment Methods Midterm exam, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FRE 100 French I. Lecturer Mark Culioli
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FRE 100 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in IR elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the basics of French grammar, vocabulary and practice, with an attention to French culture. - Understand and use familiar everyday expressions to satisfy needs of a basic type; - Introduce him/herself and others and ask and answers questions about personal details; - Interact in a simple way; speak about daily routines; - Write a short letter or postcard to a friend. Prerequisites None Course Contents Students will learn the basics of French language based on the study of oral and written documents. These documents will emphasize specific grammar, vocabulary and phonetics. Culture of French speaking countries will also be part of the course. The course is aimed to build the foundation of vocabulary and develop basic conversational skills. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Coursebook, “Scenario 1”, Dubois A-L, Lerolle M, Hachette 2008 Teaching Methods Communicative method, interactive learning, development of skills of listening, reading, writing, talking, contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. Assessment Methods Quizzes, tests, oral and written final exam.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
175
Language of Instruction: English, French Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
FRE 200 French II. Lecturer Mark Culioli
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
FRE 200 1 2 req./opt.: B.A. in IR elective: MABLIM 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate intermediate knowledge of French language (vocabulary, grammar, conversation) - Understand and use familiar everyday expressions to satisfy needs of a basic type; - Interact in a simple way; - Analyze and test out new grammar strategies in listening, writing and speaking; used new conversational routines; - Arrange a meeting and go shopping; - Describe where you live; - Speak about past and future activities. Prerequisites French I (FRE 100) or previous knowledge of French Course Contents Course based on the development of the 4 skills (listening, reading, speaking, writing) together with thorough and in depth learning of the language. Students will learn the basics of French language based on listening for specific information. Listening and speaking skills will be developed as well as writing. Culture and civilization are part of the course. Students will learn about French-speaking countries and local customs. The course aims at delivering an all-round practical knowledge of grammar, skills, vocabulary and real-life functional language. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory -Intermediate Recommended Reading Coursebook, “Scenario 1”, Dubois A-L, Lerolle M, Hachette 2008 + exercise book Teaching Methods Communicative method, simulation of real situations, of all language skills (listening, reading, writing, talking), contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. The students will learn to interact by the means of role-playing games and creativity exercises. Assessment Methods Quizzes, tests, oral and written final exam. Language of Instruction English, French Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
176
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
GER 100 German I. Lecturer Josef Ager, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
GER 100 1 or 2 1 or 2 required: B.A. in JEW req./opt.: B.A. in IR elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of essential grammar structures (Present Tense, Present Perfect Tense; Nominative, Accusative, Dative Case; etc.) - Make use of a basic vocabulary to satisfy needs of various everyday situations (e.g. in the restaurant, at the station, in the shop, etc.) - Talk about some everyday topics (e.g. interests, hobbies, family, weather, studies, etc.) - Relate personal experiences that happened in the recent past (e.g. travels, celebrations, cultural activities, etc.) - Create short texts that are parts of modern communication (e.g. emails, letters, invitations, etc.) - React and interact by applying simplified language tools (e.g. telling time, giving directions, etc.). Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course students will learn the basics of German. The focus of the course is the establishment of conversational skills; by learning a simplified structure of German grammar in a clear and concise format, students will be encouraged to use the new language as often as possible. The first steps into the four language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) will be accompanied by an introduction to contemporary life and culture in German-speaking countries. At the end of the course students should be able to handle some essential structures of the (real-life functional) language and achieve a rough idea about the way how the German language works. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Textbook “Deutsch heute“, Introductory German, Moeller/Adolph/Hoecherl/Alden/Berger/Lalande II, Houghton Mifflin, Boston - New York 2010 Teaching Methods The main characteristic of the course is an emphasis on establishing conversational skills. Therefore the approach adopted is based on a communicative methodology, i.e. the students should have many opportunities to speak and to practice the language. An idiom is not a sum of isolated words but a web of contextual and intentional linguistic activities. Therefore students will learn to interact by the means of role-playing games and creativity exercises. The indispensable grammar base will be acquired in a simplified form. However, the concept of systematical and continuous language learning will be realized by regular homework assignments, vocabulary quizzes, and permanent learning-by-doing training. Assessment Methods Short essay, tests, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, German Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
177
GER 200 German II. Lecturer Josef Ager, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
GER 200 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in IR elective: B.A. in JEW, MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of essential grammar structures (Simple Past Tense, Future Tense; Genitive Case; Present-time Subjunctive; etc.) - Make use of an enriched vocabulary to satisfy needs of various everyday situations (e.g. making a phone call, at the doctor, in the office, etc.) - Relate events that happened in the past or that are hypothetical (e.g. descriptions, wishes, etc.) - Talk about general topics (e.g. health, education, professions, etc.) - Create texts that are parts of modern communication (e.g. emails, letters, outlines, accounts, etc.) - React and interact in a more detailed way (e.g. giving reasons). Prerequisites GER 100 or previous knowledge of German Course Contents In Elementary German II students will continue to learn the basics of German. Although the course introduces more complex grammatical concepts and is intended to enrich lexical knowledge, it focuses on the development of conversational abilities. Students will grow more confident and more proficient while using various linguistic tools enabling them to speak –although in a simplified way– about general topics. Written assignments will support writing skills, which gradually are getting more important during the course. By understanding some aspects of contemporary German life and culture and by acquiring essential language skills students will achieve an initial knowledge of the language. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory-Intermediate Recommended Reading TEXTBOOK: “Deutsch heute“, Introductory German, Moeller/Adolph/Hoecherl/Alden/Berger/Lalande II, Houghton Mifflin, Boston - New York 2010. Teaching Methods The main characteristic of the course is an emphasis on establishing conversational skills. Therefore the approach adopted is based on a communicative methodology, i.e. the students should have many opportunities to speak and to practice the language. An idiom is not a sum of isolated words but a web of contextual and intentional linguistic activities. Therefore students will learn to interact by the means of role-playing games and creativity exercises. The indispensable grammar base will be acquired in a simplified form. However, the concept of systematical and continuous language learning will be realized by regular homework assignments, vocabulary quizzes, and permanent learning-by-doing training. Assessment Methods Short essay, homework, tests, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, German Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
178
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HEB 101 Hebrew I. Lecturer Aleš Weiss, M.A.
Course code:
HEB 101
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 1 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Students will be able to demonstrate basic reading skills; students will learn to read vocalised and unvocalised Hebrew texts - Students will be able to comprehend basic knowledge of the Hebrew vocabulary and grammar (nouns, pronouns, basic types of verbs, tenses) - Students will be able to demonstrate basic conversational skills; students will learn to interact in routine situations (at a station, in a shop, in a city, etc.) - Students will be able to demonstrate basic writing skills; students will learn to write the Hebrew script and essays on elementary topics (personal experiences, interests, family, city, food, weather). Prerequisites None Course Contents In Hebrew I, students will learn the basics of the language. After learning the Hebrew script, reading of Hebrew texts will be accompanied by learning essentials of the Hebrew grammar necessary to correct reading of unvocalised texts. Besides reading, students will also develop their other language skills (listening, speaking, and writing). At the end of the course, students should be able to understand simple unvocalised texts and react in common situations in a both written and spoken form. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading GILBOA, S. (2004). Modern Hebrew. London, Teach Yourself. GLINERT, L. (2008). Modern Hebrew: an essential grammar. London, Routledge. GLINERT, L. (2004). The Grammar of Modern Hebrew. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. TARMON, A. – UVAL, E. (1998). Hebrew verb tables. Jerusalem, Tamir Publishers. Teaching Methods Language Lesson Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HEB 102 Hebrew II. Lecturer Aleš Weiss, M.A.
Course code:
HEB 102
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 1 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate knowledge of the Hebrew vocabulary and grammar (weak verbs, action nouns)
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
179
-
Demonstrate reading skills; students will learn to read and understand common texts Demonstrate conversational and writing skills; students will learn to talk and write about advanced topics (personal opinions, history, and politics).
Prerequisites Hebrew I. Course Contents In Hebrew II., students will develop their basic skills and knowledge of the language obtained in the previous course. This course is focused on advanced the Hebrew grammar in order that at the end of the course, students should be able to identify practically all common elements of a Hebrew text, to find them in a vocabulary and to understand the written text. Students will also deepen their understanding of spoken language, so that should be finally able to get essential information from TV news and to summarise its content in written or oral form. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading GILBOA, S. (2004). Modern Hebrew. London, Teach Yourself. GLINERT, L. (2008). Modern Hebrew: an essential grammar. London, Routledge. GLINERT, L. (2004). The Grammar of Modern Hebrew. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. TARMON, A. – UVAL, E. (1998). Hebrew verb tables. Jerusalem, Tamir Publishers. Teaching Methods Language Lesson Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HEB 103 Hebrew III. Lecturer Aleš Weiss, M.A.
Course code:
HEB 103
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend Hebrew vocabulary and grammar (syntax) - Demonstrate reading skills; students will learn to understand Hebrew academic texts - Demonstrate conversational and writing skills. Prerequisites Hebrew II. Course Contents In Hebrew III., students will practise their skills and knowledge of the language obtained in the previous courses. In the major part of the course, special attention will be given to comprehension of academic texts. For these purposes, students will learn more details of the Hebrew grammar, especially the syntax of the Hebrew sentence. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate
180
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading GILBOA, S. (2004). Modern Hebrew. London, Teach Yourself. GLINERT, L. (2008). Modern Hebrew: an essential grammar. London, Routledge. GLINERT, L. (2004). The Grammar of Modern Hebrew. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. TARMON, A. – UVAL, E. (1998). Hebrew verb tables. Jerusalem, Tamir Publishers. Assorted academic articles Teaching Methods Language Lesson Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HEB 104 Hebrew IV. Lecturer Aleš Weiss, M.A.
Course code:
HEB 104
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 or 3 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate knowledge of the Hebrew vocabulary - Demonstrate reading skills; students will learn to understand Hebrew texts, which use manifold vocabulary - Demonstrate conversational and writing skills. Prerequisites Hebrew III. Course Contents In Hebrew IV., students will enrich their vocabulary and practise it both in written and in spoken form. For this purpose, special attention will be given to texts of various kind, which use manifold vocabulary. Acquired knowledge of vocabulary will be practised by writing essays and speaking about various topics. Level of Course Intermediate Recommended Reading GILBOA, S. (2004). Modern Hebrew. London, Teach Yourself. GLINERT, L. (2004). The Grammar of Modern Hebrew. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. TARMON, A. – UVAL, E. (1998). Hebrew verb tables. Jerusalem, Tamir Publishers. Assorted passages from various books Teaching Methods Language Lesson Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
181
HIS 103 World History I Lecturer Mark A. Brandon, M.A.
Course code:
HIS 103
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Demonstrate a general knowledge of world history (approximately 3500 BCE to 1500 CE) - Encourage curiosity about the history of the world, its people, geography, and languages - Express critical thinking about the interpretation of the past and the present. Prerequisites None Course Contents From Ancient Civilizations to 1500: Ancient Mesopotamia, Near East, India, China, the Greeks, the Roman Republic, the Roman Empire, rise of Christianity, end of the Roman Empire, Middle Ages in Europe, the rise and growth of Islam, Medieval Africa, S. E. Asia, China, and Japan in the Middle ages, Europe and the world by 1500. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Material distributed in class Goucher, Candice L. et. al.: In the Balance: Themes in Global History. Vol. 1. McGraw Hill, 1998. Kishlansky, Mark. Sources of World History. Volume I. 5th ed. Wadsworth Cendage Learning, 2011 Spielvogel, Jackson J. and William J. Duiker. World History I: To 1500. Wadsworth Cendage Learning, 2012 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Short essay, quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 104 World History II
Course code:
HIS 104
Lecturer Mark A. Brandon, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 required: B.A. in JC, IR req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Address the broad intellectual, political, economic, and cultural issues of the modern world - Reflect on the survey of World History from approx. 1500 up to the present.
182
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will provide a general overview of world history between approximately 1500 to the End of the Cold War. The class will address the broad intellectual, political, economic, and cultural issues of the modern world. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Goucher, Candice L., et. al.: In the Balance: Themes in World History. Vol 2. McGraw-Hill: Boston, 1998. Keylor, William R. The Twentieth-Century World. An International History. Oxford University Press, 1996. Journal of European Integration History Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, reading assignments, quizzes, one short essay, two examinations Assessment Methods Short essay, quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 111 United States History I
Course code:
HIS 111
Lecturer Mark A. Brandon, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Understand the forces at work behind the colonization of North America and Declaration of Independence; - Comprehend the main trends and events of U.S. social and domestic political history in 19th and 20th Century; - Be familiar with main concepts and conducts of U. S. foreign policy in 19th and 20th Century. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will explore the settlement in the New World and the events leading to the Declaration of Independence. Attention will be paid to the slavery, the Civil War and reconstruction, the crises of the 1880’s, Spanish-American War and the rise of American imperialism. U.S. participation in the World War I will be examined as well as the inter-war period including such issues as the isolationism, Great Depression, New Deal and the United States in the World War II. U. S. role in the Cold War and under the presidents Bill Clinton and George W. Bush will be the most important topics of the course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
183
Recommended Reading Barney, William. A Companion to 19th-Century America. 1 edition. Malden, MA: Wiley Blackwell, 2006 Brinkley, Alan. American History. 9th ed., 1995 Ford, Lacy. A Companion to the Civil War and Reconstruction. 1 edition. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 2005 Hamby, Alonzo L., Mildred Sola Neely, and George Clack. Outline of U.S. History. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 2009 Nojeim, Michael J., and David P. Kilroy. Days of Decision : Turning Points in U.S. Foreign Policy. Turning Points in U.S. Foreign Policy. Washington, D.C.: Potomac Books, 2011 Tichenor, Daniel J., and Richard A. Harris. A History of the U.S. Political System : Ideas, Interests, and Institutions. Santa Barbara, Calif: ABC-CLIO, 2010 Whitfield, Stephen J. A Companion to 20th-Century America. 1 edition. Malden, MA: WileyBlackwell, 2004 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Short essay, quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 112 United States History II
Course code:
HIS 112
Lecturer Mark A. Brandon, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Provide foundational information of American culture, society, economy, and political life since WW I. - Place the United States in the context of world history and to discuss continuities and discontinuities with historical development around the globe - Encourage curiosity about the history of the United States and its people - Sustain healthy skepticism about interpretations of the past (and present). Prerequisites None Course Contents The Civil War, Industrial Revolution, Early American Empire, the 1920s and the Great Depression, Suburbia and Communism, Civil Rights, Feminism, and youth, Vietnam War, Post-Vietnam America. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Materials distributed in class Brinkley, Alan: American History. 9th ed., 1995
184
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Brogan, Hugh: The Penguin History of the United States of America. London: Penguin, 1985 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Short essay, quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 121 European History I
Course code:
HIS 121
Lecturer Christofer Montoni, M.A. William Eddleston, Ph.D. Mark A. Brandon, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS Credits:
2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Have a clear understanding of the main contributions of the late Ancient world to the emerging early European civilization of the Middle Ages; a knowledge of the important events and personalities that shaped the history of medieval Europe, and an understanding of the development and organization of the political, religious and cultural institutions of medieval society - Understand the difference between primary and secondary sources, and be able to work on a basic level with primary source materials - Compare and contrast the cultural and religious worldview that shaped the medieval era. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course is a survey of the development of Europe from the Late Roman Empire to the end of the Middle Ages. In this course, we will look at the political, religious, economic, and cultural trends that together formed the medieval world, and consideration will be given to how many of these developments subsequently defined Europe to the present day. Lectures will be based mainly on primary source texts in English translation, as well as examples from art, architecture, music and literature. These primary textual and visual sources along with secondary readings from important medievalists will be the basis for short written exercises and class discussions. There will also be an excursion to the National Gallery collection of Medieval Art later in the semester. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading
Bémont, Charles and Gabriel Monod. Medieval Europe, 395-1270. Lecturable: 2012 le Goff, Jacques. The Birth of Europe. Blackwell: Malden, 2005. Pearsall, Derek. Gothic Europe 1200-1450 (Arts Culture and Society in the Western World). Routledge: 2001. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
185
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 122 European History II: The Making of Modern Europe Lecturer Mark A. Brandon, M.A. William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 122
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 required: B.A. in HSC, JC, CEES, CBL elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Understand the transformations in European politics, society, culture and economic life from Renaissance to the end of World War II - Reflect on the growing strength of nationalism, the rise of mass political movements, the impact of economic modernization on both individuals and society - Recognize the continuity and discontinuity, common trends and fundamental issues in the history of modern Europe. Prerequisites None Course Contents Politics, economics and the church in Western and Central Europe, Early Modern period: Renaissance humanism, the Reformation (Lutheranism/Calvinism), the Counter-Reformation, ritual, magic and the Sacred in the Early Modern Period, territorial confessionalism, Religious wars, tolerance and Intolerance, Enlightenment and Absolutism, French Revolution, Industrial Revolution, nationalism and imperialism, the First World War, Europe after the War, World War II in Europe, the Soviet experiment, post-World War II. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Briggs, A.—Clavin, P.: Modern Europe, 1789–1989. Longman, 1997 Hobsbawm, E. J.: Nations and Nationalism since 1780: Programme, Myth, Realit. Cambridge University Press, 1997. Gilbert, F.—Large, D.: The end of the European Era: 1890 to the presen. W. W. Norton, 1991. Young, John W.: Cold War Europe 1945–1989. Routledge, 1991 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Quizzes, essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
186
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HIS 123 History of Russia Lecturer PhDr. Emil Voráček, DrSc. Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Course code:
HIS 123
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in IR, CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Be familiar with a basic survey of history of Russia and Soviet Union until the end of WWII - Be familiarized with the main characteristics of socio-political and cultural situation of Russia and the Soviet Union - Be familiar with basic knowledge of domestic and foreign policy of the main Russian tsars and Soviet rulers. Prerequisites None Course Contents After a brief introduction on relationship between the Kievan Rus and Principality of Moscow, the course concentrates on the rise of the Grand Duchy of Moscow and the Tsardom of Russia. Attention is paid to the reign of Ivan the Terrible, Peter the Great and Katherine the Great and to the role of Russian Empire in the major European and World political developments of the 19th and 20th Centuries till the end of the WWII. Basic knowledge on the major social upheavals throughout the Russian and Soviet history as well as on main intellectual and ideological currents that formed Russian history will be provided. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Danilov, A.A.-Gorinov, M.M.: The History of Russia. The Twentieth Century. Herron Press, 1996. 416s. Dukes, Paul: A History of Russia: Medieval, Modern, Contemporary ( 1882-1996). 3. ed., Duke University Press, 1998. Slavic review Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian Course code:
HIS 180
Lecturer
Semester: Year of study:
PhDr. Milan Lyčka, Ph.D.
Course type:
2 1 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
HIS 180 History of the Jews: From the Beginnings to the Modern State of Israel
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
187
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Become familiar with main events of the Jewish history, either in the Land of Israel, or in the Diaspora. - Present acquired knowledge of the historical background of Jewish religious traditions: Biblical, legal, theological, liturgical, philosophical, ethical, and mystical. - Understand the role of history in Judaism as the manifestation of the Jewish essence with its eschatological aspirations (“history of redemption”). Prerequisites None Course Contents Biblical and early Post-Biblical period; confrontation with Assyria, Babylonia and Persia; the first churban: the destruction of the First Temple; Hellenism; Hasmoneans; Pharisees and Sadducees; Roman period; the Jewish War and the second churban: the destruction of the Second Temple; canonization of the Hebrew Bible; compilation of the Mishnah; Talmudic and Gaonic periods; encounters with Christianity and Islam; European Jews in the Middle Ages; the Jews in Western Europe; East European Jewry; the Jews in the Land of Israel and the rise of Zionism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Finkelstein, Louis (ed.): The Jews. Their History. Schocken Books, 1949, 1955, 1960, 1970 De Lange, Nicholas: Judaism. Oxford University Press, 1986 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 181 Jewish History and Culture Lecturer Hana Kubátová, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 181
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1or 2 1or 2 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Understand the basics of history and culture of Jews in Europe - Interpret this topic from various regional perspectives - Interpret the rise of racial anti-Semitism as a political ideology - Understand the place and role of Jews in pre-1933 Europe, Students focus – among others – on identity questions, including assimilation and conversion - Explain the history of the Holocaust as a process (discrimination, ghettoization, deportations, and annihilation). Prerequisites None
188
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents This course will closely follow Jewish (and thus also European as such) history and Culture. This course will examine Jewish history and culture from a comparative perspective, focusing on Czech lands, Kingdom of Hungary and Galicia (in a letter part of the course on newly formed Czechoslovakia, Hungary and Poland). This class will also focus on examining the rise of anti-Semitism as a political ideology and will investigate the path to destruction from the perspective of Central European Jewry. In this course, persecution of Jews will be studied along the discrimination of other national, political and other minorities (such as communists, Roma and Sinti, homosexuals, disabled etc.). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Marsha Rozenblit, Reconstructing a National Identity: The Jews of Habsburg Austria during World War I, 39-58, 106-161. Hillel Kieval, The Making of Czech Jewry: National Conflict and Jewish Society in Bohemia, 1870-1918 (New York: 1988): 3-93. Hillel Kieval, Languages of Community: The Jewish Experience in the Czech Lands (Berkeley, Los Angeles, London 2002): 1 -94. Victor Karady, “Religious Divisions, Socio-Economic Stratification and the Modernization of Hungarian Jewry after the Emancipation,” in Michael Silber ed., Jews in the Hungarian Economy, 1760-1945 (Jerusalem 1992): 161-184. William O. McCagg, “Jewish Conversions in Hungary in Modern Times,” in Todd M. Edelman, Jewish Apostasy in the Modern World (London 1987): 142-164. William O. McCagg Jr., A history of Habsburg Jews, 1670-1918 (Bloomington and Indianapolis:1989): 105 - 122. Piotr Wróbel, “The Jews of Galicia under Austrian-Polish Rule, 1869-1918,” Austrian History Yearbook Vol. 25 (1994): 97-138. Ezra Mendelssohn, The Jews of East Central Europe between the World Wars (Bloomington 1983): 131170 Yisrael Gutman, “Polish Antisemitism between the Wars: An Overview,” in The Jews of Poland between Two World Wars (Hanover, London: 1989): 97-108 Michael Burleigh, Wolfgang Wippermann, The Racial State: Germany 1933-1945 (Cambridge: 2005):77112. Sybil Milton, “Gypsies and the Holocaust,” in The History Teacher, vol. 24, 1991, no. 4, 375-387. Guenter Lewy, “Gypsies and Jews under the Nazis,” in Holocaust and Genocide Studies, vol. 13, 1999, no. 3, 383-404. Yehuda Bauer, „What was the Holocaust?“ in Rethinking the Holocaust (New Haven and London: New Haven and London 2002): 1-13. Tony JUDT, Postwar, New York: Penguin Books, 2006, s. 803-831. Stehen Eric Bronner, „Making sense of hell: three meditations of the Holocaust“ in Political Studies, Vol. 47, No. 2 (1999): 314 - 328. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
189
HIS 230 History of Poland Lecturer TBA
Course code:
HIS 230
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Explain a basic survey of history of Poland from the origins of the Polish state in early medieval period to the 20th Century - Understand the main trends, phenomena and crossroads that influenced Polish history - Be familiar with the main characteristics of socio-political and cultural situation of Poland - Be familiar with basic knowledge of domestic and foreign policy of Poland. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course introduces the students into the beginnings of statehood at the territory of present Poland and characterizes the development of Polish state in the medieval period. Attention is paid to the major factors and phenomena of the Polish history prior the partitions of Poland: the influence of the Order of Teutonic Knights and the development and decline of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth. The course will examine the three partitions of Poland and the manifestations of Polish patriotism and nationalism in 19th Century. Reestablishment of independent Poland and characteristics of Poland in the inter-war period and the Nazi occupation of Poland during the WWII will be one of the main foci of the course. The history of Poland during the Cold War, the resistance against communism, Solidarity movement and collapse of communism will be summarized for the context as these topics are covered in detail by other courses of the program. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Lukowski, J. , Zawadzki, H.: A Concise History of Poland. Cambrige University Press, 2001. Pryzel, Ilya. National Identity and Foreign Policy. Nationalism and Leadership in Poland, Russia and Ukraine. Cambridge University Press, 1998. Wandycz, Piotr: The Price of Freedom. A History of East Central Europe from the Middle Ages to the Present. Routledge, 1992, 2001 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
190
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HIS 231 History of the Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition Lecturer William Eddleston, Ph.D. Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Course code:
HIS 231
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, IR, CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical relationship between the United States and the Soviet Union, particularly as it developed after 1945 - Understand the main rival schools of thought regarding the causes and development of the Cold War the "Orthodox School," the "Revisionists," the "Post-Revisionists" and the "Post-Soviets." - Gain an understanding of some of the more controversial topics relating to the Cold War period, such as the decision to drop the atomic bomb; whether the Soviet Union or the United States was primarily responsible for the Cold War; the Cuban missile crisis; the debates over American policy in Vietnam, etc. These scholarly controversies will be the main focus of the seminar programme - Gain a basic acquaintance with some of the key documentary sources relating to the Cold War - Consider the role of great power strategic and economic interests, competing ideologies (capitalism, democracy, imperialism, communism, Pan-Slavism), nationalism, ethnic conflict and anti-colonialism in shaping the Cold War conflict. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course begins by examining the uneasy alliance that developed in 1941 between the United States, Great Britain and the Soviet Union against the threat of Nazi Germany and the Axis powers. We will then trace the deterioration of this alliance after 1945 into hostile camps, and the intensification of superpower conflict in Asia during the 1950s. The death of Stalin in 1953 brought with it some hope for a relaxation of these tensions. But by the end of the 1950s and the early 1960s, the Cold War had entered its most dangerous period, with crises in Europe and the Caribbean (the successive Berlin and Cuban Missile crises) which very nearly resulted in a nuclear conflagration. A period of so-called détente followed in the later 60s and the 1970s. But a relaxation in tensions between the two superpowers was paradoxically characterised by an intensification of conflict on the periphery of the superpowers’ spheres of influence – in South East, the Middle East and Africa. America’s unending war in Vietnam, and the war fought between the Arab states and Israel in 1973 - almost brought the world economy to the brink of collapse in the 1970s. The Cold War would enter another intense phase – the so-called “Second Cold War” - in the late 1970s and early 1980s, almost resulting in the outbreak of nuclear war in 1983. Yet, just at the point where the conflict seemed at its most intense and irreconcilable, it suddenly and unexpectedly ended with the coming to power in the Soviet Union of Mikhail Gorbachev and the rapid collapse of the Soviet empire in Eastern Europe in 1989 and of the Soviet Union itself in 1991. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Powaski, Ronald: The Cold War: The United States and the Soviet Union, 1917–1991. New York: Oxford University Press, 1998 Zubok, Vladislav: Inside the Kremlin’s Cold War: From Stalin to Krushchev. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1996 A course reader covering the entire Cold War period will be available for students Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, film screenings
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
191
Assessment Methods Four short papers, movie project, mid-term, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 233 History of Ukraine and Belarus Lecturer Mgr. Hanna Vasilevich, MSc.
Course code:
HIS 233
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the specifics of Belarus and Ukraine, their history, cultures and societies. - Be familiar with the reasons why these countries are considered as those “between East and West.” - Understand main trends in political, societal and cultural developments of Belarus and Ukraine. Prerequisites None Course Contents Two neighbouring countries – Ukraine and Belarus – which are largely stereotyped as a part of so-called “tri-unite” Russian nation and mostly considered by foreigners as a part of Russian cultural and political sphere of influence, during some 20 years of their independence have undergone tremendous changes in building their statehoods and developing national identities. Nevertheless, despite all these steps aimed at differentiating themselves from Russia, most scholars simplify Belarus’ and Ukraine’s ways of development labelling them as “denationalised” or “unexpected” nations respectively. The course will be designed in a way that has two main focuses. The first part will focus on the Soviet legacy of two countries which largely explains the current development and foreign perception of both the states. While both Ukraine and Belarus had similar preconditions at the eve of their independences their development went differently. Belarus has opted for an autocratic but stable way of development while Ukraine during the same period has changed path of its priorities at least several times facing large regional differences. These independent ways of development will be thoroughly described during the second part of the course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Kuzio, Taras. Ukraine. Perestroika to Independence, Second Edition, London and New York: Macmillan and St.Martin's Press, 2000) Marples, David. Belarus: A Denationalized Nation Amsterdam: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1999. Snyder, Timothy. The Reconstruction of Nations: Poland, Ukraine, Lithuania, Belarus, 1569—1999, New Haven: Yale University Press, 2004. Wilson, Andrew. The Ukrainians: Unexpected Nation, New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000 Taras Kuzio works (mostly focused on Ukraine): http://www.taraskuzio.net/writing.html. David Marples articles at the Eurasia Daily Monitor (mostly focused on Belarus): http://www.jamestown.org/articles-byauthor/?no_cache=1&tx_cablanttnewsstaffrelation_pi1[author]=204. Grigory Ioffe works (mostly focused on Belarus): http://gioffe.asp.radford.edu/publications.html. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion
192
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
HIS 235 Czech/ Czechoslovak History
Course code:
HIS 235
Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc. William Eddleston, Ph.D Kevin Gibbons, M.A., LL.B.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Students are provided with a survey of Czech history from the oldest historical evidence to the present and with a survey of Czechoslovak history from 1918 to 1992. Prerequisites None Course Contents An outline of medieval and early modern history, emphasis on modern and contemporary history, political, social and cultural history with an emphasis on the context of Central and Eastern Central European history. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Josef V. Polišenský: History of Czechoslovakia in Outline. Bohemia International: Prague, 1990 Hugh L. Agnew: Noble "Natio" and Modern Nation: The Czech Case. Andrew Loss: "What are We Like?". National Character and the Aesthetics of Distinction in Interwar Czechoslovakia (from: National Character and National) Ideology in Interwar Eastern Europe, ed. Ivo Banac and Katherine Verdery, Yale Center for International and Area Studies, 1995 Igor Lukes: Stalin and Czechoslovakia in 1938-1939: An Autopsy of a Myth (from: The Munich Crisis, 1938. Prelude to World War II. Ed. Igor Lukes and Erik Goldstein. Frank Cass: London, 1999 Carol Skalnik Leff: Czechoslovakia under Communism. Velvet Revolution (from: The Czech and Slovak Republics. Nation Versus State. Westview: Boulder, 1997) Sharon Wolchik: The Politics of Transition and the Break-up of Czechoslovakia (from: The End of Czechoslovakia. Ed. J. Musil. CEU: Budapest, 1995 Ernest Gellner: The Price of Velvet. Tomas Masaryk and Václav Havel (from: Encounters with Nationalism. Blackwell Publ., 1994) Josefine Wallat: Czechoslovak/Czech Foreign and Security Policy. 1989-1999 (from Perspectives, Institute of International Relations, 2000) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective seminar in Russian
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
193
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
HIS 236 The Jewish Experience in Central Europe Lecturer Hana Kubátová, Ph.D. Jan Fingerland, Ph.D. Mgr. Linda Štucbartová, DES
Course code:
HIS 236
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 required: B.A. in JEW req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the Jewish history in the Czech lands from different views - legends, traditions, religion, art, philosophy and history. Prerequisites None Course Contents Jewish religion and traditions in Central Europe, history and legends, the Holocaust, Jewish philosophy, Jewish displaced persons in Allied politics, Czechoslovakia and Israel, Judaism during Communism, contemporary Central European Judaism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Bauer, Yehuda: Out of the Ashes, The Impact of American Jews on Post-Holocaust European Jewry, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1989 Burton, Richard: Prague, A Cultural History, Northampton: Interlink, 2003 (selections) Gilbert, Martin: Israel: A History, London: Black Swan, 1998 (selections) Kosakova, Eva: Dictionary of Judaica, Prague: Jewish Museum, 2005 Rybar, Ctibor: Jewish Prague, Guide to the Monuments, Most: Spektrum, 1991 (selections) Jewish Fairytales and Legends, Prague: Vitalis, 2005 Kieval, Hille J.: Languages of Community, The Jewish Experience in the Czech Lands, Berkley, University of California Press, 2000 Margolius, Ivan: Reflections on Prague, Journeys through the 20th century, Chichester: Wiley, 2006 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, visits and field trips Assessment Methods Presentation, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
194
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HIS 237 Central European History Lecturer Mgr. Martina Krocová Kevin Gibbons, M.A. (Hons)
Course code:
HIS 237
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in JEW req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Distinguish major events and trends in political, social and cultural history of Central and Eastern Europe - Analyze the complexities and most significant phenomena of this region - Understand the issues beyond the national framework and focus on continuity and discontinuity, and on common features and differences in history of this part of Europe. Prerequisites None Course Contents Encounters with the Roman and Byzantine Empires; early states; Christianity; the political, social and cultural transformations of the Central Europe in the Middle Ages; Humanism, Renaissance, Reformation and Counter-reformation; impact of Enlightenment, of the French Revolution and of the Napoleonic era; Central Europe in 19th C.; Central Europe from 1850 to the WWI; Central Europe in the WWI and in the inter-war period; Central Europe and the WWII; Central Europe during the Cold War; the collapse of Communism in Central Europe. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Rotschild, Joseph: Return to Diversity. A Political History of East Central Europe Since World War II. Oxford University Press, 1992 (2nd ed.) Wandycz, Piotr: The Price of Freedom. A History of East Central Europe from the Middle Ages to the Present. Routledge, 1992, 2001 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, final paper, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 238 Tradition & Modernity: Jewish Course code: Culture in Central Europe Lecturer Ziv Semadar, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
HIS 238 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
195
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Examine Central European Jewish culture as a prism through which to trace the major processes, events and personalities that have shaped the last two centuries (1780–1990s) - Explore interrelationships between Jewish history and modern economics. Prerequisites None Course Contents Central European Jewish culture, 1780–1990s in laws, fine arts, literature, architecture and music, Prague and the regions of Bohemia and Moravia, Czech population, German minority, Austro-Hungarian Empire, the rise of the nation-state, school curricula, class society, language wars, urban development patterns, national identity, individual liberties, symbols, institutions. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Mendes-Flohr, Paul R. and Jehuda Reinharz (eds.) The Jew in the Modern World: A Documentary History. New York: Oxford University Press, 1980. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Attendance and participation in discussion, quiz, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 270 20th Century Social History Lecturer
Course code: Semester: Year of study:
William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
HIS 270 1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Describe the social conditions of European society of 20th Century - Examine selected aspects of everyday life of different social groups and individuals. Prerequisites None Course Contents Social history of Europe before and during WWI, social conditions of the Nazi and Communist regimes in the interwar years, social aspects of the Cold War. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Hobsbawm, E.C.: The Age of Empire, 1875–1914. New York : Vintage Books, 1996. Hobsbawm, E.C.: The Age of Extremes: the History of the World, 1914–1991. New York: Vintage Books, 1996.
196
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
AAU reader containing excerpts from: B. Tuchman, R. Aron, E. Crankshaw, A. Bullock, C. Bielenberg, M. Vassiltchuk, G. Kennan. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, use of primary sources Assessment Methods Home assignments, mid-term, final test Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 282 Jewish History in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Gaelle Vassogne, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 282
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Posse a solid knowledge of the political, cultural and social history of the Jews in Central and Eastern Europe, see how this history is part of the history of Central Europe as a whole and grasp the differences between the situations of the Jews in the different countries of the region. - Have a better understanding of the context that lead to the Holocaust and of its dramatic consequences. They’ll have familiarized themselves with the most important Jewish political writers and will be able to analyze their texts in relation to the historical and cultural context. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course focuses on Jewish history in Central and Eastern Europe with an emphasis on the 19th and 20th century. The primary goals of the course are to study the political, cultural and economic situation of the Jews in Central and Eastern Europe and analyze the different forms of Jewish cultural and political identity. In the analysis, special attention will be paid to the history of Central and Eastern European countries at the beginning of the 20th century. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Readings The required readings are to be found in the reader which the student can purchase at the beginning of the semester at the ECES office. They are essentially primary sources (in English translation) which will be discussed in class. Recommended Readings At the beginning of the semester, the instructor will provide each student with recommended readings according to the subject of their presentation and, if applicable, of their research paper. Shtetl, by Eva Hoffman (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1997) constitutes a short, good introduction to the material that will be covered in class. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
197
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 283 The Jews in the Habsburg Monarchy
Course code:
HIS 283
Lecturer Hana Kubátová, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Understand overview of the history of Jews in the Habsburg Monarchy and its successor states - Comprehend the dissolution of the traditional Jewish society in a historical context - Understand the place of the Jews in the surrounding society by active participation in field trips. Prerequisites JEW 100, HIS 282 Course Contents This course will be dealing with the Jewish experience in the Habsburg Monarchy (from the half of the sixteenth until the early twentieth century) and its successor states. This course will begin with examining the traditional Jewish society in the Danube region (the so-called Talmudic age). Later on we will study the process of modernization, both within the Jewish society (Haskala) and from the outside (legal emancipation). In addition, this course will compare different Jewish communities within the Empire; the Jews in Bohemian lands, Hungarian Kingdom and in Galicia. We will examine their place in the surrounding society, the question of identity and loyalty, as well as the shifting demographic and religious patterns in the Jewish life. This course will finish with investigating the place of Jews in the newly established republics (Czechoslovakia, Poland and Hungary). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Robert A. Kann, Zdeněk V. David, The Peoples of the Eastern Habsburg Lands, 1526 -1918 (Seattle and London: University of Washington Press, 1984): 3-22, 476-492. William O. McCagg Jr., A history of Habsburg Jews, 1670-1918 (Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press, 1989), 1-8, 11-43. Jacob Katz, Tradition and Crisis: Jewish Society at the End of the Middle Ages (New York: New York University Press, 2nd edition, 1993), 3-44, 65 - 94. Steve Lowenstein, “The Shifting Boundary Between Eastern and Western Jewry,” Jewish Social Studies, vol. 4/1, Fall 1997, 60-73. Moses Mendelssohn, Jerusalem or On Religious Power and Judaism, (Hanover, New Hampshire: University Press of New England, 1983), 40-44, 70-90, 126-139. Jacob Katz, Out of the Ghetto: The social background of Jewish Emancipation (New York: Schocken, 1978), 42-103. Emancipation of Jews in Prussia/France/Austria-Hungary - primary documents: Paul Mendes-Flohr, ed. The Jew in the Modern World (Oxford: Oxford university press, 2nd edition, 1995). Hillary L. Rubinstein, Dan Cohn-Sherbok, “Enlightenment and emancipation in continental Europe, 1750-1880,” in The Jews in the Modern World: A History since 1750 (London: Arnold, 2002), 15 - 42. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion
198
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 310 The Habsburgs and their Empire, 1526-1918 Lecturer Gerald Power, Ph.D. Gaelle Vassogne, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 310
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Become familiar with the methods used by the Habsburgs to acquire and retain an empire to assess the Habsburgs’ achievements, and charts the development of Central Europe under their influence - Interpret the Habsburg Empire in Central Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the First World War - Comprehend the responses of the Habsburgs to these challenges, and attempts to work out if the empire’s demise was inevitable. Prerequisites HIS 122 Course Contents This course offers a history of early modern Central Europe by exploring the fortunes of the Habsburgs, the dynasty which ruled much of the region during this period. The course examines the methods used by the Habsburgs to acquire and retain an empire which was not only geographically extensive and multiethnic, but which also shared a military frontier with the rival empire of the Ottoman sultan. The Habsburgs weathered many storms in a rapidly changing Europe. Whilst other ruling dynasties foundered, the Habsburgs survived Ottoman invasion, the Reformation, wars with other European powers, noble rebellions and discontent among the Estates, the succession of a female to imperial rule, the impact of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars. This course assesses the Habsburgs’ achievements, and charts the development of Central Europe under their influence. This course also examines the Habsburg Empire in Central Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the First World War. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Barany, George. Stephen Széchenyi and the Awakening of Hungarian Nationalism, 1791-1841. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1968 Bridge, F. R. The Habsburg Monarchy Among the Great Powers, 1815-1918. New Y ork: Berg, 1990 Deák, István. The Lawful Revolution: Louis Kossuth and the Hungarians, 1848-1849. New York: Columbia University Press, 1984 Evans, R. J. W. The Making of the Habsburg Monarchy. Oxford, 1979. Evans, R. J. W. Rudolph II and his World. Oxford: Thames and Hudson, 1997 Pech, Stanley J. The Czech Revolution of 1848. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1969 Polišenský, Josef. Tragic Triangle. Prague: Charles University, 1991 Zacek, Joseph Frederick. Palacky: The Historian as Scholar and Nationalist. The Hague: Mouton, 1970
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
199
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 336 The Holocaust And Its Representation Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 336
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS, CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Comprehend the Holocaust through the controversies and discussions surrounding its representation - Understand various modes of representation that are historical, theoretical, cinematic, narrative, poetic, and artistic - Interpret the historical context of both represented events and origin of the work. Prerequisites None Course Contents The Holocaust, Shoah, or genocide of Jewish people by the Nazi regime, while recognized as a worldhistorical event, was an event of such staggering immensity that the human mind stumbles at the point of grasping it, retreating into a blur of statistics and over-generalizations on the one hand, or the overparticularity of the individual account on the other. There is no value-free position to be held within the realm of Holocaust studies or representations–a point that attests to the trauma of the event at the core of these representations, which will not simply take its place among other historical events. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading AAU Reader containing excerpts from historical works (Friedländer, Hilsenberg), theoretical studies (Friedländer, Hilsenberg), narrative works (Lustig, Borowski, Levi), poetry (Celan, Derrida) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, film screening (Schirk, Resnais, Lanzmann, Spielberg, Cavani, Losey, Hřebejk, Costa-Gavras, Verhoeven) Assessment Methods Continuous assessment, final paper, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
200
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HIS 380 History of Anti-Semitism
Course code:
HIS 380
Lecturer William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Comprehend the history of Anti-Judaism and Anti-Semitism - Present acquired knowledge of Anti -Semitic stereotypes, conspiracy theories, Anti-Semitic symbols, anti-Zionism and connection between Anti-Semitism and the Holocaust - Be familiar with the new post-War and present Anti-Semitism and its reasons. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents Explanation of the notion; History of Anti-Judaism and Anti-Semitism through ages; The Roman Age and the Early Christianity; The Church Fathers and the Early Middle Ages; The Period of the Crusades; AntiJewish Myths and Legends; Economic Sources of Anti-Semitism; The End of the Middle Ages; Reformation and the Counter Reformation; The Enlightenment and the French Revolution; Political AntiSemitism in the 19th C.; The Racial Anti-Semitism and the Myth about the Jewish Conspiracy; Nazi Anti-Semitism; The Final Solution; The Holocaust, The post-War and the Present Anti-Semitism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, advanced Recommended Reading Almog, Samuel: Antisemitism through the Ages, Oxford 1968 Barnavi, Eli: Universal History of the Jews, 1992 Cohn, Norman: Warrant for Genocide: The Myth of the Jewish Conspiracy and the Protocols of Elders of Zion, London 1967 Eban, Abba: Heritage. Civilization and the Jews, London 1964 Encyclopaedia Judaica Gager, John G.: The Origins of Anti-Semitism, New York 1983 De Lange Nicholas: The Cultural Atlas of the World. Jewish World, Oxford 1991 Poliakov, Léon: History of Antisemitism, 1981 Smallwood, Mary E.: The Jews under Roman Rule, Leiden 1976 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
HIS 381 Advanced Seminar on the Holocaust Lecturer William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 381
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
201
Learning Outcomes By the end of the course, it is expected that students will have gained: - A grounding in the background to the Holocaust in 19th century radical exclusionary nationalism and “scientific” eugenics - An understanding of course and consequences of the Holocaust - An appreciation of the major historiographical controversies and issues of interpretation surrounding the study of the Holocaust: most notably, the functionalist vs. intentionalist debate, and questions regarding the motivation of perpetrators, and the uniqueness of the Holocaust - An acquaintance with some of the most important primary sources, literature and films relating to the Holocaust, including survivor and perpetrator accounts and key documentaries such as Claude Lanzmann's Shoah - Most importantly of all perhaps, the ability to distinguish between the scholarship and the pseudoscholarship of the Nazi Holocaust. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents The course aims to provide students with a grounding in some of the major issues concerning the the Jewish Holocaust. Among the topics examined will be the intensification of European antisemitism in the late 19th and early 20th centuries; the growth of eugenic and pseudo-scientific racial theories during the same period; the murder of physically and mentally disabled people before the beginning of the Holocaust; the origins of the Holocaust and the scholarly debate between Functionalism and Intentionalism; the comparative history of genocide; the non-Jewish victims of the Holocaust; the question of Allied knowledge of the death camps and what they could or should have done to prevent the extermination of the Jews; the participation of non-German populations as perpetrators, and the extent of popular knowledge and involvement in the Holocaust. Two seminars will concentrate on some of the major literature and documentary films which have emerged from or relate to the Holocaust. The course is seminar based, hence student driven. Students will be expected to do a significant amount of reading each week, to present their interpretation of the evidence and participate in discussions. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Primary Source Collections and Readers: Jeremy Noakes & Geoffrey Pridham (eds.), Nazism 1919-1945, Volume Two: State, Economy and Society 1933-1939: A Documentary Reader (Exeter Studies in History). Lucy Dawidowicz (ed.), A Holocaust Reader (New York: Behrman House Ltd., 1976). George L. Mosse, Nazi Culture: Intellectual, Cultural and Social Life in the Third Reich (Madison, Wisc.,: University of Wisconsin Press, 1966). Neil Gregor (ed.), Nazism (Oxford Readers) (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000). Donald L. Niewyk (ed.), The Holocaust. Problems in European Civilisation. 4th Ed. (Boston: Wadsworth Centage Learning, 2003). Simone Gigliotti & Berel Lang (eds.) The Holocaust: A Reader. Contemporary Debates in Philosophy (Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 2004). Documentaries and Films: The Final Solution – Parts 1 & 2 (Jerome Kuehl & Michael Darlow, 1973). Shoah (Claude Lanzmann, 1985). The Battle for the Holocaust (Channel 4, 2001). Mr Death: The Rise and Fall of Fred A. Leuchter, Jr. (Errol Morris, 1999). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English
202
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 383 You shall not Steal: The Robbing of Jewish Property, 1933- 1945 Lecturer Hana Kubátová, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 383
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Comprehend the process of robbing Jews of their property - Understand this issue in a larger perspective of Jewish discrimination - Interpret post-war restitution efforts. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents This course will examine the process of robbing Jews of their property. In the first part of this course, attention will be paid to systematic discrimination – economical as well as political, religious and cultural – of Jews in post-1933 Europe. In the second part of this course, aryanization of Jewish property will be investigated from a comparative perspective. Students will learn not only about confiscation, aryanization and liquidation of Jewish property in Nazi Germany, but also about nationalisation of Jewish property in Slovakia and Romania. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading BAJOHR, Frank. ‚Aryanisation‛ in Hamburg: The Economic Exclusion of Jews and the Confiscation of Their Property in Nazi Germany. New York: Berghahn Books, 2002 DEAN, Martin. Robbing the Jews: The Confiscation of Jewish Property in the Holocaust, 1933-1945. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2008 DEAN, Martin – GOSCHLER, Constantin – THER, Philipp. Robbery and Restitution: The Conflict Over Jewish Property in Europe. New York: Berghahn Books, 2006. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
203
HIS 385 Denying the Holocaust Lecturer Hana Kubátová, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 385
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Comprehend Holocaust revisionism, trivialization and denial - Interpret both its roots and the role of Holocaust revisionism, trivialization and denial in contemporary Central European countries - Question “appropriate” means of Holocaust representation. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents This course will examine issues of Holocaust revisionism, trivialization and the denying of Shoa. First we will analyze the history of revisionism, its roots and development. In the second part of the course we will discuss the various revisionist authors and their impact and place in historiography of the Holocaust (Bardèche, Rassinier, Barnes, App and Irving). In the third part, we will look closer at contemporary Czech Republic, Slovakia, Poland and Hungary and investigate the place, level and roots of trivializing Holocaust in these post-communist countries. In the last part, we will ask whether the tragedy of Holocaust requires “appropriate” means of representation (eg. can Spiegelman’s comics Maus or Roberto Benigni’s comedy Life is Beautiful be seen as a profanation of the tragedy?). Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Yehuda Bauer, Rethinking the Holocaust, (Yale University Press: 2002). Deborah Lipstadt, Denying the Holocaust: The Growing Assault on Truth and Memory, (Plume: 1994). Deborah Lipstadt, History on Trial: My Day in Court with David Irving (Ecco: 2005). Michael Shermer, Denying History: Who Says Holocaust Never Happened and Why Do They Say It (University of California Press: 2002). Michael Shafir, Between Denial and "Comparative Trivialization" (Jerusalem: Rubin Mass, 2002). Norman Finkelstein, The Holocaust Industry: Reflections on the Exploitation of Jewish Suffering, (Verso: 2003). Norman Finkelstein, Beyond Chutzpah: On the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Abuse of History, (University of California Press: 2005). Robert Eaglestone, Postmodernism and Holocaust Denial, (Totem Books: 2001). Michael Shermer, Denying History: Who Says Holocaust Never Happened and Why Do They Say It, (University of California Press: 2002). Robert Jan Van Pelt, The Case for Auschwitz: Evidence from the Irving Trial, (Indiana University Press: 2002). Richard J. Evans, Lying About Hitler: History, Holocaust, and the David Irving Trial, (Basic Books: 2002). D.D. Guttenplan, The Holocaust on Trial, (W. W. Norton & Company: 2002). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English
204
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HIS 585 Advanced Seminar on the Holocaust Lecturer William F. Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 585
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate grounding in the background to the Holocaust in 19th century radical exclusionary nationalism and “scientific” eugenics - Understand course and consequences of the Holocaust - Assess the major historiographical controversies and issues of interpretation surrounding the study of Holocaust: most notably, the functionalist vs. intentionalist debate, and questions regarding the motivation of perpetrators, and the uniqueness of the Holocaust - Identify some of the most important primary sources, literature and films relating to the Holocaust, including survivor and perpetrator accounts and key documentaries such as Claude Lanzmann’s Shoah. - Distinguish between the scholarship and the pseudo-scholarship of the Nazi Holocaust. Prerequisites HIS 122 Course Contents Among the topics examined will be the intensification of European antisemitism in the late 19th and early 20th centuries; the growth of eugenic and pseudo-scientific racial theories during the same period; the murder of physically and mentally disabled people before the beginning of the Holocaust; the origins of the Holocaust and the scholarly debate between Functionalism and Intentionalism; the comparative history of genocide; the non-Jewish victims of the Holocaust; the question of Allied knowledge of the death camps and what they could or should have done to prevent the extermination of the Jews; the participation of non-German populations as perpetrators, and the extent of popular knowledge and involvement in the Holocaust. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Jeremy Noakes & Geoffrey Pridham (eds.), Nazism 1919-1945, Volume Two: State, Economy and Society 1933-1939: A Documentary Reader (Exeter Studies in History). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
205
HIS 600 Contemporary Currents in Historiography
Course code:
HIS 600
Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
William F. Eddleston, Ph.D.
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore current trends in contemporary historiography Prerequisites None Course Contents Focus on historiographical questions posed by the Annales group and the work of Michel Foucault; will consider both Anglo-American trends, such as Hayden, White, New Historicism, gender studies and continental European trends, such as Lutz, Niethammer, Jacques Ranciere, Jean-Luc Nancy; will bridge both traditions with thinkers, such as Paul Ricoeur, Dominick LaCapra, Manuel De Landa. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Dean, Mitchell: Critical and Effective Histories: Foucault’s Methods and Historical Sociology, London: Routledge, 1994 De Landa, Manuel: A Thousand Years of Nonlinear History, Cambridge: MIT Press, 2000 Gallagher, Catherine and Stephen Greenblatt: Practicing New Historicism, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2001 Lacapra, Dominick: History in Transit: Experiences, Identity, Critical Theory, New York: Cornell University Press, 2004 Le Goff, Jacques: History and Memory, New York: Columbia University Press, 1992 Nancy, Jean-Luc.:“Finite History” The Birth to Presence, translated by Brian Holmes, Stanford: University of Stanford Press, 1993, pgs. 143–167 Niethammer: Lutz. Posthistoire: Has History Come to an End? Translated by Patrick Camiller, London: Verso, 1992 Ranciere, Jacques: The Names of History, translated by Hassan melehy, Minneapolis: The University of Minnesota Press, 1994 Ricoeur, Paul: Memory, History, Forgetting, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 2006 Scott, Joan W: Gender and the Politics of History, New York: Columbia University Press, 1999 White, Hayden: The Content of the Form: Narrative Discourse and Historical Representation, Baltimore: The John Hopkins University Press, 1990 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Home assignments, extensive reading, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
206
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HIS 601 History of Historiography Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc. William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
HIS 601
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: M.A. in HUM 1 3
6 Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Grasp the achievements of ancient Greek, Roman and Medieval historiography, historiography of the Renaissance and Baroque periods, with an emphasis on the period of the Enlightenment to the present - Examine the development of history as a scholarly discipline, the main personalities of historical science, and their contributions to the field of research. Prerequisites None Course Contents Ancient Greek, Roman and Medieval historiography; historiography of the Renaissance and Baroque periods; focus on the Enlightenment to Present; historiography as a scholarly discipline, relationship between historical thinking and history, and between history and other social science disciplines. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bentley, M.: Companion to Historiography, Rutledge, 2004 Burke, P.: The French Historical Revolution. The Annales School, 1929–1989, Cambridge, 1990 Iggers, George G.: Historiography in the Twentieth Century: From Scientific Objectivity to the Postmodern Challenge, (2nd Edition) Wesleyan University Press, 2005 Polisenska, M.: Antonin Gindely and the European dimension of his work (English translation)/studie Antonín Gindely a evropská dimenze jeho díla, nepublikovaný rukopis (100 pp.) (for Hlávkova nadace), 2006 Staif, Jiri: The Image of the Other in the Nineteenth Century: Historical Scholarship in the Bohemian Lands, Wingfield, N.M (ed) in Creating the Other, Ethnic Conflict and Nationalism in the Hapsburg Central Europe, Vol 5, New York, Oxford: Berghahn Books, pgs. 81–102 Tucker, Aviezer. Our Knowledge of the Past: A Philosophy of Historiography, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Home assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
207
HSS 200 European Music History and Appreciation
Course code:
HSS 200
Lecturer Mgr. Kateřina Vanová
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1, 2 or 3 req./opt.: M.A. in HUM elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will: - Become familiar with European music and society of main historical periods - Estimate the role and purpose of music in each period and recognize its major composers and compositions - Demonstrate the knowledge of concert etiquette and basic music terminology - Increase their music comprehension and appreciation. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce students to the world of music through listening and analysis, discussions, history context and visits of live concerts. After a brief introduction of basic music elements, forms and instruments, it will provide an overview of major historical periods in Europe (Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic and the 20th Century), and their main composers and compositions. In-class listening and concerts visits will improve students’ critical thinking as well as understanding and appreciation of music. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading and Listening AAU reader; music according to the recommendations from the reader Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, music listening and analysis, visits of live performances Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, concert reports, home works and in-class activity Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HSS 310 Folklore & Mythology
Course code:
HSS 310
Lecturer Andrew Giarelli, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1, 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the definitions, categories and subcategories of folklore - Identify and classify an example of folklore in a short descriptive essay using the terminology and classifications of folklore study
208
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Use the various indices and scholarly journals in the field of folklore study Critically examine popular conceptions regarding folklore and folklore study’s own assumptions during its long history Engage in focused discussion of folklore and folklore scholarship Make connections between folklore and other fields, including ethnic and nationalism studies Use a variety of scholarly research sources, including primary materials collected by folklorists, to formulate a thesis and support it in a folklore research paper.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Folklore — the oral traditions of a people — informs the arts, politics, and many other areas of human endeavor. Its study is truly interdisciplinary, involving anthropology, history, literature, music, sociology, and the arts. This course will introduce students to a wide range of oral, customary and material folklore genres, and to folkloristics, the study of folklore. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Armisterad, Samuel G. “Folk Literature of the Sephardic Jews.” University of Illinois at UrbanaChampagne. N.D. http://www.sephardifolklit.org/ Ashliman, D.L. “Folklore and Mythology Electronic Texts.” University of Pittsburgh. 1996-2014. http://www.pitt.edu/~dash/folktexts.html Crane, Gregory F. (ed.). “Perseus Collection Greek and Roman Materials.” Perseus Project. 2014. http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/collection?collection=Perseus:collection:Greco-Roman “A Hebrew-English Bible According to the Masoretic Text.” Mechom-Mamre. 2005. http://www.mechon-mamre.org/p/pt/pt0.htm. Heider, Heidi Anne. “Sur la Lune Fairy Tales: Annotated Fairy Tales, fairy Tale Books, and Illustrations. Sur La Lune Fairy Tales. 1998-2014. http://www.surlalunefairytales.com/index.html “Internet Sacred Text Archive.” Evinity Publishing, Inc. 2011. http://www.sacred-texts.com/ “Jewish Virtual Library”. American-Israeli Cooperative Enterprise. 2014. http://www.JewishVirtualLibrary.org/index.html Morford, Mark P.O., Robert J. Lenardon and Michael Sham. “Classical Mythology.” Oxford University Press USA. 2013. “Student Resources.” http://global.oup.com/us/companion.websites/9780195397703/student/materials/ “Urban Legends Reference Pages.” Snopes.com. 1995-2014. http://www.snopes.com/ Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HSS 350 Internship Lecturer N/A
Course code:
HSS 350
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 other req. B.A. in PS, HSC, JEW, JC N/A 150 6
Groups: Hours per semestr: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
209
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to apply the knowledge, skills and competences acquired in school to real working environment. Prerequisites 3rd year of study, and approval of Dean Course Contents N/A Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading N/A Teaching Methods Regular meetings with the internship coordinator and the internship supervisor Assessment Methods Written report of the student, written report of the internship supervisor Language of Instruction English, Czech or other Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HSS 390 B.A. Thesis Seminar Lecturer All faculty
Course code:
HSS 390
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 3 GEC N/A 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Apply their experience to carry out complex research projects - Produce a sophisticated, critical analysis of a topic. Prerequisites 3rd year of study, and approval of Dean and the Thesis advisor Course Contents Using primary and/or secondary sources; combining insights from a variety of different disciplines or areas of study. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Reading is related to the thesis topic Teaching Methods Students work closely with a member of the faculty, and produce a thesis of approximately 40 pages. Assessment Methods An oral defense of the thesis to a three-person committee. The thesis, defense, and oral exam together constitute the state exam required for the bachelor’s degree. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
210
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HSS 580 Externalizing Identity: Performance and Ritual Theory Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Course code:
HSS 580
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine what performance and ritual are, how they structure our everyday lives, and how they provide a symbolic context for living in communities. Prerequisites None Course Contents We usually think of performance and ritual in fairly limited terms. Performances are activities that actors engage in. Rituals are practices that are for the religious. But in reality, isn’t our whole social life shot through with performances and ritual? Our cultural life together carries with it a symbolic element that serves to stake out our identity—we “perform” who we are every day, whether or not we think of ourselves as actors. We enter into the “rituals” of our community through repeated actions, even nonreligious ones. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bell, C. Ritual: Perspectives and Dimensions, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997 Diamond, E.: Performance and Cultural Politics, London: Routledge, 1996 Dirks, Nicholas B.: “Ritual and Resistance: Subversion as Social Fact,” in Culture/Power/History: A Reader in Contemporary Social Theory, Nicholas B. Dirks, Geoff Eley and Sherry B. Ortner (eds). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1994 Goffman, E.: The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life, New York: Doubleday, 1959 Schechner, R.: Performance Theory, London: Routledge, 2003 Schechner, R.: Performance Studies: An Introduction (2nd Edition), London: Routledge, 2003 Turner, V.: The Ritual Process: Structure and Anti-Structure, New York: Aldine De Gruyter, 1969 Turner, V.: Dramas, Fields, and Metaphors: Symbolic Action in Human Society, Cornell, NY: Cornell Unviersity Press, 1975 Teaching Methods Lecture Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
211
HUM 357 Documentary Film Seminar
Course code:
HUM 357
Lecturer MgA. Marek Asmara
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret the history and contemporary vitality of non-fiction films - Appreciate the social significance and aesthetic possibilities of the form that is considered the taproot of cinema - Identify the distinctive development and attributes of documentary; - Realize the range of subjects these films can address, using the largest human rights festival in europe as a practical laboratory for writing about their topics - Comprehend documentary’s current characteristics, as a historical chronicle, free associative essay, tester of truth, and ongoing inspiration for fiction films. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course surveys the history and contemporary vitality of non-fiction films, teaching students to appreciate the social significance and aesthetic possibilities of the form that is considered the taproot of cinema. The curriculum is divided into three sections: in the first, we identify the distinctive development and attributes of documentary; the second explores the range of subjects these films can address, using the largest human rights festival in Europe as a practical laboratory for writing about their topics, and the third outlines documentary’s current characteristics, as a historical chronicle, free associative essay, tester of truth, and ongoing inspiration for fiction films. THE DISTINCTIONS OF DOCUMENTARY (Origins and Definitions, Creative Choices: Technologies and Approaches,Social Effects, Modes and Experiments) COVERING THE SUBJECTS OF DOCUMENTARY (Writing about Documentary, Documentary and the Group, Documentary and Individual Performance, Documentary and the Body,Documentary and Memory) DOCUMENTARY’S MODERN MUTATIONS (Documentary as a Historical Chronicle, Documentary as a Playful Essay, Documentary Plays with Truth, Documentary Inspires Fiction) Level of Course Bachelor’s Recommended Reading Film screenings include, and are not limited to the following: Nanook of the North (1922) Salesman (1968) Czech Dream (2004) Films by Michael Moore Man with a Movie Camera (1929) Triumph of the Will (1935) Don’t Look Back (1967) Night and Fog (1955) The Sorrow and the Pity (1969) Rome Open City (1945) Flamenco (1995) Teaching Methods Video, discussion
212
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 438 Jews and Gypsies in Modern Europe: Reinvesting difference in the Age of Homogenization Lecturer Prof. Pavel Barša, Ph.D.
Course code:
HUM 438
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 or 2 elective B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the similarities and differences between the Jews and Gypsies and about what puts them apart from the conventional category of other national minorities in European nation-states - Discuss different attitudes which prevailed in the two groups toward the processes of modernization and assimilation and different social positions that Jews and Gypsies have tended to end up in. - Explain the connection between incomplete or failed Jewish assimilation and Jewish contribution to European modernism - Interpret the oscillation of European images of the Roma/Gypsies between romantic exoticism and racist xenophobia and grasp the current ambiguous position of the Roma/Gypsies between an underclass and national minority. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will begin by the exposition of the concept of Mercurians which, according to Iuri Slezkine, captures shared features of Jews, Gypsies and similar groups of “service nomads” such as the Parsis in India or the Chinese in Indonesia. The contradictions of Jewish emancipation in the 19th and early 20th century and their reflections in modern social theory (e.g. K. Marx, W. Sombart, the Frankfurt School) and modernist writing (F. Kafka, M. Proust, J. Joyce) will be dealt with in the first part of the course. The second part, which will be devoted to the Gypsies, will emphasize their difference from conventionally conceived ethnic groups. Rather than on a mythical past and genealogy, Gypsies base their identity on their ability to maintain their living-together “here and now”. Their difference does not stem from specific cultural contents but rather from their ability to give a specific Gypsy twist to any cultural content which they appropriate for their own use from the surrounding societies. Not surprisingly, they share this feature with an ambivalent existence of assimilated Jews of the 19th and the first part of the 20th century. Level of Course Bachelor’s Recommended Reading Iuri Slezkine, The Jewish Century, Princeton University Press 2004 Michael Stewart, The Time of the Gypsies, Westview Press, Oxford 1997 Zygmunt Bauman, Modernity and Ambivalence, Polity Press, Cambridge, 1991 Judith Okely, The Traveller-Gypsies, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002 Katie Trumpener, The Time of the Gypsies: A „People without History“ in the Narratives of the West, Critical Inquiry 18, University of Chicago, Summer 1992, pp. 843-884
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
213
Wim Willems, Ethnicity as a Death-Trap: The History of Gypsy Studies, in: Leo Lucassen, Wim Willems, Annemarie Cottaar: Gypsies and Other Itinerant Groups. A Socio-Historical Approach, MacMillan Press, London 1998, pp. 17-34 Judith Okely, Cultural Ingenuity and traveling autonomy: not copying, just choosing in: Thomas Acton, Gary Mundy (eds.): Romani culture and Gypsy identity, University of Hertfordshire Press, Hatfield 1999, pp. 188-203 Gilles Deleuze. Felix Guattari. Kafka. Toward a Minor Literature, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press 1986 Peter Gay, Freud, Jews and Other Germans. Masters and Victims in Modernist Culture, Oxford University Press 1978 Paul Mendes-Flohr, Jehuda Reinharz (eds.), The Jew in the modern world : a documentary history, New York, Oxford University Press, 1995 Additional course material Patrick Williams, The Invisibility of the Kalderash of Paris: Some Aspects of the Economic Activity and Settlement Patterns of the Kalderash Rom of the Paris Suburbs, in: Urban Antropology no. 3-4, 11, 1982, pp. 315-344 Patrick Williams, Gypsy World: The Silence of the Living and the Voices of the Dead, University of Chicago, 2003 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Case study of cultural organization, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 455 Hollywood & Europe: from National to Transnational Cinema Lecturer Richard Nowell, Ph.D.
Course code:
455
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate: - The critical abilities to produce insightful analysis of film texts; - The skills necessary to conduct sound film historical research and to produce sophisticated film historiography; - The capacity to synthesize original ideas in a lucid and coherent manner, both verbally and in writing; - A solid understanding of the complex social, historical, political, and industrial relationships between hollywood and europe; - A solid understanding of key debates circulating the interaction of hollywood and europe; - A solid understanding of hollywood’s status as a global social, cultural, economic, aesthetic, and political institution; - A solid understanding of the complex ways in which europeans have perceived, engaged with, and understood, hollywood, historically. Prerequisites None
214
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents This course aims to facilitate students’ deeper understanding of: the dynamic and complex relationships that have existed, and which continue to exist, between Hollywood and Europe. The course also aims to shed light on the intersecting social, cultural, political, economic, and industrial contexts in which the interaction of Hollywood and Europe has taken place – from strategy, production, and film content to distribution, exhibition/delivery, and reception. In addition, students will be introduced to key popular and scholarly debates which have shaped understandings of relations between Hollywood and Europe. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Andrew Higson, “The Concept of National Cinema”, Screen, vol. 30, no. 1 (Autumn 1989), pp. 36–46. Mette Hjort, “Themes of Nation”, in Mette Hjort and Scott MacKenzie (eds), Cinema and Nation (London: Routledge, 2000), pp. 95–109. Andrew Higson, “The Limiting Imagination of National Cinema”, in Mette Hjort and Scott MacKenzie (eds), Cinema and Nation (London: Routledge, 2000), pp. 63–74 John Trumpbour, “Hollywood and the World: Export or Die”, in Paul McDonald and Janet Wasko (eds.), The Contemporary Hollywood Film Industry (Oxford: Blackwell, 2008), pp. 209–219. Tobias Hochsherf and James Ligott, “Working Title Films: From Mid-Atlantic to the Heart of Europe”, Film International, vol. 8, no. 6 (2010), pp. 8–20. Isabelle Vanderschelden, “Luc Besson’s Ambition: EuropaCorp as a European Major for the 21st Century”, Studies in European Cinema, vol. 5, no. 2 (2008), pp. 91–104. David Bordwell, “The Art Cinema as a Mode of Film Practice”, in Catherine Fowler (ed.), The European Cinema Reader (London: Routledge, 2002) pp. 94–102. Geoff King, “Striking a Balance between Culture and Fun: ‘Quality’ meets Hitman Genre in In Bruges”, New Review of Film and Television, vol. 9, no. 2 (2011), pp. 132–141. Peter Kramer, “‘Faith in Relations between People’: Audrey Hepburn, Roman Holiday and European Integration”, in Diana Holmes and Alison Smith (eds.), 100 Years of European Cinema: Entertainment or Ideology? (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2000), pp.195–206. Fiona Handyside, “Beyond Hollywood, into Europe: The Tourist Gaze in Gentleman Prefer Blonds (Hawks, 1953) and Funny Face (Donen, 1957)”, Studies in European Cinema, vol. 1, no. 2 (2004), pp. 77–89. Richard Maltby, “Globalization”, in Hollywood Cinema: Second edition (London: Blackwell, 2003), pp. 212–217. Peter Kramer, “Hollywood and its Global Audiences: A Comparative Study of the Biggest Box Office Hits in the United States and Outside the Unites States since the 1970s”, in Richard Maltby, Daniel Biltereyst, and Philippe Meers (eds.), Explorations in New Cinema History: Approaches and Case Studies (Oxford: Whiley-Blackwell: 2011), pp. 171–184 Martin Danan, “Marketing the Hollywood Blockbuster in France”, in Toby Miller (ed.), The Contemporary Hollywood Reader (London: Routledge, 2009), pp. 376–386. Jindriska Blahova, “They’ve Seen the Impossible … they’ve Lived the Incredible”: Repackaging Czechoslovak for the US Market during the Cold War”, Iluminace, vol. 3 (2012), pp. 138–145. Richard Dyer, Stars (London: BFI, 1998), pp. 60–85. Stephen Grundle, “Sophia Loren, Italian Icon”, in Lucy Fischer and Marcia Mandy (eds), Stars: The Film Reader (New York: Routledge, 2004), pp. 77–96. Ulf Hedetof, “Contemporary Cinema: Between Cultural Globalization and National Interpretation”, in Mette Hjort and Scott MacKenzie (eds), Cinema and Nation (London: Routledge, 2000) pp. 262–279. Philippe Meers, “‘It’s the Language of Film!’ Young Film Audiences on Hollywood and Europe”, in Melvyn Stokes and Richard Maltby (eds.), Hollywood Abroad: Audiences and Cultural Exchange (London: BFI, 2004), pp. 158–174. Teaching Methods Discussion Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
215
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 500 Internship / Research Practicum in Humanities Lecturer TBD
Course code:
HUM 500
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 elective M.A. in HUM N/A 150 6
Groups: Hours p. semestr: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Have attained relevant work experience - Be able to apply their knowledge of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills attained throughout the program - Be able to present on the topic of their thesis research - Be prepared for employment in the field of humanities - Be able to demonstrate organization and administrative skills, group cooperation and public speaking. Prerequisites None Course Contents Intern, work experience Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading None Teaching Methods Professional work experience, practicum Assessment Methods Pass/fail Language of Instruction English, eventually Czech or other Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 550 Art and Cultural Management
Course code:
HUM 550
Lecturer Karina Kottová, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 or 2 required M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
216
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Enhance the knowledge of the arts and culture with practical involvement in arts and cultural organization - Integrate the best of management theory and practice in the commercial sectors with the challenges of arts and cultural institutions - Provide the students with an abundant experience of practicing ´art and cultural managers´. Prerequisites None Course Contents Management theory and cultural organizations (art management positions): seven cultural tracks; Cultural strategy formation: cultural mission; process dimensions (strategic motive, evaluation, environmental research, options, S/W-analyses; strategy implementation); Cultural leadership: leadership styles, teamwork, participation, decision making, self management, intercultural networks. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading HAGOORT, G. Art Management Entrepreneurial Style, Utrecht 2003 Dragicevic Šesic, M. and Dragojevic, S. Arts Management in Turbulent Times, Amsterdam 2005 STRICLAND, A.J. and THOMPSON, A.A. JR. Cases in Strategic Management, Alabama 1995 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Case study of cultural organization, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 554 Popular Cinematic Genres: Interpretation and Theory Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
HUM 554
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret popular cinematic genres through the perspective of cultural and social theory - Use practical skills in the interpretation of popular culture - Apply the acquired interpretive skills actively to the creation of new interpretations. Prerequisites None Course Contents Viewing films from a variety of popular genres and subgenres including the detective and gangster film, the film noir, the women’s film, the romantic comedy, the screwball comedy, the thriller/suspense film,
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
217
the melodrama, the horror film, the disaster film, the science fiction film, the fantasy film, the western, or the musical, and reading essays interpreting the films from theoretical paradigms representing the sociohistorical, psycho-social, political and gender studies approaches by or informed by theorists such as Adorno, Deleuze, Doanne, Kawin, Lacan, Luhmann, Metz, Mulvey, Ranciere, Shaviro, Žižek, and others. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Cook, D.: A History of Narrative Film, W.W. Norton, Publishers New York: 1996 Kawin, B.: How Movies Work, University of California Los Angeles: 1992 Casetti, F.: Theories of Cinema: 1945–1995, University of Texas Press Austin: 1999 Deleuze, G.: Cinema 1: The Movement Image; Cinema 2: The Time-Image, Continuum Press New York & London: 2005 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions, screening Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 600 Methods in the Human Sciences: Theoretical Paradigms Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
HUM 600
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with the key theoretical paradigms used in the study of humanities and culture including biographical, historical, comparative, formalist, psychoanalytic, etc. - Understand the following theoretical paradigms: structuralism, deconstruction, post-structuralism, the new historicism, post-colonialism, gender studies, and others. Prerequisites None Course Contents Students will be exploring various theoretical paradigms through their critical application to key a variety of cultural texts, including a long narrative poem, a short story, a novel, painting, and film. In most cases, students will first read the primary texts, and then explore two different interpretations of those texts representing different critical and theoretical perspectives. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU Course materials packet including texts by Roman Jakobson, Tzvetan Todorov, Raymond Williams, Jacques Lacan, Michel Foucault, Gilles Deleuze, Jean-Luc Nancy, Helene Cixous, Marry Anne Doane, Edward Said, Pierre Bourdieu, and Franco Moretti Waugh, Patricia. Literary Theory and Criticism: An Oxford Guide, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006
218
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Barthes, Roland. S/Z: An Essay, New York: Hill and Wang, 1975 Bloom, Harold; Paul DeMan; Jacques Derrida; Geoffrey Hartman; J. Hillis Miller. Deconstruction and Criticism, New York: Continuum, 1994 Kristeva, Julia. Desire in Language: A Semiotic Approach to Language and Art, New York: Columbia University Press, 1980 Teaching Methods Discussion Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 690 Methods in the Human Sciences: Critical Writing, Analysis & Interpretation Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D. Thierry Tremblay, Ph.D.
Course code:
HUM 690
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 required M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Analyse and interpret cultural texts and present the results of analysis/interpretation in both oral and written forms - Analyse the formal, intrinsic features of cultural texts, formulate interpretations based upon their analyses combined with various extrinsic theoretical paradigms, and present the consequences of their analysis/interpretation through the medium of oral presentation and a final essay. Prerequisites HUM 600 Course Contents The first half of the class will be dedicated to developing the skills of analysis and interpretation through the practice of analyzing and interpreting cultural texts during the seminar session. In the second half of the term, students will choose one of the several pre-selected cultural texts, each combined with a “casebook” of critical essays or some other form of interpretation. It will be the students’ task to present the cultural text as well as number of critical interpretations of that text, and then posit their own interpretation of it. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Corrigan, Timothy.:A Short Guide to Writing about Film, London: Longmann, 2003 James, Henry: “Tales,” Norton Critical Edition, Christof Wegelin and Henry B. Wonham (Eds), New York: W.W. Norton, New York, 2002 Joyce, James: “Dubliners” Norton Critical Edition, Margot Norris (Ed), New York: W.W. Norton, New York, 2006 Wallace, Mike and Alison Wray: Critical Reading and Writing for Postgraduates, London: Sage Publications, March 2006 Teaching Methods Discussion
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
219
Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
HUM 695 Methods in the Human Sciences: Scholarly Writing and Research Lecturer Doc. Douglas Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
HUM 695
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 2 required M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine logic, design, planning, critique, feasibility and research application in writing - Practice different styles of scholarly writing, research writing and citation - Develop thesis and thesis writing skills in accordance with the Rules and Instructions of the AAU. Prerequisites HUM 690 Course Contents Examination of research method writings, materials and skills in the humanities and its application in tesis writing Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Browne, M.N and M.K Keeley: Asking the Right Questions: A Guide to Critical Thinking, 7th Edition, Englewoods Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2003 Locke, L.F; Silverman, S.J; Spirduso, W.W. Reading and Understanding Research, London, UK: Sage Publications, 2004 (second Edition) Spears, D.M. Developing Critical Reading Skills; McGraw Hill, 2002 (6th Edition) Gibaldi, Joseph. MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers, 5th Edition, New York: The Modern Language Association, 1990 Teaching Methods Discussion, presentation Assessment Methods Written assignment, project design Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
220
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
HUM 699 M.A. Thesis Lecturer TBA
Course code:
HUM 699
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 2 required: M.A. in HUM 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Apply their knowledge and skills to carry out complex research projects on the Master’s level - Produce a comprehensive sophisticated critical analysis of a topic. Prerequisites Approval of Dean and thesis advisor Course Contents The major characteristics of disciplined inquiry as found in research method writing used in the human sciences. Student writing and learning activities will center on the formulation, logic, design, planning critique, feasibility, and writing applications of research. Students will be able to practice all aspects of using style in academic papers and reports, including the various parts of a literature review and experimental report, citing sources in the text and formatting reference lists. Objectives will be to give students general concepts and principals of research process writing and subject matter domains inclusive of the graduate program and concentration humanities areas at AAU. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading University of Chicago Press. The Chicago Manual of Style, 16th Edition. Sixteenth Edition. Chicago: University Of Chicago Press, 2010. Browne, M. N. - Keeley, M. K.: Asking the Right Questions: A Guide to Critical Thinking, Seventh Edition. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2003. Locke, L. F.- Silverman, S. J. - Spirduso, W. W.: Reading and Understanding Research. London, UK: Sage Publications, 2004 (2nd Edition). Spears, D. M.: Developing Critical Reading Skills. McGraw-Hill, 2002 (6. Edition). Gibaldi, Joseph: MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. 5th Edition. New York: The Modern Language Association, 1990. Teaching Methods Students work closely with a member of the faculty, and produce a thesis of approximately 60 pages. Assessment Methods An oral defense of the thesis to a three-person committee. The thesis, defense, and oral exam together constitute the state exam required for the master’s degree. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JEW 100 Introduction to Jewish studies
Course code:
JEW 100
Lecturer Tamás Visi, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
221
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Appreciate reading of the Tanakh and other religious texts as a precondition to understanding Jewish history and culture - Demonstrate a general orientation in the area of interdisciplinary approach to Jewish studies to evaluate critically substantial and accidental parts of the problematic of Jewish studies - Get an insight into the critical study of the Jewish religions, history, literature, languages, and culture from ancient to present times. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course introduces into an interdisciplinary approach to the critical study of the Jewish religion, history, literature, languages, and material culture from ancient to present times. It opens history of the Jewish people from Ancient Near East through Second Temple period, late antiquity, Medieval, modern and recent periods. It leads to reading Hebrew Bible, its medieval exegesis and modern hermeneutics. It introduces into Rabbinic literature, including Mishnah, Midrash and Talmud. It opens main topics and characteristics of Jewish religion and religious movements including calendar, liturgy, prayer and customs. Level of Course Bachelor’s, introductory Recommended Reading The Tanakh. New York: Jewish Publication Society, 2000. Goodman, M. (ed.): The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002. Malamat, A.and Ben-Sasson, H.: A history of the Jewish people. Harvard University Press, 1976. Schubert, K. Židovské náboženství v proměnách věků: Zdroje – teologie – filosofie – mystika. Praha: Vyšehrad, 1999. Stemberger, G.: Úvod do judaistiky. Praha: Vyšehrad, 2010. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JEW 221 Jewish Community in the Czech Republic After World War II Lecturer JUDr. Tomáš Kraus
Course code:
JEW 221
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 required B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will: - Be able to interpret facts from the history and culture of Jews in Bohemia and Moravia in the context of Czech and European history - Be confronted with the phenomenon of the Holocaust - Be familiar with the current situation of Jewish communities in the Czech Republic and in Europe
222
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Be equipped with arguments to fight against all types of stereotypes, xenophobia and Anti-Semitism which will contribute to their civic education and their engagement.
Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents The course is focused on the history of Jewish communities in the Czech Lands from early settlements until today as a case-study to a history of European Jewry. The subject is an overlapping combination of history, political science and culture studies. Lectures are offering inside studies of events bound to milestones in general European and Czech history as well as portraits of important Jewish personalities whose contribution helped to shape the face of the “old continent”. Substantial part is devoted to the history of the Holocaust but it is also including present modern history and contemporary themes. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading David Altshuler: Precious Legacy, Summit Books, New York, 1983 Michael Berenbaum: The World Must Know, Little, Brown & Co., Boston, Toronto, London, 1993 Lawrence L. Langer: Art from the Ashes, Oxford University Press, Oxford, New York, 1995 Bauer, Yehuda: A History of the Holocaust, Franklin Watts, New York,1982 Daniel J. Goldhagen: Hitler´s Willing Executioners, Knopf, New York, 1996 Jan T. Gross: Neighbors, Deborah E. Lipstadt: Denying the Holocaust, The Free Press, New York, 1993 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JEW 310 Memory and Genocide
Course code:
JEW 310
Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Pavel Barša, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and analyze post-WWII transformations of public discourses about the Nazi genocide in Israel, Germany, France, Poland, and the Czech lands. Prerequisites POL 101 / 102, JEW 100 Course Contents In the aftermath of World War II, the destruction of European Jews was not perceived as something exceptional in relation to other Nazi atrocities. Neither the event itself, nor its victims were given a special status vis-à-vis other events and victims of the war. Rather, the suffering of Jewish civilians was superseded by an apotheosis of heroism of antifascist fighters. This situation radically changed in the last quarter of the 20th century, when the mass murder of Jews by the Nazis became an emblematic event that
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
223
symbolized not only Nazism or WWII, but the radical evil itself. As the genocide of the Jews began to be called “the Holocaust”, it gained a pre-eminence not only in the discourses of the nationalities that were part of it (as victims, perpetrators or bystanders) but also in those of other groups and societies of the western world. Was it due to a “return of the repressed” that, according to Freud, characterizes a traumatic experience, or, rather, to conscious efforts of various groups to appropriate the memory of the Nazi genocide for their own purposes? The course traces post-WWII transformations of public discourses about the Nazi genocide in Israel, Germany, France, Poland, and the Czech lands. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Idith Zertal: Israel’s Holocaust and the Politics of Nationhood, Cambridge University Press, 2005 Bernard Giesen: The Trauma of Perpetrators: The Holocaust as the Traumatic Reference of German National Identity, in: Alexander, Jeffrey C. et al. (eds.): Cultural Trauma and Collective Identity, University of California Press, 2004, pp. 112-135. Richard J. Golsan: History and “the Duty to Memory” in Postwar France. The Pitfalls of the Ethics of Remembrance, in: Howard Marchitello (ed.): What Happens to History. The Renewal of Ethics in Contemporary Thought, Routledge, 2000, pp. 23-40 Michael C. Steinlauf: Bondage to the Dead. Poland and the Memory of the Holocaust, Syracuse University Press, 1997 Alena Heitlinger: In the Shadows of the Holocaust and Communism. Czech and Slovak Jews since 1945, Transaction Publishers, 2006 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 200 Reporting I
Course code:
JRN 200
Lecturer Will Tizard, B.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Apply the practical and professional skills necessary to work as news reporters - Carry out research and write their own stories - Examine what news is, news story organization - Find story ideas and conduct interviews and do investigative research - Write for the University's online student newspaper, At the Lennon Wall. Prerequisites COM 102 Course Contents News story structure, developing story ideas; newspaper organization, news style, gathering information, interviewing, note taking, attribution, use of quotes; media ethics, sources and story research, press releases, obituaries, speeches, news conferences, covering breaking news, sensitivity vs. “political
224
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
correctness,” importance of good writing, using public records, writing a feature/series, investigative reporting. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Goldstein, Norm: The Associated Press stylebook and Briefing on Media Law, Perseus Books Group, 2004 Rich, Carole: Writing and Reporting News: A Coaching Method, Wadsworth Publishing, 5th Edition, 1996 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods In-class writing exercises, written assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 201 Reporting II
Course code:
JRN 201
Lecturer Will Tizard, B.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Apply the practical and professional skills necessary to perform as news reporters - Carry out research and write own stories - Examine what news is, news story organization - Find story ideas and conduct interviews and do investigative research - Write for the University's online student newspaper, At the Lennon Wall. Prerequisites None Course Contents Structure of newspaper, news story structure, covering speeches and official releases, speed vs. accuracy, copy preparation, interviewing, use of quotes, headline and caption writing, AP style review, story order, fundamentals of layout, graphic considerations, covering legal issues, libel and liability, investigative journalism, public records research, anonymous source vs. not for attribution, personal data research, use of humor and irony, ethics, bias and accountability, how the media gets influenced, remaining objective vs. advocacy journalism, news features vs. arts, community and trend stories, alt publications, internet reporting, broadcast reporting, industry publications. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Materials distributed in class or available in the AAU library include from: Goldstein, Norm. The Associated Press stylebook and Briefing on Media Law, Perseus Books Group, 2004 Rich, Carole. Writing and Reporting News: A Coaching Method, Wadsworth Publishing, 5th Edition, 1996
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
225
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods In-class writing exercises, written assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 220 Media and Democracy
Course code:
JRN 220
Lecturer Benjamin Cunningham, M.Sc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 or 3 1 or 2 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Navigate through the web of media ethics by learning from the real-life experiences of journalists (guest speakers), as well as active class debates and presentations - Use philosophical principles and models to recognize and analyze typical ethical issues that confront journalists - Demonstrate improved journalistic and public speaking skills - Demonstrate improved moral reasoning skills. Prerequisites COM 200 Course Contents Introduction to ethical decision making; information ethics; critique of news and examination of what drives news coverage; journalist’s loyalties; public relations: advocate or adversary; media economics; the mass media in a democratic society; challenges of war coverage in Iraq and Afghanistan, as well as under the oppression of totalitarian regimes like Uzbekistan; objectivity; privacy issues; green Journalism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Steven Knowlton: Moral Reasoning for Journalists, 2nd ed. Praeger, 2008 Elliot D. Cohen: Philosophical Issues in Journalism, Oxford University Press, 1992 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, guest speakers Assessment Methods Mid-term paper, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
226
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
JRN 226 Changing Media
Course code:
JRN 226
Lecturer David Shorf, M.Sc., Iva Skochová, M.S.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 or 3 1 or 2 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Introduce students to the techniques of modern journalism in digital newsrooms (via regular guest lecturers who are news media owners and editors) - Gain a broad understanding of the ways in which recent social and economic developments have changed both the practice of media and the nature of the publics to which they speak - Identify the most relevant news sources and clarify the motivation of news media owners and editors - Gain a clear sense of the various ways journalists have taken up digital media and gain a better sense of how to achieve this personally. Prerequisites COM 200 Course Contents Discussion of old media versus the future of news; introduction to multimedia, digital newsrooms; Mobile journalism; changing media in changing societies, case studies of China, Israel and Egypt; limits of democracy on online discussions; understanding public relations from the non-textbook perspectives; search engine optimization; civic journalism and the blogosphere. Level of Course Intermediate Recommended Reading Natalie Fenton: New Media, Old News. Sage Publications, 2009 Stephen Quinn: Knowledge Management in the Digital Newsroom, Focal Press 2002 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, guest speakers Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 227 Cultural Reporting Lecturer Tony Ozuna, M.A.
Course code:
JRN 227
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 1 elective: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Write on cultural events and cultural issues relevant to contemporary Prague and beyond. - Demonstrate practical and professional skills necessary to not only write but publish (beyond the blogosphere), short articles, reviews, and interviews for cultural sections of actual publications.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
227
Prerequisites COM 102 / JRN 200 Course Contents What is Cultural Reporting? Who is good at it, and who isn’t?; Explore the scene, discover your subject(s); Covering the music scene, local and beyond; Interviewing techniques; Covering the art scene, local and international; Local and international; Writing with sources; Story structure; It’s a matter of style; Finding your voice; Public Events; Cultural and otherwise; The English-language theatre and literary scene; Profiles of local cultural figures; Writing for extreme deadlines. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Donald M. Murray, Writing to Deadline: The Journalist at Work, Heinemann, 2000 Sylvere Lotringer & Paul Virilio, The Accident of Art; Semiotext(e) John Berger, Ways of Seeing, BBC & Penguin Books Phillip Larkin, Jazz Writings J.G. Ballard, A User’s Guide to the Millennium, , Picador USA Dwight MacDonald, Masscult & Midcult: Essays against the American Grain, New York Review Books Tom Wolfe, Radical Chic & Mau-Mauing; The Flak Catchers; The Painted Word Daniel Wolf & Edwin Fancher, The Village Voice Reader; Grove Press Teaching Methods Classes will consist of short lectures on current cultural events in Prague followed by more in depth discussion of particular artists, music groups (scenes), festivals, etc. Assessment Methods Attendance and participation in class discussion, four shorter assignments, profile assignment Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 250 Introduction to Broadcast News and Video Production Lecturer Stephani Shelton, B.A.
Course code:
JRN 250
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Integrate basic broadcast writing of news and features, camera work, editing techniques, and talent performance - Demonstrate creative writing skills - Produce a script for a TV story. Prerequisites None Course Contents Difference between print and broadcast journalism, challenges of broadcast writing, writing to a target audience, broadcast writing principles, broadcast writing guidelines: script format, script layout, broadcast story structure, writing the story, visual grammar: basic shots, angles, compositions, camera movements, field techniques for shooting TV news, basics of digital video editing, practical video editing.
228
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Brad Kalbfeld, AP (Associated Press) Broadcast News Handbook (pp 1- 133) (Associated Press/McGraw-Hill USA 2001) Mark S. Luckie, The Digital Journalist’s Handbook (Mark S. Luckie USA 2010) Av Westin, Best Practices for Television Journalists (The Freedom Forum’s Free Press/Fair Press Project USA 2000) Bob Steele & Al Tompkins, Newsroom Ethics 4th Edition; (Radio and Television News Directors Foundation Journalism Ethics Project USA 2006 Alex S. Jones, Losing the News (Oxford University Press USA 2009) Codes of Ethics from Society of Professional Journalists and RTDNA (USA) Dow Smith, Power Producer 4th Edition (Radio- Television News Directors Association USA 2007) Lisa Schnellinger, Free & Fair (pamphlet, International Center for Journalists USA 2001) Mark Briggs, Journalism Next (CQ Press USA 2010) Avid Express Tutorial(s) (printed & online) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Assignments, quizzes, final project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 276 New Media - Digital Tools Lecturer Zachary Peterson, B.S. Douglas Arrellanes, B.A.
Course code:
JRN 276
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 required: B.A. in JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Use a number of the most important digital tools for journalists, with an emphasis on concepts behind the tools; this is a way of “future-proofing” oneself. Prerequisites None Course Contents Concepts and tools to be covered include content distribution platforms such as blogs and content management systems, open source, digital mapping and its impact on journalism, multimedia and crossmedia reporting, and leveraging social networks for reporting. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Study materials of AAU Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, practice Assessment Methods Exam
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
229
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 290 History of Broadcasting / Media Lecturer David Vaughan, M.A.
Course code:
JRN 290
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 required: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret the history of broadcasting and its revolutionary impact on the history of the media - Comprehend radio and look at how it transformed American and European society between the two world wars - Understand how the radio became the tool of mass communication, propaganda and counterpropaganda, transforming not only the way that news was reported and heard, but also every aspect of the way politicians behaved - Overview a major impact radio had on events leading up to World War II. Prerequisites None Course Contents The new age of the electronic media, Political versus Public Airwaves, Battles on the Airwaves, The New Frontier: Television, Political Communication: The electronic media and the way we speak, How broadcasting changed the job of the journalist, Internet News, The craft of radio and television, “Producers’ Guidelines”. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading “Battle for the Airwaves”, David Vaughan, 2008 “This is Berlin”, William L. Shirer, 1999 “Speeches of Joseph Goebbels 1933-1945” (in particular “Radio as the Eighth Great Power”, August 18, 1933) “BBC Producers’ Guidelines”, http://www.bbc.co.uk/guidelines/editorialguidelines/ “Understanding Broadcasting”, Eugene S. Foster, (Addison-Wesley 1982). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
230
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
JRN 321 Media Impact in the New Europe Lecturer Peter Zvagulis, Ph.D.
Course code:
JRN 321
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 required: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Describe and analyze the workings of RFE/RL—a legendary international news organization: its mission, history and its challenges in the modern world as compared to the approaches of Czech and other European media - Describe how the media impact world events and the history of particular countries; identify the dangers and responsibilities involved - Identify and describe the perceptional differences of various audiences; describe the importance, in Central-European context, of being aware of ethnic and religious sensitivities - Demonstrate that they have increased their awareness of the importance of free flow of information as a safeguard of democracy; provide past and present examples of media impact on political and social developments in Central-Europe; identify current challenges to the freedom of expression - Compare, analyze and discuss how significant world events were covered by international and Czech media in the past and now - Demonstrate that they have increased their ability to use relevant skills required for background research, news writing, and reporting, interviewing, leading round-tables, selecting news, and making editorial decisions - Demonstrate an increased ability of debating and interviewing. Prerequisites None Course Contents How a journalist sees the world; History of world news, professional standards, and the mission of media; The history and philosophy of RFE/RL and its original role in the Cold War as compared to that of other broadcasters; history of RFE/RL and BBC Czechoslovak, and other CE/EE broadcasting; International and Czech media after the Cold War (RFE/RL, BBC, Deutsche Welle, Czech Public Radio, Czech Public TV, TV Nova, TV Prima); New global and local challenges for the Czech media: modern conflicts, terrorism, the Islamic-Western divide, the new EU context, domestic political and financial pressure groups, alternative dissemination of information; disinformation; How do Czech, Central-European and international media cover news in a multicultural world in times of globalization; how the media shapes attitudes toward environment; Difficult topics: ethnic, religious sensitivities—media responsibility to society; The workings of RFE/RL and approaches of the Czech media; A close look at leading international and Czech journalists’ work. The role of media personality; Ethics: truth in media vs. propaganda; American and European approach to journalism: where does the Czech journalism stands; World and domestic Czech news in broadcasting and in print media; An informed society: the new challenge of increasing information flow. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Burns, Lynette Sheridan. Understanding Journalism. London etc.: SAGE Publications, 2002 Huntington, Samuel P. The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. London: Simon&Shuster, 1996 Partal, Vincent. Media Literacy: Connecting Citizens. Maastricht: European Journalism Centre, 2005 Sanders, Karen. Ethics & Journalism. London etc.: SAGE Publications, 2003 Smith, Huston, The World’s Religions, USA: Harper SanFrancisco, 1991 Taking sides. Clashing Views on Controversial issues in Mass Media and Society. ed. by A.&J. Hanson, Guilford: Dushkin Publishing Group, 1995
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
231
Zakaria, Fareed. November/December 1997. “The Rise of Illiberal Democracy.” Foreign Affairs (USA), 22–45 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, short quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 323 International Journalism Lecturer Andrew Giarelli, Ph.D.
Course code:
JRN 323
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 required: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and use international reporting and writing techniques from leading practitioners - Critique peer reporting and writing assignments in workshop critique sessions - Identify necessary sources and research in international journalism assignments - Place current international journalism into the larger context of the field’s history. Prerequisites JRN 200 Course Contents Introduction To International Journalism, Historic Roots, 19th Century Foreign Correspondents, Reporting From 1920s Turkey and 1930s Yugoslavia, Reporting From the Spanish Civil War, Reporting from Colonial North Africa, Reporting From the Vietnam War, Reporting From Ex-Yugoslavia, Reporting From the New Russia I, Reporting From the New Russia II, Reporting From the Arab Spring I: Anthony Shadid in Syria, Reporting From the Arab Spring, Reporting from the Czechoslovak, Czech and Slovak republics. Level of Course Bachelor’s, advanced Recommended Reading Two Case Studies in War Reporting: Italy 1525 and Afghanistan 2009 Stephens, Chapter 9: “The First Newspapers” Mark Twain, A Tramp Abroad (1880), “The Awful German Language” Mark Twain, “Stirring Times in Austria” and “Concerning the Jews” (1897) Richard Harding Davis, “The Death of Rodriguez” Ernest Hemingway, Byline pp. 49-60 Rebecca West, Black Lamb and Grey Falcon, “Sarajevo” parts I-VII, pp. 293-392 Ernest Hemingway, Byline pp. 257-297 Martha Gellhorn, “High Explosive For Everyone” George Orwell, “Marrakech” Ward Just, “Reconnaisance” Michael Herr, Dispatches (“Khe Sanh”) Gloria Emerson, “Copters Return From Laos With the Dead” Slavenka Drakulic, Balkan Express, Chapters 8-12 David Remnick, Resurrection: The Struggle For A New Russia, Chapters 1-2 (pp. 3-83)
232
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
David Remnick, Resurection: The Struggle For A New Russia, Chapter 9 (pp. 260-291) Anthony Shadid, selected New York Times reporting from Syria, 2011-12 Alan Levy, Rowboat To Prague, Chapters 12-14 (pp. 307-355) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
JRN 421 Democratic Journalists in Exile in the Cold War
Course code:
JRN 421
Lecturer Prof. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical context of the exile from the Soviet bloc countries, its periodization, social and professional structure of the exiles - Characterized the major exile organizations and institutions in respect of their program, goals leadership and membership - Interpret critically Communist policies, actions and propaganda against the exile journalists - Grasp the significance of the exile journals and magazines for the exile and for the democratic opposition in the Soviet bloc countries - Benefit form a first-hand experience examining the original exile periodicals and talking with invited guest speakers - former exile journalists - Comprehend the position and role of the former exile journalists and periodicals after the collapse of communism. Prerequisites POL 101, POL 102, HIS 122 Course Contents Communist take-overs, purges of journalists and political writers escapes from behind the Iron Curtain, exile structures in Great Britain, United States, France, Switzerland and other countries, exile movement and existing diplomatic relations, issues related to recognition of governments in exile, role of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, Voice of America and BBC, exile periodicals, editorial boards, publishing centers, exile journalists and the collapse of Communism. Visits in Libri Prohibiti, Center for Czechoslovak Exile Studies, in the Institute for Contemporary History and Institute for Study of Totalitarian regimes. Level of Course Bachelor’s, advanced Recommended Reading Berglund, Bruce: Politics and Patriotism in the Syndicate of Czechoslovak Journalists in England 19401944. In: Studijní texty AAVŠ. Hamřík, Dušan.: Writers against Rulers. New York: Random House, 1971 Raška, Francis D.: Fighting Communism from Afar. The Council of Free Czechoslovakia. Boulder: East Euroepan Monographs, 2008. Polišenská M.: Zapomenutý „nepřítel“ Josef Josten. Free Czechoslovakia Information na pozadí československo-britských diplomatických styků 1948-1985. Praha: Libri, 2009.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
233
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
JRN 422 Propaganda in Non-Democratic Regimes
Course code:
JRN 422
Lecturer Etienne Auge, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interpret and discuss the following issues: - Introduction into propaganda, theoretical part; - History of the propaganda from the ancient period until the rise of the mass society - Marxism & v. I. Lenin in theory and practices - The „sovietization“ of the russian society - The propaganda in other communistic countries - Nazi ideology and propaganda (a. Hitler & j. Goebbels and their strategy) - The role of the propaganda during the war in yugoslavia (1991-1995) - Antiwestern and antisionist discours in the arab and persian world - Another cases of propaganda (rwanda & genocide, populism in latin america) - Western democracies and propaganda (neomarxist critics, Noam Chomsky, War on Terror etc.). Prerequisites None Course Contents The goal of the course is to introduce propaganda in non-democratic regimes as a powerful tool of the governments and rulers to maintain power and stabilize the society. At the beginning, the course is aimed at social researchers, who defined the concept of propaganda from Karl Marx through Sigmund Freud, Max Weber, Harold D. Lasswell, Walter Lipmann up to Paul F. Lazarsfeld, Joshua Meyrowitz, Neil Postman and Noam Chomsky with Edward S. Herman. Hereby, there would be revealed also schools and currents which were focused on the propaganda (Frankfurt school, Toront school of communications, Mass communication theory). Practical part of the course would be aimed at historical development of the propaganda since the ancient period until the rise of the mass society (ancient propaganda, mediavel period and the catholic propaganda, catholicism versus protestantism etc.). Further, the case of the militarization of the marxism by the V. I. Lenin would be revealed and propaganda executed by the bolsheviks in Russia and the Soviet Union (incl. film's avantgarda). Special attention would be paid to propaganda in other communist countries – e. g. China during the Cultural Revolution, Albania during the rule of the Enver Hoxha, Fidel Castro and the revolutionary Cuba, the phenomenon of Titoism in Yugoslavia. The strategy in the Nazi Germany before and after the putsch would be also fully analyzed, particularly the role played by Adolf Hitler and Joseph Goebbels and the totalitarian ritualization of life in the Third Reich would be also revealed. The role of propaganda in other fascist countries as Italy would be also mentioned.
234
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
After the fall of the communist regimes the main focus will be aimed at propaganda in Yugoslavia during its break-up in the war years 1991-95. Importance will be put on the Islamic fundamentalism, in Iran after 1979 and antiwestern- and antisionist discourse in Arabic and Persian world. The propaganda style of Alkaida network will be also mentioned. At the end, the course will be aimed at the role of propaganda in contemporary western democracies. Level of Course Bachelor’s, advanced Recommended Reading Adorno, Theodor & Horkheimer, Max. 1993. Dialectic of Enlightenment. Continuum International Publishing Group. Bernays, Edward L. 2004: Propaganda. New York: Ig Publishing. Fraenkel, Heinrich – Manvell, Roger: Doktor Goebbels. Nakladatel BB art. 2008. Herman, Edward S. & Chomsky, Noam. 1988. Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media. New York: Chapman, Jane. 2008. Comparative Media History. An Introduction: 1789 to the Present. Cambridge – Malden: Polity Press. Le Bon, Gustave. 2003. The Crowd: a study of the Popular Mind. Whitefish, MT: Kessinger Publishing, Lippmann, Walter. 2007. Public Opinion. Minnesota: Filiquarian Publishing. Marcuse, Herbert. 1991. Jednorozměrný člověk. Naše vojsko: Praha. Pantheon Books. Selznick, Philip. 1952. The Organizational Weapon: A Study of Bolshevik Strategy and Tactics. New York – Toronto – London: McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc. Taylor, Philip M. 2003. Munitons of the Mind. A History of Propaganda from the Ancient World to the Present Day. Manchester – New York: Manchester University Press. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LBS 101 Introduction to Business Law Lecturer Radka MacGregor Pelikánová, MBA, LL.M., Ph.D.
Course code:
LBS 101
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1or 2 1 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the law and its functions, basic legal concepts, legal systems and legal disciplines with a business impact, and this within the Common law tradition as well as Continental (civil law) tradition and distinguish between various approaches based on cultural, economic and political contexts - Understand and analyze critical challenges and issues related to the law per se as well as legal systems and legal disciplines
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
235
-
Place in context and lend perspective to the acquired knowledge and skills, enhance awareness about critical issues, to improve capacity to identify the most important aspects, and to provide basic evaluation skills Exhibit an enhanced awareness and demonstrate a strong foundation to make educated decisions in the business field.
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course gives a general overview of law and legal systems. It covers the nature and sources of law, court systems, and the substantive areas of constitutional law, contracts, torts, criminal law, contracts, agency, and property from and within the EU as well as USA perspective. The course is geared towards providing students with a basic knowledge of all aspects of the law, critical legal thinking, and a comparative approach to the civil and common law systems. Emphasis is placed on a good overview and understanding of most practical legal issues related to business conduct, i.e. on the legal framework and its application to domestic, national, and international commerce. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials MacGregor Pelikánová, Radka. Introduction to Law for Business. Ostrava, CZ: Key Publishing, 2012, ISBN 978-80-7418-137-5. van Caenegem, Raoul C. An Historical Introduction to Private Law. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, UK, 1992, ISBN 0-521-427452. Slorach, J.Scott. Business Law. 15th edition. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2007, ISBN 978-019-92127-0. Recommended Materials Bar, Christian von, Drobnig, Ulrich. The Interaction of Contract law and Tort and Property Law in Europe – A Comparative Study. München, GE : Sellier, European Law Publishers, 2004. ISBN 3-93580820-8. Barnes, A. James, Dworkin, Terry Morehead, Richards, Eric L. Law for Business. 11th edition. New York, USA : McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2012, ISBN 978-0-07-131457-2 Foster, Nigel, Sule, Satish. German Legal System and Laws. 3rd edition. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2002. ISBN 0-19925-483-4. Honoré, Tony. About law: a short introduction. Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. 2005. ISBN 0-19876387-5. Teaching Methods The lectures will be interactive and strongly practically oriented. They will be complemented by case studies and issue presentations initiated by the students and covered by a class discussion. The basic concepts and rules will be presented in a concise and organized manner along with practical examples and with expected informal discussions. Considering the large reach of this course, the active participation and home preparation of students is absolutely instrumental. Regular attendance and on time completion of homework is required. Assessment Methods Quizzes, exam, project, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
236
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LBS 510 Business Law Lecturer Jeff McGehee, J.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LBS 510 1 1 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Gain the background in business law that will enable students to identify and understand legal problems frequently encountered in various fields of business - Understand the main principles and role of law for business - Strengthen understanding of the differences between the legislation in the USA, UK and the Czech Republic - Apply the acquired knowledge to situations in international business environment. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course deals with basic principles of Business law in connection with everyday practice in the life o manager. Students will be introduced to judicial review and decision of key cases, statutes and other statutory provisions with special emphasis dedicated to current situation in United States, United Kingdom and the Czech Republic. The main aim of this course is to provide students with knowledge related to contract theory, corporations and other business organizations, securities regulations, investments, mergers and acquisitions etc. Successful graduate should be able not just to merely distinguish theoretical approaches but he should be capable to applying these either in Czech or more importantly in international business environment. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Merritt, J., Modern Business Law, Liverpool Acadecmi Press 2002 Shaffer, R., Earle, B., Agusti, F., International Business Law and its Environment, Thomson 2005 Scott Slorach, J., Ellis, J. G., Business Law, Oxford 2007 The Oxford Handbook of Legal Studies by Cane P. and Tushned M. eds. Oxford 2003 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, tests, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LBS 540 Law of Business Contracts Lecturer Prof. JUDr. PhDr. Michal Tomášek, DrSc. Charlie V. Lamento, J.D. Radka MacGregor Pelikánová, MBA, LL.M., Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LBS 540 1 1 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
237
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the basic legal framework of obligations and contracts within the Common law tradition as well as the Continental (civil law) tradition and principal conditions, requirements and features with respect to contract types, especially those generally applied with business relations - Understand and analyse critical challenges and issues related to negotiation, conclusion, performance, and enforcement of contracts, especially those common within business relations - Place in context and lend perspective to the acquired knowledge and skills and enhance awareness about critical issues, so as to improve their capacity to identify most important aspects, and to provide basic evaluation skills. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course acquaints students with the content and application of common and civil law, equitable and statutory rules relating to enforceable agreements and puts those rules in their practical and social perspective. Although the course is not concerned with the various statutory modifications made with respect to specific classes of contract (eg employment, land, consumer finance etc.), which are dealt with in other courses, an understanding of the basic conception of a contract is vital not just as a starting point for those statutory models but also for an understanding of everyday commercial agreements. The following topics will be covered: Creation and content of a contract (formation, privity, agency, terms); statutory remedies for misleading and deceptive conduct in trade and commerce; misrepresentation; unconscionable dealing; improper pressure; performance and discharge of obligations (performance, breach, frustration, variation and discharge by agreement); and remedies (enforcement, compensation, restitution). Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Chandler Adrian, Brown Ian, Law of Contract, 2007-2008, Oxford Press Rohwer, Claude D., Contracts in a Nut Shell, 6th Edition, Thompson West, 2000; Course reader: Principles of European Contract Law; Convention on the International Sale of Goods; Czech Civil Code; Czech Commercial Code; Teaching Methods Lecture, analysis of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LBS 610 EU Law Lecturer
Course code: Semester: Year of Study:
Prof. JUDr. PhDr. Michal Tomášek, DrSc.
Course Type:
Pietro Andrea Podda, M.A., Ph.D. Charlie V. Lamento, J.D.
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
238
LBS 610 1 2 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to articulate and criticize the separation of powers in the European Union; the operation of the legal systems in the EU; the relationship between EU institutions and the EU’s law making process; the relationship between EU law and domestic law, the distinction between remedies in a national court setting and before the ECJ, and the substantive law of the EU, including the following: - Legal and institutional framework of the European Integration - EU judiciary, its structures, powers and procedures - EU law enforcement in practice - Leading principles and cases of EU law of Single Market of the EU - Basics of selected EU policies - Position of private persons within the EU law and their possibilities to use this law in defense of their rights and legitimate interests - EU law enforcement in practices (case solutions) - Practical importance of the law of the EU Single Market for companies. Prerequisites None Course Contents After a preliminary introduction of EU institutional structure, the course will move to provide an in-depth overview into those major EU policies with a strong impact on economics and business. The liberalisation of markets and competition policies, under all their theoretical as well as practical aspects, are certainly the main examples of legal issues with a major impact on business operators and will be focused on thoroughly during the course. Other relevant EU policies with a major economic impact to be covered are, for example the environmental, social as well as agricultural and bio-technology policies. At the end of the course, students are expected to be familiar with the legal basis of those EU policies dealt with, to understand their impact on business and economics, to apply the notions acquired in their professional life and to develop a critical awareness of the topics studied. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Craig, P., de Búrca, G., EU Law, Text, Cases and Materials, Oxford Univ. Press 2005 (4rd. ed.) Weatherill, S., Cases and Material on EU Law, Oxford University 2007 (8th edition). Wallace H., Wallace W., Pollack M.A., Policy-Making in the European Union, Oxford University Press 2005. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Midterm exam, tests, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LBS 640 Protection of Economic Competition Lecturer
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
JUDr. Václav Šmejkal, Ph.D. Pietro Andrea Podda, M.A., Ph.D.
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LBS 640 2 2 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
239
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify main doctrines behind the concept of economic competition and the aims of its protection, especially in competition law enforcement of the EU and the USA - Understand and be able to define underlying analytical concepts of competition law as competitor, relevant market, market power, restriction of competition - Understand and be able to define and critically analyze all main types of competition law infringements (i.e. cartels, abuse of dominant position, monopolization), to compare EU and US standard approaches towards them and to demonstrate them on practical examples - Asses, analyze and solve typical antitrust cases according to principles and standards of EU and US competition law - Identify a research topic - Survey the literature - Draw and defend appropriate conclusions - Present references according to the Harvard style. Prerequisites None Course Contents Course familiarizes students with the public-law regulation of economic competition on World markets, mainly in the EU and the USA. Students should acquire reasonably deep knowledge of two basic forms of anti-competitive behavior: cartel agreements and abuse of dominant/monopoly position as well as of practical issues of competition compliance (standards of contract agreements, distribution systems, cooperations and alliances between competitors, compliance programs, and communication with antimonopoly offices). Specific part of the course is dedicated to the control of concentrations (mergers and acquisitions) and to the satisfaction of basic requirements of competition law on competitors concerned. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Elhauge, E., Geradin, D., Global Competition Law and Economics, Hart Publishing Oxford 2007 Monti, G., EC Competition Law, Cambridge University Press 2007 Whish R., Competition Law, Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press 2005 Ezrachi A., EC Competition Law – An Analytical Guide to the Leading Cases, Hart Publishing Oxford, 2008 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 101 Introduction to Law Lecturers Kevin Gibbons, M.A. (Hons) Doc. Dr. Jiří Kašný, Th.D.
240
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 101 1 1 GEC 2 3 5
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Have a general but working knowledge of the fundamental fields of the law - Be introduced to the nature, sources, aims, terminologies and functions of the law - Be acquainted with the primary areas of the law - Be able to comprehend and apply statutes and case law - Be prepared for the study of particular legal branches. Prerequisites None Course Contents The general areas of the law that are most relevant and affect daily interactive relations: the basic orientation in legal problematic, basic necessary theoretical background, basic concepts and terminology, understanding of the various service of processes and hierarchy of courts, (with particular emphasis on the comparison between administrative and judicial functions), under both Continental European legal system and Common law. Level of Course Bachelor, Introductory Recommended reading AAU reader containing excerpts from: Hart H.L.A.: The Concept of Law. 2d ed. Oxford, 1994. Schlesinger: Comparative law. Cases and Materials. 4th ed. Simon, Thomas W.: Law and philosophy: an introduction. Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill, 2001. Handouts, cases Teaching Methods Lecture, seminar, discussion, case briefing, research in the computer lab Assessment Methods Written midterm assignment, written final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 106 Legal English Lecturer
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study:
Jennifer Fallon, J.D.
Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 106 Full year 1 AAU supplemental LLB 1 3 10
Learning Outcomes and Objectives Upon completion of this course, students will: - Be familiar with legal terminology and legal writing - Have explored legal writings from different systems while developing their analytical skills - Be prepared to successfully undertake international legal english certification exam - Have produced a number of writings to evidence the development of their analytical and reasoning skill - Be able to demonstrate appropriate usage of legal language and terminology from a variety of topics as well as develop and implement their research, presentation and group skills.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
241
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce and familiarize students with both written and spoken legal English, expanding not only their general language abilities, but also giving them the opportunity to advance their technical skills and identify the differences between the UK, US, and other international systems’ usage of legal terminology. It will serve as a complement to the first year core legal classes. The general topics to be covered over the course of the year include: Introduction to the types of Law; Company Formation, Management and Capitalization; Contract Formation, Breach and Remedies, Assignment, Third-parties; Employment law; Real Property; Intellectual Property; Secured Transactions; Debtor/Creditor; Competition Law; understanding and simplifying “legalese” and interpreting legal writing. Level of Course Introductory Recommended Reading Core Text International Legal English, Amy Krois-Linder, Cambridge University Press 2006 Black’s Law Dictionary Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, audio/visual presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 151 Common Law Reasoning and Institutions Lecturer JUDr. Radka MacGregor Pelikánová, Ph.D., LL.M., MBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
LEG 151 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify the nature, sources and principles of common law - Conduct legal research, develop legal writing skills and produce assessed essays - Isolate and distinguish the criminal and civil justice processes, the various reform processes these processes have through and the access to justice through traditional legal professional legal services and modern day legal aid. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce and familiarize students with the nature of the common law tradition; the sources of law and principles of legal research; the role and operations of the courts, judiciary and magistracy; the criminal and civil justice processes; and judicial reasoning in relation to cases and statues. Students will also be introduced to legal research and writing. They will be required to conduct and a submit research project for evaluation prior to their final assessment. Level of Course First Level/Intermediate Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience.
242
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 152 Criminal Law Lecturer Jennifer Fallon, J.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
LEG 152 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate a sound working knowledge of the main criminal offenses, defenses and factors affecting criminal liability - Express and defend their views on whether the aims and objectives of criminal law are appropriate in the modern legal system. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce and reinforce a student’s understanding of the criminal law system; the general principles of actus reus and means reas; the structure of liability; the various criminal acts and their elements; defenses; and liability. Level of Course First Level/Intermediate Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 153 Elements of the Law of Contracts Lecturer Martin Kavěna, LL.B., B.C.L.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
LEG 153 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Express the principles of formation, offer and acceptance, consideration, certainty of agreement, and intention to create legal relations.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
243
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will introduce and familiarize students with the nature contract formation, covering the content of a contract, vitiating factors, illegality and public policy, capacity to contract, privity, performance, breach and remedies. Relevant European Union legislation will be addressed as well. Level of Course First Level/Intermediate Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 154 Public Law Lecturer JUDr. Tomáš Mach, LL.M
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week:
LEG 154 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Integrate and elaborate upon the characteristics of the constitution; the composition and function of Parliament and the House of Commons; the Executive and Administration; the European Union in relations to sources of community law, community primacy and Parliamentary sovereignty; and citizens, the state and human rights. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will cover characteristics of the constitution, separation of powers, structure of the United Kingdom, the various levels of government, sources of power, institutions of the European Union in regards to community law and Parliamentary sovereignty, sources of community law, sovereignty and human rights. Level of Course First Level/Intermediate Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
244
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 206 Moot Court Lecturer Martin Kavena, LL.B., B.C.L.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 206 2 semester course 2/3 AAU supplemental req: LLB 1 3 10
Learning outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be proficient in using relevant research sources in EU and Public International Law, including primary and secondary EU legislation, international treaties, law journals and other sources and tools (including electronic research tools such as WestLaw) - Critically analyze a case / fact pattern, prepare written memorials while correctly identifying and respecting the main procedural and substantive issues of the case - Be proficient in oral presentation skills in the context of a moot court competition. Prerequisites
Progression to second year courses or permission of the instructor Course Contents This course is focused on research and writing in preparation for an international moot court competition. Students will learn and apply legal research skills; further develop substantive law skills in the field of EU and Public International Law; master oral presentation skills in a moot court environment. The general aim of the course is to allow students to master the skills required to participate in an international moot court competition.. Support will be provided for the local competitions. Additional fees may apply for remote competitions. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Spillane, M. International Moot Court: an introduction, Gaubatz, J. The Moot Court Book: A Student Guide to Appellate Advocacy (Contempory Legal Education Series) Murray, M., DeSanctis, C., Advanced Legal Writing and Oral Advocacy: trials, appeals and moot court Teaching Methods Lectures, Exercises, Discussions and Practice Moot Court Assessment Methods Research and writing assignments, written pleadings and oral presentation in a moot court setting Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
LEG 236 EU Law Lecturer Pietro Andrea Podda, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 236 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
245
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify the various EU institutions and elaborate upon the impact of these institutions in regards to national law, business enterprises and individuals. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will take students through the various EU institutions; explore constitutional and administrative law; judicial remedies and review; EU law and national law; the impact on business enterprises through the free movement of goods and effectiveness of competition policies; and the effect on individuals though the free movement of workers; freedom of establishment and services and the freedom from discrimination. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 251 Land Law Lecturer TBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 251 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and distinguish the components of the doctrine of tenures and estates; discuss unregistered and registered conveyance; landlord/tenant and lease/license issues; easements; covenants; mortgages and adverse possession. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will address the general principles of land law, starting with the definition of land and moving on to the doctrine of tenures and estates; conveyance; trusts of land under the Trusts of Land and Appointment of Trusts Act 1996; co-ownership; landlord tenant issues; licenses, revocability and enforceability against third parties; proprietary estoppel; easements; covenants running with free-hold estates; mortgages and adverse possession. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading
246
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 252 Law of Torts Lecturer Kevin Gibbons, LL.B., M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 252 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes - Students will be able to identify, discuss and distinguish the scope and function of tort law, the bases of liability; the interests protected by tort law and recent developments in the area. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will introduce and elaborate upon the scope and function of the law of torts, the bases of liability and the interests to be protected through the law of torts. Studies will cover negligence, duty, breach, causation and remoteness of damage; negligent infliction of person injuries; assessment of damages; occupier’s liability; employer’s liability; product liability; negligent infliction of other physical damage and economic loss; negligent misstatements; assault, battery, false imprisonment and other intentional physical harm; interference with economic interests; nuisance; liability for animals, defamation; vicarious liability; the effect of death on liability; and defences. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
247
LEG 253 Law of Trusts Lecturer Kevin Gibbons, LL.B., M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 253 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Define and distinguish trusts from other legal concepts; discuss the classification and creation of trusts and of equitable rights and remedies arising out of trust-related issues. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will address the creation, requirements and distinctions of the various types of trusts with a focus on the underlying issues of express private trusts; charitable trusts; implied and resulting trusts; constructive trusts; the appointment, retirement and removal of trustees; trustees’ powers and duties; remedies and liabilities for a breach of trust. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 254 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Lecturer Doc. Dr. Jiří Kašný, Th.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 254 Full year 1 required: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Elaborate upon the nature of jurisprudence;, discuss legal positivism, the Hart-Fuller debate, Dworkin’s criticism; moral theory; natural law; legal reason, and give an in-depth analysis of select legal texts. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will address the nature of nature of jurisprudence, the theory and idea of definition; relevance of language and ideology; legal positivism and its critics; moral and theory and law; legal reasoning including Dworkin’s theory of law as integrity. Dworkin’s methodology. Hohfeld’s analysis of legal rights; social theory and critical accounts of law including the American Critical Legal Studies
248
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
movement, Marxist theories of law and state; feminist jurisprudence; and will also undertake an in depth analysis of a text preselected by the examiners. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 295 Legal History of European Integration
Course code:
LEG 295
Lecturer JUDr. Václav Šmejkal, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand factors, factors and systemic tendencies that shaped the development of European integration. - Be well oriented in development and current state of treaties, institutions and secondary legislation of the EU. - Analyze cases involving basic principles and freedoms of European integration. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will introduce students to legal history of European integration through four main stages: i) political analysis of main actors and factors during sixty years of development of integration; ii) political and legal analysis of treaties, their goals and principles as well as of structures and powers of institutions of European integration; iii) fundamentals of EU law as a new and specific legal order; iv) application of EU principles and freedoms in practice, i.e. through case law of the European Court of Justice. Students will be required to read legal texts, analyze historical and current case law, and prepare in-class presentations on topics from EU legal history and its current legal development. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading AAU electronic reader prepared by the course instructor Official web of the EU Commission: http://ec.europa.eu Official web of the European Court of Justice: http://curia.europa.eu Official web of the EU Commission Delegation in Russia: http://ec.europa.eu/delegations/russsia/index_ru.htm Craig, P., De Burca, G: EU Law: Text, Cases and Materials, 4th ed., Oxford University Press, 2007 Moussis, N.: Access to European Union. 18th updated edition, European Study Service, Rixensart, Belgium, 2009
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
249
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian /Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
LEG 300 Legal and Constitutional History of Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Tomáš Vachuda, J.D., Dott. Massimiliano Pastore, M.A. Kiryl Kascian, LL.M.
Course code:
LEG 300
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with the main legal historical documents of the CEE countries, histories of their creation and main contents - Understand how historical legal and constitutional past in general and the main legal historical documents in particular influence current legal systems of these countries and affect regional integration - Evaluate the issue of legal continuity between the current CEE states and various state formations of the past existed on their territories - Explain to the legitimisation of current statehoods of the CEE countries through historical statehood and references to main historical acts in the regional context. Prerequisites TER 110 Course Contents The course aims at integrated study of legal and constitutional history in the CEE countries within the context of their current legal systems. In geographic terms the course embraces all the countries of the CEE region. In historical terms the course deals with the state formations that had previously existed in the CEE region and included up to a dozen of its current states (Commonwealth of Both Nations, Russian Empire, Austrian Empire (later Austro-Hungary), etc). According to its goals the course is split into two parts. The first part includes general overview of the legal and constitutional history of the CEE countries with the emphasis on the regional context. The second part of the course represents a comprehensive evaluation of the legal and constitutional histories of the individual CEE states (countries such as Hungary, Poland, and Russia are treated separately due to peculiarities of their historical development).Familiarisation with the main legal historical documents of the CEE countries, histories of their creation and main contents will go along with evaluation of the problematic of legal continuity between the current CEE states and various state formations of the past existed on their territories, as well as legitimisation of current statehoods of the CEE countries through historical statehood and references to main historical acts in the regional context. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Sten Berglund et al., eds, The Handbook of Political Change in Eastern Europe, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2004.
250
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Carles Boix and Susan C. Stokes, eds, The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, Oxford University Press, 2009. Ferdinand Joseph Maria Feldbrugge, Law in Medieval Russia, Brill, 2009. Karl von Loewe, The Lithuanian statute of 1529, Brill: 1976. Gábor Máthé, Moments of making fundamental law in the Hungarian Parliament in the dualistic era, Budapest, 2006, in: Rechtsgeschichtliche Vorträge/Lectures on Legal History, available at: http://majt.elte.hu/Tanszekek/Majt/TanszekiKiadvanyok/doc/RV46.pdf. Peter Mosný and Miriam Laclavíková, History of state and law on the territory of Slovakia I (from ancient times till 1848), Mathias Reimann and Reinhard Zimmermann., eds, The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Law, Oxford University Press, 2008. Renáta Uitz, Constitutions, courts, and history: historical narratives in constitutional adjudication, Central European University Press, 2005. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
LEG 320 Commercial Law Lecturer Tomáš Vachuda, J.D., MBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 320 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Students will be able identify and discuss the components of agency; the sale of goods; international sales contracts; and payment. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will take focus on the sale of goods and related laws. Students will understand the term agency, the rights and obligations owed by principles, by agents for a third party and by a third party to agents; the sale of goods and the Sale of Goods Act 1979; the passing of risk and property; acceptance; breach of a sale contract; remedies; the characteristics and distinctions of cif and fob contracts; the usage of electronic documentation and the effect on international agreements; payment and credit issues. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
251
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 325 Company Law Lecturer Dott. Massimiliano Pastore, M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 325 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify the various EU institutions and elaborate upon the impact of these institutions in regards to national law, business enterprises and individuals. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will take students through the various EU institutions; explore constitutional and administrative law; judicial remedies and review; EU law and national law; the impact on business enterprises through the free movement of goods and effectiveness of competition policies; and the effect on individuals though the free movement of workers; freedom of establishment and services and the freedom from discrimination. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 327 Succession Lecturer TBA
252
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 327 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and elaborate upon issues of wills and intestacy - Evidence the ability to appropriately apply property and inheritance provisions to succession issues. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will cover the subject matter and justification of each type of property right, address the absence of common law protection against unfair competition and remedies. Attention will be paid to confidential information, copyright issues, industrial design, common law trade-mark protection, registered trade-marks and patents. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 330 Criminology Lecturer TBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 330 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Elaborate upon the objectives and methods of criminology; - Differentiate between criminological theories such as crime as an individual phenomenon and crime as a social phenomenon and outline the institutional framework of law enforcement. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course cover legal and criminological concepts; the historical development of criminology; theoretical or applied criminology; free will or determinism; psychological and psychiatric explanations; theories of child development, school and home experiences, gang studies; social disorganization and social ecology; corporate crime; radical or critical criminology; developments in penal policy; community and official attitudes to punishment and treatment towards offenders; alternatives to imprisonment; strategies of constructive recompense; police organizations and attitudes. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
253
Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 335 Evidence Lecturer TBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 335 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify the various types of evidence and apply the rules of admissibility. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will cover the basic concepts of relevance, admissibility and weight; the nature and classification of the various types of evidence; competence; effect of the failure to testify; crossexaminations; common-law restrictions; restriction under the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1994; burden and standards of proof; hearsay; identification inside and outside of court; judicial warnings; confessions and improperly obtained evidence; provisions of the Codes of Practice relating to the detention and questioning of suspects and recording interviews; character evidence; and privilege against self-incrimination. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
254
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 337 Dissertation Lecturer Tomáš Vachuda, J.D., MBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 337 Full year 3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes - Students will produce a 10,000 word dissertation. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will provide support and guidance and students select a dissertation topic, isolate their research, produce their final work product and prepare for their written examination. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 340 Family Law Lecturer TBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 340 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Work through family law scenarios and correctly locate and analyze relevant rules as listed in Blackstone’s Family Law Statutes. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will cover the various aspects of marriage, divorce, financial provisions and the law relating to children. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
255
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 345 History of English Law Lecturer Kevin Gibbons, LL.B., M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 345 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Elaborate upon the history of English Law, dating to 1907, as covered in the course content with the exclusion of constitutional and administrative law. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will outline and address the history of the Anglo-Saxon legal system. Areas of focus will include but are not limited to the Courts of the Common Law, Procedure; Land Law, Contracts, Torts and Criminal Law. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 350 International Protection of Human Rights Course Code: Lecturer Mgr. Zuzana Fellegi, LL.M.
256
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 350 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Discuss the nature of international law; the relationship between international law, human rights and domestic law, philosophies of human rights, the UN system for the protection and enforcement of human rights, refugee rights; torture, terrorism and the rule of law; military intervention as it relates to human rights; the European System for the Protection of Human Rights; and the African System. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will take students through the various EU institutions; explore constitutional and administrative law; judicial remedies and review; EU law and national law; the impact on business enterprises through the free movement of goods and effectiveness of competition policies; and the effect on individuals though the free movement of workers; freedom of establishment and services and the freedom from discrimination. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 355 Introduction to Islamic Law Lecturer TBA
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 355 Full year 2/3 elective: LLB 1 3 Issued by UoL
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and elaborate upon the history and sources of Islamic law;, the developments of the different schools of thoughts and their application to the various types of law; and modern day Islamic law. Prerequisites Minimal Progression to Final Part I Course Contents This course will start with an introduction to Islamic law and then delve in to the historical basis, sources of Islamic law, the developments of the schools of law, the courts and procedures, criminal law, civil law, international rule and finally family law. Students will also look at Islamic law in the modern age and its importance as a source of law in Malaysia and Pakistan. Level of Course Finals Level Recommended Reading
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
257
Core Text Materials, statutes and study packs are developed and distributed by the University of London and are also available to all enrolled students through the Virtual Learning Experience Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, seminars, reading, presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 371 Business Law Lecturer Tomáš Vachuda, J.D., M.B.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 371 2 semester course 3 required: CBL 1 3 10
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Introduce, analyze and compare the legal principles and practice governing business relationships within and among various business entities and under different legal regimes; - Introduce, analyze and compare the legal principles, tactics and strategies governing making investments, extending credit, issuing and trading securities, creating strategic partnerships and joint ventures, realizing mergers and acquisitions and other various forms of transactions among shareholders and companies that lie at the heart of corporate law. Prerequisites LEG 101, Economics, Business students with instructor’s permission Course Contents Law and economics, business organizations, company formation, corporate governance, corporate contracts, international trade, secured transactions, corporate intellectual property, secured transactions, corporate misbehavior, corporate tax, securities, due diligence, credit, business concerns, investments, strategic cooperation and joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions, bankruptcy and liquidation. Level of Course Bachelor, Advanced Recommended Reading AAU Reader containing excerpts from: Cary, Eisenberg: Corporations and Other Business Organizations. 8th ed. Foundation Press, 2003. Kenyon-Slade: Mergers and Takeovers in the U.S. and U.K. Oxford University Press, 2004. Merritt: Modern Business Law. 3rd ed. Liverpool Academic Press, 2002. Handouts Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written quizzes, brief assignments, research papers, in-class presentations, written final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
258
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 380 History of Jewish Legal Tradition Lecturer Doc. Dr. Jiří Kašný, Th.D.
Course code:
LEG 380
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with history of the legal sources, institutes and principles of Jewish law. - Understand the role of Jewish law in the life of an individual and the community. - Critically analyze and identify the impact of the Jewish law tradition on European Continental Law and Anglo-American Law. Prerequisites LEG 101, JEW 100 Course Contents Origin and sources of Jewish law: Tora, Nebiim and Ketubim History of the text of Hebrew Bible; Hebrew canon; Masora Jewish legal tradition in the rabbinic era: Midrash, Mishna, Jerusalem a Babylonian Talmud Jewish legal tradition in post-Talmud era Selected institutes of the Jewish legal tradition Family law and divorce in Jewish law Jewish law and the legal system of a modern State of Israel Legal status of the Jews and Jewish communities in central Europe in modern history The influence of the Jewish law tradition on European Continental Law and Anglo-American Law Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required: Tora, Nebiim, Ketubim. Selected parts of Midrash and Talmud. Elon, M. (ed.) The Principles of Jewish Law. Jerusalem: Keter Publishing House, 1975. Glenn, H. Patrick, Legal Traditions of the World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007. Horowitz, George. The Spirit of Jewish Law. New York: Central Book, 1973. Suggested: Stemberger, Günter. Úvod do judiastiky. Praha: Vyšehrad, 2010. Stemberger, Günter. Talmud a midraš: Úvod do rabínské literatury. Praha: Vyšehrad, 1999. Calum, Carmichael. The Spirit of Biblical Law. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1996. Holding, M. (ed.) Jewish Law and Legal Theory. New York: New York University Press, 1993. Rakovek, N. Guide to the Sources of Jewish Law. Jerusalem: Library of Jewish Law, 1994. Teaching Methods Lecture Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
259
LEG 384 Comparative Jewish, Canonical, and Islamic Law Lecturer Doc. Dr. Jiří Kašný, Th.D.
Course code:
LEG 384
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3
6 Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with legal sources, institutes and history of the three religious legal traditions – the Jewish, Canonical, and Islamic through comparative method - Understand the role of the religious legal traditions in the life of an individual person and social and religious communities. - Understand legal status of religious communities in the State of Israel, in the countries with Muslim majority and in the countries of European Union. - Critically analyze and identify the impact and role of the three religious legal traditions in a modern state. Prerequisites None Course Contents Comparison of the legal sources Comparison of selected legal institutes Comparative historical outline of Jewish, Canonical, and Islamic legal traditions Religious legal traditions in European Continental Law countries and Common Law countries Religious law in the context of state law in contemporary Israel Religious law in the countries with Muslim majority Religious law in the countries of European Union Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Tora, Nebiim, Ketubim. Christian Bible, Koran. Glenn, H. Patrick, Legal Traditions of the World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007. Suggested Calum, Carmichael. The Spirit of Biblical Law. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1996. Helmholz, R. H. The Spirit of Classical Canonical Law. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2010. Weiss, Bernard. The Spirit of Islamic Law. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1996. Menski, Werner. Comparative Law in a Global Context. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
260
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LEG 390 Thesis Lecturer Tomáš Vachuda, J.D., M.B.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
LEG 390 2 semester course 3 required: CBL 1 3 10
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify issues for research and to retrieve accurate and relevant legal and other sources in primary and secondary form, both in paper and electronic formats; - Structure argument and analysis; - Write with care and precision in the analysis and synthesis of the law. Prerequisites Completion of second year of study Course Contents Thesis goals, content of the thesis, organization and procedure, a model of the thesis writing process, discovering and identifying your topic, research proposal, introduction to research Methods, collecting sources, understanding sources, drafting the paper, cognitive skills: analysis, synthesis, critical judgment, evaluation. Level of Course Bachelor, Advanced Recommended Reading AAU Thesis Guidebook AAU reader containing excerpts from: Babbie, Earl: The Practice of Social Research. 7th ed. Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1995 Garner, Bryan A.: Legal Writing in Plain English: A Text With Exercises. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 2001 Murray, Donald M.: Write to Learn. 2nd ed. New York: Holt, Rinchart and Winston, Inc., 1987 Seyler, Dorothy U.: Doing Research: The Complete Research Guide. New York: McGraw Hill, Inc., 1993 Uniform System of Legal Citation (the Bluebook) Handouts Teaching Methods Short lecture, practical exercises, review of thesis drafts and individual meetings with students Assessment Methods In-class presentations, written assignments, written thesis, oral thesis defense Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LEG 620 International Law Lecturer Charlie V. Lamento, J.D.
Course Code:
LEG 620
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 2 required: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
261
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand a general background and knowledge of international law - Understand an awareness of international law as a legal system distinct from national legal systems; - Analyze international disputes in terms of applicable legal rules and propose arguable solutions to concrete problems (actual or hypothetical) in the light of such analysis; - Synthesize relevant primary and secondary sources, bringing together materials from a variety of sources and make critical judgments on the merits of particular arguments and propose a reasoned choice between alternative solutions. Prerequisites LEG 101 Course Contents The course covers major issues of public international law, including private international law issues from an international business perspective including the nature, history, and sources of international law, international institutions, including individual human rights and dispute resolution. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU reader containing excerpts from: Barnes, Dworkin, Eric Richards: Law for Business. Indiana University, 2009. Garies, Sven Bernard, Varwick, Johanes: The United Nations – an introduction. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005. O’Brien, J.: International Law. London: Cavendish Publishing Limited, 2002. Goldsmith, Jack L., Eric A. Posner: The Limits of International Law. Oxford University Press, 2005. Dixon, Martin, Robert McCorquodale: Cases & Materials on International Law. Oxford, 2003. Cassese, Antonio: International Law. Oxford University Press, 2004. Shaw, Malcolm N.: International Law. Cambridge University Press, 2003. Schaffer, Earle. International Business Law and its Environment, Agust, 2005 Janis, Mark. W.: An Introduction to International Law. Little, Brown and Company, 1988. Teaching Methods Lecture, practical exercise and discussion Assessment Methods Class participation, research paper, written final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 231 Literature of Prague
Course code:
LIT 231
Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in CEES, HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with the literature of Prague from 1890 to the present - Comprehend 20th Century Czech culture and society through writings of major Czech writers
262
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Have a better understanding of Prague as a literary city, and a better understanding of how writers are affected by historical and social events, and also how these events are indirectly traceable in the stylistic development of literature Developed knowledge, and hopefully, appreciation, of Prague literature, specifically poems, novels and short stories written about Prague between 1888 and 2010.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Literature about Prague and originating in Prague; Czech, German and Jewish literature; Glory of Prague art and architecture,, labyrinth of Prague fantasies, energy of Prague avant-garde, humor of everyday life, pain of exile and exclusion; Čapek, Hašek, Havel, Hrabal, Jesenská, Kafka, Kundera, Meyrink, Neruda, Seifert, Weil. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Stephan Delbos, From a Terrace in Prague: A Prague Poetry Anthology, (Prague: Litteraria Pragensia 2011). Paul Leppin, Others’ Paradise (Prague: Twisted Spoon Press 2003). Paul Leppin, Severin’s Journey into the Dark (Prague: Twisted Spoon Press 1993). Bohumil Hrabal, Too Loud a Solitude (New York: Mariner Books 1992). Available at the library Bohumil Hrabal, The Little Town Where Time Stood Still (New York: Pantheon Books 1993). Franz Kafka, The Metamorphosis and Other Stories (New York: Schocken Books 1968). Franz Kafka, The Trial (New York: Schocken Books 1968). Ivan Klíma, My Golden Trades (New York: Scribner 1994). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, student presentation Assessment Methods Mid-term paper, final paper, 3 presentations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 232 Thousand Years of Czech Literature
Course code:
LIT 232
Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Johnsonová
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend Czech literature on its venerable 1,000 years long history - Expected to research a topic of interest.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Old Czech legends Kosmas and Jirasek; Charles IV, Hussites, White Mountain, Comenius; early 20th century poetry: Nezval, Seifert, Halas, Holan; postwar literature: Škvorecký, Hrabal, Kundera, Klíma;
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
263
Charter 77 civic movement up to 1989 as reflected in literature; Samizdat: Petlice, Popelnice, Expedice; life and work of Havel, Klíma, Vaculík; underground literature; rock music lyrics; alternative; expatriate writings: Miloš Urban, Jaroslav Rudyš, Hana Andronikova Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading F. Kafka: The Trial B. Hrabal: Too Loud a Solitude M. Kundera: The Unbearable Lightness of Being L. Fuks: Mr. Theodore Mundstock I. Klima: Love and Garbage Seifert, Jaroslav: The Poetry of. North Haven: Catbird Press, 1998. Pekárková, Iva: Truckstop Rainbow. Toronto: Sixty Eight Publishers, 1989. Kundera, Milan:. Ignorance. London: Faber & Faber, 2002. New Orleans Review Ten Years After Velvet Revolution. Voices from the Czech Republic. Spring/Summer 2000. New Orleans: Loyola University, 2000. Pierce, Marge: Body of Glass. G. Meyrink: The Golem. Škvorecký: Engineer of Human Souls, Toronto: Sixty Eight Publishers, 1977. Vaclav Havel: Three Vanek Plays, Faber & Faber, GB, 1990 Arnost Lustig: Prayer for Katerina Horovitzova, Quartet Books, GB, 1990 Heda Margolius-Kovaly: Under a Cruel Star: A life in Prague 1941—1968, Holmes and Meier, NY, 1997 Jachym Topol: City Sister Silver, Catbird Press, GB, 2000 Johannes Urzidil: There Goes Kafka, Wayne State U Press, 1997 Bohumil Hrabal: Public Suicide from Total Fears, Twisted Spoon Press, Prague, 1998Eda Kriseova: Holiday from The Collarbone of a Bat, 68 Publishers, Toronto, 1986, Cats’ Lives Eva Kantůrková: Companions from the Bleak House Ludvík Vaculík: The Guinea Pigs Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term paper, final paper, 3 presentations, Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 233 Central European Literature
Course code:
LIT 233
Lecturer
Semester: Year of study:
Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course type:
1 or 2 1 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Interpret Central European literature with an historical (Romanticism through the late 20th Century) and regional focus (for the purpose of this seminar the territory encompassing primarily Germany, Austria, Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic), with special emphasis on those writers with some connection to Prague (Kleist, Kafka, Rilke,) and Vienna (Schnitzler, Musil, Bachmann)
264
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents Romanticism, Strange & Irrational Tales; Realism and the Social Novel; Decadence and the Advent of Expressionism; Central European Poetry: Decadence, Aestheticism, Modernism; the Modernism of Thomas Mann; the Modernism of Robert Musil; he Modernism of Franz Kafka; he Nazi Period; poetry after the Holocaust; Communism and Exile: Milan Kundera; the Postmodern period Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Heinrich Wilhelm von Kleist: The Earthquake in Chile Arthur Schnitzler: Dream Story Rainer Maria Rilke: Central European Poetry: Decadence, Aestheticism, Modernism, Stefan George, Georg Trakl, 9th Duino Elegy Thomas Mann: Death in Venice Robert Musil: Kakania, The Perfecting of a Love, The Blackbird Franz Kafka: The Judgment, The Burrow Paul Celan: (selected poems) Ingeborg Bachmann: Youth in an Austrian Town, The Thirtieth Year Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 235 Masterpieces of Russian Literature
Course code:
LIT 235
Lecturer Tatiana Štíhelová, M.A., M.Litt.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in CEES, HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical and cultural context of 19th as well as become familiar with the philosophical and aesthetic views of the authors - Demonstrate knowledge of literary works, their main themes, juxtaposition of ideas and their impact on society - Interpret the biographies and philosophical and aesthetic views of the authors. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course focuses on Russian fiction of the 19th and the 20th centuries in its historical and cultural contexts. Literary works by Alexander Pushkin, Mikhail Lermontov, Nikolai Gogol, Leo Tolstoy, Fedor Dostoevsky, Anton Chekhov, Mikhail Bulgakov and Boris Pasternak are studied as part of Russian and European literary traditions. The philosophical, theological and aesthetic views of the Russian writers are examined not only in the national context but in the broader context of the European intellectual and
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
265
aesthetic world. The course examines the concepts of freedom, history, community, Christianity, political power and justice, and also discusses the themes of love, death, beauty and fate as presented in the selected texts. All works are read in translation or in Russian. The course is taught in English or in Russian. Level of Course Bachelor’s,Introductory Recommended Reading Primary sources Bulgakov, Mikhail. Heart of a Dog (1925), The Master and Margarita (1940). Chekhov, Anton. My life (1896), The Lady with the Little Dog (1899), Cherry Orchard (1904). Dostoevsky, Fedor. White Nights (1848), Crime and Punishment (1967), The Idiot (1869). Gogol, Nikolai. The Nose (1836), The Overcoat (1942), Dead Souls (1842). Lermontov, Mikhail. Hero of our Time (1841). Pasternak, Boris. Doctor Zhivago (1955). Pushkin, Alexander. The Tales of Belkin (1829), Eugene Onegin (1831). Tolstoy, Leo. Childhood (1852), Anna Karenina (1877), The Death of Ivan Ilyich (1886). Secondary sources Auty, Robert and Dmitry Obolensky. Companion to Russian Studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, multiple editions. Freeze, Gregory: Russia. A History. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997. Jones, Malcom and Robin Feuer Miller: The Cambridge Companion to the Classic Russian Novel. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1998. Leatherbarrow, William and Derek Offord. A History of Russian Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010. Malia, Martin: Russia Through Western Eyes. Harvard University Press, 1999. Marx, Steven: How Russia Shaped the Modern World. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2003. Milner-Gulland, Robin: The Russians. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998. Terras, Victor: A History of Russian Literature. New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1991. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
LIT 238 Poets and Poetry in Central and Eastern Course code: Europe Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
LIT 238 1 or 2 2 or3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the role of poetry in the society of Central and Eastern Europe - Be familiar with the basic poetic movements in Central and Eastern European literature - Read, study and analyze various poetic genres - Experience the weight and beauty of the poet’s word.
266
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents Poetry comes in spoken and written modes, and a variety of genres. The course will explore them in folklore traditions, tales and heroic epoi as well as experimental poem of futurism, poetism and visual poetry; study poems as intimate and public testimonies of the state of one’s being and social affairs; approach them as ways of being and channels of communication; explore poetic devices of rhyme types, metaphors, metonymy et al.; focus on the specific role poets play in politics as witnesses and commentators of social changes and upheavals. Poets crafted literary languages (Pushkin, Mácha et al.), fought for or against revolutions (Mayakovsky, Mandelshtam, Brodsky), summoned people to political action (Seifert) and harmonized with the deepest emotions of fear, agony, love, passion and longing. Despite being forbidden to speak up they became Nobel laureates (Milosz, Brodskij, Seifert). In class we will read, analyze and experience various poetic voices, and consider the task of translating them, aware of the fact that to translate a text of any sort leads to its metamorphosis and to translate a poem means creating a new one. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Primary sources: Akhmatova, Anna. “I Have Learned to Live Simply.” in The Complete Poems of Anna Akhmatova. Ed. R. Reeder. Somerville, Mass.: Zephyr Press, 1990. Brodsky, Josef. “I threw my arms about those shoulders,” from New Stanzas to Augusta: Poems to M.B. Ann Arbor, MI: Ardis, 1983. Czech Poetry. A Bilingual Anthology, ed. A. French, Ann Arbor, MI: Ardis, 1979. Herbert, Zbigniew. The Collected Poems: 1956-1998. Translated into English by Alissa Valles, Czeslaw Milosz and Peter Dale Scott. New York: Ecco, 2007. Mácha, Karel Hynek. excerpt from “May” (“Máj”) available in ©Translation: James Naughton, 2000 at: http://users.ox.ac.uk/~tayl0010/macha2.html Miłosz, Czesław. The Collected Poems. Hopewell, NJ: Ecco, 1988. Orten, Jiří, Elegies. Bilingual edition, Ann Arbor, Michigan Slavic Publication, 1979. Pasternak, Boris: Doctor Zhivago, 1955. Seifert, Jaroslav. The Poetry of Jaroslav Seifert. Translated by Ewald Osers. North Haven, CT: Catbird Press, 1998. Szymborska, Wislawa. Poems New and Collected. Translated into English by Stanislaw Baranczak & Clare Cavanagh. Harcourt, 1998. Russian poetry readings, online: http://www.russianlegacy.com/en/go_to/culture/poetry/russian_poetry.htm http://web.mmlc.northwestern.edu/~mdenner/Demo/links.htm http://www.kulichki.com/poems/ Czech poetry readings, online: http://www.archive.org/stream/modernczechpoetr00selvuoft/modernczechpoetr00selvuoft_djvu.txt Secondary sources: Auty, Robert and Dmitry Obolensky: Companion to Russian Studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, multiple editions. Miłosz, Czesław. The History of Polish Literature. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1983. Sayer, Derek. The Coasts of Bohemia Terras, Victor: A History of Russian Literature. New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1991. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
267
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
LIT 280 Literature as Social Critique
Course code:
LIT 280
Lecturer Doc. Clare Wallace, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in PS elective: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore literature of social critique as a literature of dissent - Distinguish differences between covert dissent and overt, direct social critique - Understand what makes the aesthetic form of writing also an act of social critique - Identify realism, magical realism, post modernism, modernism, and satire - Examine main approaches adopted by writers of prose who have wished to expose social problems in their works. Prerequisites None Course Contents Covert/overt critique or dissent debate; Britain and Bosnia: 21st century literature of extreme dissent; social critique and existentialism; post modernism and satire; covert/overt dissent debate in content and aesthetic form; dissent critique using popular forms; ambivalent intellectuals; representation war; savage critique, aesthetics of narrative structure and drive. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Atwood, Margaret. The Handmaid’s Tale (1985) Baraka, Amiri, Dutchman (1964) Camus, Albert. The Outsider (1942) Carter, Angela. “The Bloody Chamber” (1979) Flaubert, Gustave. Madame Bovary (1856) Gilman, Charlotte Perkins. “The Yellow Wallpaper” (1899) Hansberry, Lorraine. A Raisin in the Sun (1959) Hawthorne, Nathaniel. The Scarlet Letter (1850) Heller, Joseph. Catch 22 (1961) Huxley, Aldous. Brave New World (1932) Ibsen, Henrik. Ghosts (1882) Kafka, Franz. The Trial (1925) Kundera, Milan. The Book of Laughter and Forgetting (1979) Miller, Arthur. The Crucible (1953) Orwell, George. 1984 (1948) Piercy, Marge. Woman on the Edge of Time (1976) Prebble, Lucy. Enron (2009) Ravenhill, Mark. Some Explicit Polaroids (1999) Shaw, G.B. Mrs Warren’s Profession (1893) Swift, Jonathan. A Modest Proposal (1729) Swift, Jonathan. Gulliver’s Travels (1726) Walker, Alice. The Color Purple (1982)
268
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Fox, Christopher ed. The Cambridge Companion to Jonathan Swift. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2003. Innes, Christopher ed. The Cambridge Companion to George Bernard Shaw. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1998. Victorian Web.
Extensive list of subject headings and authors including pre-victorian writers like Swift. Watt, Ian. The Rise of the Novel. London: Penguin, 1987. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term essay, final essay, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 281 Politics and Drama
Course code:
LIT 281
Lecturer Doc. Ondřej Pilný, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in PS elective: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explain the complex relationship between modern drama and different kinds of socio-political reality - Focus on some 20th century European, North American, Latin American and South African plays - Collective memory and the challenges that this identity faces from ethnic, racial and religious diversity in contemporary Europe. - Explore interrelatedness of personal and cultural (collective) identities - Analyze the processes that give rise to our social Selves. Prerequisites None Course Contents Literature, theatre and politics, political drama; realism; theatre for instruction; the theatre of the absurd; contemporary theatre and political reality. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Albee, Edward. The Goat or Who Is Sylvia? London: Methuen, 2004. Beckett, Samuel. Endgame, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Brecht, Bertolt. Mother Courage and Her Children, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Churchill, Caryl. Cloud Nine, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Friel, Brian. Translations, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Gambaro, Griselda. Information for Foreigners, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
269
Ibsen, Henrik. A Doll House, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Kushner, Tony. Angels in America, Part I: Millennium Approaches, The Harcourt Brace Anthology of Drama. Ed. W.B. Worthen. 3rd edn. Orlando: Harcourt Brace, 2000. Mamet, David. Oleanna. New York: Vintage, 1992. Stoppard, Tom. Rock and Roll. London: Faber and Faber, 2006. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods In-class presentation, final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 283 Jewish Literature in Central Europe Course code: Lecturer Gaelle Vassogne, Ph.D. Doc. Douglas Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
LIT 283 1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in JEW elective: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Students will be able to: - Comprehend and interpret the literature by Central European Jewish writers - Interpret the psychological, philosophical, historical, social and political dimensions of key themes such as identity and alienation, assimilation and exile - Comprehend cultural consequences of one of the most significant events of the 20th century: the Holocaust. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents This course will examine literature written by Central European Jewish writers, including writers from Austria, the Czech lands, Germany, Hungary, Poland, Romania, and former Yugoslavia. We will be exploring the psychological, philosophical, historical, social and political dimensions of key themes such as identity and alienation, assimilation and exile, and, finally, we will be assessing the cultural consequences of one of the most significant events of the 20th Century: the Holocaust. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Each term a different selection of authors will be studied from the list which follows: Hermann Broch, Elias Canetti, Paul Celan, Franz Kafka, Imre Kertész, Ivan Klíma, Danilo Kiš, Karl Kraus, Else LaskerSchüler, Arnošt Lustig, Joseph Roth, Nelly Sachs, Arthur Schnitzler, Bruno Schulz, Anna Seghers, Isaac Bashevis Singer, Italo Svevo, Antal Szerb, Jiří Weil, Ernst Weiss, Peter Weiss, and Stefan Zweig. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English
270
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 290 Introduction to World Literature Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D. Stephan Delbos, M.A.
Course code: Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
LIT 290 1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend a variety of classics of world literature - Demonstrate the essential skills for the interpretation of narrative literature, for the comparison of literature from different cultures and historical periods, and for the acquisition of a sensitivity to and understanding of other cultures. Prerequisites None Course Contents The Reading and Interpretation of Literature; the Reading and Interpretation of Other Historical Epochs & Cultures; the Comparison of Differing Cultural Traditions – Sameness and Difference; Interpretation of Specific Literary Texts. Level of Course Bachelor’s,Intermediate Recommended Reading 1984 (1949), George Orwell (1903-1950, United Kingdom) A Doll’s House (1879), Hedda Gabler (1890) Henrik Ibsen (1828-1906, Norway) A Madman’s Diary (1918), Lu Xun (1881-1936, China) Another Country (1962), James Baldwin (1924-1987, U.S.A.) Bartleby, the Scrivener (1853), Herman Melville (1819-1891, U.S.A.) Beloved (1987), Toni Morrison (1931-U.S.A.) Candide (1759), Voltaire (1694-1778, France) Dubliners (1914), James Joyce (1882-1941, Ireland) Eumeswil (1977), Ernest Jünger (1895-1998, Germany) Frankenstein (1818), Mary Shelley (1797-1851, United Kingdom) Hamlet (1599-1602), William Shakespeare (1564-1616, England) Heart of Darkness (1899), Joseph Conrad (1857-1924, Poland) Housekeeping (1980), Marilynne Robinson (1943- U.S.A.) In the Penal Colony (1914), Franz Kafka (1883-1924, Austro-Hungarian Empire/Czechoslovakia) Inferno (1300 A.D.), Dante Alighieri (1265-1321, Florence, Italy) Jacob’s Room (1922), Virginia Woolf (1882-1941, United Kingdom) Jacques the Fatalist and His Master (1796) Denis Diderot (1713-1784, France) Labyrinths (1962), Jorge Luis Borges (1899-1986, Argentina) Letter from an Unknown Woman (1922), Stefan Zweig (1881-1942, Austria) Lolita (1955), Vladimir Nabokov (1899-1977, Russia/U.S.A.) Long Days’ Journey into Night (1941), Eugene O’Neill (1888-1953, U.S.A.) Madame Bovary (1856), Gustav Flaubert (1821-1880, France) Miss Julie (1888), The Stronger (1889), August Strindberg (1849-1912, Sweden) Notes from the Underground (1864), Fyodor Dostoyevsky (1821-1881, Russia) Odyssey (850 B.S.), Homer (7th – 8th Centuries B.C., Greece)
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
271
Passing (1929), Nella Larsen (1891-1964, U.S.A.) Pedro Páramo (1955), Juan Rulfo (1917,-1986, Mexico) Pride and Prejudice (1813), Jane Austen (1775-1817, United Kingdom) R.U.R. (1920), Karel Čapek (1890-1938, Czechoslovakia) Sanatorium Under the Sign of the Hourglass (1937), Bruno Schulz (1892-1942, Poland) Season of Migration to the North (1966), Tayeb Salih (1929, 2009, Sudan) Six Characters in Search of an Author (1921), Luigi Pirandello (1867-1936, Sicily) Steppenwolf (1927), Hermann Hesse (1877-1962, Germany) Surfacing (1972) Margaret Atwood (1939-, Canada) Ten-Thirty on a Summer Night (1960), Marguerite Duras (1914-1996, France) The Blind Owl (1931), Sadegh Hedayat (1903-1951, Iran) The Book of Disquiet (1913-), Fernando Pessoa (1888-1935, Portugal) The Book of Laughter and Forgetting (1979), Milan Kundera (1929-, Czechoslovakia) The Chant of Jimmie Blacksmith (1972), Thomas Keneally (1835- Australian) The Cherry Orchard (1904), Anton Chekov (1860-1904, Russia) The Death of Ivan Ilyich (1886), Leo Tolstoy (1828-1910, Russia) The Fall of the House of Usher (1839), Edgar Allen Poe (1809-1849, U.S.A.) The Garden Party (1922), Katherine Mansfield (1888-1923, New Zeland) The Great Gatsby (1925), F. Scott Fitzgerald (1896-1940, U.S.A.) The Immortal Story (1958), Issak Dineson/Karen Blixen (1885-1962, Denmark) The Posthumous Memoirs of Bras Cubas (1881) Machado de Assis (1839, 1908, Brazil) The Pursuer (1962), Julio Cortázar (1914-1984, Argentina) The Tartar Steppe (1940), Dino Buzzati (1906-1972, Italy) The Thirtieth Year (1961), Ingeborg Bachmann (1926-1973, Austria) The Unknown Masterpiece (1831), Honoré de Balzac (1799-1850, France) Three Trapped Tigers (1966), Guillermo Cabrera Infante (1929-2005, Cuba) Varieties of Exile (1976), Mavis Gallant (1922-, Canada) Waiting for Godot (1953), Samuel Beckett (1906-1989, Ireland/France) Washington Square (1880), Henry James (1843-1916, U.S.A./U.K.) Woman of the Dunes (1960), Kōbō Abe (1924-1993, Japan) Wuthering Heights (1847), Emily Brontë (1818-1848, United Kingdom) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 302 Landscapes in the Literature and Art of Russia and Central Europe Lecturer Clarice Cloutier, Ph.D.
Course code:
LIT 302
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Define Russian and Central European literature from an interdisciplinary perspective
272
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Demonstrate a good grounding in analyzing literature via a certain theme/motif Interpret major literary and artistic trends from a national onto a European level.
Prerequisites None Course Contents As much as landscapes may vary across Russia and Central Europe, they are also unified by nature in its intricacy, simplicity and the humbleness it evokes. The plains of Poland have fostered reflections on life different from those on Slovakian mountains. Similarly, the vastness of Russia’s open spaces cannot compare with the small-scale of the Czech Republic, yet the landscape painters of the 19th century seemingly did not heed this notion on canvas. From the Hungarian saying “It’s time to learn that region where the crystal turns to steam and air” (Nagy) comes a course which delves into the literature and art of people who so identified with their landscape, whether snow-covered or sun-flooded, that Dostoevsky’s admonishment to “kiss the earth” came naturally. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading RUSSIA Akhmatova, Anna. “I Have Learned to Live Simply.” in The Complete Poems of Anna Akhmatova. Translated by Judith Hemschemeyer. Edited and with an introduction by Roberta Reeder. Somerville, Mass.: Zephyr Press, 1990. Brodsky, Josef. “I threw my arms about those shoulders,” from New Stanzas to Augusta: Poems to M.B. Ann Arbor, MI: Ardis, 1983. Chekhov, Anton. “The Steppe.” in The Complete Short Novels. Translated into English by Richard Pevear & Larissa Volokhonsky. Knopf Doubleday Publishing Group, 2007. Dostoevsky, Fyodor. excerpts from Crime and Punishment. Translated into English by Richard Pevear & Larissa Volokhonsky. New York: Vintage, 2008. Pushkin, Aleksandr.“The Countryside,” “Winter Road, ” “Storm-cloud” in Полное собрание сочинений. Л.: Наука. Ленингр. 1977-1979. Tolstoy, Leo. excerpts from Anna Karenina. Translated by Rosemary Edmonds. London: Penguin Classics, 1978. Turgenev, Ivan. A Hunter’s Sketches. Translated into English by Constance Garnett. London: Heinemann, 1897. POLAND Głowiński, Michał. “A Footbridge Over Time” from the book of the same title, Translated into English by Antonia Lloyd-Jones. Cracow: Wydawnictwo Literackie, 2006. Herbert, Zbigniew. “Answer,” “Nike who Hesitates” and “Mr. Cogito and the Imagination” in The Collected Poems: 1956-1998. Translated into English by Alissa Valles, Czeslaw Milosz and Peter Dale Scott. Introduction by Adam Zagajewski. New York: Ecco, 2007. Miłosz, Czesław. “Slow River” and “Excursion into the Forest, ”in The Collected Poems. Hopewell, NJ: Ecco, 1988. Szymborska, Wislawa. “Among The Multitudes” and “Landscape,” in Poems New and Collected. Translated into English by Stanislaw Baranczak & Clare Cavanagh. Harcourt, 1998. CZECH REPUBLIC Čapek, Karel. “Story without Words.” in Crossroads. Translated into English by Norma Comrada. North Haven, CT: Catbird Press, 2002. Kriseová, Eda. “Our Small Town,” in The Writing on the Wall: An Anthology of Contemporary Czech Literature. Edited by Peter Kussi and Antonín Liehm. Princeton” Karz-Cohl, cl983. Mácha, Karel Hynek. excerpt from “May” (“Máj”) available in ©Translation: James Naughton, 2000 at: http://users.ox.ac.uk/~tayl0010/macha2.html Mikeš, Petr. “Evening,” in Volková, Bronislava & Clarice Cloutier. Up the Devil’s Back/Po hřbetě d’ábla: A Bilingual Anthology of 20th Century Czech Poetry. Bloomington, IN: Slavica Publishers, 2008. Němcová, Božena. “The Sisters” in Jeanne Němcová. Czech and Slovak Short Stories. London: Oxford University Press, 1967. Seifert, Jaroslav. “Four Small Windows” in The Poetry of Jaroslav Seifert. Translated by Ewald Osers. North Haven, CT: Catbird Press, 1998.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
273
Sládek, Josef Václav. “Czech Landscape” (“České krajině”) in Pešat, Zdeněk a Mojmír Otruba. The Linden Tree. An Anthology of Czech and Slovak Literature 1890–1960. Praha: Artia, 1962. Sova, Antonín. “August Evenings” and “I loved those evenings,” in Volková, Bronislava & Clarice Cloutier. Up the Devil’s Back/Po hřbetě d’ábla: A Bilingual Anthology of 20th Century Czech Poetry. Bloomington, IN: Slavica Publishers, 2008. Stehlík, Ladislav. excerpts translated by Clarice Cloutier from Our Country Reflects. Praha: Československý spisovatel, 1986. SLOVAKIA Baláž, Ireney. “Time’s Answer.” Translated into English by Clarice Cloutier. from Prierez tmou. Bratislava: EternaPress, 2004. Pankovčín, Václav. excerpt from Three Women Under the Walnut Tree. in Cloutier, Clarice, issue ed. The Review of Contemporary Fiction: New Slovakian Fiction Issue: Summer 2010 (The Review of Contemporary Fiction) Urbana, IL: Dalkey Archive Press, University of Illinois, 2010. Sloboda, Rudolf. excerpt from Autumn. in Cloutier, Clarice, issue ed. The Review of Contemporary Fiction: New Slovakian Fiction Issue: Summer 2010 (The Review of Contemporary Fiction) Urbana, IL: Dalkey Archive Press at the University of Illinois, 2010. Štrpka, Ivan. “A Second,” Not Waiting for Miracles: Seventeen Contemporary Slovak Poets. Translated into English by James & Viera Sutherland-Smith, Štefánia Allen. Levoča, 1993. Tatarka, Dominik. “Mystery,” in Goetz-Stankiewicz, Marketa. Good-bye, Samizdat: Twenty Years of Czechoslovak Underground Writing. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1992. HUNGARY Márai, Sándor. Land, Land (Memoir of Hungary, 1944-1948). in An Island of Sound: Hungarian Poetry and Fiction before and beyond the Iron Curtain. London: The Harvill Press, 2004. Nadas, Peter. “Family Portrait against a Purple Sunset,” in Nothing’s Lost: 25 Hungarian Short Stories. Budapest: Corvina, 1988. Nagy, Ágnes Nemes. “Trees,” in An Island of Sound: Hungarian Poetry and Fiction before and beyond the Iron Curtain. London: The Harvill Press, 2004. Örkeny, Istvan. “We’re an Equestrian Nation” and “Snowy Landscape, Two Onion Domes,” in More One Minute Stories. Selected and translated by Judith Sollosy. Preface by Péter Esterházy. Budapest: Corvina, 2006. Spiro, György. “Forest.” in An Island of Sound: Hungarian Poetry and Fiction before and beyond the Iron Curtain. London: The Harvill Press, 2004. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
LIT 356 Advanced Seminar in Poetry
Course code:
LIT 356
Lecturer Stephan Delbos, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: BA. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
274
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine 20th century American poetry as a continuous lineage with an emphasis on the interconnectedness among different strains of American poetry, including Modernism, the Harlem Renaissance, the Confessional Poets, the New York School and the Beats. Prerequisites None Course Contents The roots of modern American poetry; poetic cross-pollination between the U.S. and France; Modernist revolution; the Harlem Renaissance; Confessional poetry; the New York School; the poets’ roles in politics and American poetry; the Deep Image School; the Berkeley Renaissance; Beats, their influence and importance. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Artur Rimbaud, Paul Verlaine, Jules LaForge, Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, Claude McKay, Langston Hughes, Robert Lowell, Elizabeth Bishop, Sylvia Plath,Ted Hughes, Dylan Thomas, Frank O’Hara, LeRoi Jones, Pablo Neruda, Federico Garcia Lorca, James Wright, Jack Spicer, Lawrence Ferlinghetti, Allen Ginsberg, Gary Snyder, Charles Bukowski Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, presentation, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 430 Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
LIT 430
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to: - Examine the works of Franz Kafka and the critical reception of those works - Consider Kafka within his biographical and socio-historical context as a Prague author, as well as approach his works from several theoretical paradigms, ranging from literary critics to social theorists. Prerequisites None Course Contents The format of the seminar will be a mixture of lecture and discussion. In this advanced seminar we will be studying the works of Franz Kafka and the critical reception of those works. We will be considering Kafka within his biographical and socio-historical context as a Prague author, as well as approaching his works from several theoretical paradigms, ranging from the literary critics Stanley Corngold & Maurice Blanchot to social theorists such as Georges Bataille, Walter Benjamin, Jacques Lacan, Gilles Deleuze/Félix Guattari, Slavoj Žižek, and Niklas Luhmann. Primary texts studied will include the novel The Trial, the novella The Metamorphosis, and the stories The
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
275
Judgment, In the Penal Colony, A Country Doctor, A Report to an Academy, The Hunter Gracchus, Investigations of a Dog, The Burrow, and Josephine, or the Mouse Singer. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading There required seminar reader, and students will be required to obtain and read Kafka’s The Trial (any edition, any language). Additional readings + film projections Readings: Introduction: Kafka’s Europe, Julian Preece Readings: Myths and Realities in Kafka’s Biography, Anthony Northey Film: Who was Kafka? directed by Richard Dindo (2005). Scenes: Kafka, Steven Soderbergh (1992). Readings: Nietzsche, Kafka, and Literary Paternity, Stanley Corngold; Franz Kafka: The Radical Modernist, Stanley Corngold; Kafka’s Writing and Our Reading, David Constantine Readings: The Judgment (1912), Franz Kafka. Scenes: Anamorph, Henry Miller (2007). Film: The Stoker, 1st part of Klassenverhältnisse, Danièle Huillet & Jean-Marie Straub (1984). Readings: The Metamorphosis (1912), Franz Kafka Film: Nabokov on Kafka, Peter Medak (1989). Readings: In the Penal Colony (1914), Franz Kafka; Arrest, Conversation with Frau Gruback and then Fräulein Bürstner, Initial Interrogation from The Trial (Der Prozess), Franz Kafka Film: The Trial, David Jones (1993), Part 1. Scenes: Bleak House, BBC (2005); The Truman Show, Peter Weir (1998). Readings: In the Empty Courtroom, The Student, The Offices of the Court, Fräulein Bürstner’s Friend (some editions will have this chapter at the end of the text), The Flogger, K’s Uncle, Leni, from The Trial (Der Process), Franz Kafka. Film: The Trial, David Jones (1993), Part 2. Scene: The Trial, Orson Welles (1962). Readings: Lawyer, Manufacturer, Painter; Block, The Businessman, Dismissal of the Lawyer; In the Cathedral; The End, from The Trial (Der Process), Franz Kafka. Film: The Trial, David Jones (1993), Part 3. Readings: A Country Doctor (1916-1917), Franz Kafka; A Report to the Academy (1916-1917), Franz Kafka; The Hunter Gracchus (1917). Readings: Researches of a Dog (1920), Franz Kafka. Film: The Castle (Das Schloss), Michael Haneke (1997), Part 1. Readings: The Burrow (1923), Franz Kafka. Film: The Castle (Das Schloss), Michael Haneke (1997), Part 2. Readings: The Outside, the Night, Maurice Blanchot; The Madness of the Day, Maurice Blanchot. Readings: Josefine, the Singer or The Mouse People (1923), Franz Kafka. Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
276
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LIT 500 Key Texts in Literary Modernism and Postmodernism Lecturer Doc. Douglas Dix, Ph.D. Doc. Ondřej Pilný, Ph.D. Thierry Tremblay, Ph.D.
Course code:
LIT 500
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: MA in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine lengthier key literary texts from the period of modernism, postmodernism or both on a deeper level. Prerequisites None Course Contents Key postmodernist and modernist literary texts. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Joyce, J: Ulysess, Penguin London and New York: 2000 Proust, M: La Prisonniere/The Captive, Le Temps Retrouve/Time Regained, Penguin London and New York, 2003 Musil, R: Der Mann ohne Eigenschaften/The Man Without Qualitie, New York Vintage Press, 1999 Mann, T.: Der Zauberberg/The Magic Mountain, New York: Vintage Press, 1996 Lawrence, D.H. Women in Love, Penguin London and New York: 1996 Woolf, V.: To the Lighthouse, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006 Durrell, L.: The Alexandria Quartet, London: Faber and Faber, 2005 Pynchon, T.: Gravity’s Rainbow, New York: Vintage Press, 1996 Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 556 Advanced Seminar in Poetry Lecturer Stephan Delbos, M.A.
Course code:
LIT 556
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in HUM 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine 20th century American poetry as a continuous lineage with an emphasis on the interconnectedness among different strains of American poetry, including Modernism, the Harlem Renaissance, the Confessional Poets, the New York School and the Beats.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
277
Prerequisites None Course Contents The roots of modern American poetry; poetic cross-pollination between the U.S. and France; Modernist revolution; the Harlem Renaissance; Confessional poetry; the New York School; the poets’ roles in politics and American poetry; the Deep Image School; the Berkeley Renaissance; Beats, their influence and importance. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Arthur Rimbaud, Paul Verlaine, Jules LaForge, Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, Claude McKay, Langston Hughes, Robert Lowell, Elizabeth Bishop, Sylvia Plath, Ted Hughes, Dylan Thomas, Frank O’Hara, LeRoi Jones, Pablo Neruda, Federico Garcia Lorca, James Wright, Jack Spicer, Lawrence Ferlinghetti, Allen Ginsberg, Gary Snyder, Charles Bukowski Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 660 Advanced Interdisciplinary Seminar in Romanticism Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
LIT 660
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Explore the Zeitgeist of the Age of Romanticism in all its manifestations, ranging from poetry, fiction, music and art, and its contribution to later writers reacting against the Enlightenment. Prerequisites None Course Contents Zeitgeist; Age of Romanticism and its historical and theoretical background; Rousseau, Kant, and Herder; Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, Friedrich Holderlin, Novalis, William Blake, William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Lord Byron, John Keats, Percy Bysshe Shelley, Mary Shelley, Karel Hynek Mácha, Aleksandr Pushkin and Emily Bronte. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU Course Materials Packet including selections by: Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, Friedrich Holderlin, Novalis (Friedrich von Hardenberg), William Blake, John Keats, William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Lord Byron, Percy Bysshe Shelley, Mary Shelley, K. H. Mácha and Aleksandr Pushkin. Bronte, Emily. Wuthering Heights, London and New York: Penguin, 2003
278
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Kant, Immanuel: Critique of Pure Reason. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1998 Rousseau, Jean-Jacques: Julie or the New Heloise, Hannover and London: University Press of New England, 1993 Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 661 Advanced Literary Seminar: Women Writers Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Course code:
LIT 661
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine women writers from the mid-19th Century until the present.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Beyond a survey of narrative fiction written by women, this seminar will consider the specific characteristics of the form and content of works by women writers, how they are different from those of male writers, and whether this difference is considerable enough to merit the positing of a “female aesthetic”. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU Course Materials Reading Packet including works by Emily Bronte, Bozena Nemcova, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Edith Wharton, Katherine Mansfield, Karen Blixen, Kay Boyle, James Bowles, Patricia Highsmith, Jean Rhys, Joyce Carol Oates, Ursula Le Guin, Lydia Davis, Marilynne Robinson, Clarice Lispector Bachmann, Ingeborg: Malina, New York: Holmes and Meier Publishers, 1999 Barnes, Djuna: Nightwood, London: Faber and Faber, 2001 Duras, Marguerite: The Ravishing of Lol V. Stein, New York: Pantheon, 1986 Jelinek, Elfriede: The Pianist, London: Serpent’s Tail Press, 1989 Woolfe, Virginia: Mrs. Dalloway, New York and London: Penguin, 1996 Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
279
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
LIT 662 Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
LIT 662
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: M.A. in HUM 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Examine the works of Franz Kafka and the critical reception of those works - Consider Kafka within his biographical and socio-historical context as a Prague author, as well as approach his works from several theoretical paradigms, ranging from literary critics to social theorists. Prerequisites None Course Contents Kafka’s writings; phenomenon of “the human face”; the notion of social and cultural “otherness”; Kafka’s work as literature that reflects the situation of the national, ethnic or religious minority in Western society Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Deleuze, Gilles: Pourparlers, Paris: Minuit, 1990 Deleuze, Gilles and Felix Guattari: Kafka: Toward a Minor Literature, (transl.) Dana Polan, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1986. Deleuze, Gilles and Felix Guattari: L’Anti-Oedipe: Capitalisme et schizophrenie, Paris: Minuit, 1972 Deleuze, Gilles and Felix Guattari: A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia 2, (transl.) Brian Massumi, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1987 Findlay, Edward: Caring for the soul in a postmodern age: politics and phenomenology in the thought of Jan Patocka, New York: State University of New York Press, 2002 Frank, Manfred: Was ist Neostrukturalismus?Franfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1984 Kafka, Franz: The Trial, Modern Library, 1956 Kafka, Franz:Amerika, New Directions, 1946 Kafka, Franz: The Diaries, Schocken Books, 1948–49 Kafka, Franz: Letters to Milena, Schocken Books, 1953 Kafka, Franz: Letters to Felice, Schocken Books, 1973 Kafka, Franz: The Castle, a new translation, based on the restored text, Schocken Books, 1998 Levinas, Emmanue:. Le temps et l’autre, Paris: PUF 1983 Levinas, Emmanuel: Totalite et Infini, Nijhoff, 1980 Teaching Methods Lecture, extensive reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
280
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MGT 205 Business Communication Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 205 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate, develop and present professional level presentations - Demonstrate an improvement in public speaking and presentation skills - Demonstrate and understand the use of audience analysis to adapt a message to the audience - Write business messages and documents with clarity and precision - Use the you-viewpoint and positive language in writing to build goodwill - Write positive messages that are well structured and direct - Compose tactful and courteous negative messages - Use persuasive strategies to compose a variety of persuasive messages - Demonstrate an understanding of communicating “brand you” in today’s business environment - Organize and write a short report or a proposal - Prepare and organize an effective formal presentation - Describe what one can do to effectively communicate across cultures - Demonstrate an understanding of Social Media and how it can be used effectively by businesses to communicate with customers - Write and/or refine their CV, including their on “online CV” - Demonstrate and implement an understanding of LinkedIn as a platform for communicating your personal brand - Demonstrate and implement an understanding of the use of your blog/website for personal branding - Demonstrate an understanding of the subtleties of cross-cultural communication - Demonstrate cross-cultural communication skills. Prerequisites COM 102 Course Contents This course explores how communication is done in business today. The goal of the course is to provide students with the communication skills needed to enter and advance successfully in a business career. The main areas of concentration for the course include: Personal Branding: Your Online CV and Profile, Presentation and Speaking Skills, The New Dialogue between Businesses and Customers. In addition, Cross Cultural Business Communication and Non-Verbal Business Communication will be examined. The goal of the course is to provide today’s student with an introduction to and development of the communication skills needed to enter and advance successfully in a business career. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Bovee, Courtland L. and Thill, John V. Business Communication Today. McGraw-Hill Education, 1998 Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Power-point slides will be used during lectures. Slides will be posted on course web site usually 1-2 days before class. Recommended Materials A variety of articles, case studies, excerpts from various books will be provided. The materials will be stored on the course web site and available for download. Students are required to download materials as course progresses and to stay current with the readings. Teaching Methods Very interactive and practical approach, students will be expected to be prepared for each class and ready to contribute their experiences and thoughts, weekly assignments (short in nature, could include a brief written email or memo, a short 2-3 minute presentation), group “homework”
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
281
Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final presentation, written assignments and quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 231 Career Management and Growth Lecturer PharmDr. et Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 231 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Have a clear and demonstrable understanding of the various online platforms used today for career development and management - Build, manage and monitor their own on-line career presence - Understand their own motivations and objectives in their career path - Develop and demonstrate an understanding and comfort with various web platforms such as personal blog/web site, Twitter, youtube etc. - Develop a personal career management plan with action steps. - Refine their self-assessment skills - Clearly articulate their career goals and objectives - Demonstrate their own “personal brand” - Clearly understand and demonstrate their knowledge of the elements necessary to conduct a successful job search - Finish the course with a complete and accurate on-line profile. Prerequisites None Course Contents The objective of this course is to provide those students already in the work force with the tools needed to realistically assess their current career path with a view to managing their career or making shifts in career direction. The course focuses on practical exercises in career and life path assessment, refining and improving current CVs and online presence, preparing a longer term career plan, and will look at various approaches to growing your career over the long-term. This course is specifically designed for the students in the weekend program. The typical profile of the students is early-to mid-career path. It is quite likely that at some point the students will seek other employment or wish to advance within their current company. The course will essentially have two components: One part will be self-determination of likely and desired career paths, which could include starting your own business or working for yourself. This will be done through readings, assessments and class discussions and assignments. The second part will be practical and involve all aspects of the students online and offline career management both for those comfortable in their current positions and those looking to change or modify career paths. This part will be completely “hands on” and much work will be done in class on sites like LinkedIn, developing a personal website/blog, examining the other career related sites and platforms including Facebook and Google+. We will also spend time on developing and improving current CVs. Networking both online and offline will covered. By the end of the course students will have a polished and professional online and offline presence.
282
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
The ultimate objective of the course is to give students a clearer picture for themselves of what they may want to pursue career-wise, learn and develop the tools that are necessary today. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials The readings list that represents the thinking from top scholars and practitioners and experts in the field of career management and development will be distributed at the class. Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Recommended Materials Reardon,Robert, Lenz, Janet, Sampson, Jim and Gary Peterson. Career Development and Planning: A Comprehensive Approach. Fourth edition, 2012 Teaching Methods Very interactive and practical approach, students will be expected to be prepared for each class and ready to contribute their experiences and thoughts, weekly assignments (short in nature, could include a brief written email or memo, a short 2-3 minute presentation), group “homework” Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final presentation, written assignments and quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 245 Introduction to Management Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D. Mark Wiedorn, MBA PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
MGT 245 1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in BA
Groups:
1
Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Apply theoretical management concepts in practice - Demonstrate and describe an understanding of basic Management concepts - Understand and demonstrate the development and evolution of modern management theories and their relevance today - Be able to recognize and find positive solutions to various managerial problems and situations - Demonstrate their improved managerial and communication skills in presentations, “role playing” and working with peers - Understand and demonstrate their knowledge and experience of working in teams, both virtual and non-virtual, including the benefits and difficulties of working in groups - Understand the difficulties of cross cultural communication and demonstrate their understanding of how to communicate well across cultural boundaries - Articulate and demonstrate an understanding of the critical importance of clear communication for managers - Articulate and demonstrate a significant understanding of the many challenges and opportunities that global managers face today - Comprehend the importance for managers and corporations to continually strive for competitive advantage - Demonstrate their own business and managerial skills to function effectively in an international business environment.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
283
Prerequisites None Course Contents A survey of organization management designed to present students with a broad view of the environment and techniques of business. It also provides an introduction to the various business disciplines including strategic management, planning, leading, organizing, controlling, marketing, human resource management, and basic economics. An overview of current and future trends in management will be part of the course. This course includes lectures, case analyses, and experiential learning. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials George, Jennifer M., Hill, Charles W.L. and Jones, Gareth R. Contemporary Management. Irwin McGraw-Hill; Global Edition 2011 Recommended Materials Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Robbins, Stephen P. Management : concepts and applications. 10th ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : PrenticeHall, 2009. Daft, Richard L., Marcic, Dorothy. Management : the new workplace. 7th ed. Mason, OH : SouthWestern Cengage Learning, 2011. Teaching Methods Lectures, case analyses, and experiential learning Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, team presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 255 Business Ethics Lecturer PhDr. Lukáš Sedláček, M.Phil. Gabriele Meissner, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 255 1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Show familiarity with current ethical questions, economic, social and environmental policy frameworks in which CSR takes place - Demonstrate mastery of CSR theory and practice in Europe from corporate codes of conduct to related EU policies, frameworks and discussions - Appreciate and articulate complex issues in corporate governance under local and global settings - Show familiarity with critical issues of CG and CSR, including corporate ownership structures, transparency, board practices, CSR strategy formulation and implementation, and their impact on different stakeholders - Know how to integrate management control issues with corporate governance as a firm-specific objective to achieve superior firm performance and greater accountability - Analyse, communicate and provide recommendations on business cases.
284
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites MGT 245, MKT 248 Course Contents This course aims to provide students with solid skills to know and deal with the fundamentals of ethics. They are enabled to analyze business, social and environmental issues that are relevant to the development of Corporate Social Responsibility and sustainable business practices. The course focuses on the CSR practices of Multi-national Corporations (MNCs), the challenges and opportunities of acting responsibly in the arena often called “the global village”. It also assesses the role of small and mediumsized enterprises (SMEs) in acting responsibly in a highly competitive environment. It discusses government strategies to attract Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and the dilemmas these present for responsible business practice and the complex interactions between stakeholders, firms, and government. The course provides a comprehensive introduction to ethical considerations in business. Students are enabled to develop a deeper understanding of how to act responsibly towards all business stakeholders while, at the same time, not neglecting the firm‘s profitability. The course will discuss models of how CSR can create a sustainable ROI for companies. Students are encouraged to gain awareness of the interconnectedness of organizations and nations in a globalized world and how their actions as managers will affect different stakeholders, nations and the world as a whole. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading O. C. Ferrell, John Fraedrich, Ferrell: Business Ethics 2009 Update: Ethical Decision Making and Case. Cengage Learning, 2009. W.B. Werther Jr., D. Chandler, Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility. Thousand Oaks 2011. M.J. Epstein, B. Burchard, Counting What Counts. Cambridge 2000. R. Starkey, R. Welford, The Earthscan Reader in Business & Sustainable Development. Sterling 2001. Ann B. Buchholtz, Archie B. Carroll, Business and Society. Cengage 2012. Teaching Methods Active debate, case study approach, a quick wrap-up (quiz) at the beginning of each class Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, level of participation and attendance Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 260 Leadership Lecturer Ray Smith, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 260 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to: - Compare and contrast management and leadership - Discuss the nature of leadership - Outline evolving theories of leadership - Describe personal aspects of leadership - Identify relationship building aspects of leadership - Explain social architecture of leadership - Address leadership and management issues from a theoretical perspective
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
285
-
Develop a framework for understanding moral and ethical issues in different leadership and management styles. Engage in self-management in terms of time, planning and behavior, motivation, individual initiative and enterprise. Conduct a literature review into leadership and management issues for a presentation and a review report. This requires familiarity with a range of research sources and ability to apply leadership and management related theoretical frameworks.
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course explores dimensions of what constitutes individual leadership in the corporate world. This is a multi-disciplinary course with concepts drawn from psychology, communications, human resource management and business. Topics covered are: Leadership vs. management, Leadership styles, Teams, Power, Leadership and change, Theories of leadership Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading
Daft, Richard L., The Leadership Experience. 5nd edition. 2011 Lecture notes, handouts, course reader. Teaching Methods Lecture, high level of interaction, participation in class and group discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Essay, classroom presentation, midterm exam, project and final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 275 Change Management Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 275 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand and define Change Management - Examine and understand why Change Management is so difficult for organizations - Understand what a main terms as “Change Agent “, “Change Initiative” , “campaign” - Understand and examine the considerations for “who” should implement change in an organization - Understand the difference between “Formal” versus “Informal” change management in the organization - Understand the difference between “top-down” change and “bottom up” change - Understand what the “traditional approach” to change management is - Understand why adaptability is a key competence in change management - Understand how mental maps are created and re-enforced and the role they play in managing change. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents In the rapidly changing global business environment, organizations often have to implement major changes to stay competitive. Changing the direction and culture of an organization is perhaps the most
286
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
difficult challenge a manager faces. The impetus for change starts at the top of the organization and must be communicated through the whole organization. Change management involves strategic direction, marketing strategy and product development, and human resources management. Companies such as Apple, Dell, Nokia, Samsung, Sony, and others, will be covered through case studies, readings, and projects. Change management approaches and techniques are important tools of managers as they seek to achieve desired change objectives. Because change often occurs because of a “crisis”, crisis management will also be covered briefly. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended reading Required Materials Black, Stewart J. and Gregersen, Hal B. Leading Strategic Change, Financial Times. Prentice Hall, 2002 Grove. Only the Paranoid Survive , Crown Business. Reprint edition, March 16, 1999 PDF reader, Change Management Module will be compiled with various articles and case studies and will be posted on class web site. Any additional materials will also be posted on the web site. Recommended Materials Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Teaching Methods
Lectures, readings and class discussions, class participation is essential Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, class participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 280 Project Management Lecturer Luc De Ceuster, M.Sc., PMP Simon Gordon-Smith, M.B.A
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 280 2 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Acquainted with the project management principles and vocabulary - Interpret theories and methodologies of project management - Apply the project management principles in different situation and for solving of various problems in everyday operation of business - Decompose complex things into a set of simple tasks, transform them into a plan, calculate duration of the project and identify the actions to do during the execution of the project. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents Key concepts and definitions, project life cycle, initiation and definition of a project, planning (task generation, roles and responsibilities, task interdependence, critical path, schedule development, resource loading, project budget, risk development plan), execution and control of a project. The students will learn about the principles of projects and project management. They will learn that many of the things we do every day are “little or large projects”. The students will learn how to decompose complex things into a set of simple tasks, transform these into a plan, calculate the duration of the project and identify the actions to do during the execution of the project.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
287
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Luc De Ceuster. Focus on Project Success. First Edition, published in the Czech Republic by APraCom s.r.o, 2011 Haugan, T. Project Management Fundamentals: Key Concepts and Methodology. Second Edition , Management Concepts, 2010. Recommended Materials In class distributed materials; PMBOK Guide and Standards from pmi.org Teaching Methods Lecture, seminar with discussion and problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 305 Entrepreneurship Lecturer Gabrielle Meissner, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 305 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Use in praxis the requisite skills to make better decisions thereby increasing the odds of new venture success - Comprehend entrepreneurial practice from the perspectives of the founder and the key - Stakeholders (including partners, investors, employees, and customers) that will make the difference in the ultimate success or failure of the venture - Provide the step-by-step learning forum for future entrepreneurs to acquire the requisite skills to make better decisions thereby increasing the odds of new venture - Success in a very practical lab-environment - Provide a framework for effective entrepreneurial practice from the perspectives of the founder and the key stakeholders (including partners, investors, employees, and customers) that will make the difference in the ultimate success or failure of the venture. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents This course gives students a comprehensive introduction in how to develop an innovative business idea, how to create a simple compelling business model and how to gain sustainable competitive advantage as innovator. Furthermore the course will introduce basic methods and tools which are important for getting started. These are creative problem solving methods, strategic management tools, generation of business models and business plans. The intent of this course is to provide the frameworks, functions and workings of new ventures based on innovation and creativity. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate
288
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Required Materials K.R. Allen. New Venture Creation. 6th Intl. Ed. 2009, 2012 Study Guide Recommended Materials Kawasaki, G. The Art of the Start. New York, 2004 Kawasaki, G. Reality Check. New York, 2008 Osterwalder, Y. Peignoir. Business Model Generation, 2010 Berry, T. The Plan-As-You-Go Business Plan. New York, 2008 Kawasaki, G. Enchantment. New York, 2011 (available as e-book) Bessant, J., J. Tidd, innovation and entrepreneurship. 2nd. Ed., 2011 Wade, W. Scenario Planning: A Field Guide to the Future. Wiley, 2012 (available as e-book). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Project, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None MGT 325 International Business Lecturer Simon Gordon-Smith, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 325 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of international business operations of multinational corporations in the world’s marketplace. - Understand and assess behaviors of global manufacturers, suppliers and distributors as well as the critical factors influencing these behaviors within political, legal, economic, institutional, and sociocultural environments. - Comprehend the ethical dilemmas and social responsibility facing international companies today - Appreciate the forces driving globalization and the role of trade theory and international economics. Prerequisites ECO 110, ECO 120, MGT 245, MKT 248 Course Contents This course will introduce students to the international business environments: political, legal, economic, institutional, and socio-cultural. As the global economy becomes closely integrated, the need for understanding its driving forces as well as its impacts on the domestic economy becomes critical. To help students prepare for this challenge, areas such as global manufacturing and managing value-adding chains, export and import strategies, international delivery modes, export financing issues, foreign direct investments and strategic alliances will be examined. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Daniels, John D., Radebaugh, Lee H. International Business: Environments and Operations. 10th edition, Prentice-Hall, Inc., New Jersey 2007
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
289
Charles W. L. Hill. International Business. McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 9 edition (January 17, 2012) Course notes from lecturer Recommended Additional Materials Economist; Wall Street Journal; Financial Times; Strategy+Business; McKinsey Report Teaching Methods Lectures, interactive problem-solving case studies, active participation in class, individual work with Internet and other data resources; video, CD-ROM and on-line Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments and participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 328 Customer Experience Management Lecturer Gabrielle Meissner, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 328 1, 2 2, 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Define CEM/CRM and develop a critical attitude towards current vendor communication - Know the role of customer experience management in creating value - Analyze and develop compelling holistic consumer experiences - Know about new research and trends in the development of marketing strategies and concepts - Know how co-creating value with customers enhance sustainable competitive advantage - Take steps to develop and implement powerful sales strategies and sales processes - Know how contemporary sales organizations work and use CRM - Know the importance of reliable customer relationships and how CRM strategies and systems support long-term relationships - Know how to create a customer centric culture - Know the critical success factors for a sustainable CEM/CRM implementation - Develop and present a new topic on their own - Collaborate in a diverse team Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents CRM represents the shift from product-centered to customer-centered strategies, which at the same time offers new powerful opportunities to create sustainable competitive advantage – especially in a global marketplace. The course will explore the strategies and concepts of customer relationship management with a special focus on sales organizations and the development and implementation of growth strategies. It will discuss implementation processes and the necessary change management programs to achieve a broad acceptance in the whole organization. Innovative brand marketing largely deals with creating compelling holistic customer experiences to differentiate themselves in new ways to build a reliable and loyal customer base. To successfully do so innovative marketing makes more and more use of new insights from brain science. Neuromarketing creates brand experiences and business opportunities completely different from traditional marketing approaches; web-based services help firms to establish interrelated customer relationships.
290
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials Adrian Payne, Handbook of CRM, Oxford, 2006 Simon Knox et al., Customer Relationship Management – Perspectives from the Marketplace, Oxford, 2003 Recommended Materials Anderson, C. Free – The Future of a Radical Price. London 2009 DiJulius III., J.R. What’s the Secret to Providing World-Class Customer Experience? New Jersey 2008 Greenberg, P., Benioff, M. CRM at the Speed of Light. Emeryville 2009 Krishnan, M.S. , Prahalad, C.K. The New Age of Innovation. New York 2008 Lindstrom, N. Buyology. London 2008 Neumeier, M. The Designful Company. Berkeley 2009 Pine, B.J. The Experience Economy. Boston 2008 Peppers, D., Rogers, M. Managing Customer Relationships. New Jersey 2004 Scott, D.M. The New Rules of Marketing & PR. New Jersey 2009 Sundbo, J. Creating Experiences in the Experience Economy. Cheltenham 2008 Teaching Methods Seminar, active participation of students, discussions, case studies analysis Assessment Methods Class activity, team project, individual project and presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 353 Psychology for Managers Lecturer PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 353 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand fundamentals of psychology and basic psychological theories related to the practical execution of management and leadership. - Understand the unique character of personality, use tools to identify and measure different personality types and apply the knowledge in people management. - Understand and apply relevant concepts of intelligence, abilities, emotions, communication, decision making, creativity, and coaching to improve interpersonal skills. - Understand and apply relevant theories of motivation to the management of people in organizations. - Understand and manage individual, group and organizational behavior using effective human resources tools and practices. - Apply psychological principles and knowledge in the areas of recruitment & selection, training & development, performance appraisal, rewards, retention, conflict resolution, communication, coaching etc. - Understand the importance of values and ethics for creating the strong company culture. - Identify intercultural differences and understand their relevance to managers and employees in work organizations especially in a global economy.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
291
Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents This course presents an overview of psychological approaches, techniques, tools and resources enabling students to obtain knowledge and skills needed to be an effective manager and leader in the current business environment. It provides students with the comprehensive background in the application of psychology in the workplace. Students will examine fundamentals of psychology and basic psychological theories related to management and leadership, with the constant reference to the real life business situations and issues. Students will understand concepts of general psychology and various applied psychological and managerial topics including the personality characteristics and measurement, emotional intelligence, learning, motivation, leadership styles, individual, group and organizational behavior, conflict resolution, human resources management etc. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Feldman, Robert S. Understanding psychology. 5th ed. Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill, 1999. Zimbardo, Philip G, Johnson, Robert L, McCann, Vivian. Psychology : core concepts. 6th ed. Boston, MA : Pearson, 2009. Anderson, Neil, et al. Handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology: Volume 1 : personnel psychology. London, GB : SAGE Publications, 2006. Woods, Stephen A., West, Michael A. The Psychology of Work and Organizations. Andover, UK : South-Western Cengage Learning, 2010 Teaching Methods Lectures, group discussions, presentations, role plays, feedback, examinations, article reviews, analysis of cases, e-learning, online and e-mail consultancy, homework assignments with follow-up analysis and discussion in class Assessment methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments and oral presentation, term paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 355 Organizational Behavior Lecturer PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 355 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and understand individual, group and organizational behavior - Identify and understand the key managerial and organizational processes and issues from the Organizational Behavior (OB) perspective - Develop the background knowledge necessary for critical thinking about psychological and behavioral issues and their constructive application in the workplace. - Understand the basic OB theories and apply the theoretical concepts to the real life situations - Apply obtained knowledge to the organizations, e.g. Evaluate psychological tests used in personnel management, perform job analysis, provide and receive input and feedback on performance, support
292
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
career development, apply motivation concepts in the organizations, identify and address workplace diversity/gender issues etc. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents This course addresses the systematic study of actions and attitudes that people exhibit within organizations. It concentrates on issues dealing with human motivation and behavior in organizations, the interface between human behavior and the organization, and the organization itself. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Compilation of relevant textbook chapters and empirical research: Robbins, S. P., Judge, T. A., Campbell, T. T. Organizational behaviour. 1st ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009. Anderson, N., et al. Handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology: Volume 1 : personnel psychology. London, GB: SAGE Publications, 2006. Anderson, N., et al. Handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology: Volume 2 : organizational psychology. London, GB: SAGE Publications, 2006. Lowman, R. L. The California school of organizational consulting psychology: a comprehensive guide to theory, skills, and techniques. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 2002. Jones, G. R., George, J.M. Contemporary management. 7th ed. New York, US : McGraw-Hill, 2011. Recommended Materials Selected journal articles (list will be specified during the classes). Selected online personality tests (links will be provided in the class). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, examinations, article reviews, term-paper. Assessment methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments and oral presentation, term paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 356 Industrial Psychology Lecturer Belle McDonnell, Ph.D. PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 356 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A.in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and understand the key managerial and organizational processes from the Industrial/Organizational (I-O) Psychology perspective - Develop the background knowledge necessary for critical thinking about psychological issues and their constructive application in the workplace - Understand the basic I-O Psychology theories and apply the theoretical concepts to the real life situations - Apply obtained knowledge to the organizations, e.g. evaluate psychological tests used in personnel management, perform job analysis, provide and receive input and feedback on performance, support
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
293
career development, apply motivation concepts in the organizations, identify and address workplace diversity/gender issues etc. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents This course addresses the systematic study of psychology of work and organizations and its practical application in the workplace, particularly in the areas of job analysis and design, selection, training, evaluation and performance management, motivation in the workplace, leadership, organizational culture, diversity and gender roles in the workplace, ethical issues of the Industrial/Organizational (I-O) psychology etc. The primary goal is to help studentsunderstand and apply the I-O psychology principles in the real life situations to increase work productivity, leadership effectiveness and employee satisfaction and motivation. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Compilation of relevant textbook chapters and empirical research: Triandis, Harry C., Dunnette, Marvin D., Hough, Leaetta. Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology : vol. 4. Harry C. Triandis, Marvin D. Dunnette, and Leaetta M. Hough. 2nd ed. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologist Press, 1994. xxiii, 869 p. Anderson, Neil, et al. Handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology: Volume 1 : personnel psychology. London, GB : SAGE Publications, 2006. xxviii, 483 Anderson, Neil, et al. Handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology: Volume 2 : organizational psychology. London, GB : SAGE Publications, 2006. xxviii, 480 p. Cascio, Wayne F. Applied psychology in personnel management. Wayne F. Cascio. 3rd ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall, 1987. xiv, 510 p. ISBN 0-13-041427-1. Jones, Gareth R., George, Jennifer M. Contemporary management. Gareth R. Jones, Jennifer M. George. 7th ed. New York, US : McGraw-Hill, 2011. 730 p. Robbins, Stephen P., Judge, Timothy A., Campbell, Timothy T. Organizational behaviour. Stephen P.Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, Timothy T. Campbell. 1st ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009. Recommended Materials Selected journal articles (list will be specified during the classes); selected online personality tests (links will be provided in the class) Teaching Methods Activities, demonstrations, homework assignments, case studies, and discussions focused on the practical applications of industrial psychological and organizational theories to the workplace Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, individual and team assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 357 Human Resources Management Lecturer Gabriele Meissner, MBA PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová
294
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 357 1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand human resource management from a systemic, strategic perspective - Describe the field of "human resource management" and understand its relevance to managers and employees in work organizations especially in a global economy - Conduct a basic job analysis and apply this understanding of job requirements to other human resource management systems such as selection, performance appraisal, and compensation - Recognize contemporary human resource management tools and understand some of the technical details of human resource management practices - Apply relevant theories to the management of people in organizations - Analyze business challenges involving human resource systems - Critically assess and evaluate human resource policies and practices - Be aware of current international HRM trends, explain how human resource management practices can support organizational strategy – especially in a global environment - Describe sound practice in the areas of recruitment, selection, training, performance appraisal, remuneration, and retention - Apply knowledge of HRM to critique existing HR practices in a client organization and to develop improved practices and tools to suit the client’s specific needs. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents The course will provide an overview of human resource management, with particular emphasis in human resource planning and strategy, personnel selection, equal employment opportunity, training, performance appraisal, compensation, and contemporary issues in organizational behavior. The course has been developed for the student of general management whose job will involve responsibility for managing people in a global environment. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Textbook: A. DeNisi, R. Griffin. HR. 1Ed., Mason 2011 (available in the library) Reading list will be provided separately / hand-outs on course website Recommended Materials Ken Blanchard et al. Leading at a Higher Level. New Jersey (2007) Daniel Coyle. The Talent Code. New York (2009) Carol S. Dweck. Mind Set – The New Psychology of success. New York (2007) Cynthia D. Fischer et al. Human Resource Management. 5th Ed., Boston (2003) Harvard Business Essentials, Hiring and Keeping the Best People. Boston (2002) Teaching Methods Readings and lectures, exams and weekly five-minute quizzes, individual exercises in some class periods, participation in and contributions to group exercises, a paper/project and presentation on HR issues related doing business in another country, class discussions and blog responses each week Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignment and exercises, presentations, quizzes Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
295
MGT 377 Innovation Management Lecturer Gabrielle Meissner, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 377 1 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand innovation management from a strategic perspective - Describe the field of "innovation management" and understand its relevance to sustainable competitive advantage especially in a global economy - Apply creative problem solving and idea generation models - Recognize contemporary innovation tools and understand the challenges involved - Apply relevant theories to the management of innovation in organizations. - Analyze business challenges involving innovation management - Critically assess and evaluate innovation policies and practices in organizations especially from a cultural and leadership point of view - Be aware of current international innovation and creativity development trends - Explain why innovation is essential to organizational strategy – especially in a global environment - Apply knowledge of innovation management to critique existing strategies and practices in organizations and to develop creative new approaches. Prerequisites ECO 120, MGT 245 Course Contents Business “innovation” and “creativity” are terms used frequently in today’s business world to describe companies or projects that go beyond conventional thinking. Many young job-seekers seek jobs with organizations that are creative in the way that they define their business, run HR practices, and compete in the marketplace. This course aims to capture the challenge and excitement of innovative companies and provide students with an opportunity to understand the underpinnings of this innovation. The course will focus on the strategic side of innovation, and introduce methods and tools how to develop new ideas and transform them into marketable projects. The purpose of this subject is to provide an overview of current trends in innovation management and tickle the student’s ability to think “out of the box”. The course will put special emphasis on Creative Problem Solving models and techniques. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Materials provided by the lecturer, various sources Teaching Methods Lecture, seminar with discussion and problem solving Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, project and presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
296
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MGT 415 Operations Management Lecturer Greg Pezda, MBA, M.Sc. Simon Gordon-Smith, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 415 1 or 2 3 req./opt. B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: - Demonstrate the key principles involved in the management of operations in manufacturing and service organizations - Describe how studying operations management concepts, service issues and associated management issues can improve performance of manufacturing and service operations - Appreciate the role of the Operations Manager and comprehend the types of decisions they make - Apply operations management techniques to resolve management issues - Demonstrate the relationship between customers, corporate management and value creation and the role of technology in linking them - Describe the application of project management and human management in operations management. Prerequisites MGT 245, MTH 222 Course Contents The course examines decision making in operations management, focusing on those who are responsible for producing the goods and services sold by a manufacturing or service organization. This course will be taught with as many practical examples as possible. Topics include process analysis and design, quality and productivity management, Just-in-Time (JIT) analysis, and the role of these topics in formulating and executing competitive strategy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials Chase, Richard and Aquilano, Nicholas: Production and Operations Management. Chicago, McGrawHill, Inc., 1995 Hakseever, Cengiz, Render, Barry, Russel, Roberta and Murdick, Robert: Service Management Operations.Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall, 2000 Robert Johnston and Graham Clark. Service Operations Management. 4th Edition Prentice Hall, 2012, FT ISBN 978-0-273-74048-3 Online simulation from Harvard $6.50/student Recommended Materials Readers collected from: Chase, Richard and Aquilano, Nicholas. Production and Operations Management. Chicago, McGrawHill, Inc., 1995 Hakseever, Cengiz, Render, Barry, Russel, Roberta and Murdick, Robert. Service Management Operations. Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall, 2000 Teaching Methods Lecture, interactive cases, and group work, including a term project Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, written assignments, attendance and participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
297
MGT 430 Strategic Planning I Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA Ing. Petr Balcar, MSBE
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 430 2 3 required B.A.in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and demonstrate an understanding and comfort level with the strategic planning, management and evaluation processes - Understanding the strategic management process, concepts, research and theories - Apply methods of business environment scanning, strategy formulation, implementation and control as well as reviewing performance management models and demonstrating an understanding of when, why and how those models are used - Utilize the tools and methodologies applied in the real world and demonstrate an understanding of these models - Analyze, identify and evaluate opportunities and threats that exist for “real” companies in the business environment and link them to existing strengths and / or weaknesses that exist within the organization and done within the context of the shifting global business environment - Demonstrate ability to place in context current business developments and regional and entity specifics, specifically from a “strategic” point of view - Understand and demonstrate in-depth knowledge of formulating and adapting feasible competitive strategy recommendations. - Choose, evaluate and research an appropriate company for their senior thesis. Prerequisites MGT 245, MKT 248, ACC 263, MTH 222 Course Contents The major objective of this course is to develop an understanding of strategic management planning process, concepts, research, and theories. Students will learn methods of business environment scanning, strategy formulation, implementation, and control. Integration of international issues throughout provides an essential understanding of global economics and its impact on business activities in a location. This course serves as the capstone of the Business Administration Program. We study how a company effectively builds it strategy and learn through current readings and case studies covering which corporate strategies are the most successful and which are not, and why. Major strategic planning models, the strategy development process and strategic implementation are examined. The course is grounded in theory but will incorporate "real-life" examples and applications. The course is weighted towards current trends and practices in strategic planning management. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials Fred R. David. Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases. 13th ed., Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009, ISBN13: 978-0-13-601570-3 (specific chapters and cases will be on course web site) Arthur A. Thompson Jr., A. J. Strickland III, John E. Gamble. Crafting and Executing Strategy, 17th Edition Joan Magretta. Understanding Michael Porter: The Essential Guide to Competition and Strategy. Harvard Business Press Books , 2011 Recommended Materials Excerpts from other Strategic Management texts, on web site Case studies and articles will be assigned according to the class schedule and posted on the course web site.
298
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Case studies, active participation in class, team work and individual development; video, CD-ROM and on-line will be widely used Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, continuous assessment (home works, attendance, participation) Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 435 Strategic Planning II: Thesis Seminar Lecturer Simon Gordon-Smith, MBA Mark Wiedorn, MBA Prof. Ing. Alena Zemplinerová, CSc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 435 2 3 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Practically apply knowledge from other BBA courses and link these various courses together into a coherent whole. - Comprehend and demonstrate a clear understanding of a selected (and approved) company's activities, business model, and overall strategy. - Understand through structured analyses the internal operating environment of the company. - Understand through structured analysis the external industry environment of their company. - Apply standard business analytical techniques such as: o SWOT o Porter's 5-Force Analysis o PESTLE o Financial analysis - Design a strategic plan for the company's future in the form of a thesis or "Strategic Planning Document" (SPD). - Present and defend the SPD in a professional manner. - In the SPD students will analyze and critique the corporate strategy of a company they have chosen (please see below for guidelines on companies). In addition, for State Exams students will have to present and defend their SPD. The student is expected to research and to understand the company’s business model and thereby comprehend the operating environment, the firm’s industry and external macro environment. The student is to research and do critical analysis of the selected company’s corporate strategy and implementation methods. This course requires extensive and diligent academic research, critical and analytical thinking and a detailed review of the researched information so as to make recommendations based on their analysis for the company’s future direction. Prerequisites MGT 245, MKT 248, MTH 222, ACC 263, MGT 430 Course Contents The course serves as the thesis seminar providing students with guidance to write the Strategic Planning Document (SPD), which serves as the thesis for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The course is closely linked to the Strategic Planning I course and motivates students to extensively apply knowledge from other courses studied in the program. The main objective of the course is to teach students to perform analysis and create a strategy for an existing company preferably with an issue.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
299
Emphasis is placed on practical application of the theoretical knowledge gathered in the Strategic Planning I course and other courses studied in the program. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Materials from Strategic planning I., Strategic Planning Documents from previous years, The Economist. All materials on Internet or in the press on their selected company. Required Materials As the SPD (Thesis) builds on knowledge from majority of compulsory courses, students are referred to required readings of these. Students are obliged to use at least 4 academic research papers in order to support their theory/facts presented in their work. Teaching Methods Individual tutorials are combined with regular sessions. Assessment Methods Participation and individual, independent work on the project (Strategic Planning Document, the Bachelor Thesis) Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 510 Management and Communication Course code: in a Global Environment Lecturer Dana Hague, Ing.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT510 1 1 required MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Deeper understand of communication techniques and concepts and be able to apply them in real-life situations - Appreciate how with various aspects of the international environment - economic, political, legal and technological – influence communication and how to adopt the best strategy to respond to them - Understand the cultural differences across countries and their implications for communication and management. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course introduces the main roles of a manager in a multicultural global environment. The course focuses on the interaction between culture, strategy, and behavior for the modern manager. The course serves also as an introductory class for the program, introducing the main concepts, such as globalization, the political, legal, and technological environments, as well as ethics and social responsibility. This course investigates the nature of communication in organizations and its effects by taking a problemcentered approach and focusing on typical communication difficulties organization experience. Case studies are used to learn how to effectively apply communication theory to actual organizational situations. While the course draws on knowledge and research gathered from a variety of academic disciplines, the focus is on how meaning is created and transmitted through the use of verbal and nonverbal messages.
300
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Required Reading Phillip G. Clampitt, Communicating for Managerial Effectiveness, 5th Edition, SAGE Publications, 2012 Recommended Reading Will be provided during lectures Teaching Methods Interactive lecture, discussion and analysis of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, research paper, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 527 Topics in Global Health Management Lecturer Cathie Smith, Ph.D., D.P.T., P.T., P.C.S.
Course code:
MGT 527
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify, understand and explain global health issues and trends and as identified by the World Health Organization and other international-focused resources - Examine relationships between traditional and emerging management concepts and health care issues - Explore comparative systems for health care delivery and identify factors that affect health-related practices and service delivery within varying geographical regions - Describe the national health care system of the students’ home country of origin, and evaluate the model in conjunction with the guidelines and proposals of WHO European Region - Examine the impact of selected wellness and disease-focused heath care initiatives on both mainstream and marginalized population groups - Develop a policy brief related to one millennium development goal target to identify a strategy for reducing incidence of disease or promoting wellness and health among a selected population group. Prerequisites MGT 245 Course Contents This course integrates current literature with comparative data from select centralized database systems to examine key global health care issues. Industry-specific components are examined in light of the distinctive managerial considerations of the dynamic healthcare environment. By focusing on global health concerns that transcend national boundaries, students will explore the impact of differing health care delivery models on key economic, managerial, technological, and human capital concerns. By examining recent initiatives in global health, students will gain an appreciation for the need for managerial talent (non-medical professional) in the healthcare sector, appreciating the potential of health care systems to enhance productivity and competitive advantage while addressing societal needs. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
301
Recommended Reading Skolnik, Richard. Global Health 101 (2nd ed). 2012. Burlington, MS: Jones & Bartlett Learning. ISBN: 978-0-7637-9751-5 Teaching Methods Lectures and class discussion, active learning projects, case analysis / vignettes, presentations of group projects, homework assignments Assessment Methods Research Project, policy brief, homework assignments and participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 535 Entrepreneurship Lecturer Gabriele Meissner, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 535 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify and determine what entrepreneurs need to know about the critical driving forces in a new venture success - Identify how successful entrepreneurs and investors create, find and differentiate profitable and durable opportunities from “other good ideas,” and how opportunities evolve over time - Evaluate and determine how successful entrepreneurs and investors create and build value for themselves and key stakeholders (customers, investors, and employees) - Identify and determine the necessary financial and non-financial resources available for new ventures identify the criteria used to screen and evaluate proposals, their attractiveness and risk, and how to obtain start-up and early growth capital - Determine the critical tasks to be accomplished, the hurdles to be overcome during start-up and early growth, and what has to happen to succeed - Apply venture opportunity screening techniques to an actual start-up idea, and subsequently, develop and prepare a business plan suitable for guiding the start-up - Identify the future consequences of decisions made by entrepreneurs; options that are precluded or preserved; and the nastier minefields and pitfalls one has to anticipate, prepare for and respond to - Determine decisions that can be made to increase the reward to risk ratio at various stages of the company’s development, and thereby change the odds - Determine the important factors outside the control of the founders, and how critical and sensitive the current context and timing are to all of the above issues. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course focuses on all aspects of starting a business: selecting promising ideas, initiating new ventures, and obtaining initial financing. We concentrate on how ventures are begun; emphasis will be put on development of new ideas and innovative thinking, and the process of evaluation of venture proposals. The course will guide you through business plan development, identifying all the relevant aspects of a plan, implementation of the plan, and management of a growing company. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced
302
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Timmons, Jeffry and Spinelli, Stephen, New venture creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st century, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2003 Additional articles and case studies provided by the lecturer Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Project, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 551 Human Resource Management in the International Environment Lecturer PharmDr. Mgr. Ivana Schmidtová Gabriele Meissner, MBA
Course code:
MGT 551
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
2 1 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Deeply understand HR theories and methods and to learn how to apply them to the specific international environment - Understand and be able to apply the methods for assessment of labor productivity, - Understand and be able to apply the methods for assessment of leadership and development of human capital. Prerequisites MGT 510 Course Contents This course is focused on the theory and methods of human resource management in international companies, facing specific problems related to the multicultural environment, their size and organizational structure. It presents methods necessary for the assessment of the productivity of labor, leadership and development of human capital leading towards the improved achievement of corporate goals, identification and hiring of the right employees, identification and assignment of responsibilities, links between employees' skills and design of effective wage plans, design of an optimal benefits scheme, and determination of optimal employees/managers programs. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Harris, Hilary, Brewster, Chris and Sparrow, Paul, International human resource management, London, UK: Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, 2003 Evans, Paul, Pucik, Vladimir and Barsoux, Jean-Louis, The Global Challenge, Frameworks for International Human Resource Management, McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2002 Schuler, R., Jackson, S. and Luo, Y, Managing Human Resource Issues in Cross-Border Alliances, London: Routledge, 2004 Mullins, L. J., Management and Organizational Behavior, London, UK: Pitman Publishing, 2003
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
303
Teaching Methods Lecture with discussions Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English
MGT 559 Professional Behavior in Organizations Course code: Lecturer Cathie Smith, Ph.D., D.P.T., P.T., P.C.S.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 559 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Identify and discuss various models of professions and professionalism - Analyze competencies required for professional attributes and behaviors and roles - Analyze inter-professional team behaviors in real life situations - Identify 10 “soft skill” attributes that comprise professionalism - Apply the characteristics of professions as identified in the literature to the contemporary workplace - Discuss the various aspects of theories of small group behavior as described in the literature - Observe a group and begin to identify and analyze group behavior - Analyze how personal values and other motivating forces influence group process and development - Differentiate personal and group needs - Differentiate among the developmental stages of group life - Discuss Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems model - Demonstrate self-awareness, self-understanding, respect, empathy, altruism, and self-disclosure through participation in communication groups led by peers - Discuss the roles of individuals and groups within professions, and develop personal and local community strategies for advocacy of important issues. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will provide students with the opportunity for examination and discussion of the responsibilities, challenges and opportunities inherent in professional attributes, behaviors, and roles in the modern organization. A central theme of the course is the development of individuals who view their education as a route to engaged professionalism, that is, commitment to the demonstration of attributes which enhance the practice of business at both individual and societal levels. Professionals at all organizational levels are faced with a variety of challenges such as knowledge, autonomy, authority, accountability, and ethics. Students will develop a personal, professional readiness scale to assist them with the pursuit of their respective professional vocational objectives. Additionally, since interprofessional teams are an integral part of organizations, this course is designed to help students develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes that are necessary to build and maintain strong inter-professional teams and realize their responsibility to assume professional behaviors and roles no matter what their position in the organization might be. The full potential of the inter-professional team is realized when each member recognizes the power of his/her unique professional expertise and accepts the responsibility of being a proactive and effective team member. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Swisher LL & Page CG. Professionalism: History, Practice & Development. 2005. T. St. Louis MO: Elsevier (selected readings will be posted online)
304
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Weiss D, Tilin F, Morgan M. The Interprofessional Health Care Team. 2014. Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning (selected readings will be posted online) Additional articles as assigned Teaching Methods Lecture/discussion and presentation experience will be used to explore concepts and theories of professionalism within the context of inter-professional teams in the workplace. A variety of active learning techniques, reflective exercises and case study analyses will be used to explore theoretical concepts of group dynamics and the practical application of these concepts into contemporary business practices. Assessment Methods Readings, short papers, final presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 580 Sustainable Enterprise Management Lecturer Simon Gordon-Smith, MBA
Course code:
MGT 580
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will: - Be aware of the key issues on sustainability and to be able to translate it into opportunities for business - Be able to design a sustainability program for an enterprise and be aware of the potential problems with its implementation - Be able to understand basic performance, reward and standard measurement systems - Be aware of the legal aspects of sustainability. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will review the latest issues pertaining to sustainability and their impact on business today. Through a series of discussions based on best practice case studies and readings from technical journals discussing the issues, students will learn key issues of sustainability, learn to appreciate the business opportunity associated with sustainability, understand how a sustainability program can be applied to an enterprise, comprehend some of the related risks, understand simple performance, reward systems and common measurement systems and appreciate the legal issues that relate to sustainability. They will learn to comprehend the options and impact of environmental decisions on business today. The course will include developing sustainability strategy, improving corporate processes, products and projects, leadership for corporate sustainability, organizing for sustainability including employee engagement and the costing and capital investments of sustainability programs. The metrics and methodology used for sustainable development such as the Environmental Sustainability Index and ISO 14001 will be discussed. During the course the GHG protocol, life cycle assessment and ecological foot print analysis would be discussed to allow the students to comprehend the impact of business decisions on the environment. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
305
Recommended Reading Articles and case studies provided by the lecturer, additional readings: A Sustainable MBA – Giselle Weybrecht The Sustainable Enterprise Field book Making Sustainability Work- Marc Epstein Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Project, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 631 Global Strategy: Innovations and Course code: Design Lecturer Prof. Ing. Alena Zemplinerová, CSc. Gabriele Meissner, MBA
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 631 2 1 elective: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the role innovations and design play for the strategic development and success of an organization, in particular in the international environment - Be familiar with the theories of innovations management and to understand what is crucial for their successful implementation. Prerequisites MGT510, ECO510 Course Contents The course will cover first a general overview of global strategic management and planning considerations for the international manager, emphasizing on innovations and design as the main strategic drivers for successful organizations. The course will examine how corporations generate new ideas, what is relevant for establishment of a company based on creativity and innovation, what are the steps necessary for its successful functioning, and the strategic alternatives for companies based on innovation. The theories and approaches will be illustrated on specific cases of companies that have risen to prominence using strategies based on innovation and design, such as Samsung, Toyota, LG , Nokia, Apple, Sony and others. Students will be motivated to think about the future trends in innovation and desing as strategic drivers. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Christensen, Clayton M., The Innovator's Dilemma: The Revolutionary Book that Will Change the Way You Do Business, Collins Business Essentials, 2003 Kelley, Tom a Peters, Tom, The Art of Innovation: Lessons in Creativity from IDEO, America's Leading Design Firm, Currency Publishers, Christensen, Clayton M., The Innovator's Solution: Creating and Sustaining Successful Growth, Collins Business Essentials, 2003 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion and analysis of cases
306
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 641 Business Strategies and Global Competition Lecturer Prof. Ing. Alena Zemplinerová, CSc. Mgr. et Mgr. Kristijan Smilevski, MBA
Course code:
MGT 641
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
2 2 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Define the concept of business strategy and strategic management - Understand the factors necessary for firms to succeed globally - Conduct a strategic analysis of a firm’s internal environment - Conduct a strategic analysis of a firm’s external environment - Understand the importance of managing technology and innovation - Explain and be able to apply generic competitive strategies - Define and understand the importance of corporate governance and the relationship to strategic management - Implement a firm’s core competencies - Understand the importance of a firm’s budget, policies and best practices - Analyze a firm’s internal corporate culture and understand the impact of national cultures on strategic management. Prerequisites ECO 510, ECO 640 FIN 510, MGT 510 Course Contents The course is focused on the economic aspects of corporate strategy development for international markets. It introduces the relevant microeconomic concepts, market forms and market concentration, market structure analysis and analysis of the organizations operating on global markets. The course presents tools and concepts necessary for understanding the systematic relationships between the management strategy and competitiveness of the company in the international environment, such as market power, productive and allocative efficiency, and X-nonefficiency. The course covers also topics related to practical questions of market entry: criteria, forms and barriers of entry to global markets, and risks related to a market entry in the short and long run. Students will study techniques for strategic management under global competition aimed at the maximization of comparative advantage. Practical application of concepts will be illustrated using case studies from international business. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Saloner, G., Shepard A., a Podolny J. (2001), Strategic Management. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. McGahan, A. (2004), How Industries Evolve - Principles for Achieving and Sustaining Superior Performance, Harvard Business School Press, Boston Grossman, G., Bhagwati, J. eds. (2004), Imperfect Competition and International Trade, In Defense of Globalization, Oxford University Press
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
307
Dibb S., Simkin L., Pride W. M., a Ferrell O. C. (2006), Marketing: Concepts and Strategies, 5th edition, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston Sato R., Ramachandram, R. V., a Mino K. (1999), Global Competition and Integration, Kluwer Academic Publishers, London Medvedev A., Zemplinerová A. (2005), Does Competition Improve Performance? Evidence from the Czech Manufacturing Industrie, Prague Economic Papers 4, Volume 14: 317 – 330 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MGT 681 International Operations Management Lecturer Ing. Milan Šlapák, Ph.D. Simon Gordon-Smith, MBA Luc De Ceuster, M.Sc., PMP
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 681 1 2 required MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Expose students to a wide range of activities that comprise Production & Operations Management - Provide students with some experience in developing operations strategy and operating policies for both manufacturing and service operations - Provide students with some experience at dealing with the basic issues and economic trade-offs which face an operations manager - Enable students to analyze data with basic models in areas like location planning, layout planning, inventory management, project management, and quality control. Use of an Excel-based software is encouraged to solve complex problems - Help students develop an understanding of technology strategy and its interface with business strategy and other functional strategies. Prerequisites ECO 510, MGT 510 Course Contents The course introduces the areas of operations management and global supply chain management in the international environment. It covers the following topics: activities and processes at the entry to the organizational system, i.e., the strategic choice of suppliers, identification of the best-in-class supply organization and development of the strategic and effective portfolio of global suppliers; processes and technologies creating value added in the system of goods or services production, i.e., the organization of production focused on technologies such as KAIZEN and LEAN, inventory management, total quality management, production planning, Material Requirements Planning and its role in the planning of production, insourcing versus outsourcing; distribution processes, i.e., transportation logistics, packaging and distribution, optimal location of production sites, logistics including the questions of global security and terrorism. All topics consider the specific features of the international environment and differences in the required standards across countries.
308
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
The course emphasizes the importance and utilization of E-business tools in the area of sourcing (EAuctions, E-Procurement, E-Invoicing, etc.), in the dynamic planning of the supply chain, which has to adjust in real time to the changing conditions. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Heizer, J., Render, B. (2004), Principles of Operations Management, Pearson Prentice Hall Friedman, T. (2005), The World is flat, Farrar, Straus and Giroux Goldratt, E. (1992), The Goal, New York: North River Press Goldratt, E. (1997), Critical Chain, New York: North River Press Dilworth, J. B. (1993), Production and Operations Management, McGraw-Hill, Inc. Haksever, C., Render, B., Russell, R. S., Murdick, R. G. (2000), Service Management Operations, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, analysis of cases Assessment Methods Midterm exam, project, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face
MGT 700 Thesis Seminar Lecturer Prof. Ing. Alena Zemplinerová, CSc. Ing. Peter Bolcha, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MGT 700 2 2 required: MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes After completion of this course students will be able to: - Demonstrate in-depth knowledge and understanding of a relevant area covered by MABLIM degree scheme (theoretical, conceptual and/or practical); - Show an ability to select and justify appropriate research methods for a given - Subject of study; - Provide evidence of familiarity with the current academic and practitioner debates - Within the chosen research topic; - Demonstrate an ability to critically analyse and evaluate data independently and - Engage in debates relevant to the area of study. - Demonstrate the development of coherent and sustained arguments leading to - Logical conclusions or recommendations. Prerequisites Students must be in their last semester Course Contents The focus of the seminar is on the discussion and critical analysis of students' thesis proposals and the progress of their work. In the Bachelor’s, Introductory part, the course provides an overview of research methodology, analytical and stylistic standards for research studies used in the broader context of the social sciences. The major part of the seminar is devoted to the students' presentations, where the students are required to present the concept and methodology of their theses. Emphasis will be placed on the applied methodology and argumentation skills. Level of Course Master’s, Advanced
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
309
Recommended Reading Creswell, J. W., Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches, London, UK: Sage Publications, 2003 King, G., Koehane, R. & Verba, S., Designing Social Inquiry: Scientific Inference in Qualitative Research, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1994 Madsen, D., Successful Dissertations and Theses: A Guide to Graduate Student Research from Proposal to Completion. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 1991 Teaching Methods Seminar, active participation of students Assessment Methods Presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 248 Introduction to Marketing Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA Sylvia Vondráčková, MBA Chris Shallow, M.Sc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 248 1 or 2 1 or 2 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate an understanding of the overall marketing system from the marketing decision-maker’s viewpoint - Analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the core marketing strategy principles (segmentation, targeting and positioning) - Understand the extended marketing mix, and how this reflects the changing marketing convergence of traditional and social media - Understand the managerial, economic, social, and legal implications of marketing activities, policies, and strategies - Understand and prepare an in-depth marketing plan using both traditional and digital methods and platforms - Understand and demonstrate an understanding of the new trends in marketing involving the Internet, social media and other platforms and their convergence with traditional forms of marketing - Understand and demonstrate an understand of current and future trends in marketing including mobile phone marketing - Demonstrate the understanding that marketing is about team work, proper communication and cooperation by actively participating in class discussions, group projects, and by punctually attending classes. Preparation is critical. Prerequisites MTH 111 Course Contents This is an examination of the overall marketing system from the marketing decision-maker’s viewpoint. The course emphasizes product, price, promotion, and distribution as well as planning, research, and organization required to implement marketing concepts. We examine marketing of consumers and industrial products and services, profit and nonprofit marketing institutions, and public and private
310
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
institutions. Also, we study the managerial, economic, social, and legal implications of marketing activities, policies, and strategies. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials Kotler, Philip. Marketing Management. Fifth European Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008 Recommended Materials Perrault, William D. & McCarthy, E.J.: Basic Marketing. 18th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010 Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Teaching Methods Interactive approach between students and the teacher, group work, lectures with Power Point or similar software, a few mini-labs in the computer room Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, case studies, journal, participation and attendance Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 250 Media and Marketing Communication Lecturer Mgr. Alena Foustkova Chris Shallow, M.Sc.
Course code:
MKT 250
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of Traditional and Modern Mass Media and their roles today - Understand Print Advertising - Understand Electronic Media: Television and Radio - Understand Digital Interactive Media - Understand Out-of-Home, Direct-Mail, Specialty Advertising - Understand and explain Integrated Marketing Communications: Corporate Advertising, Direct Marketing, Sales Promotion and Public Relations and Sponsorship - Understand the concepts and theories of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) strategy so that strategy and concept go hand-in-hand with tactics and implementation. - Understand the role, functions, and importance of IMC to the enterprise - Design an IMC plan for a specific brand including a tactical offer - Implement an IMC Strategy using a brief template and cross media from on-line to offline - Place in context IMC and GIMC strategies Prerequisites None Course Contents The class introduces media in the general historical, legal and socio-economic context and provides the theoretical concepts and foundations of communication and mass communication. The course introduces traditional and modern mass media emphasizing the viewpoint of marketing or communication manager
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
311
as possible channels for information transmission between an organization and its external environment according to the chain of advertising. The main media channels covered are: print, broadcast, film, the new media: digital, interactive and experimental media, advertising, PR and media agencies. The class emphasizes the current trend of increased importance for the media agency. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials Main Textbook: Arens, William F., Weigold,Michael F. and Christian Arens, Contemporary advertising, 11th edition, McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2008 – Fleet, Dave. Strategic Communications Planning – Your comprehensive guide to effective strategic corporate communications planning. 2008, DaveFleet.com, this free e-book, available at http://davefleet.com/2008/08/strategic-communicationsplanning-a-freeebook/ List of required articles will be provided Recommended Materials Paco Underhill, Why we buy, Simon & Schuster Paperbacks, 2009 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion Assessment Methods
Participation and attendance, midterm exam, homework and in-class assignments, final group project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 258 Introduction to Advertising Lecturer Chris Shallow, MSc. Sylvia Vondráčková, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
MKT 258 1 or 2 2 or 3 req. /opt.: B.A. in BA
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of how and where advertising fits within the Integrated Marketing Communication concept. - Analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the core marketing strategy principles (segmentation, targeting and positioning) and how they correspond with Advertising. - Comprehend and demonstrate proper Consumer behavior understanding relating to advertising. - Understand the role of ethics and advertising. - Evaluate how products and services are advertised in coherence with Corporate Social Responsibility plans and sustainable marketing. - Explain and demonstrate creativity and understanding of the concepts in an in-depth Advertising Campaign Plan. - Demonstrate understanding of the new trends in Advertising utilized on the internet, social media and how they have affected traditional marketing and advertising trends. - Utilize overall Advertising theory as well as current Neuromarketing findings within an original Advertising Plan for a specified organization.
312
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites MKT 248 Course Contents There are many separate aspects of advertising: campaign planning, message, media selection, measuring effectiveness, and tools of communication. We will study them and review the nature and structure of advertising agencies. Topics Covered: i) the history of advertising; ii) the advertising process; iii) analyzing brands; iv) writing advertising copy; v) public relations; vi) socially responsible advertising. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Arens, William F. Contemporary advertising. 7th ed. Boston, MA McGraw-Hill, 2011. Recommended Materials Case studies, articles and other handouts will also be used and posted on course web site. Power-point slides will be used during lectures. Various case studies, articles, videos and handouts will also be distributed and used throughout the semester. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions and group work, examples from contemporary advertising practices, group sessions (students will be presented with a case from advertising that addresses that week’s theme and will be asked to address that problem) Assessment Methods
Participation and attendance, midterm exam, homework and in-class assignments, final group project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 259 Introduction to Social Media Marketing Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA
Course code:
MKT 259
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Be aware of what Social Media Marketing is - Learn how Social Media Marketing can complement traditional marketing approaches - Be aware of the major platforms for Social Media Marketing - Be familiar with how businesses today, both large and small, are using Social Media Marketing effectively - List and explain the elements comprising a successful Social Media Marketing campaign - Be familiar with advantages and Disadvantages of Social Media Marketing Campaigns vs. On-Going Strategy - Be familiar with strategy and Tactics for Social Media Marketing - Be familiar with elements of Social Media Marketing Plans and Planning - Be familiar how to measure the effectiveness of Social Media Marketing.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
313
Prerequisites CIS 161, MKT 248 Course Contents The course will define what Social Media Marketing is, and cover how and why businesses should explore the potential for developing and keeping competitive advantage through these new marketing channels. How Social Media can complement and strengthen traditional marketing channels will also be covered. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading The Social Media Bible, Lon Safko, Wiley, 2010 (on reserve at Library) Social Media Marketing, An Hour a Day, Dave Evans, Wiley, 2008 (selected excerpts on web-site) The Social Media Marketing Book, Dan Zarrella, O’Reilly, 2010 (on reserve) Additional readings will be made available to students in-class Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions and group work, current examples, group sessions Assessment Methods
Participation, midterm exam, homework and in-class assignments, final group project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 268 Public Relations Lecturer Sylvia Vondráčková, MBA Jonathan Terra, Ph.D. Chris Shallow, MSc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 268 1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of how and where Public Relations fits within the Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) concept - Understand and to be able to use PR terms and concepts - Explain how PR practices are used by various organizations to adapt to change, manage competition and conflict, and forge mutually beneficial relations with diverse - Organizational stakeholder publics - Practice specific PR writing skills including writing a Press Release and creating an advertorial - Understand the role of ethics within PR based on specific case studies - Practice presentation skills and the ability to explain the studied topic to peers - Demonstrate understanding of the new trends in PR utilized on the Internet, social media and how they have affected traditional marketing and advertising trends. Prerequisites MKT 248 Course Contents This course will introduce students to the many forms and purposes of public relations, as practiced in the United States and in the Czech Republic. Students will become familiar with many definitions and styles of American public relations and will be introduced to several types of companies and organizations using public relations in the Czech Republic. A wide variety of public relations techniques and operating areas
314
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
are examined. Students will learn how public relations contribute to the success or failure of organizations and the impact public relations can have on specific publics and society as a whole. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Tench, Ralph. Exploring Public Relations. FT Prentice Hall, 2009, 2nd ed. Recommended Materials Scott, David Beerman. The New Rules of Marketing and PR. Jon Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2nd ed., 2010 Blythe, Jim. Great PR Ideas. Marshall Cavendish Business, 2009 Kotler, Philip and Gary Armstrong. Principles of Marketing. Pearson Education, 13th edition, 2009 Other articles placed on class site and PR related books in library. Teaching Methods Readings, lectures, discussions, research, homework assignments and projects Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, homework assignments Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 318 / 518 International Marketing Lecturer Anica Djokić, MBA. Chris Shallow, MSc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 318/ 518 1 or 2 2 or 3 (BA)/ 1 or 2 (MA) elective B.A. in BA/ MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able: - Describe the theories and concepts underlying international marketing; - Demonstrate the ability to apply international marketing theory and concepts to what marketers are doing in the real world; - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the challenges of marketing in international markets; - Demonstrate the ability to use up-to-date international marketing strategies; - Describe the key differences in the management of international marketing versus domestic marketing - Formulate a conceptual framework for assessing international markets and environments for business opportunities, challenges and risks; - Demonstrate the ability to understand and apply different marketing techniques and tools in international environments with different cultures; - Explain the main business models used by international marketers. Prerequisites MKT 248 Course Contents This intermediate course provides a comprehensive up-to-date theoretical and practical understanding of the differences between, and challenges of, successfully doing business internationally as compared with the domestic market. A basic understanding of business, marketing, and market research concepts, strategies, and tactics, as well as terminology is, therefore, assumed. The framework of the course is built upon marketing principles and applying them in international markets – including multi-cultural environments in different countries. The course includes a review of the international environment in
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
315
terms of political, economic, socio-cultural and income differences and different buying habits to provide the context for the necessary analysis and decision-making. The course methodology combines studying the theory and practice of international marketing with real-life examples of success and failure in international consumer and business markets. Throughout the course there are practical exercises to evaluate the student’s understanding of how organizations can develop and implement an effective international marketing strategy and gain a competitive advantage. A final team project, which is developed by the students throughout the course, will be presented at the end of the course to demonstrate the student’s mastery of the topics studied. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate / Master’s Recommended Reading Required Materials Philip Cateora, John Graham, Mary Gilly. International Marketing. McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 16 edition (September 28, 2012) Presentations and reading material available online Case study for each topic and chapter from Harvard Business Review. Recommended Materials Hans Muehlebaher, Helmut Leihs, Lee Dahringer, Thomson. “International Marketing: a Global Perspective”, Learning, 3 edition (January 1, 2006). Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, case studies, internet exercises, group projects, individual research and assignments Assessment Methods Final project, final exam, homework assignments, participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 320 Brand Management Lecturer Ing. Khaled El Tohami, CSc. Chris Shallow, M.Sc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 320 1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes After taking Brand Management, the student will be able to: - Explain the role of the brand in the today's economy. - Describe the purpose and methods of effectively managing brands including how to build brand equity and establish brand identity. - Formulate effective brand strategies for consumer and business goods and services. - Demonstrate the ability to conduct a critical brand audit, including recommendations for changes and improvement. Prerequisites MGT 248, MKT 248 Course Contents The aim of the course is to equip students with theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for a successful and efficient management of brands. It provides framework for analysis of the main factors determining success of a brand in the market and introduces techniques and tools necessary for management of brands, such as: development of vision for the brand, identify the correct market niche,
316
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
design a communication and marketing strategy and implement it. The class will cover also the following topics: brand building, evaluation of brand definition, brand positioning, strength and profitability; evaluate brand’s maturity and repositioning of mature brands, rebranding topics, the link between brand and image of the corporation, corporate identity. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Keller, Kevin Lane. Strategic Brand Management. 3rd ed., 2009. ISBN 978-0-13-188859-3. On reserve in Library. An online reader (class presentations and key handouts) containing the basic course material is available to students via the Google Apps Website. You should also refer to: Recommended Materials For current information, all of the main business publications (e.g., Bloomberg Business Week*, Fortune, and Forbes, plus, less often, The Economist, Harvard Business Review*) have marketing articles frequently dealing with branding issues. The Wall Street Journal* also often addresses branding issues. Two useful industry trade publications are Advertising Age and BRANDWEEK. Both are excellent sources of current information about advertising, branding, and marketing in general for that matter. Teaching Methods Lectures, disscusion Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
MKT 328 Consumer Behavior Lecturer Chris Shallow, M.Sc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week ECT-Credits:
MKT 328 1 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the role of the buyer in today's economy - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of how marketing influences buyer behavior - Understand and analyze how different factors such as culture, demographics, social class, and values influence the buyer's behavior - Place in context and lend perspective to how personal factors can influence this behavior directly and indirectly - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the psychology of buying behavior - Place in context and lend perspective to the individual differences that exist based on the buyer's attitude, culture, motivation, knowledge, values, personality and lifestyle - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the internal and external influences on consumer behavior and perception, learning, product positioning, memory, motivation, personality, emotion, attitudes, self-concept, and lifestyle - Place in context and lend perspective to how trends influence buyer behavior - Understand and analyze the differences between organizational buying and consumer buying.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
317
Prerequisites MKT 248 Course Contents This interdisciplinary course discusses the consumer as the focus of the marketing system. The course stresses the use of knowledge about consumer behavior in marketing decisions. Individual behavioral variables - needs, motives, perception, attitudes, personality, and learning - and groups, culture, and business are all examined in depth as they affect the consumer decision-making process. Analysis of how marketing programs, especially the communications mix, can be developed to reflect a commitment to providing consumer satisfaction concludes the course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials (Available in Library* or to Download) Babin, B., Harris, E. (2011) “CB3”, 2011-2013, South-Western, Mason, OH: Cengage Learning Evans, M., Jamal, A., and Foxall G.Consumer Behaviour. Second Edition. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons Ltd.*, 2009 Key handouts in digital format, including Study Guide, distributed via the Google Apps Website. Recommended Materials Underhill, Paco. (2009) Why We Buy: The Science of Shopping. Simon & Schuster (paperback)* Miller, Geoffrey. (2009) Spent: Sex, Evolution, and the Secrets of Consumerism", William Heinemann (hardback); OR (2010) Must Have: The Hidden Instincts Behind Everything We Buy", Vintage* (the same book, i.e., "Spent", but in paperback); Lindstrom, Martin. (2008) "Buyology: How Everything We Believe About Why We Buy is Wrong!”, Random House Business Books (paperback)*. Teaching Methods Lectures, methods of active students participation, class discussions Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, attendance Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 339 Digital Marketing Convergence Lecturer Mark Wiedorn, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 339 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able: - Present a clear and demonstrable understanding of the ongoing shift from traditional marketing to digital and mobile marketing - Present a clear and demonstrable understanding of why this happening, how this is happening and where this convergence is taking marketing - Demonstrate a clear understanding of the convergence of social media, internet and ecommerce marketing, both historically, today and looking to the future - Understand the importance and relevance of mobile marketing as a digital marketing platform - Demonstrate and apply an understanding of factors in developing a successful digital marketing strategy - Compare and contrast various marketing strategies and approaches that include both traditional and digital marketing
318
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
-
Write and implement, as part of a team, a comprehensive digital marketing strategy and plan Demonstrate an understanding of the various digital marketing platforms and the advantages and disadvantages associated with these platforms. Be able to demonstrably assess and analyze the effectiveness of current digital marketing campaigns Measure and analyze the results of digital marketing campaigns Be proficient and comfortable with designing and developing a digital marketing campaign.
Prerequisites CIS 161, MKT 248 Course Contents This course will cover the current and on-going convergence of traditional marketing, internet marketing, e-commerce and social media marketing which is being driven by, and reflected in, the convergence of various media platforms, especially mobile. The result is the ability of marketers to be very specific in targeting marketing niches in ways that were not possible until recently. The course will examine the above trends with a view to how marketers need to strategize for current digital marketing conditions, and will look at emerging trends. The course project will involve developing a complete digital marketing campaign for a fictitious company to be created by each group. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials Ryan, Damian and Calvin Jones. Understanding Digital Marketing. Great Britain,U.S., Kogan Page Limited, 2009. Recommended Materials Wertime, Kent and Ian Fenwick. DigiMarketing. Singapore, John Wiley & Sons, 2008. Teaching Methods Class Lectures, readings, videos and other multi-media will the primary focus. Complementary case studies and class discussions will be used to explore how businesses, both large and small, are successfully using Digital Marketing. Students will work interactively with several digital platforms by developing a digital marketing plan through various platforms, for marketing, marketing strategy and growing the business. We will look at this from the view of small and large businesses, both locally and globally. A major part of the course will be the ongoing work on the team project and daily class discussions on progress and findings. Assessment Methods Homework assignments, case studies and lab exercises, midterm exam, class participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 340 Social Media Strategy and Implementation in Marketing Lecturer Belinda Whittaker, MBA
Course code:
MKT 340
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
319
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, the student will: - Be aware of what Social Media Marketing is - Be able to explain how Social Media Marketing can complement traditional marketing approaches - Be aware of the major platforms for Social Media Marketing - Be familiar with how businesses today, both large and small, are using Social Media Marketing effectively - Be able to list and explain the elements comprising a successful Social Media Marketing campaign - Be familiar with advantages and Disadvantages of Social Media Marketing Campaigns vs. On-Going Strategy - Be familiar with strategy and Tactics for Social Media Marketing - Be familiar with elements of Social Media Marketing Plans and Planning - Be familiar how to measure the effectiveness of Social Media Marketing. Prerequisites CIS 161, MKT 248 Course Contents The course will define what Social Media Marketing is, and cover how and why businesses should explore the potential for developing and keeping competitive advantage through these new marketing channels. How Social Media can complement and strengthen traditional marketing channels will also be covered. From the Egyptian Revolution and the U.S. presidential election to the Old Spice Viral explosion of "The Man Your Man Could Smell Like" campaign, it is clear that the use and power of social media is prevalent in the social, political, and business landscape around the world. As of October 2011, Social Networking is the most popular activity online in terms of traffic as well as engagement (time spent) and accounts for 82% of the world's online population. 1 out of every 5 minutes spent online, is spent on social media. 1 out of every 7 minutes is spent on Facebook! So for an effective online marketing strategy, social media cannot be ignored. That said, integrating social media into marketing strategies and plans is no easy task, primarily because it changes the way we must think about our customers and about communicating with them. That is why this will be a major aspect of the course. The good news for marketers is that the social media world opens whole new lines of communication with customers. Many of those lines of communication can be used without direct recourse to IT support. Many of the platforms are free. So students will be expected to actually use social media channels to implement their learnings. Lastly, we will cover the managerial resistance to social media marketing and skepticism about the ROI of social media marketing by uncovering the metrics and insights available with social media. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Honors Course Recommended Reading Likeable Social Media: How to Delight Your Customers, Create an Irresistible Brand, and Be Generally Amazing on Facebook (And Other Social Networks) by Dave Kerpen. 2011. Published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN-10: 0071762345. Viral Loop: From Facebook to Twitter, How Today's Smartest Businesses Grow Themselves by Adam Penenberg Open Leadership: How Social Technology Can Transform the Way You Lead by Charlene Li Engage: The Complete Guide for Brands and Businesses to Build, Cultivate, and Measure Success in the New Web by Brian Solis ISBN-10: 0470571098 The Zen of Social Media Marketing: An Easier Way to Build Credibility, Generate Buzz, and Increase Revenue by Shama Kabani ISBN-10: 1935251732 Teaching Methods This class will be highly interactive. Each class will present some concepts and ideas and students will be expected to actively participation in discussions, analysis of cases, prepare presentations of their own findings. Homework will mostly be reading articles and implementing small social media campaigns with follow-up analysis and discussion in class. Assessment Methods Social media audit, social media campaign, homework assignments, class participation
320
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 342 e-Business Lecturer Chris Shallow, MSc. Jeff Medeiros, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 342 1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes After taking e-business, the student will be able to actively participate in a discussion about where and how a business can and should leverage e-business to improve its operation and competitive advantage. Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Describe the theories and concepts underlying e-business - Demonstrate the ability to apply e-business theory and concepts to what e-marketers are doing in the real world - Explain the current challenges and issues in e-business - Demonstrate the ability to use up-to-date digital marketing technologies - Describe the key differences in the management of traditional brick and mortar business versus ebusiness and why a more process-oriented management perspective is important today - Formulate a conceptual framework for assessing e-business and e-business environments for business opportunities, challenges and risks - Explain the primary revenue models used by web-based and on-line businesses. Prerequisites CIS 161, MKT 248 Course Contents This advanced course provides a comprehensive up-to-date understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of utilizing digital technologies to successfully undertake business on the Internet – commonly referred to as e-business or e-Business. The framework for the analysis of the main factors determining ebusiness success utilizes both Michael Porter and Phillip Kotler’s theories and principles of markets and marketing, respectively. A basic understanding of business and marketing concepts, strategies, and tactics, as well as terminology is, therefore, assumed. The course includes a review of both the history of e-business as well as current and future trends and directions, including Cloud Computing. The course follows the business model methodology to provide the context for the necessary technical discussions. Throughout the course there are practical exercises to evaluate the student’s understanding of how technology enables organizations to operate efficiently and gain a competitive advantage. A final team project, which is developed by the students throughout the course, will be presented at the end of the course to demonstrate the student’s mastery of the topics studied. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials (Available in the Library or to Download from eLearning) Schneider, Gary P . E-Business. 9th International Edition, CPA ISBN-13 978-0-538-46925-8 ISBN-10: 0538-46925-0, 2011. Recommended Materials Jarvis, Jeff. What Would Google Do? Harper Business; First Edition (Jan 27, 2009) Kotler, Phillip and Gary Armstrong. Principles of Marketing. 12th ed. Prentice Hall, 2007.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
321
“What is Intellectual Property?” World Intellectual Property Organization. http://www.wipo.int/aboutip/en/ Halvorson, Kristina and Melissa Rach. Content Strategy for the Web. New Riders Press; 2009 Course Reader Teaching Methods Lectures with regular presentations, discussion of case studies and online simulations. Assessment Methods Business plan, homework assignments, case studies midterm exam, class participation Language of Instruction English
MKT 375 Marketing Research Lecturer RNDr. Ivan Tomek, CSc. Chris Shallow, M.Sc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 375 1 or 2 3 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Understand principles of designing a marketing research study and to be able to apply them: design and perform a marketing research - Understand core marketing research process and the methodologies used - Understand and practice applications of marketing research method in the decision making process. Prerequisites MKT 248, MTH 222 Course Contents The course provides a review of the various marketing research thinking, techniques and applications as a part of marketing oriented organization and key player when taking decisions towards final consumer/customers. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Chisnall P.M.: The essence of marketing research. Prentice Hall, 1991 Kinner Thomas & Taylor Jones R: Marketing research – An applied approach. McGraw Hill, 1987 Kotler Philip: Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning and Control. 7th edition, Prentice Hall, 1991 ESOMAR handbook of market and opinion research, 4th edition, ESOMAR Course reader Teaching Methods Lectures with active students’ participation, short videos on the topics would be played and discussed each class Assessment Methods Research project, final exam, in class contribution, write - ups Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
322
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MKT 420 Pricing Strategy Lecturer Gorjan Lazarov, MBA Anica Djokić, MBA
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 420 1 or 2 3 req./opt.: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Understand the key economic, analytical and behavioral concepts associated with costs, customer behavior and competition - Address strategic and tactical pricing issues - Understand and be able to apply advanced pricing techniques - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of pricing strategies of different products, life cycles and companies - Understand and analyze price strategies of competitors in different market situations through case study scenarios. Prerequisites ECO 120, MKT 248 Course Contents Pricing is one of the most important decisions that businesses make in their efforts for profit maximization. The course is a foundation for effective pricing decisions by teaching key economic, analytical and behavioral concepts associated with costs, customer behavior and competition. In addition, advanced pricing techniques that aim to create additional value are introduced to the students. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required Materials Nagle, Thomas and John Hogan. The Strategy and Tactics of Pricing. 4th edition, Prentice Hall, 2006 Case Studies, that will be provided in advance to download from the Google Apps website. Teaching Methods Lecture, seminar with discussion and problem solving, case studies Assessment Methods Case write-ups, case analysis and presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 430 Strategic Marketing and Planning Lecturer Dan Ravick Fiala, MBA Chris Shallow, MSc.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MKT 430 1 or 2 3 required B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
323
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - To understand marketing as an integral part of corporate strategy necessary for long-run success of an organization - To be familiar with the various stages of marketing planning process - To develop strategic marketing plan, including analysis of the environment (internal and external) and design of the implementation process - To understand the key indicators of success of a marketing plan and learn to design evaluation standards - To develop analytical skills and conceptual thinking. Prerequisites MKT 328, MKT 375 Course Contents This is the core class for the study program. It is focused on the development of the marketing strategy for a corporation. It therefore integrates knowledge acquired in other subjects in marketing (analysis of consumer behavior, market research, brand management) and business administration subjects (management, finance, accounting). Students develop analytical skills, acquire strategic perspective of marketing and learn to understand it as an integral part of the overall strategy of the company. Thus, the focus on the class is on the long-term planning and strategic vision of the company and the role of marketing within. The course emphasizes the role of the marketing plan as the framework internal organization of marketing activities and decisions. The topics include: Strategic market analysis (Strategic GAP Analysis, Porter's Five Forces, Environmental Analysis, SWOT, GE 9 cell model, BCG Matrix, Anshoff's Matrix), strategy development and implementation, strategy evaluation and control. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Dibb, S., Simkin, L., Pride, W. and Ferrell O.C. (2005) Marketing: Concepts and Strategies. 5th European edition. Abingdon, UK: Houghton Mifflin. Orville Walker, John Mullins, Jr.,Harper Boyd, Marketing Strategy: A Decision Focused Approach Publisher: McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 6 edition (2007) Teaching Methods Interactive lectures, Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
MKT 518 International Marketing See MKT 318
324
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MTH 111 Business Mathematics I Lecturer Doc. RNDr. Vladislav Kuboň, Ph.D. Doc. Ing. Miroslav Rozložník, Ph.D. Mgr. Peter Franek, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
MTH 111 1 1 required: B.A. in BA
Groups:
1
Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able: - To apply logic to visually represent and then mathematically formulate and solve the linear group of proportioning (“mixing”) and rate problems - Correctly use the basic arithmetical operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of numbers and algebraic expressions - Solve linear equations in one variable, quadratic equations in one variable, linear inequalities in one variable, and simple exponential and logarithmic equations - To classify a problem as linear, quadratic, or exponential – and demonstrate the solutions of the unknown variable in these categories. Graph linear and quadratic functions - Understand basic operations of functions, such as composition and inverses re-express basic word problems in abstract mathematical language - Apply their knowledge to real world problems such as compound interest, supply and demand functions, cost and revenue. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course covers basic algebra and arithmetic (basics of theory of sets and logic, algebraic expressions and their simplification, linear, quadratic, irrational equations, inequalities, simultaneous equations, matrices, calculating loans and savings) and basics of analytical geometry (points, lines, distance, circles, parabolas). Furthermore it brings key concepts of calculating and plotting of functions including exponential and logarithmic functions. The aim of this course is also to prepare students for the Business Mathematics 2 course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials Raymond A. Barnett, Michael R. Ziegler, Karl E. Byleen. College Algebra. Sixth edition, McGraw Hill. 1999. (Accompanied by Student's Solutions Manual.) Recommended Materials Materials distributed during classes Teaching Methods Lectures with interactive participation, regular homework and additional short tests, attendance is compulsory, all tests are compulsory Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, regular tests Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
325
MTH 190 Business Mathematics II Lecturer Doc. Ing. Miroslav Rozložník, Ph.D. Mgr. Peter Franek, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MTH 190 1 or 2 1 or 2 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able - To graphically show how to obtain the product’s demand function and how to convert it into an algebraic expression (function) - Graph, and interpret the graphs of, polynomial, exponential, and trigonometric functions - Understand the definition of the derivative of a function, and calculate the derivative of polynomial, exponential, and trigonometric functions - Calculate maxima, minima, and turning points of polynomials, and represent them graphically - Understand the idea of definite and indefinite integration, and integrate polynomial functions. - Understand some basic applications of differential and integral calculus to economic modeling, including to apply the L’hôpital rule to resolve indeterminate 0/0 or ∞/∞ expressions. Prerequisites MTH 111 Course Contents The aim of this course is to review the basic mathematical notions and procedures relevant for business and economics. This course is an introduction to basic calculus: convergence and limits, functions of one variable and their differentiation, minimization/maximization, plotting; definite and indefinite integration; functions of two and more variables, basics of partial differentiation, constrained and unconstrained optimization of a function of two and more variables. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Hoffmann, Laurence D. and Gerald L. Bradley. Calculus for Business, Economics and the Social-End Life Sciences. McGraw Hill, 2004 Recommended Materials Materials distributed during classes Raymond A. Barnett, Michael R. Ziegler, Karl E. Byleen. College Algebra. Sixth edition, McGraw Hill. 1999. (Accompanied by Student's Solutions Manual.) Teaching Methods Lectures with interactive participation, regular homework and additional unannounced short tests, attendance and tests are compulsory Assessment Methods Midterm exam, final exam, regular tests Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
326
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MTH 222 Business Statistics Lecturer Prof. RNDr. Jan Hanousek, CSc. Mgr. Peter Franek, Ph.D. Mgr. Martin Hála, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MTH 222 1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, student will be able to: - Understand the meaning and use of statistical terms used in business statistics - Present and/or interpret data in tables and charts - Understand and apply descriptive statistical measures to business situations - Understand and apply probability distributions to model different types of business processes - Understand and apply statistical inference techniques (including statistical estimation and hypothesis testing) in business situations - Understand and apply simple linear regression analysis - Use computer spreadsheet software to perform statistical analysis on data. Prerequisites MTH 111 Course Contents This course provides with a comprehensive review of some basic mathematical and statistical methods and stresses their practical applications in business and economics. The course will equip the student with quantitative skills and will also provide a good foundation for addressing typical problems that arise in business. To an extent necessary to develop correct understanding of the topics, this course incorporates analytical and theoretical sections. The course focuses on statistical analysis of data and introduces concepts as sampling, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, probabilities, and decision analysis. Thus, solid basis is built for immediate practical implementation and as well for more profound studies of quantitative analysis, quantitative decision-making or other formal manipulation with business data. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Levine, D. M., Krehbiel, T. C., and Berenson, M. L. Business Statistics – A First Course. Sixth Edition, Pearson International Edition, (Jan 19, 2012) De Veaux, R.D., Velleman, P. F., and Bock, D.E. Intro Stats. Third Edition. Pearson International Edition, Addison Wesley, 2009 Recommended Materials Bowerman, Bruce L., O'Connell, Richard T. and Emily S. Murphree. Business Statistics in practice /. 6th ed., New York, NY : McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2011 Levine, David M., Stephan, David and Timothy C. Krehbiel. Statistics for managers using Microsoft Excel. 5th ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall, 2007 Teaching Methods Lectures with interactive participation, numerous examples, regular homework and additional shorts tests, attendance and tests are compulsory, applications using Microsoft® Excel (alternatively possible to use R or S, Matlab) Assessment Methods Final exam, case studies, tests and quizzes, homework Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
327
MTH 250 Introduction to Econometrics Lecturer Ing. Peter Bolcha, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MTH 250 1 or 2 2 req. /opt: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Formulate an appropriate and clear research question - Build theoretical model of measured phenomenon: identify all key factors that might - Theoretically have relation with the modelled variable, achieve this via application of economic theory and using relevant research papers - Find and process adequate data that will enable answering research question - Correctly implement hypothesis testing, correlation and multiple regression analysis - Interpret the results of above mentioned both statistically and economically and relate the research question - Identify possible econometric problems that might lead to biased coefficients or undermine the results in other usual ways - Do the sensitivity tests, list and evaluate their implications to main results of measurement. Prerequisites MTH 111, MTH 222 Course Contents The course is designed to show and master the principles of the econometric model building with emphasis on economic interpretation and verification of results. Students will get a chance to practice the techniques of econometric evaluation and also to solve rich set of practical real-life problems. The course builds on techniques of analysis acquired in Business Statistics. The topics covered include: multiple linear regression, introduction to panel data, identification strategies (difference in differences, fixed effects). Next to this, multiple techniques of robustness/sensitivity tests will be introduced. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Required Materials Levine et al. Business Statistics. Pearson (2010), selected chapters Wooldridge, J. M. Introductory econometrics: a modern approach. Cengage Learning; 5 edition (2012), selected chapters Asensio, J. The success story of Spanish suburban railways: determinants of demand and policy implications. Transport Policy, Volume 7, Issue 4, October 2000, 295-302 Bronzini, Raffaello; de Blasio, Guido. Evaluating the Impact of Investment Incentives: The Case of Italy´s Law 488/1992. March 2006, Bank of Italy Recommended Materials (Available online directly or via JSTOR/Science Direct) Ayers, Ian; Siegelman, Peter. Race and Gender Discrimination in Bargaining for a New Car. The American Economic Review, Vol. 85, No. 3. (Jun., 1995), 304-321. Teaching Methods Lectures with interactive participation, numerous examples, regular homework and assignments Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
328
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
MTH 320 Quantitative Decision Making Lecturer Mgr. Alexander Černý, Ph.D. Luc De Ceuster, M.Sc., PMP
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
MTH 320 1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in BA 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Be aware of the importance of analytical and critical approach to decision making, explain the benefits of analytical approach - To be familiar with standard problems in decision making and data interpretation - To be able to employ quantitative methods and techniques to make decisions (identify the problem, select the correct model, interpret and present results, and make the decision) - Work with computer applications to make decisions. Prerequisites MGT 245, MTH 190, MTH 222 Course Contents The course presents the quantitative methods used for making managerial decisions emphasizing the application in marketing. The course is aimed to develop critical and analytical approach to decisionmaking, which is particularly important in the current changing, hence uncertain environment. The class points out the typical problems in decision making (drawing on behavioral economics and psychology) to emphasize the importance of analytical and conceptual approach. The class illustrates theoretical models on practical cases and problems, using computer software and applications. The topics covered include: forecasting and statistical analysis, game theory, decision analysis and decision making under uncertainty, network analysis, introduction to linear programming. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Barry Render, Ralph M Stair, and Michael E. Hanna : Quantitative Analysis for Management , 10th Edition (2008) Teaching Methods Lectures with interactive participation, numerous examples, regular homework and assignments, working with computer systems Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 125 Introduction to Philosophy
Course code:
PHI 125
Lecturer Ivan Gutierrez, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
329
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the main philosophical questions and of the main positions taken in the central philosophical debates - Outline and analyze the most important ideas of history’s greatest philosophers - Compare and contrast the ways in which various philosophers justify their claims and defend their philosophical positions. Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course students will be introduced to the key philosophical debates and to the thought of the greatest minds within the Western philosophical tradition. The unique feature of this course is that students will have an opportunity at once to (a) explore the most fundamental philosophical questions (concerning the nature of reality, the limits of human knowledge, the basis of morality, etc.), (b) to acquaint themselves with the ideas of history’s greatest philosophers (such as Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Hume, Locke, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, Wittgenstein, etc.), and (c) to read and analyze fragments of the most famous philosophical works (such as Plato’s Republic, Descartes’ Meditations, Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, Nietzsche’s Beyond Good and Evil, etc). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Cahn, Steven M. Classics of Western Philosophy. Hackett Publishing, 2007. Gracia, Jorge J. E. et al (eds.). The Classics of Western Philosophy. Blackwell, 2003. Magill, Frank N. Masterpieces of World Philosophy. Harper Collins Publishers, 1990. Marino, Gordon (ed.). Ethics: The Essential Writings. Modern Library, 2010. Pojman, Louis (ed.). Classics of Philosophy. Oxford University Press, 2003. Pojman, Louis (ed.). Philosophy: The Quest for Truth. Oxford University Press, 2003. Singer, Marcus G. Introductory Readings in Philosophy. New York, NY: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1974. Teaching Methods Lectures, home assignments with follow-up analysis and discussion in class Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 141 Comparative Worldviews
Course code:
PHI 141
Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Define what worldviews are and how they work - Explore major worldviews that have shaped the modern and postmodern West - Reflect on issues such as what it means to be human, what the meaning of life is, and how do we know what is right and wrong.
330
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents Christian Theism, Enlightenment Deism, Romanticism, Naturalism, Nihilism, Existentialism, and Evaluating Worldviews. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Christian Theism Berry, Wendell. “Christianity and the Survival of Creation.” Chapter in Sex, Economy, Freedom and Community. New York: Random House, 1993. Tinder, Glenn. “Can We Be Good without God?” Atlantic Monthly 264, no. 6 (December 1989): 69-85. Enlightenment Deism Descartes, René. Meditations 1 and 2 from Meditations on a First Philosophy (1641). Translated by Elizabeth Haldane and G.R.T. Ross, in The Philosophical Works of Descartes, vol. 1. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1975, pp. 144-57. Jefferson, Thomas. Letters to John Adams (11th April, 1823) and William Short (4th August, 1824). From “The Letters of Thomas Jefferson 1743-1826.” Available online at http://www.let.rug.nl/usa/presidents/thomas-jefferson/letters-of-thomas-jefferson/ (accessed 14th April, 2014). Jefferson, Thomas. The Jefferson Bible, chapter 1:55-58. Available online at http://www.angelfire.com/co/JeffersonBible/jeffb01.html (accessed 14th April, 2014). Kant, Immanuel. “An Answer to the Question: What is Enlightenment?” From Kant’s Political Writings. Translated by H. B. Nisbet. Edited by Hans Reiss. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970, pp. 5460. Voltaire. Exerpts from “Treatise on Toleration.” Chapter in Reading About the World, vol. 2, 3d edition. Edited by Paul Brians, Mary Gallwey, Douglas Hughes, Azfar Hussain, Richard Law, Michael Myers, Michael Neville, Roger Schlesinger, Alice Spitzer, and Susan Swan. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1999. Romanticism Coleridge, Samuel Taylor. “Kubla Khan or, A Vision in a Dream. A Fragment.” From The Oxford Book of English Verse, 1250-1900. Ed. Sir Arthur Thomas Quiller-Couch. Oxford: Clarendon, 1919. Available online at http://www.bartleby.com/101/550.html (accessed 14th April, 2014). Goethe, Johann Wolfgan von. Exerpts from The Young Werther (1774). Translated by R.D. Boylan. Available online at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/2527/2527-h/2527-h.htm (accessed 14th April, 2014). Atheistic Naturalism Darwin, Charles. “Conclusion.” Chapter in The Origin of Species, abridged edition. Edited by Charlotte and William Irvine. New York: Frederick Ungar, 1956. Freud, Sigmund. Excerpts from chapters IV, VII and VIII of The Future of an Illusion (1927). Translated by James Strachey. Available online at http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/questionofgod/ownwords/index.html (accessed 14th April, 2014). Freud, Sigmund. Excerpt from chapters II and VI of Civilization and Its Discontents (1930). Translated by James Strachey. Available online at http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/questionofgod/ownwords/index.html (accessed 14th April, 2014). Marx, Karl. Excerpt from “An Introduction to A Contribution to the Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Right.” In Deutsch-Französische Jahrbücher, 7th & 10th February, 1844. Available online at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1843/critique-hpr/intro.htm (accessed 14th April, 2014). Marx, Karl. Excerpts from “Estranged Labour.” From Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844. Available online at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1844/manuscripts/labour.htm (accessed 14th, 2014). Marx, Karl. Excerpt from The German Ideology (1845). Available online at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1845/german-ideology/ (accessed 14th April, 2014). Nihilism Nietzsche, Friedrich. "The Madman." From The Gay Science, Part Three, section 125. Translated and edited by Walter Kaufmann. New York: Vintage Press, 1974, pp. 181-82. Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Genealogy of Morals, Third Essay, sections 24-28. Translated by Walter Kaufmann and R. J. Hollingdale. New York: Vintage Press, 1989, pp. 148-63.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
331
Nietzsche, Friedrich. Selection from The Will to Power, para. 1067. Edited by Walter Kaufmann. Translated by Walter Kaufmann and R. J. Hollingdale. New York: Random House, 1967, pp. 449-50. Nietzsche, Friedrich. Selections from "Morality as Anti-Nature," sections 4-6. From Twilight of the Idols. Translated by Walter Kaufmann and R. J. Hollingdale. Available online at http://www.handprint.com/SC/NIE/GotDamer.html (accessed 14th April, 2014). Existentialism Kierkegaard, Søren. "Problema II." From Fear and Trembling. Edited and translated by Howard H. and Edna H. Hong. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1983, pp. 68-81. Sartre, Jean-Paul. No Exit. Translated by Stuart Gilbert. New York: Vintage International, 1946, 1989. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Homework questionnaires, summary sheets, mid-term exam, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 172 Intellectual History of Central and Course code: Eastern Europe Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Barša., M.A., Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
PHI 172 1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the major cultural and ideological movements in Central and Eastern Europe - Understand the differences among these movements in different countries of the region - Understand the connections which link ideas of one sphere of intellectual activity (e.g., art) to the other (e.g., ideology). Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will introduce major ideological and cultural currents and trends that have waxed and waned in Central and Eastern Europe since the end of the 18th century. The first part, that will be devoted to the 19th century, will provide brief characterizations of the following intellectual, political and/or artistic movements – Enlightenment, Romanticism, nationalism, liberalism, socialism, anti-Semitism and modernism. The second part will cover some of the major movements of the 20th century – bolshevism, fascism, artistic avant-guards, socialist realism and revisionist Marxism. Concrete examples and representatives of those movements in various countries of Central and Eastern Europe will be discussed. Three aspects will be stressed. (1) The processes of diffusion of ideas from the West to the East and ambivalent reactions in the receiving societies in which western innovations spurred oftentimes as much enthusiasm as resistance. The Russian opposition between Westernizers and Slavophiles typifies similar oppositions in other countries of the region. (2) Comparative similarities and differences between the same intellectual or ideological currents in different countries, e.g., differences in nationalism, modernism or anti-Semitism as they developed in Poland, Russia and Czech lands. (3) Mutual connections and interferences among different spheres of intellectual creation, e.g., links between romanticism and nationalism or affiliations between artistic avant-guards and totalitarian movements such as fascism and bolshevism.
332
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Berend, Ivan T., History Derailed. Central and Eastern Europe in the Long Nineteenth Century, University of California Press, 2003. Berend, Ivan T., Decades in Crisis: Central and Eastern Europe before World War II, University of California Press, 2001. Stokes, Gale (ed.), From Stalinism to Pluralism: A Documentary History of Eastern Europe since 1945, Oxford University Press 1996. Crampton, R. J., Eastern Europe in the Twentieth Century - and After, Routledge, 1997. Slezkine, Yuri: The Jewish Century Princeton University Press 2004. Shore, Marci: Caviar and Ashes: A Warsaw Generation's Life and Death in Marxism, 1918-1968, Yale University Press 2006. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 180 Freedom
Course code:
PHI 180
Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret the political, economic, humanistic and ethical aspects of freedom - Address the following themes—the relationship between the individual and society; when it is possible (or even ethical) to break the law; if freedom makes us happy; and where freedom is limited to political laws or subject to higher ones. Prerequisites None Course Contents Alfred Hitchcock’s Rope, the Loeb & Leopold case, crime, punishment & free will, constitutional law systems, the philosophical origins of state power, philosophical state system, historical sources and evolution of punishment, penal codes, the Criminal Act, Duties to Act. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Nietzsche, Frederick. Twilight of the Idols. New York: Viking, 1954. Bernays, Edward. Propaganda. New York: Liveright Publishing Corporation, 1936. Ellmann, Robert. Bankruptcy, the Credit Card and American Freedom. Economic Affairs. 2009, Vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 40-44. Locke, John. Second Treatise on Government. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company, 1980. Rousseau, Jean. Discourse on Inequality. Whitefish: Kessinger Publishing LLC, 2010.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
333
Hegel, Georg. Philosophy of Right. New York: Dover Publications, 2005. Hegel, Georg. Phenomenology of Spirit. New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 1998. Kierkegaard, Soren. Either/Or: A Fragment of Life. New York: Penguin Classics, 1992. Gracian, Baltasar. The Art of Worldly Wisdom. Garden City: Doubleday, 1991. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 183 Introduction to Existentialism
Course code:
PHI 183
Lecturer Ivan Gutierrez, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the existentialists’ characteristic preoccupations - Explore the existentialists’ philosophical responses to the threats to human freedom arising from such diverse forces as religious conformity, cultural homogenization, unfeeling rationality and mass society - Become familiar with the wide range of genres in which existentialist themes are explored: philosophical texts, literary texts, films. Prerequisites None Course Contents Introduction to existentialism, intellectual currents of the 20th century, the existentialists’ characteristic preoccupations, human freedom, religious conformity, cultural homogenization, unfeeling rationality, mass society. Analysis of philosophical texts, literary texts, films. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Camus, Albert. The Myth of Sisyphus and Other Essays. Translated by Justin O’Brien. Vintage International NY 1991. Camus, Albert The Rebel. Translated by Anthony Bower. New York: Vintage International, 1991. Dostoevsky, Notes from Underground. Translated and edited by Michael R. Katz New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2000. Ellison, Ralph. Invisible Man. New York: Vintage Books, 1995. Heidegger, Martin. Being and Time. Translated by John Macquarrie & Edward Robinson. Oxford: Blackwell, 2001. Kierkegaard, Soren. Fear and Trembling. Translated by Alastair Hannay. London: Penguin Books, 2003. Kierkegaard, Soren. “That Individual.” In Existentialism from Dostoevsky to Sartre. Selected and introduced by Walter Kaufman, 94–101. New York: Plume, 2004. Kierkegaard, Soren. “The Concept of Anxiety.” In The Essential Kierkegaard, edited by Howard V. Hong and Edna H. Hong, 138–156. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2000.
334
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Kierkegaard, Soren. “The Rotation Method (from Either/Or).” Translated by Clancy Martin. In Existentialism, edited by Robert Solomon, 8–15. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005. Nietzsche, Friedrich. Beyond Good and Evil. Edited by Rolf-Peter Horstmann and translated by Judith Norman. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002. Nietzsche, Friedrich. On the Genealogy of Morals. Translated by Walter Kaufmann and R.J. Hollingdale. New York: Vintage Books, 1967. Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Anti-Christ, Ecce Homo, Twilight of the Idols, and Other Writings. Edited by Aaron Ridley and translated by Judith Norman. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005. Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Gay Science. Edited by Bernard Williams and translated by Josefine Nauckhoff. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001. Ortega y Gasset, José. “Man Has No Nature.” in Existentialism from Dostoevsky to Sartre, selected and introduced by Walter Kaufman, 153–157. New York: Plume, 2004. Sartre, Jean-Paul. Being and Nothingness. Translated by Hazel E. Barnes. New York: Washington Square Press, 1992. Sartre, Jean-Paul. “Existentialism is a Humanism.” In Existentialism from Dostoevsky to Sartre, selected and introduced by Walter Kaufman, 345–369. New York: Plume, 2004. Sartre, Jean-Paul. Nausea. Translated by Lloyd Alexander. New York: New Directions, 1964. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Attendance, participation, two pop quizzes, the midterm exam, the final exam, an analytic essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 280 Jewish Philosophy Lecturer PhDr. Milan Lyčka, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 280
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with fundamentals and specifics of the phenomenon called Jewish philosophy, or philosophy of Judaism - Comprehend an overview of the development of Jewish philosophical thinking throughout history - Understand different expressions of Jewish philosophical thinking through readings of the excerpts from the most important texts by prominent Jewish philosophers. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents Philosophical traces in the Bible and post-Biblical literature; Jewish Hellenistic philosophy: Philo of Alexandria; the beginnings and the development of the Jewish philosophy in the Middle Ages: Jewish kalam (Saadia Gaon); Neoplatonism: Isaac Israeli, Solomon ibn Gabirol, Bachya ibn Paquda, Judah Halevi; Aristotelianism: Abraham ibn Daud, Maimonides; Jewish philosophy after Maimonides; enlightened Jewish philosophy in the modern era: Moses Mendelssohn, Baruch Spinoza, Hermann Cohen. Rebirth of Jewish religious philosophy in the 20th century: Franz Rosenzweig, Martin Buber, Joseph Soloveitchik, Abraham Joshua Heschel, Emmanuel Lévinas.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
335
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Guttmann, Julius: Philosophies of Judaism. The History of Jewish Philosophy from Biblical times to Franz Rosenzweig. Doubleday, 1964. Husik, Isaac: A History of Medieval Jewish Philosophy. Atheneum, 1969. Moses Maimonides: The Guide of the Perplexed. The University of Chicago Press, 1963. Bachya ibn Paquda: Duties of the Heart. Feldheim Publishers, 1999. Judah Halevi: The Kuzari. An Argument for the Faith of Israel. Schocken Books, 1964. Franz Rosenzweig: The Star of Redemption. University of Notre Dame, 1985. Martin Buber: I and Thou. Touchstone, 1996. Joseph Soloveitchik: Halakhic Man. The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1983. Abraham Joshua Heschel: God in Search of Man: A Philosophy of Judaism. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1986. Emmanuel Lévinas: Ethics and Infinity. Duquesne University Press, 1985. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 333 The Concepts of Evil
Course code:
PHI 333
Lecturer Januscz Salamon, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend philosophical reflection on the phenomenon of evil by exploring the concepts of evil put forward by the greatest thinkers of humanity, including Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes, Leibniz and Schelling. - Comprehend also the Asian and Near Eastern contributions to the human thinking about the sources and the nature of evil. - Be familiar with examples of literary explorations of evil, from Ancient myths to Conrad and Camus (Evil, like love, is one of the main themes of the great literature of humanity). Prerequisites None Course Contents The question of evil is as old as mankind itself. From the study of selected philosophers we can see that evil, as opposed to good, can be grasped in two different ways. In Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes or Leibniz, we see evil as a privation of good. According to these philosophers, evil as such does not exist; it is nothing but the negative side of good. Schelling, however, does not share this view, as he wants to grasp evil as an original phenomenon that cannot be reduced to a pure negativity. He claims that the power of evil is too big to be reducible to a mere privation of the good. Therefore, evil must have a positive status, which does not mean that it is something good. Rather, the capability of evil is a driving
336
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
force of our existence, which makes possible the good, as well. For Schelling, there would be no good without evil. However, if evil wins over good, it makes us not only harm others and act in a selfish way, but it turns to a pure self-destruction. This self-destructive power of evil can be demonstrated in Conrad’s novel Heart of Darkness, as well as in its film version Apocalypse Now from F.F. Coppola. Both these works can serve as perfect illustrations of Schelling’s notion of evil. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Adams, M. and Adams, R. (eds.). The Problem of Evil (Oxford Readings in Philosophy), Oxford University Press, 1996. Adams, M. Horrendous Evils, Cornell University Press, 1999. Arendt, H. Eichmann in Jerusalem : A Report on the Banality of Evil, Penguin, 2006. Augustine, A. The Confessions. Transl. Henry Chadwick, Oxford: Oxford University Press (reprint edition), 1998. Conrad, J. Heart of Darkness, J.M. Dent and Sons, Ltd. Descartes, R. Meditations on First Philosophy, (ed) Stanley Tweyman, Routledge, 1993. Ellwood, R. Tales of Darkness : The Mythology of Evil, Continuum, 2009. Larrimore, M. (ed.). The Problem of Evil : A Reader, Blackwell, 2001. Leibniz, G.W. Essais de Theodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l’homme et l’origine du mal, Paris: Garnier-Flammarion, 1969. Neiman, S. Evil in the Modern Thought : An Alternative History of Philosophy, Princeton University Press, 2002. Peterson, M. (ed.). The Problem of Evil : Selected Readings, University of Notre Dame, 1992. Plato. The Apology: Phaedo and Crito of Plato. Transl. Benjamin Jowett. Grolier Enterprises, 1980. Plato. The Republic. Transl. Robin Waterfield, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993. Rorty, A. (ed.). The Many Faces of Evil: Historical Perspectives, Routledge, 2001. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 334 Moral Philosophy and Meaning Course code: of Life Lecturer Januscz Salamon, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
PHI 334 1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the main philosophical attempts to conceptualize our fundamental ethical intuitions - Outline, analyze and criticize the arguments put forward by the greatest thinkers of humanity whose works shed light on the problem of the meaning of life - Compare and contrast philosophical, religious, psychological and sociological accounts of morality - Interpret the most prominent literary explorations into the meaning of life.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
337
Prerequisites None Course Contents The purpose of this course is to explore the connection between various concepts of morality (as found in the dominant philosophical and religious traditions of the world) and various concepts of a meaningful life (or ‘good life’ or ‘happy life’). While addressing these intellectually challenging and existentially important questions we will take into account the ideas of Socrates, Buddha and Confucius, and ending with Kant, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Freud, Sartre and the leading moral philosophers of our own times. Selected works of the greatest literary figures of humanity (from Homer and Sophocles through Shakespeare and Tolstoy to Kafka and Beckett) will also be considered. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Eagleton, T. The Meaning of Life. Oxford University Press, 2007. Johnson, O. A. Ethics: Selections from Classical and Contemporary Writers. Holt, 1984. Pojman, L. a J. Fieser. Ethics: Discovering Right and Wrong. Wadsworth, 2012. Pojman, L. Philosophy: The Quest for Truth. Oxford University Press, 2006. Thompson, M. Ethics. NTC Publishing, 2000. White, N. P. A Brief History of Happiness. Blackwell Publishing, 2006. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 335 World Philosophies: East and West Course code: Lecturer Januscz Salamon, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
PHI 335 1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the main tenets of the major world philosophies - Compare and contrast the ways in which various philosophical traditions treat the most fundamental questions about the nature of reality, the nature and limitations of human knowledge, the meaning of human life and the ideals of good individual and social life - Outline and analyze the views of the greatest philosophical minds of humanity. Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course students will have an opportunity to appreciate both profound differences and striking similarities between the Western, Eastern (Asian) and other philosophies, in the three main areas of philosophy: metaphysics (i.e. the conceptions of reality), ethics (i.e. the conceptions of good life) and epistemology (i.e. philosophy of human knowledge). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
338
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Daniel Bonevac, Stephen Phillips, (eds). Understanding Non-Western Philosophy : Introductory Readings. Mountain View, CA : Mayfield Publishing Company, 1993. Daniel Bonevac, Stephen Phillips. Introduction to World Philosophy: A Multicultural Reader. Oxford University Press, 2009. David E. Cooper. World Philosophies: A Historical Introduction. Wiley-Blackwell, 2002. Eliot Deutsch and Ron Bontekoe (eds). A Companion to World Philosophies. Willey-Blackwell, 1999. Eliot Deutsch. Introduction to World Philosophies. Pearson, 1996. H. Gene Blocker. World Philosophy: An East-West Comparative Introduction to Philosophy, Prentice Hall, 1999. Ian P. McGreal. Great Tinkers of the Eastern World : The Major Thinkers and the Philosophical and Religious Classics of China, India, Japan, Korea, and the World of Islam. Harper Collins Publishers, 1995. Ninian Smart, Oliver Leaman. World Philosophies. Routledge, 1999. Robert Solomon, Kathleen Higgins. World Philosophy: A Text with Readings. McGraw-Hill, 1994. Teaching Methods Lectures, home assignments with follow-up analysis and discussion in class Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 400 Introduction to 20th Century Social Theory Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 400
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 required B.A. in HSC, JEW, PS elective: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes - Understand the Enlightenment basis of European social philosophy from Kant through Hegel, coming to an understanding of how later thinkers amplified, revised, critiqued, and diverged from their thought - Understand the key contemporary thinkers of European social philosophy in the late 20th and early 21st centuries - Understand how European social philosophers reflected the socio-historical epochs that gave rise to their thought, from the French Revolution 1789 through the Velvet Revolution (1989), and from 9/11 to the present - Critically think through a variety of complex theories, and to relate those theories to social issues. Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course we will be chronologically exploring some of the key thinkers in continental European social philosophy and placing them in their socio-historical context. In the first half of the term, we will trace the origins & backgrounds of European social philosophy in the thought of such philosophers as Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, and Heidegger. We will
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
339
then move on to an assessment of how the cataclysms of the First & Second World Wars affected European thinkers (Walter Benjamin, Theodor Adorno, Max Horkheimer), and in the second half of the term we will be considering the shift in European social thought from a German to a primarily French axis in the postwar period, and the attempts to deconstruct, revise, and even supersede Enlightenment accounts of rationality, autonomy, and society. In this second half we will be considering the works of some or all of the following thinkers: Georges Bataille, Jacques Lacan, Julia Kristeva, Slavoj Žižek, Jacques Derrida, Jean-François Lyotard, Michel Foucault, Gilles Deleuze, Félix Guattari, Jean-Luc Nancy, Niklas Luhmann, Giorgio Agamben, Alain Badiou, and Peter Sloterdijk. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Primary Source Reading: Adorno, Theodor & Max Horkheimer. “The Concept of Enlightenment.” Dialectic of Enlightenment. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2002. 1-35. Arendt, Hannah. “The Crisis in Culture.” Between Past and Future. London & New York: Penguin, 1993. 197-227. Bataille, Georges. “The College of Sociology.” Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927-1939. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1985. 246-57. Benjamin, Walter. “On the Concept of History.” Selected Writings: Volume 4, 1938-1940. Cambridge & London: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2003. 389-401. Deleuze, Gilles & Félix Guattari. “How Do You Make Yourself a Body Without Organs.” A Thousand Plateaus. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1986. 149-67. Derrida, Jacques. “Structure, Sign and Play in the Discourse of the Human Sciences.” Writing and Difference. London: Routledge, 1978. 278-295. Foucault, Michel. “What is Enlightenment?” Ethics, Subjectivity and Truth. New York: The New Press, 1994. 303-321. Foucault, Michel. “Nietzsche, Genealogy, History.” Aesthetics. London & New York: Penguin, 1994. 369-395. Heidegger, Martin. “Chapters 38, 53 & 60.” Being and Time. New York: SUNY, 1996. 164-69, 240-47, 272-79. Kant, Immanuel. “What is Enlightenment?” What is Enlightenment? 18th Century Answers and 20th Century Questions. London & Berkeley: University of California Press, 1996. 58-65. Kristeva, Julia. “The Signifying Process,” “Poetry that is Not a Form of Murder.” Revolution in Poetic Language. New York: Columbia University Press, 1984. 68-72, 72-86. Lacan, Jacques. “Production of the Four Discourses,” “Analyticon.” The Other Side of Psychoanalysis. New York & London: W.W. Norton & Company, 1991. 11-29, 197-209. Nietzsche, Friedrich. “On Truth and Lying in a Non-Moral Sense.” The Birth of Tragedy and Other Writings. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 1999. 139-154. Luhmann, Niklas. “System & Environment,” “Interpenetration,” “The Individuality of Psychic Systems.” Social Systems. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995. 176-278. Lyotard, Jean-François. “Introduction,” “Answering the Question: What is Postmodernism?” The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1979. xxiii-xxv, 71-85. Nancy, Jean-Luc. “The Inoperative Community.” The Inoperative Community. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1991. 1-43. Žižek, Slavoj. “Welcome to the Desert of the Real.” The Universal Exception. London & New York: Continuum, 2006. 267-289. Secondary Source Reading: Caygill, Howard. “Social and Technical Modernity: Benjamin.” The Edinburgh Encyclopedia of Continental Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1999. 471-480. Crowell, Steven Galt. “Phenomenology and the Question of Being: Heidegger.” The Edinburgh Encyclopedia of Continental Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1999. 283-296. Edgar, Andrew, “Culture and Criticism: Adorno.” The Edinburgh Encyclopedia of Continental Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1999. 448-461. Homer, Sean. “The Subject of the Unconscious,” “The Real.” Jacques Lacan. London: Routledge, 2005. 65-79.
340
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Noys, Benjamin. “Inner Experience.” Georges Bataille: A Critical Introduction. London: Pluto Press, 2000. 38-60. Owen, David. “Power, Knowledge and Ethics: Foucault.” The Edinburgh Encyclopedia of Continental Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1999. 593-605. Müller, Harro & Larson Powell. “Luhmann’s Systems Theory as a Theory of Modernity.” New German Critique 61 (Winter, 1994). 39-54. Pinkard, Terry. German Philosophy: 1760-1860, The Legacy of Idealism. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2002. Pippin, Robert. “How to Overcome Oneself: On the Nietzschean Ideal.” Nietzsche, Psychology & First Philosophy. Chicago & London: University of Chicago Press, 2010. 105-121. Richardson, John. “Nietzsche on Time & Becoming.” A Companion to Nietzsche. London, Blackwell, 2006. 208-230. Schwanitz, Dietrich. “Systems Theory According to Niklas Luhmann: Its Environment and Conceptual Strategies.” Cultural Critique (Spring 1995). 137-70. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 460 Seminar in Aesthetics Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D. Thierry Tremblay, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 460
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: BA in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret key thinkers from post-Kantian modern aesthetics and contemporary social theorists dealing with aesthetics - Comprehend formalist and socio-historical approaches with speculative approaches. Prerequisites None Course Contents The romantic poet John Keats wrote, “Beauty is truth, truth beauty, that is all ye know on earth, and all ye need to know”… but what is beauty, and what is its relation to truth? The modernist artist Paul Klee said, “Not to render the visible, but to render visible”… but is it even possible to represent what’s invisible? What are the limits of representation (and can they be represented)? The postmodern artist Frank Stella said, “What you see is what you see”… but what does it mean “to see”? What is “intrinsic” to a painting, and what is “extrinsic”? What exactly is the relation between art & society? or art & politics? Traditionally a domain of philosophy, the study of aesthetics initially encompassed judgments about beauty and form, then evolved into a study of the nature of aesthetic judgments, and then widened further into a series of subcategories ranging from questions of art and ethics, art and history, art and psychology, art and perception, art and ontology, art and politics, art and society, and art and gender. In this seminar we will be exploring aesthetic theory from Kant to the present moment. In the first part of the term we will survey the history of German philosophical aesthetics from Kant through Heidegger, and its conjunction with both the Frankfurt School & French thinkers like Georges Bataille & Maurice Blanchot
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
341
in the 1930s & 40s; in the second part of the term, we will explore many of the key postwar thinkers who have written on aesthetics, including Merleau-Ponty, Greenberg, Barthes, Foucault, Derrida, Lacan (via Žižek), Deleuze & Guattari, Luhmann, and many others. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Primary Source Readings: Adorno, Theodor. “Culture Industry Reconsidered.” Media Studies: A Reader. New York: New York University Press, 1991. 15-21. Barthes, Roland. “The Death of the Author.” The Rustle of Language. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1989. 56-65. Belting, Hans. “The Invisible Masterpiece. London: Reaktion Books, 2001. Benjamin, Walter. “The Work of Art in the Age of Its Technological Reproducibility.” Selected Writings: Volume 4, 1938-1940. Cambridge & London: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2003. 251-84. Bourdieu, Pierre. “Class Tastes and Lifestyles.” Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. 257-318. Bourdieu, Pierre. “The Emergence of a Dualist Structure.” The Rules of Art: Genesis and Structure of the Literary Field. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1996. 113-41. Bourdieu, Pierre. “The Historical Genesis of the Pure Aesthetic.” The Field of Cultural Production. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1993. 254-67. Cixous, Hélène. “Castration or Decapitation?” Signs 7.1 (1981). Danto, Arthur. “The End of Art: A Philosophical Defense.” History and Theory. (December, 1998): 127143. de Duve, Thierry. “Kant After Duchamp.” Kant After Duchamp. Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 1998. 283-327. Deleuze, Gilles & Félix Guattari. “Percept, Affect, and Concept.” What is Philosophy? New York: Columbia University Press, 163-201. Derrida, Jacques. “La parole soufflée.” Writing and Difference. London: Routledge, 1978. 169-96. Foucault Michel, “What is an Author?” Aesthetics. London & New York: Penguin, 1994. 205-223. Greenberg, Clement. “Modernist Painting.” Art in Modern Culture: An Anthology of Critical Texts. New York: Phaidon Press, 1992. 308-315. Groys, Boris. “On the New.” Art Power. Cambridge and London: MIT Press: 2008. 23-43. Hegel, G.F.W. “Chapter 3.” Aesthetics: Lectures on Fine Arts. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1975. 153-299. Heidegger, Martin. “On the Origin of the Work of Art.” Off the Beaten Track. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2002. 1-57. Hölderlin, Friedrich. “Oldest System Programme of German Idealism.” Classic and Romantic German Aesthetics. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2003. 185-88. Jameson, Fredric. “‘End of Art’ or ‘End of History?’” The Cultural Turn: Selected Writings on the Postmodern. London and New York: Verso, 1998. 73-93. Kant, Immanuel. “Analytic of the Beautiful,” Analytic of the Sublime.” The Critique of the Power of Judgment. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 83-212. Luhmann, Niklas. “Evolution” & “Self-Description.” Art as a Social System. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2000. 211-319. Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. “Eye and Mind.” The Primacy of Perception. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1964. Nancy, Jean-Luc. “The Sublime Offering.” Of the Sublime: Presence in Question. New York: SUNY Press, 1993. 25-55. Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Birth of Tragedy. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 1999. Owens, Craig. “The Discourse of Others: Feminists and Postmodernism.” The Anti-Aesthetic. Port Townsend, Washington: Bay Press, 1983. 57-83. Rancière, Jacques. “The Future of the Image.” The Future of the Image. London & New York: Verso, 2007. 1-33. Shaviro, Steven. “Without Criteria.” Without Criteria. Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 2009. 1-16. Žižek, Slavoj. “Grimaces of the Real, or When the Phallus Appears.” October (1991): 45-68.
342
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Secondary Source Readings: Anthony, Saville. “Kant’s Aesthetic Theory.” Companion to Kant. London: Blackwell, 2006. 441-454. Bernstein, J.M. “‘The Dead Speaking of Stones and Stars’: Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory.” The Cambridge Companion to Critical Theory. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2006. 139-164. Bishop, Claire. “Je participe, tu participes, il participe .” Artificial Hells: Participatory Art and the Politics of Spectatorship. New York: Verso, 2012. 77-105. Bowie, Andrew. “Nietzsche and the Fate of Romantic Thought.” Aesthetics and Subjectivity: From Kant to Nietzsche. Manchester and New York: Manchester University Press, 2003. 258-312. Bowie, Andrew. “Idealism and the Arts.” The Cambridge Companion to German Idealism. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 239-258. Boyne, Roy. “Foucault and Art.” A Companion to Art Theory. London: Blackwell, 2002. 347-49. Dreyfus, Hubert L. “Heidegger’s Ontology of Art.” Companion to Heidegger. London: Blackwell, 2005. 407-419. Grenfell, Michael & Cheryl Hardy. “Painting.” Art Rules: Pierre Bourdieu and the Visual Arts. New York and Oxford: Berg, 2007. 107-37. Groys, Boris. “From Image to Image File – and Back: Art in the Age of Digitalization.” Art Power. Cambridge and London: MIT Press: 2008. 83-93. Halasz, Piri. “Art Criticism in New York: Clement Greenberg.” Arts Magazine (April, 1983): 80-89. Iverson, Margaret. “Barthes on Art.” A Companion to Art Theory. London: Blackwell, 2002. 327-37. Larmore, Charles. “Hölderlin and Novalis.” The Cambridge Companion to German Idealism. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2000. 141-161. Liu, Catherine. “Lacan’s Afterlife: Jacques Lacan Meets Any Warhol.” A Cambridge Companion to Lacan. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2003. 253-72. Marriner, Robin. “Derrida and the Parergon.” A Companion to Art Theory. London: Blackwell, 2002. 349-60. Mieszkowski, Jan. “Art Forms.” The Cambridge Companion to Walter Benjamin. Cambridge & London: Cambridge University Press, 2004. 35-54. Zagala, Stephen. “Aesthetics: A Place I’ve never Seen.” A Shock to Thought: Expression After Deleuze and Guattari. London and New York: Routledge, 2002. 20-45. Teaching Methods Lecture, reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 520 European Philosophy Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D. Janusz Salamon, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 520
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore issues and topics in European philosophy from the 17th Century till the 21st Century - Analyze key texts by important philosophers, specific time periods and modes. Prerequisites None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
343
Course Contents 17th Century (Spinoza, Leibniz, Hume) and 21st Century (Agamben, Badiou, Nancy) European Philosophy; key texts by important Philosophers, Kant, Nietzsche, Heidegger; time periods, The Enlightenment, the 20th Century, Post-Structuralism, and Ethnics Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU Course Materials Packet, with works from the following authors: Rene Descartes, Baruch Spinoza, David Hume, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, F.W.J von Schelling, Arthur Schopenhauer, Henri Bergson, Ludwig Wittgenstein, Walter Benjamin, Theodor Adorno, Maurice Blanchot, Jacques Derrida, Emmanuel Levinas, Jean-Francois Lyotard, Peter Sloterdijk, Jean-Luc Nancy, Giorgio Agamben, Jacques Ranciere, Alain Badiou. Hegel, G.W.F. The Phenomenology of Spirit, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1977. Heidegger, Martin: Being and Time, New York: SUN Press, 1996. Kant, Immanuel: Critique of Pure Reason, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1998. Nietzsche, Friedrich: Thus Spoke Zarathustra. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 521 Advanced Seminar in Philosophy: Course code: Georges Bataille and Michel Foucault Lecturer
Semester: Year of study:
Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
PHI 521 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes - To introduce the works of Bataille and Foucault into Sociology and compare how Foucault’s work incorporated, extended and diverged from that of Bataille’s work. Prerequisites None Course Contents Whereas sociology has largely been concerned with the study of normative social behavior via the identification of its margins, borders, and limits, the work of Georges Bataille was concerned with transgression–that which lay beyond those margins, borders, and limits: sexuality and death, the sacred and sacrifice, madness and criminality, excess and loss. Although his thought was partially inspired by the sociology of Durkheim and Nietzsche it ultimately transgressed the boundaries between sociology and the disciplines of anthropology, psychology, political science, religious studies, history and even molecular biology, and was a fundamental precursor to and influence upon the interdisciplinary work of one of the most important social thinkers of the 20th Century, Michel Foucault, who was similarly influenced by Nietzsche’s genealogical method. After exploring the development of Bataille’s thought in the first half of the seminar, second half will explore how Foucault’s work incorporated, extended, and diverged from Bataille’s work into examinations of marginality and exclusion, discourse and
344
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
disciplinization, surveillance and control, subjectivity and sexuality, and the relations between knowledge and power. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Hollier, D. The College of Sociology: 1937–1939. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1988. Bataille, G. Visions of Excess: Selected Writings 1927–1939. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1983. Bataille, G. The Inner Experience, New York: State University of New York Press: 1988. Bataille, G. On Nietzsche, New York: Columbia University Press: 1988. Foucault, M. Aesthetics: Essential Works of Michel Foucault, New York and London: Penguin 1994. Foucault, M. Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison, New York: Vintage Press, 1995. Foucault, M. The History of Sexuality, Volume 1, New York and London: Penguin 1998. Teaching Methods Discussion Assessment Methods Written essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 522 What is Text? Ricoeur on Text, Metaphor Course code: and Narrative Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
PHI 522 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine the works of Paul Ricoeur - Develop a deeper understanding of literary theory and hermeneutics, and its larger application for understanding other types of texts, such as popular culture. Prerequisites None Course Contents Works by Paul Ricoeur, “Interpretation Theory”, “Rule of Metaphor”, and “Time and Narrative”, the concepts of “text”, “metaphor”, “narrative” and “meaning”. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Joy, M. (ed). Paul Ricoeur and Narrative: Context and Contestation,.Calgary: University of Calgary Press, 1997. Ricoeur, P. The Rule of Metaphor: Multidisciplinary Studies of the Creation of Meaning, Translated by Robert Czerny, Kathleen McLaughlin and John Costello. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1975 Ricoeur, P. Hermeneutics and the Human Sciences. Translated and edited by John B. Thompson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
345
Ricoeur, P. Time and Narrative (3 vols.). Translated by Kathleen McLaughlin, Kathleen Blamey and David Pellauer. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984–85. Ricoeur, P. Oneself as Another. Translated by Kathleen Blamey. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1992. Ricoeur, P. Interpretation Theory: Discourse and the Surplus of Meaning. Forth Worth, TX, 1976. Wood, D. On Paul Ricoeur: Narrative and Interpretation. London: Routledge, 1991. Teaching Methods Lecture Assessment Methods Exam Language of Instruction
English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 555 The Concepts of Evil Lecturer Janusz Salamon, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 555
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes - To examine philosophical interpretation of the evil, as it appears in the works of Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes, Leibniz and Schelling. Prerequisites None Course Contents The question of evil is as old as mankind itself. From the study of selected philosophers we can see that evil, as opposed to good, can be grasped in two different ways. In Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes or Leibniz, we see evil as a privation of good. According to these philosophers, evil as such does not exists; it is nothing but the negative side of good. Schelling, however, does not share this view, as he wants to grasp evil as an original phenomenon that cannot be reduced to a pure negativity. He claims that the power of evil is too big to be reducible to a mere privation of the good. Therefore, evil must have a positive status, which does not mean that it is something good. Rather, the capability of evil is a driving force of our existence, which makes possible the good, as well. For Schelling, there would be no good without evil. However, if evil wins over good, it makes us not only harm others and act in a selfish way, but it turns to a pure self-destruction. This self-destructive power of evil can be demonstrated in Conrad’s novel Heart of Darkness, as well as in its film version Apocalypse Now from F.F. Coppola. Both these works can serve as perfect illustrations of Schelling’s notion of evil. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Augustine, A.: The Confessions. Translated by Henry Chadwick, Oxford: Oxford University Press (reprint edition), 1998 Conrad, J. Heart of Darkness. J. M. Dent and Sons. Descartes, R. Meditations on First Philosophy. Stanley Tweyman (ed.). Routledge, 1993. Leibniz, G.W. Essais de Theodicee sur la bonte de Dieu, la liberte de l’homme et l’origine du mal. Paris: Garnier-Flammarion, 1969 Plato. The Apology: Phaedo and Crito of Plato. Translated by Benjamin Jowett. Grolier Enterprises, 1980.
346
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Plato. The Republic. Translated by Robin Waterfield. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 570 Consumer as Creator: Exploring Receptor-Based Cultural Theory Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 570
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore the role of the consumer in the creation of popular culture and consumerism - Analyze the role of the consumer as an active appropriator.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Consumerism, popular culture, identity construction, mass media Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Aden, Roger C. Popular Stories and Promised Lands: Fan Cultures and Symbolic Pilgrimages. Tuscaloosa, Alabama: University of Alabama Press, 1999. Bacon-Smith, C. Enterprising Women: Television Fandom and the Creation of Popular Myth. Philadelphia: University of Philadelphia Press, 1991. De Certeau, M. The Practice of Everyday Life. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2002. Featherston, M. Consumer Culture and Postmodernism. London: Sage, 1991. Harris, Cheryl and Alison Alexander, (eds). Theorizing Fandom: Fans, Subculture and Identity. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press, 1998. Jenkins, H. Textual Poachers: Television Fans and Participatory Culture, New York: Routledge, 1992. Lewis, L. The Adoring Audience. New York: Routledge, 1992. Twitchell, James B. Lead Us into Temptation: The Triumph of American Consumerism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
347
PHI 571 Readings of the 20th Century European Philosophy: Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 571
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret Mille Plateaux/A Thousand Plateaus, a key 20th Century philosophical text by the French post-structuralist philosophers Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari. Prerequisites None Course Contents Mille Plateaux/A Thousand Plateaus by Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari; thinkers who were precursors to their work (Kant, Spinoza, Freud, Bergson, Nietzsche, Lacan) and writers whose work embodies their theories (Friedrich Hölderlin, Heinrich von Kleist, Arthur Rimbaud, Hermann Melville, Walt Whitman, Henry James, Virginia Woolf, Marcel Proust, Antonin Artaud, F.S. Fitzgerald, Franz Kafka, D.H. Lawrence, Samuel Beckett, Malcolm Lowry, and others). Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus (1972), A Thousand Plateaus (1980) Teaching Methods Lecture, reading through the book chapter by chapter (plateau by plateau), and discussion Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 660 Aesthetics: From Enlightenment to Postmodernism Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D. Thierry Tremblay, Ph.D.
Course code:
PHI 660
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: MA in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore key thinkers from post-Kantian modern aesthetics and contemporary social theorists dealing with aesthetics - Explore formalist and socio-historical approaches with speculative approaches. Prerequisites None
348
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents Key thinkers from Post Kantian modern aesthetics, key contemporary social theorists, aesthetics and postexpressionist/post-humanist aesthetics Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading AAU Course Materials readers including selections from the following authors: Friedrich Schlegel, Arthur Schopenhauer, Friedrich Nietzsche, Walter Pater, Benedetto Croce, Jan Mukařovský, Martin Heidegger, Theodor Adorno, Walter Benjamin, Maurice Blanchot, Jean Francois Lyotard, Jacques Derrida, Jean-Luc Nancy, Alain Badiou, and Carolyn Korsmeyer. Bourdieu, Pierre. The Field of Cultural Production. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1993. Deleuze and Guattari. What is Philosophy? New York: Columbia University Press, 1991. Kant, Immanuel. Critique of the Power of Judgment. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000. Luhmann, Niklas. Art as a Social System. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2000. Perec G. La Vie Mode d’ Emploi/Life: An Owner’s Manual. New York: Vintage Press, 1996. Teaching Methods Lecture, reading, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PHI 665 Dr. Frankenstein and His Colleagues
Course code:
PHI 665
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Realize bioethical issues that appear in multidisciplinary works - Understand provisional ethical principles that would allow us to get oriented in these domains - Interpret Mary Shelly’s novel Frankenstein. Prerequisites None Course Contents Contrary to the culture of Ancient Greece that has transformed its hopes and worries to a complex mythology, modern culture has created only one mythos. It is a mythos of a scientist, who, on his quest for knowledge, comes so far that he destroys all his loved ones and finally himself. The mythos that puts a question mark over development of modern science and its power is, of course, the mythos of Frankenstein. And it is more then symptomatic that the author of this mythos was the young woman— Mary Shelly. In her novel, Mary Shelly displays a basic dilemma of modern science—the dilemma of science that has progressed so far that it has transgressed all the ethical categories it has inherited from past centuries. The situation of modern science is indeed critical, where all old ethical categories more or less fail. But if modern science does not want to flee from its ethical responsibility, as Dr. von Frankenstein did, it must try to act ethically, despite its old ethical norms turn out to be utterly insufficient. Therefore, it must try to develop provisional ethical principles that would allow it to
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
349
distinguish what is right and what is wrong. Necessity of such a provisional ethics is more and more obvious especially in those domains of modern science that have certain relation to medicine. This applies, above all, to pharmacology, neurology, biotechnology, cloning, or manipulation with stem cells. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Berkeley, G. Treatise Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge. Hackett Publishing Company, 1982. Descartes, R. Meditations on First Philosophy. T. Stanley (ed). Routledge, 1993. Descartes, R. Discourse on Method. Translated by Laurence J. Lafleur. Prentice Hall, 1956. Foucault, M. Les mots et les choses. Paris: Gallimard, 1966. Goldstein, Kurt. The Organism: A Holistic Approach to Biology Derived from Pathological Data in Man. New York: Zone Books, 2000. Heidegger, M. Zollikon Seminars: Protocols, Conversations, Letters. Translated by Franz Mayr and Richard Askay. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 2001. Hume, D. An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. Oxford University Press, 1999. Locke, J. An Essay Concerning Human Understanding. Prometheus Books, 1994. Shelly, M. Frankenstein. Paul Hunter (ed), New York, London: Norton and Company, 1996. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PLI 101 Polish I. Lecturer Andrzej Magala, Ph.D
Course code:
PLI 101
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Present basic knowledge of a grammar and Polish language in general - Be familiar with elementary vocabulary and ready to respond on basic situations. Prerequisites None Course Contents Students are expected to attain basic knowledge of Polish, ability to pronounce Polish vowels and consonants, recognize word categories (nouns, pronouns, adjectives, numerals, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, etc.) and parts of sentence (subject, predicate, object, attribute, adverbial), and use them all in daily life. They will learn basic vocabulary and phraseology related to the domains of family and home, self-desciption, description of one’s courses and interests, city, apartment and dormitory, et al. They will study and practice in class basic greetings and behaviors encoded in specifically Polish conversational rituals. By studying the language they will be also introduced to the Polish culture. Daily written homework is an important way to control student progress. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
350
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading In-Flight Polish: Learn Before You Land CD. New York: Living Language, 2001. Polish Phrase Book. Princeton : Berlitz, 2000. The rough guide Polish phrasebook / compiled by Lexus ; [with Ania Plank]. London: Rough Guides, 2006. Bielec , Dana. Polish : an essential grammar. London: Routledge, 2006. Gotteri, Nigel, Michalak-Gray, Joanna. Teach yourself Polish. Chicago: McGraw-Hill, 2004. Mazur, Boleslaw. Colloquial Polish : the complete course for beginners. London: Routledge, 2004. Teaching Methods Language lesson, homework Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PLI 102 Polish II. Lecturer Andrzej Magala, Ph.D
Course code:
PLI 102
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate basic knowledge of Polish language. Prerequisites Polish I Course Contents Students will master pronunciation of Polish vowels and consonants, will attain ability to recognize kinds of words (nouns, pronouns, adjectives, numerals, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, notes and elements), parts of sentence (subject, predicate, object, attribute, adverbial) and elementary ability of applying them in daily rudimentary conversation. They will learn basic conjugation types and corresponding verb forms. They will learn and practice declensional cases, genders and numbers, and main types of Polish declension. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading In-Flight Polish: Learn Before You Land CD. New York: Living Language, 2001. Polish Phrase Book. Princeton : Berlitz, 2000. The rough guide Polish phrasebook / compiled by Lexus ; [with Ania Plank]. London: Rough Guides, 2006. Bielec , Dana. Polish : an essential grammar. London: Routledge, 2006. Gotteri, Nigel, Michalak-Gray, Joanna. Teach yourself Polish. Chicago: McGraw-Hill, 2004. Mazur, Boleslaw. Colloquial Polish : the complete course for beginners. London: Routledge, 2004. Teaching Methods Language lesson, homework Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
351
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 101 Introduction to Politics I Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D. Jakub Franek, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 101 1 1 GEC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the main concepts and ideologies in the study of politics - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the working of democratic government - Compare and contrast the meanings, functions and implications of political institutions in different political contexts - Write critical essays and make analytical presentations on the concepts of politics. Prerequisites None Course Contents State, power, authority, legitimacy, ideology, democracy, nation, authoritarian rule, political culture, political regimes, political participation, elections, political parties, interest groups, legislature, executive, judiciary, separation of powers; presidential, parliamentary, semi-presidential systems; policy process, political economy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Hague, Rod and Martin Harrop. Comparative government and politics (8th ed). London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2010. Heywood, Andrew. Politics. 3rd ed. London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. Heywood, Andrew. Political ideologies and introduction. 3rd ed. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
352
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
POL 102 Introduction to Politics II Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D. Jakub Franek, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 102 2 1 required: B.A. in IR, JC, PS 1 2, 45 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the meta-theories to the study of politics - Illustrate, compare and contrast, apply the meta-theories of politics in explaining empirical cases - Write essays combining theories with empirical research. Prerequisites None Course Contents Institutional approach (historical institutionalism, neo and new institutionalism), structural approach, post-structural and interpretive approach, behavioral and attitudinal approach, rational choice approach in the study of politics Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Caramani, D. (ed.). Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008. Della Porta, Donatella. and Keating, Michael (eds.). Approaches and Methodologies in the Social Sciences. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. Peters, B. Guy. Institutional Theory in Political Science: the ‘New Institutionalism. London: Pinter, 1999. Tsebelis, G. Veto Players: How Institutions Work. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2002. Mahoney James, Rueschemeyer D. (eds.). Comparative Historical Analysis in the Social Sciences. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2003. Almond, Gabriel and Verba, Sidney.The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations. Princeton University Press, 1963. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, student’s presentations Assessment Methods Essay assignments, presentation, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 200 Political Philosophy
Course code:
POL 200
Lecturer Jakub Franek, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 required: IR, PS req./opt.: B.A. in HSC, JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
353
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Recognize the major themes developed by the major thinkers in classical political theory - Think critically and analyze the ideas and theories of individual political philosophers from the classical period - Engage in comparative analysis of the different views of political philosophers - Express their own ideas and analysis verbally - Develop their ability to conduct basic academic research and analytical writing appropriate to the undergraduate level. Prerequisites None Course Contents Politics as philosophical inquiry, Plato’s Republic, Aristotle’s Politics, Machiavelli and Hobbes: political legitimacy in the modern mode, Hobbes, Locke, Kant, Rousseau: social contract theory, principles of liberalism, Augustine, Aquinas. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Materials distributed in class Aristotle. Politics, A Treatise on Government, Gutenberg Ebook, 2009. Hobbes, Thomas. Leviathan, Gutenberg Ebook, 2009. Kant, Immanuel. Perpetual Peace, George Allenand Unwin, 1903. Locke, John. Second Treatise of Government, Gutenberg Ebook, 2005. Locke, John. A Letter Concerning Toleration, Indianapolis: Liberty Fund, 2010. Plato. The Republic, Gutenberg Ebook, 2008. Porter, Jene M. Classics in Political Philosophy (2nd edition), Prentice-Hall, 1997. Russell, Bertrand. History of Western Philosophy, Simon & Schuster/Touchstone, 1967. St. Augustine. City of God, Image, 1958. The Federalist Papers. Toronto: Bantam Books, 1982. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods 2 essays, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 201 Nations and Nationalism Lecturer Gaelle Vassogne, Ph.D. Prof. PhDr.Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Course code:
POL 201
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 reqired: B.A. in IR req./ opt.: B.A. in HSC, PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical, political, economic and philosophic/ideological context of the rise of nationalism - Use the relevant terminology
354
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
- Identify the manifestations of nationalism within the context of present events and trends, to analyze and to interpret them. - Describe the formation of modern national identities with a major emphasis on Europe - Comprehend the historical circumstances in which nationalism emerged - Examine present eruptions of nationalism. Prerequisites None Course Contents The introductory section of this course is on theory of nationalism, on development of nationalism studies as academic discipline, on preconditions of nationalism and main aspects of its history. We will examine main sources of nationalism and pillars of national identity, how a romantic picture of national history influenced the development of national identity, and what role the interpretation of national history has been having in political struggles and programs. Comparative histories of the formation of modern national identities, including the ‘national awakening’ of non-dominant nations, will be interpreted against the backdrop of national policies of multi-ethnic states, national programs and leaders. The national awakening, national policies of multi-ethnic states, national programs and their leaders; Topics surrounding three phenomena that had fateful consequences for the 20th century: the unsuccessful attempt to eliminate national tensions by creating new nation-states after WWI, and the encounters with both major totalitarian ideologies - Nazism and Communism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Agnew, Hugh LeCaine. Origins of the Czech National Renascence. Pittsburgh and London: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1993. Anderson, Benedict R.O’.G. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism.London, New York: Verso, 1990. Baycroft, Timothy. Nationalism in Europe, 1789-1945. Cambridge Perspectives in History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1998. Berlin, Isaiah. “The Bent Twig: On the Rise of Nationalism” in Isaiah Berlin, The Crooked Timber of Humanity: Essays in the History of Ideas . London: John Murray, 1990, 238-261. Bosworth, R. J. B. Nationalism. London: Pearson Education, 2007. Breuilly, John. Nationalism and the State. 2nd Ed. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1992. Gellner, Ernest. Nations and Nationalism. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1992. Greenfeld, Leah. Nationalism: Five Roads to Modernity. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1992. Hastings, Adrian. The Construction of Nationhood: Ethnicity, Religion and Nationalism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996. Hobsbawm, E.J. Nations and Nationalism since 1780. Programme, Myth, Reality. 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, 1997. Hroch, Miroslav. Social Preconditions of National revival in Europe. A Comparative Analysis of the Social Composition of Patriotic Groups among Smaller European Nations. Cambridge University Press, 1985. Ichijo, Atsuko and Uzelac, Gordana (eds.) When is the Nation? Towards an Understanding of Theories of Nationalism . London & New York: Rougledge, 2005. Kedourie, Elie. Nationalism. 4th Ed. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 1994. Kraus, Michael and Allison Stanger (eds.). Irreconciable Differences? Explaining Czechoslovakia’s Dissolution. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2000. Leff Skalnik, Carol. National Conflict in Czechoslovakia: The Making and Remaking of a State, 19181987. Princeton University Press, 1988. Mosse, George L. The Fascist Revolution: Toward a General Theory of Fascism. New York: Howard Fertig, 1999. Musil, Jiří (ed.). The End of Czechoslovakia. Central European University Press, 1995. Pryzel, Ilya. National Identity and Foreign Policy. Nationalism and Leadership in Poland, Russia and Ukraine. Cambridge University Press, 1998.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
355
Özkirimli, Umut and Spyros A. Sofos. Tormented by History: Nationalism in Greece an Turkey London: Hurst and Company, 2008. Smith, Anthony D. The Antiquity of Nations. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2004. Sugar, Peter (ed.). Eastern European Nationalism in the 20th Century. American University Press.1995. Tipton, C. Leon (ed.). Nationalism in the Middle Ages. European Problem Studies. New York: Rinehart & Winston, 1972. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, power point presentations, student’s presentations, case study, video presentation Assessment Methods Home assignments, mid-term, term-paper, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 202 Political Philosophy Lecturer Jakub Franek, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 202
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 2 required: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Recognize the major themes developed by the major thinkers in classical political theory - Think critically and analyze the ideas and theories of individual political philosophers from the classical period - Engage in comparative analysis of the different views of political philosophers - Express their own ideas and analysis verbally - Listen to the views of others and interact with their views - Engage in dialogue in a respectful manner - Develop their ability to conduct basic academic research and analytical writing appropriate to the undergraduate level. Prerequisites None Course Contents Marx’s critique of capitalism, Foucault’s critique of power, two models of democracy: representative and participatory, social justice and liberty, democracy and justice: feminist revisions. Nietzshe, M. Weber, Arendt, Carl Schmitt, John Rawls, J. Habermas. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Materials distributed in class Gaus, Gerald, F. and Philip Pettit. Contemporary Political; Philosophy: An Anthology. Sabine, George, M. A Dictionary of Political Thought. Skinner, Quentin. The Foundations of Modern Political Thought. Marx, K. Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts. Marx, K., Engels, F. Communist Manifesto. Nietzsche, F. On the Genealogy of Morality. Foucault, M. Two Lectures: What is Enlightenment? Arendt, H. The Conquest of Space and the Stature of Man.
356
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Rawls, J. A theory of justice. Habermas, J. A theory of communicative action. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods 2 essays, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 203 Contemporary Europe: History Course code: of European Integration Lecturer JUDr. Cyril Svoboda
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
POL 203 2 2 required: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Have an advanced knowledge of European integration, European Communities, treaties and a working knowledge of EU’s most prominent policies - Name European Institutions and their roles and explain the EU decision-making procedures - Apply European integration theories to real-life developments - Clearly present an issue/a policy to their fellow students. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course offers a comprehensive introduction into European integration with an emphasis on historical development of the European Union, its institutions and decision-making, and theoretical approaches to integration. First part of the course is dedicated to the situation in Europe post war and the exceptional conditions that lead to supranational integration in the first place. Throughout the course we will focus on the early European communities and national positions to EU integration, on deepening and widening of integration, creation of new treaties from Paris to the latest Lisbon treaty, and inclusion of new policy areas under a united institutional framework. In the second part, European Union’s institutions will be introduced with a focus on the role of various EU institutions in supranational as well as intergovernmental decision-making. Finally the course will conclude with an overview of most the relevant theories of European integration with examples from history (first part of the course). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Bomberg, Elisabeth; Peterson John and Richard Corbett. The European Union: How Does it Work? Oxford University Press, 2012. Cini, Michelle and Nieves Perez-Solorzano Borragan. European Union Politics. Oxford University Press, 2010. Dinan, Desmond. Origins and Evolution of the European Union. Oxford University Press, 2014. Dinan, Desmond . Ever Closer Union: An Introduction to European Integration. Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2010.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
357
Judt, Tony. Postwar: A History of Europe since 1945. Penguin Books, 2006. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, student´s presentation Assessment Methods 2 essays, presentation, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 205 Ethnic and Religious Minorities and in Central Eastern Europe Lecturer Mgr. Ondřej Klípa Mgr. Hana Vasilevich, M.Sc. Kiryl Kascian, LL.M.
Course code:
POL 205
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand anthropological and philosophical background of national minority protection - Argue with an in-depth knowledge in discussions on multiculturalism and ethnic management in the context of CEE - Understand great variability of historical and sociological aspects of national and religious minorities in CEE. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will focus on two interdisciplinary problems: minority policies and national and religious minorities in Central and Eastern Europe. Within the first problem, we will discuss three models of minority policies in Europe and consider their broader philosophical context. Another area of interest will be legal framework reflecting these different models as well as common legal standards of minority protection developed at the level of international organizations. We will look also at the current challenges to these standards especially with regards to their implementation in CEE. Within the second theme, we will get familiar with the situation of particular national and religious minorities in the studied region. Special attention will be paid to number of characteristics which divide the minorities into different types. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Arp, B. International norms and standards for the protection of national minorities: bilateral and multilateral texts with commentary. Leiden and Boston: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2008. Rechel, B. (ed.). Minority Rights in CEE, London and New York: Routledge, 2009. Thornberry, P.; Estébanez, M. A. M. Minority Rights in Europe. Council of Europe, 2004. Pan, Ch.; Pfeil, B. S. National Minorities in Europe. Wien: Braumüller, 2003. Brubaker, R. National Minorities, Nationalizing States, and External National Homelands in the New Europe, Daedalus 124 (2) (Spring 1995), pp. 107-132. Köles, S. (ed.). Minorities in Transition in South, Central, and Eastern Europe. ICDT Papers No. 1., Budapest, 2008.
358
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Malloy, T. H. National Minority ‘Regions’ in the Enlarged European Union: Mobilizing for Third Level Politics? European Centre for Minority Issues, 2005. Kranz, J.; Küpper, H. (eds.). Law and Practice of Central European Countries in the Field of National Minorities Protection After 1989. Warszawa: Center for International Relations, 1998. Smooha, S.; Järve, P. The Fate of Ethnic Democracy in Post-Communist Europe. Budapest: Local Government and Public Service Reform Initiative, European Centre for Minority Issues, 2005. Pentassuglia, Gaetano. Minorities in International Law: An Introductory Study. Council of Europe, 2002. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, case-studies, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, in-class presentation, essay, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 207 Ethnic Conflicts in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Ondřej Klípa, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 207
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 1 required: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Describe mechanisms of ethnic conflicts; - Explain the role of ethnicity and religion in ethnic conflicts; - Identify roots of ethnic conflicts; - Compare main types of ethnic conflicts in cee; - Assess the methods of conflict prevention and solution; - Develop the ability to analytical writing appropriate to the undergraduate level; - Take active part in discussion on ethnic conflict issues with a deep insight. Prerequisites None Course Contents The aim of the course is to understand a phenomenon of ethnic conflict, and to look at specific features of particular ethnic tensions and conflicts in the region of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE), including the Czech Republic. Theories explaining the roots and mechanisms of ethnic conflicts with regard to causes specific for conflicts in CEE will be studied. We will focus also on a conflict prevention and long-term management. In this respect, contemporary academic theories (mainly multiculturalism) will be discussed. In order to explain clearly the theoretical part of the course, different conflicts in the region (e.g. Baltic States, Crimea, Caucasian wars, new immigrants, and Roma issue) will be presented as cases. The cases were not selected according to the scope of violence but according to their political relevance. We will apply approaches from both political science and sociology. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Required Materials Lake, D. A., Rothchild, D.: Containing Fear: The Origins and Management of Ethnic Conflict. International Security, vol. 21, no. 2 (Fall 1996).
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
359
Cordell, K., Wolff, S. (2010): Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict, Routledge Donald L. Horowitz: Ethnic Groups in Conflict, California University Press, 2000 Recommended Materials Taras, Raymond C., and Rajat Ganguly. Understanding Ethnic Conflict: The International Dimension, 3rd edn. New York: Pearson-Longman, 2006. M. Hechter & D. Okamoto. Political Consequences of Minority Group Formation. Annu. Rev. Polit. Sci. 4/2001, s.189-215. Wimmer, Andreas, Goldstone, Richard J., Horowitz, Donald L., Joras, Ulrike, Schettter, Conrad (eds.). Facing Ethnic Conflicts: Toward a New Realism. Oxford: Rowman & Littlefield, 2004, Chapter 22, Wimmer, “Toward a New Realism,” pp. 333-359. Kaufman, Stuart J. Modern Hatreds: The Symbolic Politics of Ethnic War. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2001, Chapters 1 and 2, pp. 1-47. Downes, Alexander, B. “The Problem with Negotiated Settlements to Ethnic Civil Wars,” Security Studies, vol. 13, no. 4 (July 2004), pp. 230-279. Kaufmann, C. “Possible and Impossible Solutions to Ethnic Civil Wars,” in Michael Brown, et. al. (eds.) Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict, 1997, pp. 265-304. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 220 West European Politics Lecturer Mats Braun, Ph.D. PhDr. Petr Janyška
Course code: Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
POL 220 1 or 2 2 or 3 req. /opt.: BA in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand history, constitutional development, political culture, geography, political institutions, leaders, mobilization structures, political behavior, and policy agendas of the Western European countries - Describe the political systems and patterns of politics in Western Europe and to show how the Western democracies are functioning. Prerequisites POL 101 / POL 102 Course Contents West European democracies from historical perspective, Europe in the 20th Century—wars, integration and democracy, the executives and parliaments, constitutions, judiciaries, and levels of governance, political parties and party system, cleavage structures and electoral change, elections, electoral systems and referenda, building and maintaining government, representative government, politics outside parliament, the future of Europe and the EU Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate
360
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Michael Gallagher, Michael Laver and Peter Mair, Representative Government in Modern Europe. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006. Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger, et al., European Politics in Transition. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 2006. Gabriel A. Almond, et al., European Politics Today. New York: Longman, 2010. M. Donald Hancock, et.al., Politics in Europe. Washington D.C.: CQ Press, 2007. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, in-class presentation, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 225 EU Integration in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer JUDr. Cyril Svoboda Petr Kratochvíl, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 225
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical and economic reasons for EU integration in the CEE region - Demonstrate knowledge of the geographical dimension of conflict zones in Eastern Europe. Prerequisites None Course Contents The fall of the Iron Curtain and the collapse of communism in Central and Eastern Europe represent a dramatic turning point in contemporary political history. This course will focus on the process of European integration in Central Europe (Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic and Slovakia) and Eastern Europe (Ukraine, Romania, Belarus, & Caucuses) on to the path toward joining key European and Transatlantic organizations. Special attention will be paid to the key events and issues that have shaped relations from 1989 to present, including the Association Agreements, entry negotiations, lessons from previous enlargements, creation of the European Neighborhood Policy towards past of Eastern Europe. The course will also deal with the economic aspects and benefits of integration as well. The course will use different theoretical approaches to enlargement such as constructivism and rationalism, explore concepts of a united Europe, and study the process of enlargement from an institutionalist perspective. The course will also look at the impact of NATO securitization and the role the US has played in this process of enlargement and integration. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Nugent, N. European Union Enlargement. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004. King, C. Extreme Politics: Nationalism, Violence, and the End of Eastern Europe. Oxford University Press, 2010.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
361
Barysch, Katinka. Enlargement two years on: Economic success or political failure? London: Centre for European Reform, 2006. Baun, Michael, Marek, Dan (eds.) EU Cohesion Policy after Enlargement. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. Poole, Peter. Europe Unites: The EU´s Eastern Enlargement. Praeger Publisher, 2003. Vachudova, Milada. Europe Undivided. Democracy, Leverage and Integration after Communism. Oxford University Press, 2005. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 231 Czech and Slovak Politics Lecturer Doc. PhDr. Bořivoj Hnízdo, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 231
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine all aspects of Czech and Slovak politics today in a modern European context. Prerequisites Introduction to Politics I, II Course Contents Historical background, analysis of the contemporary situation, predictions for the future of Czech and Slovak politics Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Åslund, Anders. Building Capitalism: The Transformation of the Former Soviet Bloc. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002, pp. 441–456. Balcerowicz, Leszek. “Post-communist transition: some lessons,” Occasional paper 127. London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2002. Ekiert, Grzegorz & Kubik, Jan. Rebellious Civil Society: Popular Protest and Democratic Consolidation in Poland. Ann Arbor: Michigan University Press 1999. Morjé Howard, Marc. “The weakness of postcommunist civil society.” Journal of Democracy/January 2002, pp. 157–169. Terra, Jonathan. Influence, assets and democracy: Who got what after the fall of communist in East Central Europe? Stanford: Department of Political Science, Stanford University, 2002 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, in-class presentation, final paper Language of Instruction English
362
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 236 Introduction to Diplomacy Lecturer Linda Štucbartová, DES
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 236 2 2 required: B.A. in IR elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the concept of diplomatic relations within the IR context - Understand roles of various types of diplomatic missions, ministries and other state actors - Identify roles of non- state actors active in or influencing diplomacy - Analyze the role of media in foreign relations. Prerequisites None Course Contents This is an undergraduate course for students either interested in pursuing their career in the sphere of international relations: for future diplomats of respective national Ministries of Foreign Affairs, for those interested in working for the international organizations as well as for students interested in the day to day process of foreign policy making. The aim of the class is to give students the insight to the real-world practice of international relations. Lectures will introduce the most important facts and concepts about actors in the area of international relations and the basic knowledge necessary for diplomats, following seminars will help the students to improve their writing and presentation skills. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Feltham, Ralph. G., Diplomatic Handbook, 7th Edition, London and New York: Longman, 1998 1961 Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 240 Russian Foreign Policy Lecturer Markéta Žídková, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 240
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in CEES, IR 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
363
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the philosophy of conflict - Be familiar with comparative approaches to conflict - Understand theories of conflict resolution. Prerequisites None Course Contents The aim of this course is to provide students with a basic understanding of Russian foreign policy in the period since the breakup of the Soviet Union in 1991. Students should be able to place Russian foreign policy within its historical, political, economic and geostrategic contexts. Major themes of Russian foreign policy as well as domestic debates over them will be discussed. The class will then carry these discussions of how to account for Russian foreign policy to a variety of domains of international relations, including Russia’s relations with former Eurasia, the EU, the US, Asia, and in a nuclear world. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory - Intermediate Recommended Reading Felkay, A. Yeltsin´s Russia and the West. 2000. Mouritzen, H. Bordering Rusia. Theory and Prospects for Europe´s Baltic Rim. 1998. Sakwa, R. Putin: Russia´s Choice. 2004. Smith, G. The Post-Soviet States. Mapping the politics of transition.1999. Tismaneanu, V. (ed.). Political Culture and Civil Society in Russia and the New States of Eurasia. 1995. Melville, A., Shakleina, T. Russian Foreign Policy in Transition. 2005. Polsky Y. Russia During the Period of Radical Change, 1992-2002. 2002. Gill, G.: Politics in the Russian Regions. 2007. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
POL 241 Arab-Israeli Conflict Lecturer Irena Kalhousová, M.Phil.
Course code:
POL 241
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 or 3 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the history of the Arab-Israeli conflict - Understand and critically analyze the roles and positions of the main actors - Place in context the current events. Prerequisites None
364
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents This course focuses on the causes, course, and implications of the Arab-Israeli conflict. It explores the history, politics, and diplomacy, of the conflict, comparing the narratives of the Israel, Palestinians and the Arab states. It also examines domestic political, economic, and social forces in Israel and the Arab countries. The relationships among Arabs and Israelis, inter-Arab relations and the role of the external powers on the conflict will be explored. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Garfinkle, Adam. “Genesis.” In The Arab-Israeli Conflict, Alvin Z. Rubinstein, 1-33. New York: HarperCollins, 1991. Shlaim, Avi. “The Zionist Foundation.” In Iron Wall, 1-27. Penguin Books, 2000. Shlaim, Avi. “The Emergence of Israel 1947-49.” In Iron Wall, 28-53. Penguin Books, 2000. Safran, Nadav. “The 1967 Eruption.” In Israel: The Embattled Ally, 381-413. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1981. Safran, Nadav. “The Cataclysm of October 1973.” In Israel: The Embattled Ally, 476-495, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1981. Hudson, Michael C. “Development and Setbacks in the Palestinian Resistance Movement 1967-1971.” Journal of Palestine Studies 1, no. 3 (Spring, 1972): pp. 64-84. Shlaim, Avi. “The Rise and Fall of the Oslo Peace Process.” In International Relations of the Middle East, Louise Fawcett (ed.), 241-461. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005. Grinstein, Gidi, Dennis Ross, Reply by Hussein Agha, Robert Malley. “Camp David: An Exchange”. The New York Review of Books 48, no.14 (September 20, 2001). Pressman, Jeremy. “The Second Intifada: Background and Causes of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict.” In The Journal of Conflict Studies 23, no. 2 (Fall 2003). Dowty, Alan. “The Impasse that Remains.” In Israel/Palestine 169-203, Cambridge: Polity Press, 2005. Spiro, Ken. “Jerusalem – Jewish and Muslim claims to the Holy City. http://www.aish.com/h/9av/j/Jerusalem_Jewish_and_Muslim_Claims_to_the_Holy_City.html Milton-Edwards, Beverly. “The United States and the Middle East: Pax Americana?” In Contemporary Politics in the Middle East, 237-260, Cambridge: Polity Press, 2006. Dowty, Alan. “The Jewish Story.” In Israel/Palestine, 21-44, Cambridge: Polity Press, 2005. Brom, Shlomo, Anat Kurz (eds.). “Strategic Survey for Israel 2010.” Institute for National Security Studies, Israel, May 2009. Dowty, Alan. “The Re-emergence of the Palestinians.” In Israel/Palestine, 105-136, Cambridge: Polity Gwertzman, Bernard in interview with Rashid I. Khalidi. “The Tragedy of Palestinian Division.” Council of Foreign Affairs, October 29, 2009. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Presentations, debate, mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
365
POL 250 Political Geography
Course code:
POL 250
Lecturer Doc. PhDr. Bořivoj Hnízdo, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: B.A. in IR req./opt.: B.A. in BA, JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Identify internal and external relationship of politically organized areas - Explain the effects of political actions on social and economic conditions, and with the significance of geographical factors behind political situations, problems, and conflicts. Prerequisites None Course Contents The political geography of the world order, uneven development, the rise and fall of the superpowers, the multipolar world, the state and the world order, the nation-state, the state as spatial entity, people and the state, the global villagers, citizens and the city. Level of Course Bachelor’s Intermediate Recommended Reading Short, John Rennie: An Introduction to Political Geography, Routledge, 1993 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 251 Introduction to International Relations Lecturer PhDr. Lukáš Sedláček, M.Phil. Mgr. George Hays
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 251 1 or 2 2 required B.A. in IR, PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Discuss the main points of the main theories of International Relations, and situate them within the Great Debates - Situate the Great Debates in their historical context - Discuss the epistemological and ontological differences between the two ends of the International Relations Spectrum - Write critical essays and make analytical arguments concerning/using the concepts of International Relations.
366
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites POL 101 / POL 102 Course Contents History of International Relations, Great Debates, Realism, Idealism, Game Theory, Neo-Realism, NeoLiberalism, Neo-Marxism, International Political Economy, Constructivism, Post-Structuralism, Gender Studies, Peace Studies, Ethics Studies, power, capabilities, balance-of-power, anarchy, sovereignty, conflict, cooperation, identity, levels of analysis, the state, international organizations, globalization, war, terrorism, international law, environmental issues, post-colonial issues, post-Westphalian issues Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Baylis, John et al. The Globalization of World Politics. Fifth Edition. Oxford University Press. 2011. Goldstein, Joshua et al. International Relations. Ninth Edition. Pearson. 2011. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, debates Assessment Methods Presentation, quiz, essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 280 Political Economy Lecturer PhDr. Klára Kalíšková PhDr. Jana Cahlíková
Course code:
POL 280
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in IR, PS req./opt.: B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the content of political economy; - Understand the role of institutions in economic development; - Identify reasons for and against government intervention in various cases; - Use the perspective of political-economy models when analyzing decision-making processes; - Link the theoretical concepts of political economy to empirical evidence; - Interpret relevant data. Prerequisites ECO 110 / ECO 120 Course Contents This course introduces students to concepts and models of political economy. A strong focus is put on linking the political economy theories to empirical evidence. The course starts with an analysis of the role of formal and informal institutions in economic development. Further topics cover different aspects of capitalism and democracy (public choice, voting, taxation, inequality, interest groups and rent-seeking), democratization process and economic transition, international relations and conflicts, and European integration. Recent political-economy problems and challenges are discussed through the course, with students actively participating by analyzing current issues using articles from relevant media and by presenting political economy of an assigned country. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
367
Recommended Reading Required Materials Mankiw, N.G. Principles of Microeconomics (6th edition). Recommended Materials Gruber, J. Public Finance and Public Policy (3rd edition). Baldwin R. & Wyplosz C. The Economics of European Integration (3rd edition). A detailed reading list will be specified for each of the covered topics. Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 290 Social Science Research Methods Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckertová, Ph.D. Daniela Pěničková, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 290
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 2 required BA in HSC, IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of different epistemological positions in conducting research - Grasp and apply the uses of theory in qualitative research - Understand and demonstrate the link between a research question, research methods and sources - Write methodologically sound qualitative research designs and criticize the methods used in other social science research projects - Develop the ability to conduct basic academic research and analytical writing with the usage of proper citations, appropriate to the undergraduate level. Prerequisites COM I or COM II Course Contents In this course, students will learn to design research while using a variety of research methods, theories and concepts. Students will familiarize themselves with all phases of a research project, including philosophy of the research, its design and conduct, the collection, categorization, operationalization and analysis of research data and their evaluation. Emphasis will be placed on an understanding of a research and the researcher’s role. The course is a combination of a lecture and a seminar. The presentation of the material will be followed by discussions of the relevant empirical and theoretical studies. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Babbie, Earl. The Practice of Social Research. 5th ed. California: Wadsworth Publishing. 1989. Bryman, Alan. Social Science Research. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press. 2004. Dolowitz, David P. and Steve Buckler, Fionnghuala Sweeney. Researching Online. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. 2008.
368
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
George, Alexander, Bennett, Andrew. Case Studies and Theory Development in Social Sciences. MIT Press. 2005. Grix, Jonathan. The foundations of research. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. 2010. Healey, J.F. Statistics a tool for social research. Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2002. Nachmias, D., Nachmias, Ch. Research Methods in the Social Sciences. 3rd Edition. St Martin’s Press. 1987. Shwartz-Shea Peregrine and Dvora Yanow. Interpretive Research Design: Concepts and Processes. London: Routledge. 2012. Gerring, John. Social Science Methodology: A Criterial Framework. Cambridge University Press. 2008. Goertz, Gary. Social Science Concepts: A User’s Guide. Princeton University Press. 2006. Schutt, R.K. Investigating the Social World. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press, 1996. Web Source: Trochim, William, Social Science Research Database: http://www.socialresearchmethods.net/kb/index.php Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 303 Political Parties and Party Systems Lecturer Pelin Ayan, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 303 2 1 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate an analytical perspective on the functions, roles and internal dynamics of parties and party systems through the lenses of the socio-cultural, rational-choice and institutionalism theories - Demonstrate skills of comparative method in political science and apply them when necessary - Construct academic, critical arguments and apply rules of citation and via writing an academic paper at the end of the course - Successfully hold an academic conversation, make oral presentations and participate in scholarly debates. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will look at the theories of political parties in a comparative perspective, presenting the sociocultural, rational-choice and institutional explanations. The empirical basis of the course will be cases selected from democracies and semi-democracies mainly in the Western, Central and Eastern Europe but also from Latin America and East Asia. Special attention will be given to understanding the party structures in Central and Eastern Europe, where the experience of party formation was quite different from Western Europe. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
369
Recommended Reading
Katz, Richard S. and Peter Mair. “Changing Models of Party Organization and Party Democracy,” Party Politics 1(1): 5-28. 1995. Blyth, Mark and Richard S. Katz. “From Catch-all Politics to Cartelization: The Political Economy of the Cartel Party”, West European Politics, 2005, 28 (1): 33-60. Bolleyer, Nicole. “Inside the Cartel Party: Party Organization in Government and Opposition,” Political Studies, 2009. Koole, Ruud. “Cadre, Catch-all or Cartel? A Comment on the Notion of the Cartel Party,” Party Politics, 1996, 2: 507-524 Kopecky Petr. “Developing party organizations in East-Central Europe: What type of party is likely to emerge?” Party Politics, 1995, 1(4): 515–534. Enyedi, Zsolt. “Party Politics in Post-Communist Transition.” In Richard Katz and William Crotty (eds.). Handbook of Political Parties. London: Sage Publications, 2006. 228-238. Enyedi, Zsolt and Lukas Linek. “Searching for the Right Organization: Ideology and Party Structure in East-Central Europe,” Party Politics, 2008, 14(4): 455-477. Kitschelt, Herbert. “Citizens, Politicians, and Party Cartelization: Political Representation and State Failure in Post-Industrial Democracies,” European Journal of Political Research, 2000, 37(2): 149–79. Ware, Alan. Political Parties and Party Systems. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996. Boix, Carles. The Emergence of Parties and Party Systems in Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, ed. by Carles Boix and Susan C. Stokes, 2006. 500-521. Biezen, Ingrid van. Political Parties in New Democracies: Party Organization in Southern and EastCentral Europe. London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. Biezen, Ingrid van. “On the theory and practice of party formation and adaptation in new democracies,” European Journal of Political Research, 2005, 44:147-174. Mair, Peter and Stefano Bartolini. Identity, Competition, and Electoral Availability: The Stabilisation of the European Electorates 1885-1985. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990. 212-249. Enyedi, Zsolt. The Social and Attitudinal Basis of Political Parties: Cleavage Politics Revisited, European Review, 2008, 16, 3, 287-304. Meyer, Thomas. Constraints on Party Policy Change. ECPR Publications, 2013. Strom, Kaare. “A Behavioral Theory of Competitive Political Parties,” American Journal of Political Science, 2013, 34: 565-598. Kulahci, Erol. Europeanization and Party Politics. ECPR Publications, 2013. Ladrech, Robert. Europeanisation and Political Parties: Towards a Framework for Analysis. Party Politics, 2002 8, 4, 389-403. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, case briefing Assessment Methods Several written assignments during the semester, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 304 European Union: Policies and Current Issues
Course code:
POL 304
Lecturer Mgr. Daniela Chalániová
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 2 required: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
370
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will: - Be familiar with the way the EU works (institutions and decision-making) - Have a working knowledge of Europe’s relevant policies before and after the Lisbon treaty - Be able to present an issue to their fellows and suggest possible policy remedies - Be able to understand EU documents and statements and place them within a wider EU integration framework - Be able to discuss contemporary issues within a wider EU integration processes. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course builds upon the knowledge of European Union’s history, institutional architecture and decision-making processes (created in the Contemporary Europe: History of European Integration course). The onus of this course lies in introduction of European Union’s policies, both internal and external and discussions of present-day issues within respective policy areas as well as discussion of European integration in general, especially in light of the changes caused by the recent economic crisis. Policies considered include: the Internal Market, Common commercial policy, Common agricultural policy, the Economic and Monetary Union and fiscal policies, Common foreign and security policy, Common security and defence policy, internal security and the Area of Freedon, Security and Justice, energy policy, social policies, cohesion and EU budget, environmental policy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Cini, Michelle and Nieves Perez-Solorzano Borragan. European Union Politics. Oxford University Press, 2010. Wallace, Helen; Pollack, Mark A. and Alasdair R. Young. Policy-Making in the European Union. Oxford University Press, 2010. Keukeleire, Stephan and Tom Delreux. The Foreign Policy of the European Union. Palgrave Macmillan, 2014. + a selection of current and most referenced articles from European Studie’s leading journals JCMS: Journal of the Common Market Studies and Journal of European Public Policy Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 305 Contemporary Issues in International Relations Lecturer Doc. PhDr. Francis D. Raška, Ph.D. Mats Braun, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 305
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 2 required B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
371
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Compare, contrast, and critique the main theories of International Relations based on epistemological, - ontological, methodological, and theoretical points - Understand and discuss the evolution of the Great Debates in their historical context - Understand, discuss, and critique professional academic works in International Relations - Write critical essays and make analytical arguments concerning/using the concepts, theories, methods, and methodologies of International Relations - Write a theoretically informed essay explaining/understanding a contemporary international event. Prerequisites POL 251 Course Contents Institutional approach (historical institutionalism, neo and new institutionalism), structural approach, post-structural and interpretive approach, behavioral and attitudinal approach, rational choice approach in the study of politics. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Allison, Graham. “Conceptual Models of the Cuban Missile Crisis.” The American Political Science Review. Vol. 63, No. 3. 1969. Gray, Colin. “In Defence of the Heartland.” The Occasional: Number 47 Contemporary Essays. The Strategic and Combat Studies Institute. 2004. Guzzini, Stefano. “The Concept of Power: a Constructivist Analysis.” Millennium Journal of International Studies. Vol. 33, No. 3. 2005. Katzenstein, Peter and Robert Keohane and Stephen Krasner. “International Organization and the Study of World Politics.” International Organization 52 (4). Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1998. Keohane, Robert. “International Institutions: Two Approaches.” International Organization and Global Governance: A Reader. Second Edition. Friedrich Kratochwil and Edward Mansfield, editors. Pearson. 2006. Keohane, Robert and Joseph Nye. Power and Interdependence: World Politics in Transition. Little, Brown and Company. 1977. Keohane, Robert. “The Demand for International Regimes.” International Organization 36 (2). Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1982. Keohane, Robert. “The Theory of Hegemonic Stability and Changes in International Economic Regimes, 1967-1977.” Change in the International System. Ole Holsti et al., editors. Westview Press. 1980. Krasner, Stephen. “Structural Causes and Regime Consequences.” International Organization 36 (2). Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1982. Kratochwil, Friedrich. “Constructing a New Orthodoxy? Wendt’s ‘Social Theory of International Politics’ and the Constructivist Challenge.” Millennium – Journal of International Studies 29 (1). Sage. 2000. Krotz, Ulrich. “Momentum and Impediments: Why Europe Won’t Emerge as a Full Political Actor on the World Stage Soon.” Journal of Common Market Studies. Vol. 47, No. 3. 2009. Malici, Akan. “Discord and Collaboration between Allies.” The Journal of Conflict Resolution. Vol. 49, No. 1. 2005. March, James and Johan Olsen. “The Institutional Dynamics of International Political Orders.” International Organization. Vol. 52, No. 4. 1998. Ripsman, Norrin and Jack Levy. “Wishful Thinking or Buying Time? The Logic of British Appeasement in the 1930s.” International Security. Vol. 33, No. 2. 2008. Ruggie, John. “International Regimes, Transactions, and Change: Embedded Liberalism in the Postwar Economic Order.” International Organization 36 (2). Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1982. Wendt, Alexander. “Anarchy is What States Make of It: The Social Construction of Power Politics.” International Organization and Global Governance: A Reader. Second Edition. Friedrich Kratochwil and Edward Mansfield, editors. Pearson. 2006. Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations
372
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 310 Public Diplomacy Lecturer MgA. Ladislav Pflimpfl, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 310
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the concept and role of public diplomacy and cultural relations within the IR context; - Explain the concept of soft power and use of ‘soft’ values in the context of IR; - Identify and discuss roles, particular interests and resources of all relevant stakeholders and target groups within public diplomacy and IR framework; - Understand the principal and advanced tools and strategies of public diplomacy campaigns - Analyse and present basic indicators of effectiveness and impact of any given sample of public diplomacy efforts. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course, which requires previous understanding of basic principles of international relations, offers introduction into how countries, regions, cities and other players use public diplomacy and cultural relations to advance their position on the international stage and increase their competitiveness. The course examines the role and practice of modern public diplomacy and ‘soft’ values within the framework of current international relations. Starting with the ideological roots and mechanisms of public diplomacy, a particular attention is later given to the complex area where the country’s international promotion, diplomacy and other areas such as business, export and FDI, tourism, education and culture merge in joint campaigns and synergies with possible methods of monitoring and evaluation of impact and benefits to all stakeholders explained. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Anholt, Simon. Brand New Justice: The Upside of Global Branding. Oxford: Elsevier, 2003. Melissen, Jan; Lee Donna; Sharp, Paul. The New Public Diplomacy: Soft Power in International Relations (Studies in Diplomacy). New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. Nye, Joseph. Soft power, The Means To Success In World Politics. New York: Public Affairs, 2004. Anderson, Benedict; Balakrishnan, Gopal. Mapping the Nation. London: Verso Books, 1996. Bound, Kirsten. Briggs, Rachel. Holden, John. Jones, Samuel. Cultural Diplomacy. London: DEMOS, 2007. Copeland, Daryl. Guerilla Diplomacy, Rethinking International Relations. USA: Rienner, 2009. Dinnie, Keith. Nation Branding: Concepts, Issues, Practice. Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann, 2007. Fisher, Ali; Brockerhoff, Aurelie. Options for influence, Global campaigns of peruasion in the new worlds of public diplomacy. London: British Council, Counterpoint, 2007. Jaffe, Eugene D.; Nebenzahl, Israel D. National Image and Competitive Advantage. Copenhagen: Copenhagen Business School Press, 2001.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
373
Chong, Alan. Foreign Policy in Global Information Space: Actualizing Soft Power. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007. Leonard, Mark. Britain TM. London: Demos, 1997. Leonard, Mark; Small, Andrew; Rose, Martin. British Public Diplomacy in the Age of Schisms. London: Foreign Policy Centre, Counterpoint, 2005. Leonard, Mark; Stead, Catherine; Smewing, Conrad. Public Diplomacy. London: Foreign Policy Centre, 2002. Lloyd, John. Exporting Values. London: Foreign Policy Centre, 2000. Nye, Joseph. Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power. New York: Basic Books, 1991. Olins, Wally. Trading Identites, Why Countries and Companies are Taking on Each Others´ Roles. London: Foreign Policy Centre, 2000. Snow, Nancy; Taylor, M. Philip. Routledge Handbook of Public Diplomacy. New York: Routledge, 2009. Smith, D. Anthony. National Identity. London: Penguin Books, 1991. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 311 American Foreign Policy in Film Lecturer Mgr. George Hays
Course code:
POL 311
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of identity theory and its application to film - Understand and analyze the expressions of these identity processes as portrayed in film - Utilize the theories and methods provided to conduct their own analyses of identity creation - Understand the role identity and portrayals of identity have in politics. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course analyzes American identity creation through popular film. The course is concerned with the changing of American identity through the portrayal of events from the end of the Second World War to the present. While the main focus of the course is on film and the portrayal of important events and identificational concepts (existential fears) through film, the course also utilizes texts on theory and history to provide a contrasting influence to better understand the message and political impacts of the films. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Allison, Graham, Conceptual Models and the Cuban Missile Crisis. War. Paul F. Diehl. Sage. 2005. Campbell, David, Writing Security: United States Foreign Policy and the Politics of Identity: Revised Edition. University of Minnesota Press, 1998. Clausewitz, Carl, What is War? War. Paul F. Diehl. Sage. 2005.
374
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, films Assessment Methods Essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 312 Totalitarian Experience: Culture, Identity and Memory Lecturer Hana Waisserová, Ph.D. Jakub Franěk, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 312
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Group: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the phenomenon of totality and totalitarianism - Comprehend comparative approaches to totality and totalitarianism - Analyze complexities of the totalitarian experience and its impact on the region. Prerequisites None Course Contents Phenomenon of the totalitarian experience is to be examined across disciplines. The totalitarian experience has shaped Central and East European cultural and historical landscape tested in times of significant transformations such as European integration. Totalitarian thinking casts shadows over the entire region forging its memory and collective identity. What is the complexity and mystery of such a dehumanizing political practice? Examples and comparisons are to be drawn; cultural, historical, and theoretical contexts discussed. The course is a journey into the Central and East European consciousness, souls and values impacted by the experience. Dissident subculture, morality and historical movements contributing to the fall of communism are to be examined as well. Conformity to Soviet dominance was replaced by freedom and respect for human rights. Today the region is reclaiming its pre-WWII history, traditions and glory, and regaining the status of cultural and political significance within Europe. Gaining cultural and academic freedom has recently given rise to re-imagining and re-writing national histories. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading J. R. Llobera. The making of totalitarian thought. Berg Publishers, 2003. K. Ede, W. Spohn. Collective memory and European identity: the effects of integration and enlargement. Ashgate Publishing, 2005. A. Koestler. Darkness at noon. Simon and Schuster, 2006 (1941). D. D. Roberts. The totalitarian experiment in twentieth-century Europe: understanding the poverty of great politics. Routledge, 2006. V. Havel. Open letters. Faber, 1991. V. Havel. The art of the impossible. Knopf, 1997. A. Solzhenitsyn. The Gulag archipelago. J. W. Borejsza, ed. Totalitarian and authoritative regimes in Europe: legacies and lessons from the twentieth century. Berghahn Books, 2006. V. Shlapentokh. A normal totalitarian society: how the Soviet Union functioned, 2001.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
375
N. Leach. Architecture and revolution: contemporary perspectives on Central and Eastern Europe. Routledge, 1999. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 314 European Neighborhood Policy Lecturer Lucie Najšlová, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 314/ 514
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 2 or 3 (BA), 1 or 2 (MA) elective: B.A. in IR/ M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Have a fair knowledge of the EU’s (and member states’) goals and incentives for conducting the ENP, the institutional set up, policy tools and preliminary outputs and outcomes - Be acquainted with the expectations of EU’s Southern and Eastern neighbors from the engagement with the EU. Prerequisites POL 101 / POL 102 Course Contents This course covers EU’s policy towards Eastern Europe and Southern Mediterranean. It encourages students to critically reflect on factors leading to emergence of EU’s neighborhood policy and analyze why its achievements have been so limited. The readings include secondary accounts on European politics and history as well as primary sources – speeches and documents. Students will be introduced to key theoretical approaches for studying the EU neighborhood policy and will have the opportunity to revisit them on concrete case studies of EU-neighborhood interaction. Moreover, role of two major external players (Turkey and Russia) will be discussed. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Aliboni, Roberto, and Fuad M. Ammor. 2009. “Under the Shadow of ‘Barcelona’: From the EMP to the Union for the Mediterranean.” EuroMeSCO Paper, no. 77. Angelescu, Irina, and Federiga M. Bindi. 2011. Frontiers of Europe : A Transatlantic Problem? Brookings-SSPA Series on Public Administration. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution Press. The Foreign Policy of the European Union : Assessing Europe’s Role in the World. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution Press. 2012. Balibar, Etienne, and Frank Collins. 2006. “Europe, An‘ Unimagined’ Frontier of Democracy.” Diacritics 33 (3): 36–44. Behr, Hartmut. 2007. “The European Union in the Legacies of Imperial Rule? EU Accession Politics Viewed from a Historical Comparative Perspective.” European Journal of International Relations 13 (2): 239–62. Bosse, Giselle. 2012. “A Partnership with Dictatorship: Explaining the Paradigm Shift in European Union Policy towards Belarus*.” JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies 50 (3): 367–84.
376
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Carapico, Sheila. 2002. “Foreign Aid for Promoting Democracy in the Arab World.” The Middle East Journal, 379–95. Carmen, Pascariu Gabriela, and Frunzӑ Ramona. 2009. “A Perspective on the Role of the European Neighborhood Policy in the Pan-European Integration.” Annals of the University of Oradea, Economic Science Series 18 (1): 388–93. Dandiş, Nicolae. 2009. “Cross-Border Cooperation - a Strategic Dimension of European Neighborhood Policy at the Eastern Frontier of the EU.” Eurolimes 7 (March): 35–48. Dannreuther, Roland. 2006. “Developing the Alternative to Enlargement: The European Neighbourhood Policy.” European Foreign Affairs Review 11 (2): 183–201. Europe-Neighbourhood, Wider. 2003. “A New Framework for Relations with Our Eastern and Southern Neighbours.” Commission of the European Communities, COM 104. Haukkala, Hiski. 2008. “Russian Reactions to the European Neighborhood Policy.” Problems of Post Communism 55 (5). Hill, Christopher. 1993. “The Capability-Expectations Gap, or Conceptualizing Europe’s International Role.” JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies 31 (3): 305–28. Kausch, Kristina, and Richard Youngs. 2009. “The End of the ‘Euro-Mediterranean Vision.’” International Affairs 85 (5): 963–75. Klinke, Ian. 2006. “The European Union’s Strategic Non-Engagement in Belarus Challenging the Hegemonic Notion of the EU as a Toothless Value Diffuser.” Perspectives. Review of International Affairs, no. 27: 25–43. Kravchenko, Ivan. 2007. “The European Neighborhood Policy.” International Affairs 53 (1): 43–49. Leonard, Mark, Nicu Popescu, and European Council on Foreign Relations. 2007. A Power Audit of EURussia Relations. Vol. 9. European Council on Foreign Relations London. Lippert, Barbara. 2007. “The Neighbourhood Policy of the European Union.” Intereconomics 42 (4): 186. Malmvig, Helle. 2006. “Caught between Cooperation and Democratization: The Barcelona Process and the EU’s Double-Discursive Approach.” Journal of International Relations and Development 9 (4): 343– 70. Manners, Ian. 2002. “Normative Power Europe: A Contradiction in Terms?” JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies 40 (2): 235–58. March, James G., and Johan P. Olsen. 1998. “The Institutional Dynamics of International Political Orders.” International Organization 52 (04): 943–69. Mercan, Sezgin. 2010. “Neighborhood Challenge: The European Union and Its Neighbors.” Insight Turkey 12 (4): 213–15. Sasse, Gwendolyn. 2008. “The European Neighbourhood Policy: Conditionality Revisited for the EU’s Eastern Neighbours.” Europe-Asia Studies 60 (2): 295–316. Soimu, Oxana, Victoria Trofimov, and Laura GOMEZ Urquijo. 2012. “European Neighborhood Policy: Some Conclusions in a Country - Specific Framing.” Review of International Comparative Management / Revista de Management Comparat International 13 (1): 130–38. Vâlcu, Elise-Nicoleta. 2011. “Theoretical Approaches on the 2011 Eu Preoccupations on the European Neighborhood Policy - South Dimension.” Buletin Stiintific 16 (2): 172–77. White, Stephen, Margot Light, and Ian McAllister. 2005. “Russia and the West: Is There a Values Gap?” International Politics 42 (3): 314–33. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
377
POL 316 / 516 Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science Lecturer Mgr. Daniela Chalániová
Course code:
POL 316/ 516
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 or 3 (BA), 1 or 2 (MA) elective: B.A. in IR/ M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand and put to use selected theories and methods of post-positivist approach to social science - Identify and criticize the processes employed in construction/exclusion of social communities (nations, ethnic groups, minorities) - Deconstruct conceptual metaphors and interpret meanings of an editorial cartoons - Acquire a solid background in constructivist theory and discourse analysis, metaphors analysis - Design an image-oriented discourse analytic research design. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course is a reaction to increasing attention to the roles of editorial cartoons in political and social sciences. The interdisciplinary move of international relations, security studies or European studies opens up room for (yet) unconventional sources of social knowledge such as film, photograph, art exhibition and to a lesser degree editorial cartoon. Editorial cartoons lie at the intersection of political and social science, arts, international relations, security studies, communication and media, visual studies etc., thus the goal of this course is to bring together knowledge from a range of disciplines and contribute to the interdisciplinary move. Throughout the course I want to introduce political cartoons as a complex phenomenon that influences public opinions and actions, but also as an important source of knowledge about the world that stems from and reinforces the ‘common sense’ of a given population. In the course we will theorize the sociopolitical roles of editorial cartoons, methodological approaches to cartoon analysis and specific case studies of editorial cartooning. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended Reading Barthes, Roland, ‘Rhetoric of the Image’ in Image-Music-Text. (Essays selected and translated by Stephen Heath), Great Britain, Fontana Press, 1977. Busselle, Rick and Helena Bilandzic, ‘Images in Readers’ Construction of News Narratives’ in Images that Injure. Pictorial Stereotypes in the Media, Santa Barbara, CA, Praeger, 2011. Ross, Susan Dente and Paul Martin Lester. ‘Introduction’ to Images that Injure. Pictorial Stereotypes in the Media, Santa Barbara, CA, Praeger. 2011. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
378
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
POL 320 Politics of the European Union Lecturer Mats Braun, Ph.D. JUDr. Cyril Svoboda Mgr. Daniela Chalániová
POL 320 1 or 2 2 or 3 required BA in PS 1 3 6
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Describe how the European Union works and which issues it deals with - Understand the basic features of contemporary challenges to the integration process; for instance what is meant by the EU’s democratic deficit, which are the problems and possibilities of enlargement, how far can the integration process continue - Describe and have a basic understanding of the main theories used in the scholarly community for the analysis of the integration process. Prerequisites Introduction to Politics I or II Course Contents The course is intended as an introduction to the European Union. The process of European integration that started after the Second World War is often described as something unique. In fact political scientists find it hard to classify the nature of the European Union, while it is neither a state nor an international organization according to a traditional understanding. The aim of the course is to provide a better understanding for both what the EU is and what it is not. Students are also encouraged to reflect upon what are the consequences of the European integration process for everyday life in Europe. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Neil Nugent. The Government and Politics of the European Union, 6th ed., Durham, NC: Duke University Press 2006. Clive Archer. The European Union, London: Routledge.2008. Bromberg, E., Peterson J and A. Stubb. The European Union: how does it work? Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2008. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, presentations Assessment Methods Presentation, final essay, mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 323 Capitalism, Democracy, and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism Lecturer Jakub Franěk, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 323
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
379
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the history of the rise and decline of the welfare state in Western democracies - Comprehend and critically analyse both the theoretical foundations and the political practice of neoliberalism - Comprehend and critically analyse the relationship between economic and political freedom or between capitalism and democracy - Understand the roots of the current economic crisis - Orient themselves in the current discussions about political and economic issues. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course offers a critical perspective on the theoretical foundations and political practice of neoliberalism, which represents not only a school of economic thought but also, and more importantly, a political ideology, which has significantly influenced the development of Western democracies and broader world in the post-Cold War period. In this course, we will examine the following questions: What are the theoretical foundations of Neoliberalism? Why, or in what sense, should we consider neoliberalism a political ideology? What are the practical consequences of neoliberal policies? How persuasive are the arguments of the advocates and the opponents of neoliberalism? Inevitably, we will also tackle some of the more enduring theoretical questions, including the relationship between economic and political freedom, the contentious relation between capitalism and democracy, as well as the contents of the democratic idea itself. We will tackle these questions using a combination of theoretical and historical perspectives. On the one hand, we will consider the arguments of the founders of neoliberalism, such as F. von Hayek or M. Friedman, as well as their critics, including D. Harvey, M. Hardt and A. Negri, or C. Crouch. On the other hand, we will examine the historical background of the ascent of this once largely neglected school of thought to the position of preeminence in the main-stream political discourse and practice. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading F. von Hayek: The Road to Serfdom. F. von Hayek: Law, Legislation and Liberty (selections). F. von Hayek: “Why I a not a Conservative.” J. Gray: “F. A. Hayek on Liberty and Tradition”. M. Friedman: Capitalism and Freedom. T. Friedman: The Lexus and the Olive Tree (selections). D. Harvey: A Brief History of Neoliberalism (selections). D. Harvey: The New Imperialism (selections). D. Harvey: “Neoliberalism as Creative Destruction”. F. Fukuyama: “The End of History?” F. Fukuyama: “The Future of History”. J. Stiglitz: “Globalism's Discontents”. G. Duménil and D. Lévy: Capital Resurgent (selections). N. Klein: The Shock Doctrine (selections). S. Žižek: First as a Tragedy, then as a Farce (selections). S. Žižek: “A Permanent Economic Emergency.” T. Judt: Ill Fares the Land (selections). T. Judt: “What is Living and What is Dead in Social Democracy”. M. Hardt and A. Negri: Empire (selections). C. Crouch: Post-Democracy (selections). A. Cebrowski: “Speech to the Heritage Foundation”. Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation
380
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 324 U.S. and Global Civil Right Lecturer Doc. PhDr. Francis D. Raška, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 324
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1 or 2 2 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Familiar with the concept of human rights, its origins, and evolution in the context of United States policy. Prerequisites None Course Contents The goal of this seminar course is to familiarize students with the concept of human rights, its origins, and evolution in the context of United States policy. The topic will be tackled mainly from a historical and political perspective, but philosophical and legal aspects need to be discussed as well in order for students to appreciate the topic fully. All assigned readings will be placed online. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Borstelmann, Thomas. The Cold War and the Color Line, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 2001. Dudziak, Mary L. Cold War Civil Rights: Race and the Image of American Democracy, Princeton, 2002. Freeman, Michael. Human Rights: An Interdisciplinary Approach, Malden, Massachusetts, 2011. Laber, Jeri. The Courage of Strangers: Coming of Age with the Human Rights Movement, New York, 2002. Rosenberg, Jonathan. How Far the Promised Land: World Affairs and the American Civil Rights Movement from the First World War to Vietnam, Princeton, 2006. Schulz, William F. The Future of Human Rights: U.S. Policy for a New Era, Philadelphia, 2008. Thomas, Daniel C. The Helsinki Effect: International Norms, Human Rights, and the Demise of Communism, Princeton, 2001. Teaching Methods Group work, lectures, discussions, student presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, presentation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
381
POL 327 German History: Political History of a Great Power Lecturer Gaelle Vassogne, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 327
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Have a clear understanding of German history and its role in today’s Europe, from a political and economic point of view - Analyze major diplomatic texts regarding Germany - Use the historical material studied in class to shed light on a specific political, economical, cultural aspect of contemporary Germany. Prerequisites POL 101 / POL 102 Course Contents This class is conceived as a general introduction to German history. It will replace the evolution of Germany in the context of European history and will give the students the instruments for understanding the origins and foundations of Germany’s position in the world. It will also offer an insight into German contemporary society and present the characteristics that influence Germany’s foreign policy and economy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Ardagh, John : Germany and the Germans. Penguin, London, 1991. * Breuilly, John: “German National Identity”, in: E. Kolinsky (ed.): Modern German Culture. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998, pp. 44 – 66. Craig, Gordon A.: Germany 1866 – 1945. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1981. Detwiler, Donald S.: Germany. A Short History. Feffer & Simons, London, 1977. * Fitzgibbon, Constantine: A Concise History of Germany. Viking Press, New York, 1972.* Fulbrook, Mary: The Divided Nation, 1918-1990. Fontana, London, 1991.* Garton Ash, Timothy : The File. A Personal History. Vintage Books, New York, 1998.* Garton Ash, Timothy: In Europe’s Name. Germany and the Divided Continent. London, Jonathan Cape, 1993. Handl, V.; Hon,J.; Pick, O.: Germany and the East Central Europe since 1990. Prague, Institute of International Relations, 1999. Hoffmeister, Gerhart; Tubach, Friedrich C.: Germany: 2000 Years. Continuum, New York, 1992.* Hyde-Price, Adrian: Germany and European order. Enlarging NATO and the EU. Manchester, Manchester University Press, 2000. Jarausch, Konrad H.: The rush to German Unity. New York, Oxford University Press, 1994. Judt, Tony: Postwar. A History of Europe since 1945. Pimlico, London, 2007. * Orlow, Dietrich: A History of Modern Germany, 1871 to Present. Prentice, Englewood Cliffs, 1995. * Passant, E.J.: A Short History of Germany 1915-1945. Cambridge University Press, London, 1962. * Schulze, Hagen: Germany. A New History. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1998. * Taylor, A.J.P.: From Sarajevo to Potsdam. Thames and Hudson, London, 1966. * Turner, Henry Ashby Jr.: Germany from Partition to Reunification. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1992.* Zelikow, Philip; Rice, Condoleezza: Germany Unified and Europe Transformed. A Study in Statecraft. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1997.* The * indicates books available in the AAU Library
382
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lectures, seminars, discussions Assessment Methods Essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 330 Central and Eastern European Politics Lecturer Mgr. George Hays II
Course code:
POL 330
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in CEES, IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical, geographical, and value based concepts of East Central Europe - Better appreciate and understand the current political reality, policies, and relations of individual countries and the region as a whole. Prerequisites POL 101 / POL 102 Course Contents Hungary, the Czech Republic and Slovakia. While we will focus on the core states of this geographic area, lectures and readings will also analyze other areas of the broader East European land mass that have influenced the history of East Central Europe. This includes Germany, Russia and the Balkans. Topics to be covered in the readings and lectures include: demographic and imperial history; the interwar period; the communist takeovers; the nature of the communist system and communist regimes; Stalinism and de-Stalinization; the performance and decline of communist regimes; the revolutions of 1989; transitions to democracy and the market; and (time permitting) European integration. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Allio, Lorene. “Institutional Structures, Labor Interests, and Evolving Privatization Bargains in Poland.” The Political Economy of Property Rights. Ed. David Weimer. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Aslund, Anders. Building Capitalism. Cambridge University Press. 2003. Crampton, R. J. Eastern Europe in the Twentieth Century and After. Routledge. 1997. Davies, Norman. Europe. Pimlico. 1997. Dobek, Mariusz. “Property Rights and Institutional Change in the Czech and Slovak Republics.” The Political Economy of Property Rights. Ed. David Weimer. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Gaddis, John. The Cold War. Penguin Books. 2005. Haerpfer, Christian. Democracy and Enlargement in Post-Communist Europe. Routledge.2002. Kernen, Beat. “Out from the Cold: Peaceful Democratization in Hungary, Poland, and the Czech Republic.” Comparative Democratization and Peaceful Change in Single- Party-Dominant Countries. Ed. Marco Rimanelli. Macmillan. 2000. Kissinger, Henry. Diplomacy. Simon and Schuster. 1994.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
383
McFaul, Michael. “The Fourth Wave of Democracy and Dictatorship: Noncooperative Transitions in the PostCommunist World.” World Politics, 54 (2). Cambridge University Press. 2002. Roskin, Michael. The Rebirth of East Europe. Prentice Hall. 2005. Urban, Laszlo. “Privatization as Institutional Change in Hungary.” The Political Economy of Property Rights. Ed. David Weimer. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Teaching Methods Lectures, seminars, discussions Assessment Methods Essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 333 German Relations in East Central Europe
Course code:
POL 333
Lecturer PhDr. Martin Jeřábek, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective BA in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand German relations in East Central Europe - Be familiar with the historical background of the German attitude towards the Central and Eastern Europe in the 19th and 20th century - Understand why the Federal Republic of Germany supported the EU-East Enlargement 2004/2007 - Understand the special relationship of Germany to Russia. Prerequisites None Course Contents The aim of this course is to provide an outline of the relationship between Germany and Central and Eastern Europe during the last two centuries (from Chancellor Otto von Bismarck to the government of Angela Merkel). The basis for the analysis is formed by presenting various historical und ideological reasons that lead to German aspiration to create a political hegemony over Central and Eastern Europe. The struggle to achieve that superiority culminated during World War I and II. On the other hand this course shows also the positive role of Germany in Europe after WW II and its decisive support for the Eastern Enlargement of the EU after 1990. This course will also focus on the German bilateral relations to accession candidate states between 1990-2007 (Visegrád countries, Baltic states, Bulgaria and Romania). Finally the course approaches German attitude towards Russia and other Eastern Europaen states (Ukraine, Moldova, Belarus) after the EU-Enlargement in the context of the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) since 2004. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Brechtefeld, Jörg. Mitteleuropa and German Politics. 1848 to the Present. New York, 1996. Cordell, Karl/Wolff, Stefan. Germany´s Foreign Policy towards Poland and the Czech Republic. Ostpolitik revisited. New York, 2005. Chivvis, Christopher S.; Rid, Thoma. The Roots of Germany's Russia Policy. Survival: Global Politics and Strategy, Vol. 51, 2/2009, pp 105-122.
384
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Handl, Vladimír. Germany and the Visegrad Countries between Dependence and Asymmetric Partnership? Studien zur Internationalen Politik, Heft 3, Hamburg, 2002. Hyde-Price, Adrian. Germany and the European order. Enlarging NATO and the EU, Manchester/New York 2000. Katzenstein, Peter J. Germany and Mitteleuropa. An Introduction, in Katzenstein, Peter J., (eds.), Mitteleuropa – between Europe and Germany. Oxford 1997, pp 1-38. Lippert, Barbara. European Politics of the Red-Green Government: Deepening and Widening Continued, in Reutter, Werner (ed.), Germany on the Road to „Normalcy”: Policies and Politics of the Red-Green Federal Government (1998-2002). New York 2004, pp. 235-252. Liulevicius, Vejas Gabriel. The German Myth of the East: 1800 to the Present. Oxford and New York, 2009. Meyer, Henry Cord. Mitteleuropa in German Thought and Action 1815-1945. Hague, 1955. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 335 Russia, Turkey and Politics of the Caucasus
Course code:
POL 335
Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Develop a critical perspective on the causes and consequences of the major political conflicts in the Caucasus region - Understand the strategic importance of the Caucasus region in global politics where the foreign policies of Russia and Turkey criss-cross each other - Learn to associate the politics in the Caucasus region with the theories of international relations, nationalism and democratization. Prerequisites Geopolitics of the Eastern Europe and the Heartland. Course Contents This course provides a comprehensive overview about the politics of the Caucasus region, which has been a home to numerous border disputes and dreams of nationalist homelands. It will help students gain a critical perspective on the causes and consequences of the major conflicts in the region based on ethnic revival and territorial struggle, i.e. the secessionist conflicts in Nagorno-Karabakh, Chechnya, South Ossetia and Abkhaiza. It will also shed light on the bonds of the region with Russia and Turkey, which play a fundamental role in its uneven politics, owing to the region’s past within the Soviet Union and the historical and linguistic ties with the Ottoman Turks. The course adopts a multi-disciplinal perspective and draws upon the macro theories of international relations (IR), conflict studies/nationalism and democratization to understand the politics of the region. The theories will help to understand, first, the possible causes of the conflicts; second, the behaviors and web of policies directed to the region from Russia and Turkey; third, whether and under what
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
385
circumstances these external actors contribute or undermine the resolution of conflicts; fourth how to categorize the Caucasian states in terms of their democratic development: democratic, democracies in transition, de-democratizing or stagnant. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Cheterian, Vicken.War and Peace in the Caucasus: Ethnic Conflict and the New Geopolitics. NY: Columbia University Press, 2009. Gammer, Moche. Ethno-nationalism, Islam and the State in the Caucasus: Post-Soviet disorder. NY: Routledge., 2008. Zurcher, Christoph. The Post-Soviet Wars: Rebellion, ethnic conflict, and Nationhood in the Caucasus. NY: New York University Press, 2007. Nygren, Bertil. The Rebuilding of Greater Russia: Putin's Foreign Policy towards the CIS Countries. New York: Routledge, 2008. Trenin, Dmitri. The End of Eurasia: Russia on the Border between Geopolitics and Globalization. Washington, DC: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 2002. Iskandaryan, Alexander (ed.). Caucasus Neighbourhood: Turkey and the South Caucasus, Yerevan: Caucasus Media Institute, 2008. Larrabee S. F., & Lesser, I. O. Turkish Foreign Policy in an Age of Uncertainty. Santa Monica: RAND Corporation, 2003. Wallensteen, Peter. Understanding Conflict Resolution. London: Sage Publications, 2007. Online Sources: http://www.rferl.org/ http://www.eurasianet.org/ http://www.caucaz.com/home_eng/ Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 337 Russia, Poland and the Baltics
Course code:
POL 337
Lecturer Mgr. Hanna Vasilevich, MSc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective BA in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the post-communist foreign policies of Poland, Russia and the Baltic States both on the bilateral as well as in the context of the EU and the NATO factors - Be familiar with different aspects of the Europeisation and democratisation in the Baltic States and Poland - Be familiar with different current perceptions and interpretations of the conflicts of the past that affect bilateral relations of some of these countries.
386
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites Geopolitics of the Eastern Europe and the Heartland Course Contents The course is aimed at the analysis of the post-communist developments in the Baltic States, Poland and Russia with primary focus on the country’s foreign policies. The course will examine general trends and characteristics of the foreign policies of these five countries as well as outline main stages of their development. There are three key focuses of the course. The first one deals with the evaluation of each country’s foreign policies evolution from 1990s till present. The second focus embraces the main characteristics of the integration of the Baltic States and Poland into the EU and the NATO and analysis of the Russia-EU and Russia-NATO relations in this context. The third focus will be devoted to the evaluation of bilateral relations between these countries with particular emphasis on the re-evaluation of the conflicts/disputes of the past (Baltic States – Russia, Poland – Russia, Lithuania – Poland). Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Donaldson, Robert and Joseph Nogee. The foreign policy of Russia: changing systems, enduring interests. Armonk: ME Sharpe, 2009. Fawn, Rick (ed). Ideology and national identity in post-communist foreign policies. London: Routledge, 2003. Fawn, Rick (ed). Realignments in Russian Foreign Policy. London: Routledge, 2003. Fawn, Rick and Stephen White (eds). Russia after Communism. London: Routledge, 2002. Hansen, Birthe and Bertel Heurlin. The Baltic States in World Politics. New York: St. Martin’s, 1998. Nørgaard, Ole and Lars Johannsen. The Baltic states after independence. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, 1999. Smith, David (ed). The Baltic States and their region: new Europe or old? Amsterdam and New York: Rodopi, 2005. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
POL 344 / 544 South Asian Politics & Culture Lecturer PhDr. Hrishabh Sandilya, MCom.
Course Code:
POL 344/ 544
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 (BA)/ 1-2 (MA) elective: B.A. in PS/ M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of South Asian modern history and the post-colonial growth of the region. - Have a clear understanding of social structure, religions and cultures that shape modern South Asia
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
387
-
Understand and analyse the various political systems and governance structures that arise out of the cultural and social fabric of the region Place in context and lend perspective to the various ethnic differences and conflicts that are based out of South Asia.
Prerequisites None Course Contents One of the cradles of civilization, South Asia is finally coming into prominence across the world today. Geopolitically separate from the rest of Asia, the politics of the region have over the years have evolved rapidly eschewing the path followed by most post-colonial regimes. Perhaps better described as a laboratory that demonstrates and success and failure of different systems of governance and political functioning, from authoritarian regimes led by despot dictators and senile monarchs to democracies run by matriarchal dynasties the region has seen it all. The class will analyze and overview the major issues in government and politics in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Nepal. The course of study has been divided country wise, in order to ensure continuity and clarity. The course will delve into the political culture and heritage, government and institutions, leaders and parties and finally policy issues and current perspectives, in order to understand best what characterizes South Asian Politics. Highlights of our discussions will include the success of India’s democracy, dictatorship and the military in Pakistan, Tamil separatism in Sri Lanka and the fall of monarchy and the rise of Maoism in Nepal. A highly interactive class that requires participation as well as a keen interest in the subject in order to ensure that the requisite learning has been achieved. The class relies on a discussion of required readings in addition to a number of viewpoints that the lecturer and students are able to introduce, in order to ensure a healthy resonance of thought. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended Reading Yogendra K Malik, Charles H Kennedy, Robert C. Oberst and others. 2008, sixth edition, Government and Politics in South Asia, Westview Press Kohli, Atul, ed. 2001. The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge University Press John Keay, 2000. India, a History, Harper Collins Ramachandra Guha, 2007, India After Gandhi¸ Harper Collins Ira Pande, ed. 2007. India at 60, Harper Collins Teaching Methods Interdisciplinary lecture, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Presentation, Mid-term, Final Examination & Research Paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 348 Democratization Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D.
388
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 348 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Differentiate and give examples for the varying meanings of the concepts ‘democracy’ and ‘democratization’ across space and time - Analyze the constitutive and causal factors for democratization in different contexts - Bring together the theories of transition and consolidation of democracy with empirical observations from different cases - Develop and defend original arguments in the study of democratization in class discussions and the final research papers - Write a research paper with academic quality assessing the explanatory power of the theories of democratization. Prerequisites None Course Contents Over the last forty years, the world has experienced waves of transitions to democracy from autocratic political regimes. While some several cases adopted hybrid forms of government, some others have achieved democratic consolidation. This course gives a broad overview of the literature explaining these different patterns of democratization from a comparative perspective. Based on observational data, the course uncovers all different approaches on the causal inferences of democratization, such as the institutional, structural and actor-centered explanations. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Diamond, Larry (2012): The Coming Wave. Journal of Democracy. 23: 5-13 Fishkin, James S., and Robert C. Luskin. 2005. “Experimenting with a Democratic Ideal: Deliberative Polling and Public Opinion.” Acta Politica 40: 284–298. Gasiorowski, Mark J./ Timothy J. Power (1998): The structural determinants of democratic consolidation. Comparative Political Studies 31 (6): 740-771. Geddes, Barbara (1999): What do we know about democratization after twenty years? Annual Review of Political Science 2: 115-144. Higley, John/Burton, Michael (1989): The elite variable in democratic transitions and breakdowns. American Sociological Review, vol. 54, pp. 17-32. Huntington, Samuel P. (1991): The Third Wave. Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, chapter 5. Karl, T and P. Schimitter (1991): Modes of transition in Latin America, Southern and Eastern Europe. International Social Science Journal, vol. 128, issue 2, pp: 267-282. Levitsky, Steven and Lucan Way (2005) International Linkage and Democratization. Journal of Democracy 16 (3): 20-34 . Linz, Juan José (1990): The perils of presidentialism. Journal of Democracy, vol. 1, issue 1, pp. 51-69 Linz, Juan José/Stepan, Alfred (1996): Problems of Democratic Transition and Consolidation Southern Europe, South America and Post-Communist Europe. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, pp. 55-65. Lipset, Seymour Martin (1993): The social requisites of democracy revisited. American Sociological Review, vol. 59, issue 1, pp. 1-22. Mainwaring, Scott and Matthew S. Shugart (1997): Juan Linz, Presidentialism, and Democracy: A Critical Appraisal. Comparative Politics, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 449-471. McFaul Michael (2002): “The Fourth Wave of Democracy and Dictatorship: Noncooperative Transitions in the Postcommunist World” World Politics 54(2) 212-244. Merkel, Wolfgang (2004): Embedded and defective democracies. Democratization, vol. 11, issue 5, pp. 33-58. Munck, Gerardo L./Verkuilen, Jay (2002): Conceptualizing and measuring democracy: evaluating alternative indices. Comparative Political Studies, vol. 35, issue 1, pp. 5-33. O'Donnell, Guillermo A. (1996): Illusions about consolidation. Journal of Democracy, vol. 7, issue 2, pp. 34-51. O’Donnell, G. (2007) “The perpetual crisis of democracy.” Journal of Democracy 18(1).
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
389
Parkinson, John. 2003. “Legitimacy Problems in Deliberative Democracy.” Political Studies 51(1): 180– 196. http://doi.wiley.com/10.1111/1467-9248.00419. Pharr, Susan J./Putnam, Robert D./Dalton, Russell J. (2000): A quarter-century of declining confidence. Journal of Democracy, vol. 11, issue 2, pp. 7-25. Przeworski, Adam (1992): The games of transition. In Mainwaring, Scott/O'Donnell, Guillermo A./Valenzuela, Samuel: Issues in Democratic Consolidation. The New South American Democracies in Comparative Perspective. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, pp. 105-152. Ruhl, J. Mark (1996): Unlikely candidates for democracy: The role of structural context in democratic consolidation. Studies in Comparative International Development 31(1): p 3-24. Rustow, D. (1970): Transitions to democracy: toward a dynamic model. Comparative Politics, vol. 2, pp.337-363. Schedler, Andreas (1998): What is democratic consolidation? Journal of Democracy, vol. 9, issue 2, pp. 91-107 Schmitter Phillipe / Karl, Terry L. (1991): What Democracy is… and Is Not. Journal of Democracy, vol. 2, issue 3, pp 75-88. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Presentation, Mid-term, Research Paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 351 Global Security Lecturer Doc. PhDr. RNDr. Nik Hynek, Ph.D.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 351 1 or 2 2 or 3 required: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of different security concepts and - Create methodologically sound research designs - Criticize and evaluate key concepts of security studies - Present and explain the methods and concepts they use to their peers - Build and defend original research projects.
perspectives
Prerequisites POL 251 Course Contents The objectives of this course are twofold: Firstly, it establishes knowledge pool enabling basic understanding of global security. Secondly, the course aims to develop students’ critical thinking and transferable skills so they can independently reflect on the gained knowledge. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Brenner, Neil (1999): “Beyond State-Centrism? Space, Territoriality, and Geographical Scale in Globalization Studies”, Theory and Society 28:1, pp. 39-78.
390
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Josselin, Daphné and Wallace, William (2001): “Non-State Actors in World Politics: A Framework”, pp. 1-20. In Josselin, Daphné and Wallace, William (eds): Non-State Actors in World Politics. Basingstoke: Palgrave. Krahman, Elke (2003): “Conceptualizing Security Governance”, Cooperation and Conflict 38:1, pp. 5-26. Paris, Ronald (2001) ‘Human Security - Paradigm Shift or Hot Air?’, International Security 26: 87-102. Steve, Smith (2005): “The Contested Concept of Security”, pp. 27-62. In Booth, Ken (ed.): Critical Security Studies and World Politics. Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Wolfers, Arnold (1951): “The Pole of Power and the Pole of Indifference”, World Politics 4:1, pp. 39-63. Bull, Hedley (1977/2002): The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics. Houndmills: Palgrave, pp. 97-122, 178-193 Der Derian, James (1995): “Review: Great Men, Monumental History, and Not-So-Grand Theory: A Meta-Review of Henry Kissinger’s Diplomacy”, Mershon International Studies Review 39:1, pp. 173180. Keohane, Robert O. (2002): Power and Governance in a Partially Globalized World. London and New York: Routledge, pp. 1-24. Kaplan, Robert D (1994): “The Coming Anarchy,” Atlantic Monthly (Summer 1994), pp. 44-76. Dalby, Simon (2002): Environmental Security. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, pp. 21-41. Ramsbotham, Oliver, Woodhouse, Tom and Miall, Hugh (2007): Contemporary Conflict Resolution. Cambridge: Polity, pp. 8-29, 55-76. Hynek, Nik (2011): “EU Crisis Management after the Lisbon Treaty: Civil-Military Coordination and the Future of the EU Operational Headquarters.” European Security. Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 81-102. ISSN 09662839 Welsh, Jenifer (2004) (ed.): Humanitarian Intervention and International Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press (Chapters 3, 4, 5, 10) Hynek, Nik and David Bosold (2009): “A History and Genealogy of the Freedom-from-Fear Doctrine.” International Journal, Vol. 64, No. 3 (Summer 2009), pp. 143-158. ISSN 0020-7020 Hynek, Nik (2012): “Domopolitics of Japanese Human Security.” Security Dialogue, Vol. 43, No. 2. ISSN 0967-0106. Teaching Methods Theoretical introduction, comparative case studies. discussions Assessment Methods Research project, mid-term examination, presentation, final test. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 360 Energy and Security Policy in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Mgr. Karolína Drtinová
Course code:
POL 360
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be aware of the problematic of nuclear energy in Central and Eastern Europe, including history, political background and elementary physical principles needed to understand the key issues - Comprehend the role of international organizations in nuclear energy and assess the position of atomic energy in the whole energy mix.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
391
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course concentrates on the understanding of the role of nuclear energy in Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). Key concepts including those from the area of physics will be explained and a historical overview will be provided. The position of nuclear energy in the energy mix will be explored as well as the role of atomic energy in each country in the region. Of particular concern will be the impact of European Union (EU) legislation on member states in CEE and the importance of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) on security and safety measures in the whole region. Finally, future development and alternative types of energy will be discussed. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Commission of the European Communities (Commission). Green Paper: A European Strategy for Sustainable, Competitive and Secure Energy. COM(2006) 105 final. March 8, 2006. July 1, 2009 . Communication from the Commission to the European Council and the European Parliament: An Energy Policy for Europe. COM(2007) 1 final. January 10, 2007. July 22, 2008 . Commission of the European Communities (Commission). Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament: Nuclear Illustrative Programme, Presented under Article 40 of the Euratom Treaty for the Opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee. COM(2006) 844 final. January 10, 2007. July 22, 2008 . European Energy Charter Conference. The Energy Charter Treaty. December 17, 1994. July 8, 2009 . Fusaro, Peter C, Ed.. Energy Convergence: The Beginning of the Multi-Commodity Market. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2002. Hore-Lacy, Ian. Nuclear energy in the 21st century: the World Nuclear University primer. London: World Nuclear University Press; Burlington, Mass.: Elsevier, c2006. Nuclear Energy Institute. Soviet-Designed Nuclear Power Plants in Russia, Ukraine, Lithuania, Armenia, the Czech Republic, the Slovak Republic, Hungary and Bulgaria. Fifth Edition. July 1997. September 1, 2010 < http://www.insc.anl.gov/neisb/neisb5/neisb5.pdf>. Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) - OECD Nuclear Energy Agency. Nuclear Energy Outlook 2008. OECD Publishing, 2008 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 362 Conflict Zones in Eastern Europe Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Barša., M.A., Ph.D. PhDr. Lukáš Sedláček, M.Phil.
392
Course code:
POL 362
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 3 elective: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historical and socio-economic background of conflict zones in Eastern Europe - Critically assess the reasons for the conflicts and their development - Be familiar with comparative approaches to conflict - Be expected to demonstrate Firm knowledge of the geographical dimension of conflict zones in Eastern Europe. Prerequisites Geopolitics of the Eastern Europe and the Heartland Course Contents The course investigates the causes and dynamics of conflict in the "borderlands" of Eastern Europe: the modern Baltic republics of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, the western provinces of Byelorussia and Ukraine, and the republic of Moldova -- areas that have changed hands in the course of the twentiethcentury on several occasions. looks at these "borderlands" as a whole, synthesizing narrower national histories into a wider-ranging study that highlights the common factors feeding conflict across the region. The students will be acquianted with also the long-term view, from the modernizing of the Russian and Austro-Hungarian empires in the late nineteenth century, through to the break-up of the Soviet Union, with a particular focus on the 'era of conflict' between the outbreak of the First World War and the Soviet pacification of the area in the mid-1950s. The end of communism seemed to usher in a period of radical change-an era of "extreme politics" that pitted nations, ethnic groups, and violent entrepreneurs against one another, from the wars in the Balkans and Caucasus to the apparent upsurge in nationalist mobilization throughout the region. But the last twenty years have also illustrated the incredible diversity of political life after the end of one-party rule. The course will also examine the period after the fall of communism and the developments in the conflict zones. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Prusin, A. V., 2010, The Lands Between: Conflict in the East European Borderlands, 1870-1992 (Zones of Violence) Petersen, R. D., 2002, Understanding Ethnic Violence: Fear, Hatred and Resentment in TwentiethCentury Eastern EuropePetersen, R. G., 2002, Understanding Ethnic Violence: Fear, Hatred, and Resentment in Twentieth-Century Eastern Europe Prusin, A. V., 2010, The Lands Between: Conflict in the East European Borderlands, 1870-1992 (Zones of Violence) McMahon, 2007, Taming Ethnic Hatred: Ethnic Cooperation and Transnational Networks in Eastern Europe Hupchick, D. P., 1995, Conflict and Chaos in Eastern Europe Wynot, E. D., 1999, Caldron of Conflict: Eastern Europe, 1918-1945 Bollerup, S. R., 1997, Nationalism in Eastern Europe: Causes and Consequences of the National Revivals and Conflicts in Late 20Th-Century Eastern Europe Pelinka, A., 1997, The Challenge of Ethnic Conflict, Democracy and Self-determination in Central Europe Herscher, A., 2010, Violence Taking Place: The Architecture of the Kosovo Conflict Szajkowski, B., 1993, Encyclopaedia of Conflicts, Disputes, and Flashpoints in Eastern Europe, Russia, and the Successor States King, C., 2010, Extreme Politics: Nationalism, Violence, and the End of Eastern Europe Mandelbaum, M., 2000, The New European Diasporas: National Minorities and Conflict in Eastern Europe Habor, B., 1993, Conflict in Eastern Europe Wilson, T., 2010, Frontiers of Violence: Conflict and Identity in Ulster and Upper Silesia, 1918-1922 Zurcher, C., 2003, Potentials of Disorder: Explaining Conflict and Stability in the Caucasus and in the Former Yugoslavia Bugajski, J., 1995, Nations In Turmoil: Conflict And Cooperation In Eastern Europe Klinke, A., 1998, Ethnic Conflicts and Civil Society: Proposals for a New Era in Eastern Europe Zurcher, C., 2009, The Post-Soviet Wars: Rebellion, Ethnic Conflict, and Nationhood in the Caucasus
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
393
Fouskas, V.K., 2003, Zones of Conflict: US Foreign Policy in the Balkans and the Greater Middle East Hutchinson, J., 2004, Nations as Zones of Conflict Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 371 Central and Eastern Europe: Totalitarian Experience – Politics and Law Lecturer Kiryl Kascian, LL.M., Mgr. Hanna Vasilevich, MSc.
Course code:
POL 371
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the specifics of introductions of the communist regimes in the CEE countries, different policies implemented by these regimes and their consequences for the CEE states - Be familiar with differences in approach toward the evaluation of the communist past in the CEE and the major reasons behind these differences - Understand how communist experiences of the CEE countries influence their current policies and legal systems. Prerequisites TER 110 Course Contents Contemporary CEE states see their historical destiny in the 20th century differently. However, this region of the 20th century faced different types of totalitarian regimes. The pre-war non-democratic (and often nationalistic) governments in the majority of the region’s countries were the product of the internal development of these states. At the same time, totalitarian regimes of the later period were related to the external factors such as Nazism during the WWII and post-war Communism. Similarly to its predecessors, the communist rule in the CEE countries is treated differently. However, this perception significantly influences both domestic and foreign policies of the CEE states, as well as their legal acts. The legal aspect is profoundly revealed on the example of the former USSR countries – while the Baltic States consider the Soviet period of their history occupation, other post-Soviet states (Belarus, Ukraine, Russia) view themselves as the successors of a respective republic of the USSR. The course is focused on the analysis of different experiences of totalitarianism in the CEE countries and the impact of these experiences on the contemporary politics of these states. Another focus covers different legal evaluations of the totalitarian practices of the past by the contemporary CEE states. Considering the fact that totalitarianism is often being equated with communism in the context of the CEE countries, the main focus of the course will be made on the CEE communist experiences. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Ambrosio, Thomas. Authoritarian Backlash: Russian Resistance to Democratization in the Former Soviet Union, Farnham: Ashgate, 2009.
394
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Gallina, Nicole. Political Elites in East Central Europe. Paving the way for "negative Europeanisation"?, Leverkusen: Budrich Unipub, 2008. Pollack, Detlef and Jan Wielgohs. Dissent and opposition in communist Eastern Europe: origins of civil society and democratic transition, Farnham: Ashgate, 2009. Ramet, Sabrina (ed). Central and Eastern European Politics since 1989, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010. Snyder, Timothy. The Reconstruction of Nations: Poland, Ukraine, Lithuania, Belarus, 1569—1999, New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2004. Tismaneanu, Vladimir. Stalinism Revisited: The Establishment of Communist Regimes in East-Central Europe (1945-1955), Budapest: Central European University Press, 2010. White, Stephen. Communism and its collapse, London and New York: Routledge, 2001. А. Лапшин, Б. Шмелев, Восточная Европа: демонтаж левого тоталитаризма // Общественные науки и современность. 1991. № 1. С. 26-36, http://ecsocman.edu.ru/data/099/219/1217/3Arkadij_LAPShIN.pdf. Международный исторический журнал, N7, январь-февраль 2000, http://history.machaon.ru/all/number_07/analiti4/index.html. Обозрение литовской внешней политики, http://www.lfpr.lt. А.В. Филиппов, Новейшая история России, 1945—2006 гг., Москва, Просвещение, 2007. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English/ Russian / Elective seminar discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
POL 378 Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer TBA
Course code:
POL 378
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with historical and contemporary approaches to public policy making in Central and Eastern Europe - Comprehend region, its historical groundings, various perspectives of its transformation, as well as the current situation - Be familiar with various types of policy methods, they will understand the importance of policy coordination, and they will be able evaluate the potential of different policy actors - Understand main concepts and theories, students will write an in-depth paper that will allow them to evaluate a specify policy problem in the region. Prerequisites ECO 105 / POL 101
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
395
Course Contents Welfare states, social inclusion, social welfare, policy analysis, key stakeholders, civil society, nongovernmental organizations, private sector influence, path dependency, strategic governance, Europeanization, market failure, state failure, multilevel governance. The Czech Republic will be used as a case study to discuss the development of civil society, capacities of governance, and public and social policymaking. The role the European Union plays as an actor in policy making in the region will also be studied. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Bafoil, Francois: Central and Eastern Europe: Europeanization and Social Change. Palgrave Macmilliam, 2009 Brusis, M., Staroňová, K., Zubek, R. (eds.): Strategic Policy Making in Central and Eastern Europe. Bratislava: Network of Institutes and Schools of Public Administration in Central and Eastern Europe, 2008 Cerami, A.: Social Policy in Central and Eastern Europe: The Emergence of a New Welfare Regime. Berlin: Lit Verlag, 2006 Fischer, F., Miller, G. J. and Sidney, M. S. 2007. Handbook of Public Policy Analysis: Theory, Politics, and Methods. New York: CRC Press. Golinowska, St., Hengstenberg, P., Zukowski, M. (eds.): Diversity and Commonality in European Social Policies. The Forging of a European Social Model. Warsaw: Wydawnicztwo Naukowe Scholar and Friedrich Ebert Stiftung, 2009 Lelop, L.T., Jenei, G., Varadi, L. (eds.): Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe: Theories, Methods, Practices. Bratislava: Network of Institutes and Schools of Public Administration in Central and Eastern Europe, 2003 United Nations Development Programme: Thinking the Unthinkable: From Thought to Policy. The role of think tanks in shaping government strategy: Experiences from Central and Eastern Europe. Bratislava: UNDP, 2003. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 381 Multiculturalism in Europe Lecturer Elena Soler, Ph.D.
Course code:
POL 381
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Present theoretical and practical framework of multiculturalism in Europe while using comparative studies covering other parts of the world, mainly Canada and USA - Analyze major political and legal instruments for protection of minorities and for elimination of racism - Understand issues of inequality, race, and gender and their impact on policy making and policy implementation.
396
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents Sociological perspectives; political science and political philosophy approaches to multiculturalism; ethnic and race relations, ethnocentrism, xenophobia, islamophobia, racism; discrimination, power and inequality; theories of race, ethnicity and nationalism and their reflection in practice; various models of interethnic relations; diversity and conflicting values; development of policies solving interethnic tensions; definitions and forms of discrimination levels of discrimination; equal opportunity policy and positive action; institutional racism in Europe and USA; immigration and asylum policies ; legislative framework: international instruments for protection of minorities and non-discrimination; antidiscrimination legislation in UK , the Netherlands, and Canada, the EU ´race equality´ directive; civil principle and minority rights protection; the Czech government program of Romani integration, the Minority Law and other measures to ameliorate interethnic tensions. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Kymlicka, Will (Ed.): The Rights of Minority Cultures, Oxford University Press, 1995 Kymlicka, Will: Multicultural Citizenship: a liberal theory of minority rights. New York: Oxford University Press 2nd Ed. 1995 Pešperova, I: (2001) The rights of national minorities within the framework of Organization on Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), Sankt-Peterburg: Letnij sad. Weller, Marc (Ed.) (2005): The rights of minorities in Europe: A commentary on the European Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities, Oxford University Press. Hutchinson, John, and Smith Anthony: ed. Ethnicity, Oxford–New York: Oxford University Press, 1996 Richmond, Anthony: Global Apartheid, Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1994 Guibernau, Montserrat and Rex, John: The Ethnicity reader, Nationalism, Multiculturalism and Migration, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press Benhabib, Seyla: The Claims of Culture. Equality and Diversity in the Global Era. Princeton, USA– Woodstock, UK: Princeton University Press, 2002 Parekh, Bhikhu: Rethinking Multiculturalism, Palgrave Macmillan, 2000 Bagihole, Barbara: Equal Opportunities and Social Policy: Issues of gender, race and disability, London: Longman, 1997 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term essay, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 382 / 553 Global Migration
Course code:
POL 382/ 553
Lecturer Markéta Rulíková, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 (BA)/ 1-2 (MA) elective: B.A in IR/ M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Describe migration processes in the world macro regions in historical perspective;
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
397
-
Identify challenges of migration to the host societies ; Interpret the role of migration in the context of globalization and development; Apply explanatory theories of migration; Compare main types of immigration and integration policies in Europe and the USA; Define the terms transnationalism and diaspora; Assess the impact of migration to identity and ethnicity.
Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course, we will focus on three aspects: geography and history of migration; migration and integration policies; theories on migration. We will describe main migration processes since late 18th century up until today with emphasis on postwar period. In terms of geography, our course will aim at world macro regions (Africa, Middle East, South-Eastern Asia etc.). Particular attention will be paid to Northern America, Europe, and also the Czech Republic. The course will present some specific cases such as Jewish and Roma migration too. Presentation of migration and integration policies will be focused on Europe (EU) and the USA. Theoretical part will deal with concepts explaining migration as well as some related issues. Among the most topical today are identity, gender and development. We will apply approaches from both political science and sociology. The course is a combination of a lecture and a seminar. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced / Master’s Recommended Reading Castles, S.; Miller, M. J.: The Age of Migration (London: Macmillan, 2009) Klaus J. Bade: Migration in European History (Blackwell Publishing, 2003) Martin, P.: Bordering on Control: Combating Irregular Migration in North America and Europe (Davis: UOC, 2003) Mansoor, A.; Quillin, B. (eds.): Migration and Remittances. Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union (Washington: The World Bank, 2007) Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, analysis of documents Assessment Methods Research paper Assessment Methods Quizzes, essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 384 / 584 Global Energy
Course code:
POL 384 / 584
Lecturer Robert Ellmann, J.D., M.Phil.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective B.A. in IR / M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand and analyze the complex relations between energy, economy & society - Research, write and present economic case studies involving energy markets
398
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
- Recognize the scientific and market challenges faced by energy industries - Identify major global energy externalities and sustainability issues, articulate the current scientific understandings of some of the most important of these externalities, as well as the generally acknowledged and controversial limits to such understandings. Prerequisites None Course Contents The long term trends and milestones in the history of energy revolve around innovations in energy extraction, transportation, conversion, generation, transmission and consumption. These various domains are presented in conjunction with pertinent economic, public policy, scientific and environmental pressures which have at different times and to differing extents affected their evolution. Lectures will emphasize energy trends, crucial technical innovations, the changing resource base, the rise of electricity, the trade in energy commodities, energy economics, forecasting, demand trends, safety and ecological sustainability. This content will be complemented with the expertise of guest speakers from industry and academe and audiovisual presentations. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended Reading I.E.A. World Energy Outlook (2012) R. Feely, C. Sabine & V. Fabry (2006): Carbon dioxide and our ocean legacy. Pew Charitable Trust. G. Clark & D. Jacks: Coal and the industrial revolution, 1700-1869. Please see: http://gpih.ucdavis.edu/files/Clark_Jacks.pdf SPEE (Calgary Chapter) (2007): Definition of oil and gas resources and reserves. Please see: http://www.albertasecurities.com/securitieslaw/Regulatory%20Instruments/5/2232/COGEHs.5Definitions ofOilandGasResourcesandReserves.pdf B. Fawley, L. Juvenal & I. Petrella (2012): When oil prices jump, is speculation to blame? St. Louis Fed. Please see: http://www.stlouisfed.org/publications/re/articles/?id=2232 International Energy Agency (IEA) (2010): Projected costs of generating electricity – 2010 edition. Please see: http://www.iea.org/Textbase/npsum/ElecCost2010SUM.pdf United States Department of Energy (2003): Grid 2030 a national vision for electricity's second 100 years. Please see: http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/oeprod/DocumentsandMedia/Electric_Vision_Document.pdf J. Sweeney: Economics of Energy. Please see: http://www.localenergy.org/pdfs/Document%20Library/Energy%20Economics.pdf IEA (2005): Energy statistics manual. Please see: http://www.iea.org/stats/docs/statistics_manual.pdf National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) (2010): Cost and performance assumptions for modeling electricity generation technologies. Please see: http://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy11osti/48595.pdf International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) (2001): Energy, electricity and nuclear power estimates for the period up to 2020. Please see: http://www.iaea.org/OurWork/ST/NE/Pess/assets/RDS1-21scr.pdf ExxonMobil (2012): The outlook for energy: a view to 2040. Please see: http://www.exxonmobil.com/Corporate/files/news_pub_eo.pdf Natural Resources Canada (2010): Review of issues affecting the price of crude oil. Please see: http://www.nrcan.gc.ca/sites/www.nrcan.gc.ca.energy/files/pdf/eneene/pdf/pcopdp-eng.pdf A. Hirsch (2009): Brief history of the discovery of nitrogen-fixing organisms. Please see:https://www.mcdb.ucla.edu/Research/Hirsch/imagesb/HistoryDiscoveryN2fixingOrganisms.pdf International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) (2012): Global energy assessment toward a sustainable future. Please see: http://www.iiasa.ac.at/Research/ENE/GEA/doc/GEA-Summary-web.pdf IIASA (2012): Toward a sustainable future. Please see: http://www.iiasa.ac.at/web/home/resources/publications/IIASAMagazineOptions/Sustainable-feature.pdf Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (2007): Summary for policymakers. Please see: http://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-report/ar4/wg1/ar4-wg1-spm.pdf Office of Solid Waste – U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (1995): Human health and environmental damages from mining and mineral processing wastes. Please see: http://www.epa.gov/osw/nonhaz/industrial/special/mining/minedock/damage/damage.pdf
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
399
S. Moore & J. Simon (1999): The greatest century there ever was – 25 miraculous trends of the past 100 years. Policy Analysis. No. 364. Please see: http://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/greatestcentury-ever-was-25-miraculous-trends-past-100-years United States Geological Survey (2012): Assessment of potential additions to conventional oil and gas resources of the world (outside the United States) from reserve growth, 2012. Please see: http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2012/3052/fs2012-3052.pdf EPA (2003): Ozone – good up high bad nearby. Please see: http://www.epa.gov/oaqps001/gooduphigh/ozone.pdf J. Condliffe (2012): What nuclear radiation does to your body. Please see: http://gizmodo.com/5928171/what-nuclear-radiation-does-to-your-body MIT Explained (2010): Radiative forcing: when there's more energy radiating down on the planet than there is radiating back out to space, something's going to have to heat up. Please see: http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2010/explained-radforce-0309.html MIT Explained (2010): Climate: if we double the Earth's greenhouse gases, how much will the temperature change? That's what this number tells you. Please see: http://web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2010/explained-climate-sensitivity.html British Petroleum (BP) (2012): BP Statistical Review of World Energy. Please see: http://www.bp.com/assets/bp_internet/globalbp/globalbp_uk_english/reports_and_publications/statistical _energy_review_2011/STAGING/local_assets/pdf/statistical_review_of_world_energy_full_report_2012. pdf Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, analysis of documents, case studies Assessment Methods Research paper Assessment Methods Quizzes, essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 410 U.S. National Security Policy Lecturer Doc. Francis Raška, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 410 1or 2 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand basic themes, theoretical debates, and issues in U.S. foreign policy. Prerequisites None Course Contents This M.A. seminar course seeks to help students gain a basic understanding of American national security policy in theory as well as in practice. As the United States is the world’s sole remaining superpower, it is important that students have some knowledge of American foreign and security policy. The course is introductory in nature and the readings reflect this fact. Students will learn about the theoretical foundations of U.S. national security policy, the individual actors involved in policy formulation, and the actual priorities of policy in different periods of American history.
400
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bennett, William J., A Century turns: New Hopes, New Fears, Nashville, 2009. George, Roger Z. and Rishikof, Harvey (eds.), The National Security Enterprise: Navigating the Labyrinth, Washington, 2011. Gray, Colin S., National Security Dilemmas: Challenges and Opportunities, Dulles, Virginia, 2009. Kaufman, Joyce P., A Concise History of U.S. Foreign Policy, Lanham, MD., 2010. LaFeber, Walter, Polenberg, Richard, and Woloch, Nancy, The American Century: A History of the United States since 1941, Armonk, NY, 2008 Viotti, Paul R., American Foreign Policy and National Security: A Documentary Record, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2004. Walker III, William O., National Security and Core Values in American History, Cambridge, 2009. Westad, Odd Arne, The Global Cold War, Cambridge, 2009. Teaching Methods Lecture, presentation, case analysis, discussion Assessment Methods Several written assignments, presentation, research paper, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 412 / 512 The Americas Lecturer Kateřina Březinová, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 412/ 512 1or 2 1 or 2 elective: B.A. in IR/ M.A. in IRD, PP 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historic relationship between North and South in the Americas - Understand the main characteristics of Latin America and the Caribbean, the region’s specific countries’ relevance in the global scene, their foreign policy positions vis-a- vis the United States and the rest of the world, and the historic love/hate relationship between North and South in the Americas. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course covers political, economic and social issues of the different regions and countries of the American Continent, (that is North, Central and South America, and the Caribbean), the bilateral relations among them and the various regional integration processes to which they belong. The course includes, on one hand, an overall review of the historic evolution of Latin America, focusing on the major political, social and economic trends in the region. Latin America´s various approaches to regional integration and extra regional relations, including relations with the United States and with the European Union, will also be studied. On the other hand, the course covers a brief review of the political history of the United States, the factors defining its foreign policy in general and in particular towards Latin America. Country-case studies will include Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Cuba, Venezuela, Colombia and Chile. Other contemporary topics will cover: the challenges to democracy in Latin America; new approaches to
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
401
development in the region; ALADI, NAFTA, MERCOSUR, CARICOM and FTAA; the Inter American system and other mechanisms for political dialogue and cooperation, and other current trends in Latin America and in the intra-Hemispheric relations. Level of Course Bachelor's Advanced/ Master's Recommended Reading Keen, Benjamin and Haynes, Kieth. A History of Latin America. Wadsworth Publishing, 2008. Skidmore, Thomas and Smith, Peter. Modern Latin America. New York, Oxford University Pres, 2005. Goodwin, Paul. Global Studies: Latin America. McGraw-Hill/Dushkin, 2008. Stirton Weaver, Frederick. Latin America in the World Economy: Mercantile Colonialism to Global Capitalism. USA, Westview Press, 2000. Kuczynski, Pedro-Pablo and Williamson, John. After the Washington Consensus, Restarting growth and reform in Latin America, Institute for International Economics, 2003. Rosati, Jerel and Scott, James. The Politics of United States Foreign Policy. Thomson-Wadsworth, 2007 Smith, Peter H. Talons of the Eagle: Latin America, the United States and the World. New York, Oxford University Press,2007. Hufbauer, Gary Clyde and Schott, Jeffrey. NAFTA Revisited. Institute for International Economics, 2005. Bailyn, Bernard: Atlantic History: Concepts and Contours. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005 Bender, Thomas: A Nation among Nations: America’s Place in World History. Hill and Wang/Farrar, Strauss and Giroux, 2006 De Grazia, Victoria: Irresistible Empire: America’s Advance through Twentieth-Century Europe. Cambridge: Belknap, 2005 Additional reagings Holden, Robert H.: Armies without Nations: Public Violence and State Formation in Central America, 1821-1960. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004 Rodriguez, Marc S. (ed.): Repositioning North American Migration History: New Directions in Modern Continental Migration, Citizenship, and Community. University of Rochester Press, 2004 Rothman, Adam: Slave Country: American Expansion and the Origins of the Deep South. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2005 Van Patten, Chris: Cousins and Strangers: America, Britain and Europe in a New Century. Times Books, 2006 De Tocqueville, Alex: Democracy in America. London: Penguin Books, 2003. De Voto, Bernard: Devoto’s West: History, Conservation and the Public Good. Ohio University Press, 2005 Walt, Stephen M.: Taming American Power: The Global Response to U. S. Primacy. Norton, 2005 Wallerstein, Immanuel: Alternatives; The United States Confronts the World. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, guest speakers Assessment Methods Several written assignments, presentation, research paper, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
402
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course code:
POL 430
Lecturer
Semester: Year of study:
Prof. PhDr. Milada Polišenská, CSc.
Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective BA in CEES 1 3 6
POL 430 Central Europe and Stalin: The Making of the Soviet Bloc
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Identify the Communist strategies and tactics as applied toward Central Europe - Understand the process of incorporation of Central Europe into the sphere of direct Soviet influence - Analyze and interpret primary sources. Prerequisites HIS 237 or HIS 122, approval of lecturer Course Contents The diplomacy of Central European countries “between Stalin and Hitler” Approaches of Central European countries towards Bolshevik Russia and the Soviet Union from the end of the World War I to Stalin’s death Communization of foreign policy and foreign service in Central European countries Level of Course Graduate course open as an elective for advanced undergraduate students Recommended reading Borsody, Stephen: The New Central Europe. New York: Columbia, 1993. Cold War International History Project Bulletin a Cold War International History Project Working Papers. W. Wilson International Center for Scholars, Washington, D.C. Kertesz, Stephen D.: Between Russia and the West. Hungary and the Illusions of Peacemaking. 1945 1947. Hunyadi Publishing: Hamilton, ON, 1992, 299p. Lukes, Igor: Czechoslovakia between Stalin and Hitler: The Diplomacy of Edvard Beneš in the 1930’s. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996, 309p,. Kaplan, Karel: The Communist Party in Power. Boulder: Westview, 1987the 1930’s. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996, 309p. Polišenská, Milada: Stalin-Gottwald Negotiations, July 1946: Czechoslovak Government and the Soviet War Spoils.Philosophical Faculty, Charles University: Prague, 2000, pp. 209–227. Polišenská, Milada: The Deportation of Czechoslovak Citizens to the Soviet Internment and Prison Camps, and the Struggle for Their Repatriation, 1945–1950. Bohemia. A Journal of History and Civilisation in East Central Europe. Oldenbourg Verlag Munich 39/2 (1998): 371–381. Zeman, Zbyněk: The Making and Breaking of Communist Europe. Oxford, Cambridge:1991. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, student presentations, work with primary diplomatic sources Assessment Methods Mid-term, term paper, presentations in class, final test. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
403
POL 440 / 540 Contemporary Issues in the Middle East Lecturer Šádí Shanaáh, M.Phil.
Course Code:
POL 440/ 540
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 (BA)/ 1-2 (MA) elective: B.A. in IR/ M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the modern history of the Middle East and North Africa - Explain what the current issues in the Arab region are and what are their roots and manifestations - Describe and compare the current political, economic and social developments in different Arab states - Analyze the interaction of the Arab region with the rest of the world, especially major power blocks in the world - Appraise complexity of the Arab society, including “soft” areas like culture - Present information in a coherent and structured manner in front of an audience. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the history of the Middle East and basic familiarity with the region Course Contents The course focuses on key political, economic and social developments that shaped the Arab world from the colonial entrance of Europe to the region heralded by Napoleon’s invasion of Egypt until the explosion of social discontent often described as the Arab Spring in 2011. Rather than a year-by-year historical excurse to the region complemented with the memorization of key data the course is conceptualized as a tool to understand the contemporary Arab society in its complexity. The course will explore the introduction of European political ideology to the Arab region and its reinterpretation to fit the regional context that resulted in particular mixture of traditional and modern ideas of how to organize a society. The ongoing struggle between tradition and modernity, between authority and rebellion, between stability and revolution and between dreams and reality is the underlining recurrent theme of the course. This struggle could be found behind every single phenomena usually studied with regards to the Middle East: colonialism, nationalism, pan-Arabism, Islam and politics, oil, wars of conquest and of liberation and finally Arab social upheavals of (but not only) 2011. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced / Master’s Recommended Reading Ajami, F. The Dream Palace of the Arabs. (New York, 1999) Ajami, F. The Arab Predicament (Cambridge, 1992) Alpher, Y., Khatib G. and Seitz C. (eds.) The Best of Bitterlemons: Five years of writings from Israel and Palestine (Jerusalem, 2007) Available at: http://www.bitterlemons.org/newbook/pdf/bitterlemons.pdf Cleveland W. A History of the Modern Middle East (New York, 2009) Calvert, J. Sayyid Qutb and the Origins of Radical Islamism (New York, 2010) Dosenrode S. and Stubkjar, A. The European Unions and the Middle East (Sheffield, 2002) Fisk, R. The Great War for Civilization (New York, 2007) Hourani, A. Arabic Thought in the Liberal Age (Cambridge, 1983) Hourani, A., P.S. Khoury and M. Wilson M (eds.). The Modern Middle East (London, 2004) Khalidi, R. The Iron Cage (Boston, 2006) Kuran T. “Why the Middle East Is Economically Underdeveloped: Historical Mechanisms of Institutional Stagnation.” Journal of Economic Perspectives, 18 (Summer 2004), pp. 71–90. Available at: http://econ.duke.edu/uploads/assets/People/Kuran/Why%20ME%20underdeveloped.pdf Masud M. K. (ed.) Islam and Modernity (Cairo, 2009) Owen, R., Pamuk S. A History of Middle East Economies in the Twentieth Century (Boston, 1999).
404
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term, term paper, presentations in class, final test Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 480 / 550 Theories of Globalization Lecturer TBA
Course code:
POL 480/ 550
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 (BA)/ 2 (MA) elective: BA in PS, M.A. in PP 1–2 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of theories of globalization as they exist across disciplines; - Understand and analyze concepts of globalization and implications of their frequent interaction; - Place in context and lend perspective to data, discourses, various global hypothesizing about globalization; - Speculate and hypothesize about impacts of globalization. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course explores globalization primarily from a theoretical view, though empirical applications will be included. While there are substantive elements of knowledge, the primary emphasis is in processing skills, i.e., in conceptualization, diagnosis, analysis and solution building. The course is particularly interested in the scientific method, policy analysis and social science. It is the interaction of these models that create the framework for the course. Attention has given to the causes of globalization and the outcomes globally. Social dimensions of globalization, such as the formation of “global cities,” networking, the internationalization of civil society and global migration flows; Theories and models of global political institutions and processes (i.e., models of cosmopolitan democracy, human rights regimes, regionalization of political power, and the crisis of the nation-state) Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended reading McGrew, A. (eds.): The Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalization Debate. Polity Press, 2003. Held, D.–Goldblatt, D.–McGrew, A.–Perraton, J.: Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture. In: Politics at the Edge. Edited by Pierson, C., Tormey, S. M. Polity Press, 2000. Moshe Adler, Economics for the Rest of US: Debunking The Science That Makes Life Dismal, New York/London: The New Press, 2010. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term, term paper, presentations in class, final test.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
405
Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 490 Internship Coordinator Stephanie Lachman Alumni Relations and Career Center Manager
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. semester: ECTS-Credits:
POL 490 1 or 2 3 required: B.A. in CEES, IR N/A 150 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will have an opportunity to: - Get practical professional experience - Apply the knowledge, skills and competence acquired in school to real working environment. Prerequisites 3rd year of study, and approval of Dean or Coordinator Course Contents N/A Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading N/A Teaching Methods Regular meetings with the internship coordinator and the internship supervisor Assessment Methods Written report of the student, written report of the internship supervisor Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
POL 495 B.A. Thesis Seminar
Course code:
POL 495
Lecturer Mgr. George Hays
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
2 3 required: B.A. in CEES, IR N/A 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: - Determine a relevant and proper research question - Determine a relevant and proper thesis statement to answer that question - Determine the relevant theory and methodology to inform the thesis statement - Find and properly incorporate quality resources into their argument in support of the thesis statement - Critically read, critically write, critically think - Produce an overall quality foundation for research with their thesis advisor.
406
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites 3rd year of study, and approval of Dean and the Thesis advisor Course Contents This course introduces the students to the components, structure, and function of a large academic workthe Bachelor’s Thesis. Through introductory lectures and structured work at the individual, small group, and class level, the students will steadily build a foundation upon which to write their theses with their individual thesis advisors. In addition to the overall thesis structure, the students will learn and practice researching with proper sources, citing those sources properly, using those sources to construct a strong and well informed argument, and defend that argument. The ultimate goal of the course is to give the students the skills-set necessary to approach and engage with their advisors at a high level in order to efficiently produce Bachelors’ Theses of high academic quality. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Required sources: Browne, M. and Stuart Keeley. Asking the Right Questions. New York: Pearson, 2012. Trinity College Library. “Chicago Manual of Style.” Cite Source. Hartford: Trinity College Library, 2010. http://citesource.trincoll.edu/chicago/ Recommended Sources: Bryman, Alan. Social Research Methods. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. Hollis, Martin. The Philosophy of Social Science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. Reus-Smit, Christian and Duncan Snidal. The Oxford Handbook of International Relations. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. Teaching Methods The methodology of the course is a combination of: Instruction by the lecturer concerning the form and function of the components of proper academic research; Course readings concerning research and argumentation; Individual research of the students, and the presentation of this research and process of research to their peers for small and large group consultation; Incremental written works building up to the final project, the Thesis Proposal. Assessment Methods Peer Group Sessions; Student Presentations; The first homework assignment will be a combination research and citation exercise. The second homework assignment will be an outline of the ultimate Thesis Proposal. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 500 Theories of International Relations Lecturer Prof. Pavel Barša, Ph.D. Benjamin Tallis, M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 500 1 1 required M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Identify, describe and critically analyse a range of approaches to and engagements with international politics and their distinctive characteristics, including normative, ontological and epistemological dimensions
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
407
-
Understand the differing conceptions of the relationship between theories and practices of international politics in these different approaches Understand the reasons why different approaches emerged and how this shaped their development and uptake Have a clear sense of the significance of the multiple ways in which to read the discipline and how this may effect and affect engaging with, and being in, the world Present your research findings in oral and written form at Master’s level and provide critical, yet constructive feedback.
Prerequisites None Course Contents This course will examine various theoretical approaches to the study of International Relations, providing students with the tools to critically interrogate how, where, why and in what forms practices of international relations emerge and what their consequences are. The course will deal with ‘Mainstream’, ‘Critical’ and ‘Alternative’ approaches and how the ways in which they complement and challenge each other in theory and in practice. Ultimately, the course aims to show why, if you want to work in the practice of international relations, you are much better equipped to do so if you have the ability to detect and dissect the theories which underpin and, similarly, if you want to work on theory, your work will be much more relevant and meaningful if you understand how this might relate to practice and vice-versa. The issues retained are: peace and conflict; foreign policy and decision-making; security and new threats; international organizations and transnational actors. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Ferrell, Robert H.: American Diplomacy: the twentieth Century. New York: Norton, 1988 (4th ed.) Kissinger, Henry: Diplomacy. New York: Touchstone, 1994 Kertesz, Stephen D.: Between Russia and the West. Hungary and the Illusions of Peacemaking. 19451947 Hunyadi Publishing: Hamilton, ON, 1992, 299s Lukes, Igor: Czechoslovakia between Stalin and Hitler: The Diplomacy of Edvard Beneš in the 1930’s. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996, 309p. Polišenská, Milada: Stalin-Gottwald Negotiations, July 1946: Czechoslovak Government and the Soviet War Spoils. Filozofická fakulta Univerzity Karlovy: Praha, 2000, pp. 209-227 Zeman, Zbyněk: The life of Edvard Beneš 1884-1948: Czechoslovakia in peace and war.Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1997. pp. 293 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, guest speaker Assessment Methods Research paper, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 503 Political Parties and Party Systems Lecturer Pelin Ayan, Ph.D.
408
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 503 2 1 elective: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Develop an analytical perspective on the functions, roles and internal dynamics of parties and party systems through the lenses of the socio-cultural, rational-choice and institutionalism theories; - Acquire skills of comparative method in political science and apply them when necessary; - Construct academic, critical arguments and apply rules of citation and via writing an academic paper at the end of the course; - Successfully hold an academic conversation, make oral presentations and participate in scholarly debates. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will look at the theories of political parties in a comparative perspective, presenting the sociocultural, rational-choice and institutional explanations. The empirical basis of the course will be cases selected from democracies and semi-democracies mainly in the Western, Central and Eastern Europe but also from Latin America and East Asia. Special attention will be given to understanding the party structures in Central and Eastern Europe, where the experience of party formation was quite different from Western Europe. Level of Course Master’s / BA Honors Class Recommended Reading Katz, Richard S. and Peter Mair. 1995. “Changing Models of Party Organization and Party Democracy,” Party Politics 1(1): 5-28 Blyth, Mark and Richard S. Katz. 2005. “From Catch-all Politics to Cartelization: ThePolitical Economy of the Cartel Party”, West European Politics 28 (1): 33-60. Bolleyer, Nicole. 2009. “Inside the Cartel Party: Party Organization in Government and Opposition,” Political Studies Koole, Ruud. 1996. “Cadre, Catch-all or Cartel? A Comment on the Notion of the Cartel Party,” Party Politics 2: 507-524 Kopecky Petr. 1995. “Developing party organizations in East-Central Europe:What type of party is likely to emerge?” Party Politics 1(4): 515–534. Enyedi, Zsolt. 2006. “Party Politics in Post-Communist Transition.” In Richard Katz and William Crotty, eds. Handbook of Political Parties. London: Sage Publications, 228-238. Enyedi, Zsolt and Lukas Linek. 2008. “Searching for the Right Organization: Ideology and Party Structure in East-Central Europe,” Party Politics 14(4): 455-477. Kitschelt, Herbert. 2000. “Citizens, Politicians, and Party Cartelization: Political Representation and State Failure in Post-Industrial Democracies,” European Journal of Political Research 37(2): 149–79. Ware, Alan. 1996. Political Parties and Party Systems. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Boix, Carles 2006. The Emergence of Parties and Party Systems in Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, ed. by Carles Boix and Susan C. Stokes, 500-521. Biezen, Ingrid van. 2003. Political Parties in New Democracies: Party Organization in Southern and EastCentral Europe. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Biezen, Ingrid van. 2005. “On the theory and practice of party formation and adaptation in new democracies,” European Journal of Political Research 44:147-174. Mair, Peter and Stefano Bartolini 1990. Identity, Competition, and Electoral Availability: The Stabilisation of the European Electorates 1885-1985. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 212-249. Enyedi, Zsolt 2008. The Social and Attitudinal Basis of Political Parties: Cleavage Politics Revisited, European Review, 16, 3, 287-304. Meyer, Thomas. 2013. Constraints on Party Policy Change. ECPR Publications. Strom, Kaare. 1990. “A Behavioral Theory of Competitive Political Parties,” American Journal of Political Science 34: 565-598. Kulahci, Erol. 2013. Europeanization and Party Politics. ECPR Publications. Ladrech, Robert 2002. Europeanisation and Political Parties: Towards a Framework for Analysis. Party Politics 8, 4, 389-403.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
409
Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, case briefing Assessment Methods Several written assignments during the semester, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 505 Ethnic and Religious Minorities in Central Course code: and Eastern Europe Lecturer Mgr. Ondřej Klípa
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 505 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand anthropological and philosophical background of national minority protection. - Argue with an in-depth knowledge in discussions on multiculturalism and ethnic management in the context of CEE. - Understand great variability of historical and sociological aspects of national and religious minorities in CEE Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will focus on two interdisciplinary problems: minority policies and national and religious minorities in Central and Eastern Europe. Within the first problem, we will discuss three models of minority policies in Europe and consider their broader philosophical context. Another area of interest will be legal framework reflecting these different models as well as common legal standards of minority protection developed at the level of international organizations. We will look also at the current challenges to these standards especially with regards to their implementation in CEE. Within the second theme, we will get familiar with the situation of particular national and religious minorities in the studied region. Special attention will be paid to number of characteristics which divide the minorities into different types. Level of Course Master’s / BA Honors Class Recommended Reading Arp, B.: International norms and standards for the protection of national minorities: bilateral and multilateral texts with commentary. Leiden and Boston: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 2008. Rechel, B. (ed.): Minority Rights in CEE, London and New York: Routledge, 2009. Thornberry, P.; Estébanez, M. A. M.: Minority Rights in Europe. Council of Europe, 2004. Pan, Ch.; Pfeil, B. S.: National Minorities in Europe. Wien: Braumüller, 2003. Brubaker, R.: National Minorities, Nationalizing States, and External National Homelands in the New Europe, Daedalus 124 (2) (Spring 1995), pp. 107-132. Köles, S. (ed.): Minorities in Transition in South, Central, and Eastern Europe. ICDT Papers No. 1., Budapest, 2008. Malloy, T. H.: National Minority ‘Regions’ in the Enlarged European Union: Mobilizing for Third Level Politics? European Centre for Minority Issues, 2005.
410
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Kranz, J.; Küpper, H. (eds.): Law and Practice of Central European Countries in the Field of Nartional Minorities Protection After 1989. Warszawa: Center for International Relations, 1998. Smooha, S.; Järve, P.: The Fate of Ethnic Democracy in Post-Communist Europe. Budapest: Local Government and Public Service Reform Initiative, European Centre for Minority Issues, 2005. Pentassuglia, Gaetano: Minorities in International Law: An Introductory Study. Council of Europe, 2002. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, case-studies, presentations Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, in-class presentation, essay, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 512 The Americas Lecturer Kateřina Březinová, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
1or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in PP M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the historic relationship between North and South in the Americas - Understand the main characteristics of Latin America and the Caribbean, the region’s specific countries’ relevance in the global scene, their foreign policy positions vis-a- vis the United States and the rest of the world, and the historic love/hate relationship between North and South in the Americas. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course covers political, economic and social issues of the different regions and countries of the American Continent, (that is North, Central and South America, and the Caribbean), the bilateral relations among them and the various regional integration processes to which they belong. The course includes, on one hand, an overall review of the historic evolution of Latin America, focusing on the major political, social and economic trends in the region. Latin America´s various approaches to regional integration and extra regional relations, including relations with the United States and with the European Union, will also be studied. On the other hand, the course covers a brief review of the political history of the United States, the factors defining its foreign policy in general and in particular towards Latin America. Country-case studies will include Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Cuba, Venezuela, Colombia and Chile. Other contemporary topics will cover: the challenges to democracy in Latin America; new approaches to development in the region; ALADI, NAFTA, MERCOSUR, CARICOM and FTAA; the Inter American system and other mechanisms for political dialogue and cooperation, and other current trends in Latin America and in the intra-Hemispheric relations. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Keen, Benjamin and Haynes, Kieth. A History of Latin America. Wadsworth Publishing, 2008. Skidmore, Thomas and Smith, Peter. Modern Latin America. New York, Oxford University Pres, 2005.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
411
Goodwin, Paul. Global Studies: Latin America. McGraw-Hill/Dushkin, 2008. Stirton Weaver, Frederick. Latin America in the World Economy: Mercantile Colonialism to Global Capitalism. USA, Westview Press, 2000. Kuczynski, Pedro-Pablo and Williamson, John. After the Washington Consensus, Restarting growth and reform in Latin America, Institute for International Economics, 2003. Rosati, Jerel and Scott, James. The Politics of United States Foreign Policy. Thomson-Wadsworth, 2007 Smith, Peter H. Talons of the Eagle: Latin America, the United States and the World. New York, Oxford University Press,2007. Hufbauer, Gary Clyde and Schott, Jeffrey. NAFTA Revisited. Institute for International Economics, 2005. Bailyn, Bernard: Atlantic History: Concepts and Contours. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005 Bender, Thomas: A Nation among Nations: America’s Place in World History. Hill and Wang/Farrar, Strauss and Giroux, 2006 De Grazia, Victoria: Irresistible Empire: America’s Advance through Twentieth-Century Europe. Cambridge: Belknap, 2005 Additional reagings Holden, Robert H.: Armies without Nations: Public Violence and State Formation in Central America, 1821-1960. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004 Rodriguez, Marc S. (ed.): Repositioning North American Migration History: New Directions in Modern Continental Migration, Citizenship, and Community. University of Rochester Press, 2004 Rothman, Adam: Slave Country: American Expansion and the Origins of the Deep South. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2005 Van Patten, Chris: Cousins and Strangers: America, Britain and Europe in a New Century. Times Books, 2006 De Tocqueville, Alex: Democracy in America. London: Penguin Books, 2003. De Voto, Bernard: Devoto’s West: History, Conservation and the Public Good. Ohio University Press, 2005 Walt, Stephen M.: Taming American Power: The Global Response to U. S. Primacy. Norton, 2005 Wallerstein, Immanuel: Alternatives; The United States Confronts the World. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers, 2004 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, guest speakers Assessment Methods Several written assignments, presentation, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 514 European Neighborhood Policy See POL 314
POL 516 Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science See POL 314
412
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
POL 520 EU Future -Trends & Perspectives Lecturer Juraj Draxler, M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 520 1 or 2 1 or 2 required MA in PP; MA in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the basic institutional structure of the EU and the policy-making and legislative processes in the EU - Comprehend the main institutional challenges that the EU is facing as a result of its recent enlargements but also as a result of the changing economic and political environment - Understand the basic theoretical approaches to European integration (from neofunctionalism to constructivism) - Discuss EU’s governance using some basic concepts such as EU’s deepening and widening, absorption capacity, democratic deficit - Contrast EU policy making with national, regional, local and supranational entities - Analyze current debates about future enlargement and subsequent impact upon decision-making and institutional roles. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course is designed to prepare participants for discussions of EU challenges at an advanced level. It will be particularly useful to those planning to deal with EU issues professionally. This might mean working at EU institutions, dealing with EU agenda within national governments, dealing with the EU in the commercial sector (in consultancy firms or in the departments of multinational companies dealing with regulatory issues), or, of course, as academics. The course places considerable emphasis on crosscutting, analytical content, it is ultimately useful to any future public policy professionals or academics dealing with economic and political topics. Throughout the course, participants are introduced to state-ofthe-art material (policy reports, academic articles) and learn how to look for and access EU-related information. Politics: institutions and bodies; executive, parliamentary and judicial decision making; European community and three pillars; enlargement; multi-governance vs. nation-state Economy: EU budget; energy policy; economic union (protection and competition actions); Euro zone; foreign trade and WTO interaction; tariffs and subsidies Social: Migration/immigration; religion and secularism; welfare function; science and education Level of course Master’s Recommended Reading Bache, Ian, and Steven George. Politics in the European Union. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press (primary course textbook), 2006 Bomberg, Elisabeth, John Peterson and Anthony Stubb (eds). The European Union: How Does It Work? 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 Dinan, Desmond. Ever Closer Union: An Introduction to European Integration. Boulder, CO: Lynne Reinner Publishers, 2005 Hix, Simon (ed.). The Political System of the European Union (2nd edition). Palgrave MacMillan, 1999 Nugent, Neill. Government and Politics of the European Union (6th edition): Duke University Press, 2006 Peterson J. and Shackleton M. (Eds.). The Institutions of the European Union, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006 Wallace, Helen. William Wallace and Mark A. Pollack. Policy Making in the European Union (New European Union), Fifth Edition, 2005
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
413
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, written assignment, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 540 Contemporary Issues in the Middle East See POL 440
POL 542 Politics and Society of Sub-Saharan Africa Course Code: Lecturer PhDr. Alemayehu Kumsa, Ph.D
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 542 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Discuss issues of Sub-Saharan Africa of the 20th Century and the 21st Century: the pace of development, organizational structure, behavior and its position in international arena - Compare and analyze practical and theoretical aspects that are interrelated with the subjects of Political Science and International Relations. Prerequisites None Course Contents Major issues of Sub-Saharan Africa and perspectives of 21st Century. Outstanding thinkers of SubSaharan Africa and the degree of their influence in the continent. Traditional African political philosophy and society, traditional political system, Pan-Africanism, African-nationalism, African-socialism, transatlantic slave trade, legacy of colonialism including authoritarianism, African Union, regional economic integration and the stage in Africa of liberal democracy at present. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Childs, G.T.: An Introduction to African languages, John Benjamins Publishing Company, 2003. Fage, J. & Tordoff, W.: A History of Africa, Routledge, 2002 IIiffe, J., Africans: The History of a Continent, Cambridge University Press, 2007 Martin, P & O’Meara, P.:Africa, Indiana University Press, 1995. Olivier, R, Fage, J & Sanderson, G.: The Cambridge history of Africa: From 1870 to 1905, Cambridge University Press, 1985. Richmond, Y & Gestrin, P.: Into Africa: A Guide to Sub-Saharan Culture and Diversity, International Press, 2010. Teaching Methods Interdisciplinary lecture, discussion, presentations
414
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Essay, mid-term, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 544 South Asian Politics & Culture See POL 344
POL 548 Democratization Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 548 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective: M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Recognize the ongoing debates on the definitions of democracy, democratization and the methods of measuring these concepts - Understand the theories of democratic transitions and consolidations across regions: the institutional, structural, attitudinal and actor-centered explanations - Analyze and criticize the relevant theories of democratization by comparing different cases. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course gives a broad overview of the literature explaining these different patterns of democratization from a comparative perspective. Based on observational data, the course uncovers all different approaches on the causal inferences of democratization, such as the institutional, structural and actor-centered explanations. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Huntington, Samuel P.: The Third Wave. Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1991. Linz, Juan José/Stepan, Alfred: Problems of Democratic Transition and Consolidation Southern Europe, South America and Post-Communist Europe. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1996. Scott/O'Donnell, Guillermo A./Valenzuela, Samuel: Issues in Democratic Consolidation. The New South American Democracies in Comparative Perspective. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1992. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussion, presentations Assessment Methods Presentation, Mid-term, Research Paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
415
POL 549 East Asian Politics
Course Code:
POL 549
Lecturer Mgr. Ivana Karásková
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the complexities of the post-war developments in the East Asian macro-region; - Understand the historical and geopolitical sources of the US as a key determinant in the East Asian security; - Develop critical thinking to reflect on how East Asian affairs and politics are incorporated in the discipline of International Relations and its various theoretical perspectives. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course aims at introducing to the students political relations in Northeast Asia, conceived here as a conglomerate of international relations encompassing China, Taiwan, Korean Peninsula and Japan. From the perspective of security studies, this is one of the key regions for international stability, given the high stakes in its future development not only by the local actors but also external powers, particularly the United States Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bernd, Martin (2006): Asia from Colonialism to Culturalism. In Hoadley, Stephen – Rueland, Juergen (eds.): Asian Security Reassessed. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Bush, Richard (2005): Lee Teng-hui and ‘Separatism’. In Tucker, Nancy B. (ed.): Dangerous Strait. The U.S.-Taiwan-China Crisis. New York, USA: Columbia University Press. Fravel, Taylor M. (2010): Explaining Stability in the Senkaku (Diaoyu) Islands Dispute. In Curtis, Gerald – Kokubun, Ryosei – Wang, Jisi (eds.): Getting the Triangle Straight: Managing China-Japan-US Relations. Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution Press. Hook, Glenn D. – Gilson, Julie – Hughes, Christopher W. – Dobson, Hugo (2005): Japan´s International Relations: Politics, economics and security. New York, USA: Routledge. McDougall, Derek (2007): Asia Pacific in World Politics. Boulder, USA: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Nathan, Andrew J. – Ross, Robert (1997): Great Wall and Empty Fortress. New York, USA: W.W. Norton. Rigger, Shelley (2005): The Unfinished Business of Taiwan’s Democratization. In Tucker, Nancy B. (ed.): Dangerous Strait. The U.S.-Taiwan-China Crisis. New York, USA: Columbia University Press. Sheen, Seong-Ho: Strategic Thought toward Asia in the Roh Moo-hyun Era. In: Rozman, Gilbert – Hyun, In-Taek – Lee, Shin-hwa (2008): South Korean Strategic Thought toward Asia. New York, USA: Palgrave Macmillan. Snyder, Scott (2008): Strategic Thought toward Asia in the Kim Dae-jung Era. In: Rozman, Gilbert – Hyun, In-Taek – Lee, Shin-hwa (2008): South Korean Strategic Thought toward Asia. New York, USA: Palgrave Macmillan. Yang, Jian (2006): China’s Security Strategy and Policies. In Hoadley, Stephen – Rueland, Juergen (eds.): Asian Security Reassessed. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Zhang Wangfa (2007): Tapping Soft Power: Managing China’s ‘Peaceful Rise’ and the Implications for the World. In Guo, Sujian – Hua, Shiping (eds.): New Dimensions of Chinese Foreign Policy. UK: Lexington Books. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentations
416
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Written assignments, presentations in class, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 550 Theories of Globalization See POL 480
POL 551 Conflict Studies Lecturer Prof. Pavel Barša, Ph.D. Benjamin Talllis, M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 551 2 1 required: MA in IRD req./opt.: MA in PP 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the philosophy of conflicts - Understand the various types of conflicts and the ways how they arise and can be prevented, contained, managed or resolved - Understand and analyse ethnic/territorial conflicts both in Europe and in non-European regions - Explain causes, historical developments and dilemmas of conflicts of Kashmir, Cyprus, Bosnia, Israel/Palestine and Sri Lanka - Operationalize the general framework of conflict analysis to particular cases and device suitable policy options. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course combines a general introduction into conflict studies with a special focus on ethnic/territorial conflicts. It introduces concepts and theories that help us distinguish different types of conflicts, analyze them and propose the ways of their management or resolution. Special attention is devoted to different phases of dealing with conflicts (prevention, containment, settlement and post-conflict reconstruction) and the role of the so-called third parties and international organizations (both regional and universal). The general framework is complemented by a more specific one for the understanding of ethnic/territorial conflicts and by an in-depth analysis of five such conflicts – Sri Lanka, Kashmir, Cyprus, Bosnia and Israel/Palestine. Level of Course Master’s Recommended reading Bose, Sumatra: Contested Lands. Israel-Palestine, Kashmir, Bosnia, Cyprus, and Sri Lanka. Cambridge. Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2007 Holsti, Kalevi J.: Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648–1989. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989
McGarry John–O’Leary, Brendan: The Politics of Ethnic Conflict Regulation. Case Studies of Protracted Ethnic Conflicts. London, New York: Routledge, 1993 Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
417
Ramsbotham, Oliver, Woodhouse, Tom and Hugh Miall: Contemporary Conflict Resolution. The prevention, management and transformation of deadly conflicts. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Polity Press. 2005 Tilly, Charles: Coercion, Capital, and European States, AD 990–1992. Cambridge: Blackwell, 1992 (1990). Wallensteen, Peter: Understanding Conflict Resolution. War, Peace and the Global System. Wolff, Stefan. Ethnic Conflict. A Global Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006. Waltz, Kenneth N.: Man, the State and War. New York: Colombia University, 2005 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, presentations, case study Assessment Methods Mid-term, term paper. Presentations in class, final test. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 553 Global Migration
Course code:
POL 553
Lecturer Markéta Rulíková, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Assess critically both the reality of migration today and the challenges that it brings - Use analytical frameworks in research and in praxis in the future.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Immigration and the nation state: typology of immigration regimes (traditional and new countries of immigration: USA, Great Britain, Germany). Mechanisms of external and internal control of immigration (border protection, visa, passports, residence permits and sanctions); ideological and legal concepts of mechanisms of regulation of migration (i.e., status of a citizen, status of a foreigner). Migration policies of the EU and the Czech Republic: institutional processes of policy design (constitutional framework of migration policies, standard decision processes, political networks, survey of regulation of migration by EU law. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Brochman, Grete & Hammar, Tomas (1999): Mechanisms of Immigration Control: A Comparative Analysis of European Regulation Policies. Oxford, New York: Berg. Geddes, Andrew (2003): The Politics of Migration and Immigration in Europe. London: SAGE Publications. Düvell, Franck (ed.) (2006): Illegal Immigration in Europe: Beyond Control? Houndmills, New York: Palgrave. Joppke, Christian. (1999): Immigration and the Nation State. The United States, Germany and Great Britain. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Guiraudon, Virginie & Lahav, Gallya (ed.) (2007): Immigration Policy in Europe. The Politics of Control. London, New York: Routledge.
418
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Peterson, John and Bomberg, Elizabeth (1999): Decision-making in the European Union. Palgrave. Část druhá—Institutions, Rules, Norms. (pp. 31–58). Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, analysis of documents Assessment Methods Research paper Assessment Methods Quizzes, essay, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 559 Terrorism and Human Security: Perspectives on Contemporary Security Lecturer Benjamin Tallis, M.A.
Course Code:
POL 559
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Deploy critical frameworks of analysis in contemporary security studies - Understand the various approaches to security and its practice in IR; - Enumerate various subjects, objects, actors, structures and logics that shape and delineate the contested field of contemporary security - Understand a range of security-related matters including human security, humanitarian intervention, political violence, counter-terrorism and the links between security and technology, mobility, identity and other key concepts in International Relations. - Develop critical, evaluative, and communication skills. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course provides students with a toolbox with which they can better apprehend, comprehend and interpret and explain contemporary issues in, and approaches to, (in)security. Engaging with diverse scholarly work, the course deals with a wide range of conceptual and empirical material, from ‘human security’ and humanitarian intervention to political violence, counter-terrorism and the roles of fear, risk and technology in contemporary security practices. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Blandy, Charles W.: Chechnya after Beslan. Camberlay: Defence Academy of the United Kingdom, (Conflict Studies Research Center, Caucasus Series), 2004 Bowen, Wyn Q.- Stewart, A.(eds.): Terrorism in the UK. Broadening the Government’s CounterTerrorist Response. Shrivenham: Strategic and Combat Studies Institute, 2005 Brunn, Stanley D. (ed): 11 September and Its Aftermath: The Geopolitics of Terror. London, Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2004 Burgess, J Peter, The Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies, Abingdon: Routledge, 2010
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
419
Karlas, Jan: The European Union and Conflict Prevention: More Specific Commitments needed. Praha: Ústav mezinárodních vztahů (Working Papers) 2004 Khol, Radek: Security. The Twin Enlargement of NATO and EU. In: Giesmann, H. J. (ed.): Security Handbook 2004. Baden-Baden, 2004 Cordes, Bonnie - Jenkins, Brian M. – Kellen, Konrad – Bass, Gail et al.: A Conceptual Framework for Analyzing Terrorist Groups. Santa Monica, CA: Rand: 1985 Ellis, Donald: Transforming Conflict: Communication and Ethnopolitical Conflict (Communication, Media and Politics). Browman&Littlefield, 2006 Schweitzer, Glenn E. - Dorsch Schweitzer, Carole: A Faceless Enemy: The Origins of Modern Terrorism. Cambridge, MA: Perseus, 2002 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case analysis, Assessment Methods Presentation, case study, research paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 565 Human Rights Lecturer Mgr. Zuzana Fellegi, LLM., M.A.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 565 2 1 required M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to - Understand history, theory, purpose and categorization of human rights; - Recognize major international institutions and the processes by which human rights standards are established and enforced on the international, regional and national level; - Analyze the development and enforcement of human rights in the context of international and national politics; - Analyze concrete cases of human rights violations and their solutions; - Discuss possibilities of further development of human rights in the context of changing international relations; advancing globalization and weakening notion of state sovereignty in particular. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will introduce the main features of the contemporary human rights system. Based on the history and theory of human rights, the course will explain the emergence and expansion of international human rights standards. It will introduce the major international institutions and the processes by which human rights standards are established and enforced on the international, regional and national level. Finally it will examine the development of human rights in the context of international and national politics amid growing globalization. Individual course topics will be supplemented with concrete case studies. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Forsythe, David P.: Human Rights in International Relations. 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, 2006.
420
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Smith, Rhona K. M.: Textbook on International Human Rights. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Inc., 2003. Steiner, Henry J., Alston, Philip, Goodman R.: International Human Rights in context: Law, Politics, Morals. 3rd ed. Oxford: Oxford University, 2007. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 580 International Political Economy Lecturer David Lipka, Ph.D.
Course Code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
POL 580 2 1 required: M.A. in IRD, PP MABLIM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Critically assess theoretical and empirical literature on political economy; - Understand key theoretical concepts of political economy; - Identify reasons for and against government interventions in various cases on micro and macro level; - Discern different types of arguments used in the debates on policy issues; - Express and defend their own position on policy issues in oral and written presentations. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course will explore international political economy (IPE) from a theoretical, empirical, and normative perspective. It starts with explanation of institutions from economic, sociological and philosophical perspective and assesses their relevance for economic development. The course stresses specifics of economic way of thinking and places political economy in broader discourse of philosophy and social science. Emphasis is put on juxtaposing economic and political ways of organizing society and identifying the limits of both. In the second part the course concentrates on evaluating the political/economic interactions of states and non-states. It further examines impacts of macro statist and non-statist activity upon individuals. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Boettke, Peter. Calculation and Coordination: Essays on Socialism and Transitional Political Economy. New edition. Routledge, 2001. McCloskey, Deirdre. The Bourgeois Virtues: Ethics for an Age of Commerce. First Edition. University Of Chicago Press, 2006. McCloskey, Deirdre. Bourgeois Dignity: Why Economics Can’t Explain the Modern World. University of Chicago Press, 2010. Coyne, Christopher J. After War: The Political Economy of Exporting Democracy. Stanford University Press, 2008.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
421
Klein, Daniel B. Knowledge and Coordination: A Liberal Interpretation. Oxford University Press, 2012. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, workshops Assessment Methods Presentation, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 584 Global Energy See POL 384
POL 591 Advanced Research Methods for International Relations Lecturer Pelin Ayan Musil, Ph.D.
Course Code:
POL 591
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
2 1 required M.A. in IRD, PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the merits and limitations of different research methods in social sciences - Create and methodologically criticize research designs. Prerequisites None Course Contents The focus of this course will be to teach students how to develop appropriate research designs for their substantive papers and/or research proposals for their M.A. theses, based on the qualitative and quantitave methods in social sciences. The course will also look at the proper domain of each method and address ways of combining them in a single research project. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Alexander L. George and Andrew Bennett, Case Studies and Theory Development in the Social Sciences. MIT Press, 2005. David Nachmias and Chava Nachmias. Research Methods in the Social Sciences. 3rd Edition, St Martin’s Press, 1987. John Gerring, Social Science Methodology: A Criterial Framework. Cambridge University Press, 2008. Gary Goertz, Social Science Concepts: A User’s Guide. Princeton University Press, 2006. Charles C. Ragin, Fuzzy Set Social Science. University of Chicago Press, 2000. Additional Reaginds Frankfort-Nachmias, Chava; Anna Leon-Guerrero: Social Statistics for a Diverse Society. (4th Edition). Pine Forge Press, Thousand Oaks, 2006 De Vaus, D. A: Surveys in Social Research (4th edition). Routledge 1995 (selections)
422
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Chatterjee, Samprit; Ali S. Hadi; Bertram Price: Regression Analysis by Example. (3rd edition). Wiley, New York, 2000 (selections) Knoke, David; George W. Bohrmstedt; Alisa Potter Mee: Statistics for Social Data Analysis. (4th Edition). Wadsworth, Belmont, 2002 (selections) Vogt, W. Paul: Dictionary of Statistics & Methodology: A Nontechnical Guide for the Social Sciences. (3th Edition) Sage, London, 2005 Moore, S. David; George P. McCabe: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics. (5th Edition) Freeman, 2005 McCall, Robert: Fundamentals Statistics for Behavioral Science. Wadsworth, Belmont, 2001 Utts, M. Jessica: Seeing Through Statistics. (3rd edition). Thomson. London, 2005 Peck, Roxy et al.: Statistics: A Guide to the Unknow. (4th edition). Thomson. London, 2006 Good, I. Phillip; James W. Hardin: Common Errors in Statistics. Wiley, New Jersey, 2003 Best, Joel: Damned Lies and Statistics: Untangling Numbers from the Media, Politicians, and Activist. University of California Press, Berkeley, 2001 Teaching Methods Lectures, practical exercise, seminars Assessment Methods Research papers Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 600 Public Policy as a Discipline
Course code:
POL 600
Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Martin Potuček, Csc. MSc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required MA in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate methodological approaches to public policy - Comprehend key issues of public policy as a scholarly discipline - Define a policy problem, to study principles of hypothesis testing, analysis of policy issues, selecting appropriate methodologies, examining options, and developing policy recommendations. Prerequisites None Course Contents Definition of public policy; its learning traditions, terminology, methodology and functions; Ethics and public policy; public policy as a structure and as a process; relevance of political science, economics and social theory for the design and implementation of public policy; Analytical models used for evaluation of analysis and implementation of public sector policies Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading: Dunn, W.N. (1981): Public Policy Analysis: An Introduction, 2nd ed., Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall Johnson, D.B. (1991): Public Choice: An Introduction to The New Political Economy, Mountain View, CA: Bristlecone Books
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
423
North, D.C. (1990): Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge University Press Peters, G.B., Sootla, G., Connaughton, B:, (eds) 2006), Politico-Administrative Dilemma: Traditional Problems and New Solutions, Bratislava: NISPAcee Potucek, M. (2003): Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe: Theories, Methods, Practices, Bratislava, NISPAcee Weimer, D.L. and Vining, A.R., 2nd ed. (1989), Policy Analysis: Concepts and Practice, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, Inc. Teaching Methods Lecture, theoretical, applied-arguments, case studies, group presentations Assessment Methods Examination, term paper, class participation Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 601 Public Administration
Course code:
POL 601
Lecturer Juraj Draxler, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Address the interactive effects of public administration models, law and political systems - Review the principles of public administration and its linkage to law, legal concepts that apply to public administration, particularly as they apply to post-Soviet countries - Examine and analyze causation factors and probable outcomes as they are pertinent to public administration. Prerequisites None Course Contents Constitution and design of governments, bureaucracy, law and criminal courts, ethics, corruption, lawmaking, taxation, budgeting and finance, equity and equality, efficiency and effectiveness, transparency, appeals, regional and local government. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Frederickson, H.G: Public Administration with An Attitude, Washington, D.C.: American Society for Public Administration, 2006 Heady, F.: Public Administration: A Comparative Perspective, Englewoood Cliffs, NJ: Ptentice Hall, 2001 Mikesell, J.L. Fiscal Administration: Analysis and Applications for the Public Sector, 4th ed., Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1995 Peteri, G. (ed), Mastering Decentralization and Public Administration Reforms in Central and Eastern Europe, Budapest: Open Society Institute, 2002
424
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 604 Comparative European Public Policies
Course code:
POL 604
Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Martin Potuček, Csc. MSc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required M.A. in PP 1 3 2
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine the interaction of European and multilevel influences such as the European Union and World Trade Organization (WTO) on individual states - Examine integrative mechanisms affecting state policies of protection, individual choice, enlargement and cross-border activity - Examine harmonizing pressures affecting state individuality - Examine demographic pressures that affect state labour markets and socioeconomic structures Prerequisites None Course Contents Regional, state, and supranationalism; regional assistance; WTO, developing and developed states Integrative mechanisms; European Court of Justice; tariffs; protection and competition Harmonizing mechanisms; taxation; labor markets, wages, job security, pension systems; services; health care Demographic pressures; migration; immigration; ageing populations; welfare function; education and training Level of course Advanced Recommended reading: Aust, A. and Arriba, A. (2004): “Policy Reforms and Discourses in Social Assistance in the 1990s: Toward ‘Activation’? Paper presented at the ESPAnet Annual Conference, September 9–11, Oxford (UK): Unidad de Politicas Comparadas (CSIC), Working Paper 04–11, 1–37 Messner, D. (1997), The Network Society: Economic Development and International Competititveness as Problems of Social Governance, London: Frank Cass, published in association with the German Development Institute, Berlin, pp. 148–66. Schumpeter, J. (1942, 1947), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper and Row Fine, B. (2001), Social Capital Versus Social Theory, London: Routledge. Teaching Methods Lecture and discussion Assessment Methods Examination, power point, term paper, class participation Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
425
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 605 Comparative Political Systems and Strategic Governance Lecturer Prof. PhDr. Martin Potůček, CSc. M.Sc.
Course code:
POL 605
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 required: M.A. in PP elective: M.A. in IRD 1 3
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine governance through the lens of comparative political systems. Prerequisites None Course Contents Societal ills exemplified by demands for public services vs. competition processes in a globalized world; national vs. local, regional and supranational agendas; interaction of state, market and civic capacities; corruption, clientelism, organized crime; poverty; exclusion vs. inclusion; unemployment; hierarchic traditions of administration vs. information and communication networks and technologies; collective/collaboration strategies; unified economic, political and civic engagement; knowledge construction; networking; increasing social capital; competition tempered by equity, dignity, respect and care for the individual; equal opportunity; resolution of scientific, technological and traditional values; sustainable development Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Not available at time of publication Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 606 Methods of Policy Analysis and Policy Design Lecturer Research fellow from Center for Social and Economic Strategies, Charles University Prof. PhDr. Martin Potůček, CSc. M.Sc.
426
Course code:
POL 606
Semester: Year of study:
1 2 required M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Students are introduced to theory, methodology and implementation of policy analysis and design. Prerequisites None Course Contents Methodology used in analysis of policies including selection of the appropriate field of their implementation. Value, normative, epistemological and institutional aspects of policy analysis. Formulation of problems in the area of public policy, its analysis and proposal of solution. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Bardach, Eugene: A Practical Guide for Policy Analysis. New York, NY: Chatham House Publishers, 2000. Dunn, William N. 2003. Public Policy Analysis: An Introduction, 3rd ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. Lazareviciute, Ieva. 2003. Manual for Trainers: How to Be a Better Policy Advisor? Bratislava: NISPAcee. http://www.nispa.sk/_portal/publication_details.php?p_id=71&style=eb Patton, C.V., Sawicki, D.S. 1993. Basic Methods of Policy Analysis and Planning, 2nd ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. Proctor, Tony. 2005. Creative problem solving for managers: developing skills for decision making and innovation. New York: Routledge. Staroňová, Katarína. 2002. Techniques and Methods of Policy Analysis. In: Grochowski, Miroslaw, Ben-Gera Michal. Manual for Advisor: How to Be a Better Policy Advisor? Bratislava: NISPAcee. Start, D. and Holand, I. 2004. Tools for Policy Impact: A Handbook for Researchers. London: Overseas Development Institute. Available at: http://www.odi.org.uk/RAPID/Publications/Documents/Tools_handbook_final_web.pdf Strategic Futures Team. 2004. Strategy Survival Guide. London: Performance and Innovation Unit. Dostupné na: http://www.strategy.gov.uk/downloads/survivalguide/downloads/ssg_v2.1.pdf Weimer, D.L., Vining, A.R. 2005. Policy Analysis: Concepts and Practice, 4th ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion, case study Assessment Methods Project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 690 Internship Coordinator Stephanie Lachman, Alumni Relations and Career Center Manager
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. semestr: ECTS-Credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
POL 690 1 or 2 3 required: M.A. in IRD N/A 150 6
427
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate practical professional experience that is relevant to the discipline and practice of International Relations - Use the knowledge and skills maintained in the program in the real professional environment. Prerequisites 2nd year of study, and approval of Dean or Coordinator Course Contents Students work 150 hours for the duration of one semester. Initiatives of the students are encouraged, subject to the approval of the Dean of the School. Internship requires regular meetings with the internship coordinator and the internship supervisor. At the end of the internship, the student submits a written report to the internship supervisor Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading N/A Teaching Methods Regular meetings with the internship coordinator and the internship supervisor Assessment Methods Written report of the student, written report of the internship supervisor Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 695 M.A. Thesis Seminar
Course code:
POL 695
Lecturer TBA
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
2 3 required M.A. in IRD N/A 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Determine a relevant and proper research question - Determine a relevant and proper thesis statement to answer that question - Determine the relevant theory and methodology to inform the thesis statement - Find and properly incorporate quality resources into their argument in support of the thesis statement - Critically read, critically write, and critically think - Produce an overall quality foundation for research with their thesis advisor. Prerequisites Approval of Dean and the Thesis advisor Course Contents The students will learn and practice researching with proper sources, citing those sources properly, using those sources to construct a strong and well informed argument, and defend that argument. The ultimate goal of the course is to give the students the skills-set necessary to approach and engage with their advisors at a high level in order to efficiently produce the Theses of high academic quality. Level of Course Masters
428
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Recommended Reading Browne, M. and Stuart Keeley. Asking the Right Questions. New York: Pearson, 2012. Trinity College Library. “Chicago Manual of Style.” Cite Source. Hartford: Trinity College Library, 2010. http://citesource.trincoll.edu/chicago/ Bryman, Alan. Social Research Methods. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. Hollis, Martin. The Philosophy of Social Science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. Reus-Smit, Christian and Duncan Snidal. The Oxford Handbook of International Relations. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. Teaching Methods Students work closely with a member of the faculty, and produce a thesis of approximately 60 pages. Assessment Methods An oral defense of the thesis to a three-person committee. The thesis, defense, and oral exam together constitute the state exam required for the master’s degree. Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
POL 700 Selected Issues in International Relations, Diplomacy and its History Lecturer TBA
Course Code:
POL 700
Semester: Year of Study: Course Type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in IRD 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will: - Have experienced a stimulating intellectual experience with selected topics and guest lectures specialists and visiting experts from the Czech Republic and abroad. Prerequisites 2nd year of study or approval of the instructor Course Contents Focus on selected issues in international relations, diplomacy and its history, according to the specialization of the lecturer Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading TBA Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods TBA Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
429
PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology
Course code:
PSY 150
Lecturer Mgr. Veronika Anna Polišenská, M.Sc., Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in BA, HSC, JC, PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Develop the skills and background knowledge that will enable students to think critically about psychological issues and apply them constructively in their lives - Trace the development of psychology from its origins to its present day forms - Comprehend the biological basis of human behavior - Understand the role of psychological experiments in testing hypotheses - Indicate the basic principles and major discoveries from most major disciplines within the field - Identify common mental illnesses and the variety of therapies available. Prerequisites None Course Contents Schools of thought -Freud; dreams, altered states; brain and drugs, sensation and perception, learning and Memory Research Methods, intelligence, mental illness, DSM diagnosis, treatment Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Feldman Understanding Psychology 4th Ed, 1996 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods 2 analytical papers, 3 examinations Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PSY 250 Social Psychology Lecturer PhDr. Veronika A. Polišenská, Ph.D., M.Sc.
Course code:
PSY 250
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
2 2 or 3 GEC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend insight into the dynamics between the individual and the society - Realize how the environment influences an individual, and in return how he/she can influence the environment - Analyze social identity and social development of an individual - Recognize the forms of social behavior such as prejudices, stereotypes, aggression and altruism.
430
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents History of psychology, individual processes, interpersonal processes, processes within groups. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Hogg, M. A. & Cooper, J.: The Sage Handbook of Social Psychology, 2003 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, videos shown in class Assessment Methods 3 assignments, mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PSY 253 Psychology of Aggression
Course code:
PSY 253
Lecturer PhDr. Veronika A. Polišenská, Ph.D., M.Sc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 or 3 req./opt.: B.A. in JEW elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend insight into the dynamics between the individual and the society - Realize how the environment influences an individual, and in return how he/she can influence the environment - Analyze social identity and social development of an individual - Recognize the forms of social behavior such as prejudices, stereotypes, aggression and altruism. Prerequisites None Course Contents History of psychology, individual processes, interpersonal processes, processes within groups. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Hogg, M. A. & Cooper, J.: The Sage Handbook of Social Psychology, 2003 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, videos shown in class Assessment Methods 3 assignments, mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
431
PSY 361
PSY 361 Psychoanalysis and Art
Course code:
Lecturer Joseph Dodds, M.Phil.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
elective B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate abilities to apply definitions and main concepts of different psychoanalytic schools to explain and interpret different aspects of art - Learn theoretically and experientially about the clinical practice of art therapy - Analyze, synthesize and evaluate the studied material through active participation in class - Compare and contrast difference between the psychoanalytical theories, outline the limits and controversies individual psychoanalytical theories imply when describing the same phenomena - Demonstrate their in-depth familiarity with theories' conceptual frameworks, and ability to apply those in interpretation of artistic phenomena of choice - Demonstrate and defend their individual critical evaluation of art and aesthetics and critically review other fellow students' positions. Prerequisites None Course Contents What is Art? What is the relationship between art and mind? Psychology and art, culture, psychopathology, the creative process, the aesthetic experience, developments in psychoanalytic aesthetics, the therapeutic aspect of art and the clinical practice of art therapy. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Psychoanalysis and Art Course Website: www.psychoanalysis.cz/Psyart.html. Online texts: Nicola Glover: Psychoanalytic Aesthetics: The British School. Freud Reader. Psychoanalysis and Art Reader Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, debate Assessment Methods Presentation, participation, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PSY 401 Psychology of Language and Mind
Course code:
PSY 401
Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckertová, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
432
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate insight into the human culture, language and mind - Define core concepts and questions - Identify sound types, brain organization for language, relevant components of anatomy - Compare and comprehend the logic of sounds and grammars across languages - Collect and analyze data on children, multilinguals, etc. - Research a topic, present it in class and write up a research paper. Prerequisites PSY 150 or PSY 250 Course Contents PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE and MIND deals with psychological and anthropological aspects of language as key to human mind and creativity; interrelation of language, thought and brain; language in mediating experience, remembering and creating meaning; the instinctive, emotional and rational in cognition; pre-linguistic cognition of hominids; psychology of "global" language and mind; language acquisition in children; bilinguals’ cognition; and disappearing languages' impact on humanity. The course provides the psychological perspective on understanding language as foundational to human culture. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Aitchison, J. Seeds of Speech. Cambridge U Press, 2000 Barber, E.W. and P.T. When They Severed Earth from Sky: Mind Shapes Myth. Princeton University Press, 2007 Bloomer, Griffiths and Merrison (eds.). Language in Use: A Reader, Routledge, 2011 Colapinto, J. The Interpreter. The New Yorker, April 16, 2007 Kandel, E. In Search of Memory, W. W. Norton & Company, 2006 Lakoff, G. Political Mind. Viking Penguin, 2008 Language Files, ed. 10, The Ohio State’s U Press, 2007 Pinker, S. Digital Mind in an Analog World. In Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language. HarperCollins 1994 Premack, D. Is Language the Key to Human Intelligence? Science, 2004 Sperber, D. and Wilson, D. Relevance: Communication and Cognition. 2nd ed. Blackwell 1996 Stubbs, M. Language and the Mediation of Experience. Handbook of Sociolinguistics, Blackwell Publ., 1998 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
PSY 580 Theories of Antisocial Behavior
Course code:
PSY 580
Lecturer PhDr. Veronika A. Polišenská, Ph.D., M.Sc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective 1 M.A. in HUM 3 6
Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
433
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Present main theories of antisocial behavior from the point of view of social psychology and sociology - Evaluate on the topics of social deviance, aggression and abiding or violation of the law - Apply the theories to concrete examples - View the topic in complex way - Eliminate simple cause-effect heuristics - Be aware of the complex system of values, perception and stereotypes. Prerequisites PSY 250 Course Contents The general areas of the problem of antisocial behavior and its effects into everyday life will be the main content of the course. Further, the students will learn about the theories and the historical development of the field, view the area in a complex manner and to recognize the complexity of the situation in every day life. The course will be based upon the theories of Social Psychology and Sociology and will be oriented toward using the theories in practice. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading AAU reader containing excerpts from: Blackburn, R. (2003): The Psychology of Criminal Conduct. Wiley. Foley, L.A. (1993): A Psychological view of the Legal System. Brown and Benchmark. Goldstein, A.P. (2002): The Psychology of Group Aggression. Wiley. Hollin, C. (1999): Psychology and Crime. Routledge. Canter, D. & Alison, L. (Eds.) (2000).The Social Psychology of Crime. Ashgate. Handouts, cases Teaching Methods Lecture, seminar, discussion, case briefing, video seminar, research in the computer lab Assessment Methods Written midterm assignment, written final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
PSY 581 Phenomenological Psychology
Course code:
PSY 581
Lecturer PhDr. Veronika A. Polišenská, Ph.D., M.Sc.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend phenomenological psychology, which was created as an alternative to mainstream psychology. Prerequisites None
434
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents Phenomenological philosophy, in particular, Daseinsanalysis is based on the philosophy of Martin Heidegger, as well as Ludwig Binswanger and Medard Boss; Heidegger’s view of human beings, as well as his notion of death, anxiety and conscience. The phenomena of love, dreams and imaginations exposed by Binswanger and Boss. Since the very distinction between subject and object is abolished in phenomenological psychology, love, dream and imagination are explained as a phenomena of our Beingin-the-World. Finally, we shall deal with the problem of mental disorder that phenomenological psychology understands as a deficiency of our existence. This deficiency, however, is not due to some functional failure, but due to the pathological limitation of our freedom and openness to the world Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Berg, J. H. van den: A Different Existence, Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press, 1972 Binswanger, L:. Grundformen und Erkenntnis menschlichen Daseins, 4 Auflage, Munchen/Basel: Ernst Reinhardt Verlag, 1964 Binswanger, L.: Schizophrenie, Pfullingen, Neske, 1957 Binswanger, L.: Wahn: Beitrage zu seiner phaenomenologischen und daseinsanalytischen Erforschung, Pfullingen, Neske, 1965 Boss, M.: “Es trauma mich vergangene Nacht,” Bern: Verlag Hans Huber AG. Boss, M.: Grundriss der Medizin und der Psychologie, 2nd edition, Bern: Verlag Hans Huber, 1975 Condrau, G.: Angst und Schuld als Grundprobleme der Psychotherapie, Bern und Stuttgart: Verlag Hans Huber, 1962 Heidegger, M.: Being and Time. Translated by John Mac Quarrie and Edward Robinson, London: SCM Press, 1962 Heidegger, M.: Zollikon Seminars: Protocols, Conversations, Letters. Translated by Franz Mayr and Richard Askay: Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 2001 Heidegger, M.: The Concept of Time. Translated by William McNeil, Oxford, Cambridge: Blackwell Publishers, 1992 Hoeller, K.: Heidegger and Psychology, A Special Issue from the Review of Existential Pshychology and Pscyhiatry, Seatle, 1988 King, M.: Heidegger’s Philosophy—A Guide to His Basic Thought, New York: The MacMillan Company, London Collier-MacMillan Limited, 1964 Richardson, W. and J. Heidegger. Through Phenomenology to Thought, Hague, Martinus Nijhoff, 1963 Richardson, W. “Heidegger among the Doctors,” in Reading Heidegger, Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press, 1993 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
PSY 582 Abnormal Psychology: Jaspers, Goldstein, Canguilhem, Laing Lecturer PhDr. Veronika A. Polišenská, Ph.D., M.Sc.
Course code:
PSY 582
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
435
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret the works and ideas of Jaspers, Goldstein, Canguilhem, and Laing. Prerequisites None Course Contents What is mental disorder? When looking for the answer on this question, Goldstein does not content himself with a reductive conception that localizes mental illness in some part of the neuronal structure of the brain. Instead, he tries to reflect on it from the holistic point of view, i.e. he takes it as a global change of the individual in its relation to the environment. According to Goldstein, mental disease, as well as somatic disease, causes “catastrophic reaction” of the individual because it disturbs the totality of its relations with the environment. The individual that finds itself in catastrophic situation must make an enormous effort to overcome disequilibrium, which issues from this situation, and find a new equilibrium. The conception that elucidates psychopathological phenomena through the tension between equilibrium and disequilibrium has then found an echo with Merleau-Ponty and Guillame Canguilhem, who have appreciated it for its psychosomatic and non-normative character. With the help of their theories we can therefore enrich Goldstein’s explanation of mental disorder. Above all, we can grasp phenomenon of mental disorder as a form of finitude of human existence. This is evident especially from the description of schizophrenic disintegration of the Self that was made by R.D. Laing. His investigation of schizophrenia, as well as the conception of general psychopathology developed by Karl Jaspers, can lead us to conclusion that mental disorder is principally possible because of fragility and finitude of human existence. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Canguilhem, Georges: Le normal et le pathologique, Paris, P.U.F. 1966 Canguilhem, Georges: Ecrits sur la medecine, Paris, Edition du seuil, 2002 Jaspers, Karl: Allgemeine Psychopathologie, 8 Aufl, Berlin, Heidelberg and New York: Springer Verlag, 1965 Goldstein, Kurt: The Organism: A Holistic Approach to Biology Derived from Pathological Data in Man, New York: Zone Books, 2000 Laing, Ronald David: The Divided Self, London: Tavistock Publications, 1960 Laing, Ronald David: The Politics of Experience, Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1971 Laing, Ronald David: Wisdom, Madness and Foll: The Making of a Psychiatrists 1927–57, Edinburgh: Canongate Classics, 1998 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Written assignments, essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components: None
REL 140 Comparative Religions Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
436
Course code: Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
REL 140 1 or 2 1 elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of the main tenets and practices of the major religious traditions of the world - Outline and analyze the ethical beliefs and ideals of good life found various religious traditions, bearing in mind the internal diversity of each of these traditions - Compare and contrast the ways in which various religious traditions respond to the challenge of religious pluralism and to the need for peaceful coexistence of peoples, cultures. Prerequisites None Course Contents Definition of a religion; major world religions (Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Animism, Christianity, etc.), postmodern religious relativism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Braswell, G. W.: Understanding World Religions. Nashville, TN: Broadman and Holman, 1994. Eastman, R. (ed.): The Ways of Religion: An Introduction to the Major Traditions. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 1999. Embree, A. T. (ed.): Sources of Indian Tradition. Vol 2., No 1: From the Beginning to 1800. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988. Smart, N.–Hecht, R.D. (ed.): Sacred Texts of the World: A Universal Anthology. New York: Crossroad, 1982. Star, Jonathan (ed.): Two Suns Rising: A Collection of Sacred Writings. New York: Bantam, 1991. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Homework questionnaires, summary sheets, mid-term exam, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
REL 271 Religion as a Social Force Lecturer Ted Turnau, Ph.D., M.Div.
Course code: Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
REL 271 1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Articulate terms associated with some of the classic sociological theories of religion, as well as the major themes of these theories - Formulate the significance of the relationship between religion and society vis-a-vis topics of current concern. Prerequisites None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
437
Course Contents Whether we like it or not, religion colors the world around us, the way we live socially. Even in the secular, “post-religious” West, religion makes its presence felt, sometimes in unexpected ways. Because religious belief and practice goes to the core of what it means to be human, what we hold most precious, it necessarily affects the way we live together – it is a social force. Conversely, the way we live together affects the shape of religious belief and practice. If we want to live together with understanding, we need to account for the role of religion. How are we to understand the relationship between religion and society, religion and culture? Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading “The Social Psychology of the World Religions.” Chap. in From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology. Translated and edited by H. H. Gerth and C. Wright Mills. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1948. Berger, Peter L. The Sacred Canopy: Elements of a Sociological Theory of Religion. New York: Doubleday, 1967. Casanova, José. Public Religions in the Modern World. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1994. Durkheim, Emile. The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life. Translated by Joseph Ward Swain. New York: Free Press, 1965. Ezzy, Douglas. “New Age Witchcraft? Popular Spell Books and the Re-enchantment of Everyday Life.” Culture and Religion 4, no. 1 (May 2003): 47-65. Geertz, Clifford. “Religion as a Cultural System.” Chap. in The Interpretations of Cultures. New York: Basic Books, 1973. Griffiths, Paul J. “The Very Idea of Religion.” First Things (May 2000): 30-35. Hall, John R. “Religion and Violence: Social Processes in Comparative Perspective,” chap. in Handbook for the Sociology of Religion. Ed. Michele Dillon. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press, 2003. Hamilton, Malcolm B. The Sociology of Religion: Theoretical and Comparative Perspectives. London: Routledge, 1995. Jesus in Disneyland: Religion in Postmodern Times. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2000. Lyon, David. The Steeple’s Shadow: On the Myths and Realities of Secularization. Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1985. Martin, David. Does Christianity Cause War? Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997. Marty, Martin E. and R. Scott Appleby. Religion, Ethnicity, and Self-Identity: Nations in Turmoil. Hanover, NH: University Press of New England, 1997. Marx, Karl and Frederick Engels. The Communist Manifesto. Authorized translation. New York: International Publishers, 1948. Marx, Karl. “Estranged Labor.” In Karl Marx: Early Writings. Translated by Rodney Livingstone and Gregor Benton. New York: Vintage Books, 1975. McGuire, Meredith B. Religion: The Social Context, 3d ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1992. Pals, Daniel L. Seven Theories of Religion. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996. Parsons, Talcott. Introduction to The Sociology of Religion. Boston: Beacon Press, 1963. Saliba, John A. Understanding New Religious Movements. Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1995. Schmidt, Roger. “What is Religion.” Chap. in Exploring Religion, 2d ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1988. Selengut, Charles. Sacred Fury: Understanding Religious Violence, 2d ed. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield, 2008. Singh, Karandeep. “The Politics of Religious Resurgence and Religious Terrorism: The Case of the Sikhs of India.” Chap. in Religious Resurgence and Politics in the Contemporary World. Ed. Emile Sahliyeh. Stony Brook, NY: State Univeristy of New York Press, 1990. Taylor, Mark C. “Terminal Faith.” In Religion, Modernity and Postmodernity. Ed. Paul Heelas. Oxford: Blackwell, 1998. The Desecularization of the World: Resurgent Religion and World Politics. Edited by Peter L. Berger. Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1999. Wax, Murray L. “Religion as Universal: Tribulations of an Anthropological Enterprise.” Zygon 19, no. 1 (March 1984): 5-20. Weber, Max. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. Translated by Talcott Parsons. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1958.
438
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
REL 280 Jewish Religious Beliefs and Practices
Course code:
REL 280
Lecturer PhDr. Milan Lyčka, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the fundamentals of Jewish religious worldview(s) and their role in keeping Jewish identity throughout the history - Explain how these principles are translated into the practice of everyday life, both on individual and communal levels - Understand the role of the Jewish faith in the ambivalent process of Jewish inclusion as well as seclusion within the scope of world history. Prerequisites JEW 100 Course Contents Judaism as a religion; the concept of God in Judaism; self-understanding of the Jews: the concept of the “chosen people”; revelation and tradition: the concept of two Torahs; the Hebrew Bible, Mishnah, Talmud(s), midrash; the comprehensive view of life: the halakhah; revelation and reason: Jewish religious philosophy; Jewish mystical tradition: kabbalah, Chasidism; Jewish history as the way to redemption: Jewish messianism. Religious concept of ritual purity and impurity; the meaning of rituals: prayer, liturgy, immersion, fasting, mourning, celebration. Dietary laws: the kashrut. The rites of passage: circumcision, bar/bat mitzvah, marriage, death and burial. The ritual year – the festivals: Sabbath, New Moon festival, New Year festival, the Day of Atonement, Passover, Pentecost, Tabernacles, Chanukah, Purim. Family laws. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory/ Intermediate Recommended Reading Unterman, Alan: Jews. Their Religious Beliefs and Practices. Routledge, 1981 Klein, Isaac: A Guide to Jewish Religious Practice. The Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 1979 Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
439
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
RUS 100 Russian I. Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D. Tatiana Štíhelová, M.A., M.Litt.
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
RUS 100 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Use basic lexicon of the bellow specified cultural domains - Use new grammar strategies in listening, writing and speaking and also new conversational routines - Handle basic conversations - Write brief and basic texts about him or herself, one’s surroundings, family, studies, interests et al. Prerequisites None Course Contents Russian 100 is a beginning language course introducing students to language and culture. The goal is for the student to gain basic comfort in speaking and writing Russian on topics of personal interest. The focus is on learning words and phrases related to the topics of self-description, one’s interests, family, living spaces, city and university, introducing and getting acquainted, getting around the city and country, asking for directions, eating in restaurants, shopping, traveling and visiting the doctor. An essential element of RUS 100 is writing (daily homework), acquiring basic conversational rituals, reading simple but interesting texts and becoming familiar with the basics of Russian literature and vernacular culture. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Kudyma, Anna S., Frank J. Miller, and Olga E. Kagan. Beginner's Russian with Interactive Online Workbook. New York, NY: Hippocrene Books, 2010 Teaching Methods Communicative method, interactive learning, development of skills of listening, reading, writing, talking, contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
RUS 200 Russian II Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D. Tatiana Štíhelová, M.A., M.Litt.
440
Course code: Semester: Year of Study: Course Type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS-Credits:
RUS 200 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt.: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Use the basic lexicon of the bellow specified cultural domains - Comprehend all categories of standard russian grammar - Use various strategies of listening, writing and speaking - Handle the conversational routines of opening, continuing and closing conversations - Write notes, descriptions, diary entries, records of past events and plans for future ones - Research several cultural topics and present on them; and search in Russian internet resources. Prerequisites Russian I Course Contents Russian 200 is an advanced beginning course developing rudimentary knowledge of Russian language and culture. The goal is for the student to grow comfortable in speaking and writing Russian on topics of everyday practical interest. The focus is on learning lexicon related to the topics of culture, movies and songs, hobbies, university studies, travel and orientation in space, eating in and out, shopping, and visiting the doctor. The course draws on a variety of textbook and online materials. RUS 200 emphasizes the habit of daily homework prep and writing, practice of conversational rituals, reading a variety of attractive texts and growing familiar with Russian literature and vernacular culture. Russian 200 is also a language course for heritage students, i.e., fluent speakers of colloquial Russian and competent listeners but who are not familiar with standard grammar, have difficulties in writing or do not write at all and cannot read and analyze texts. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory-Intermediate Recommended Reading Kudyma, Anna S., Frank J. Miller, and Olga E. Kagan. Beginner's Russian with Interactive Online Workbook. New York, NY: Hippocrene Books, 2010 Teaching Methods Communicative method, interactive learning, development of skills of listening, reading, writing, talking, contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D. Melinda Reidinger, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 100
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 GEC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Apply “sociological thinking”, the way in which the situations, decisions, actions, identities and life opportunities of individuals are shaped by broader societal processes - Understand the world from a sociological point of view. Prerequisites None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
441
Course Contents Origin of sociology, theoretical perspectives, society and culture, social stratification and social class, race and ethnicity, family and marriage, gender and society, education, cities and urbanization, global change and ecological crisis. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Giddens, Anthony. Sociology: A brief but critical introduction. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan, 1986, Mannheim, Karl. Ideology and utopia: an introduction to the sociology of knowledge. Orlando: Harcourt, 1985, Popper, Karl Raimund. The open society and its enemies. New Jersey : Princeton University Press, 1997?, Vander Zanden, James W.: Sociology: The Core, 3rd Ed. McGraw Hill Inc. New York, 1993 Weber, Max. The protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. London : Routledge, 1992. Teaching Methods Lectures, in-class activities, quizzes, group work and discussion on specific reading materials Assessment Methods Critical essays and/or research projects, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 200 Introduction to Social Theory Lecturer Filip Vostal, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 200
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 1 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Acquired the ability to perceive human behavior from social theoretical perspective and apply it to a range of social issues and phenomena in their lives - Demonstrate the competence in the classical social thought and in selected themes and thinkers of contemporary relevance - Demonstrate developed analytical skills through engagement with theoretical texts - Acquired/improved the craft of academic writing. Prerequisites None Course Contents The goal of this course is to introduce social theory as the study of thinking about social life. Not only will students learn how to think like a social theorist, but they will also acquire intellectual capacity enabling them to unpack the social reality which human individuals both co-constitute and subjected to. They will also understand why ideas about how societies change and develop comprise crucial instruments for the comprehension of modern world. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Craib, Ian. Classical social theory: An introduction to the thought of Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Simmel. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.
442
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Elliott, Anthony. Contemporary social theory: An introduction. London: Routledge, 2009. Lemert, Charles (ed). Social Theory. 5th Edition. Boulder: Westview Press, 2012. McLennan, Gregor. Story of sociology: A first companion to social theory. London: Bloomsbury, 2011. Teaching Methods Lectures, seminar Assessment Methods Final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 273 Culture, Identity and Film
Course code:
SOC 273
Lecturer Alissa Brook, DEA
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand and explain cultural identity as a historically dependent social construct (criticise the notion of permanent, invariable identity) - Become acquainted with cinematic depictions/ constructions/ manipulations of social realities - Detect the ways in which films construct/ represent different groups - Conduct informed discussions about the social effects of cinematic representations - Be equipped to work with the following core concepts among others: Multiculturalism, postmodernity, globalisation, social constructivism, identification, authenticity, ‘performance of identity’, agency, discourse, imagined communities, Orientalism, gender mainstreaming - Apply the studied concepts and theories to critical analysis of case studies. Prerequisites None Course Contents Globalisation, migration and transmigration, postmodernism, multiculturalism, the information and communication revolution, social networks, surveillance technology, biometrics – these and other related phenomena magnify Identity, cultural identity, national identity, individuals, social world, Sociology, Culture, and Media Studies, social construction of (post) modern subject, collective memory, ethnic, racial and religious diversity in contemporary Europe, social construction of gender, sexual, postcolonial, bordering (deviant) subcultural and corporate identities, racial and gender in/equality, gay marriage, “westernalization”. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Zygmunt Bauman. Liquid Modernity. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2000 Simone de Beauvoir. The Second Sex. Vintage: GB, 1997 [Le Deuxième Sexe, 1949] Pierre Bourdieu. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1984 Judith Butler. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Routledge: NYC, NY, 2008 Manuel Castells. The Power of Identity. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2003
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
443
George Chauncey. Gay New York: Gender, Urban Culture and the Making of the Male Gay World. New York: Basic Books, 1994 Gail Dines. Gender, Race and Class in Media: a Text Reader. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, 1995 Michel Foucault. Discipline and Punish: the Birth of the Prison. NYC, NY: Vintage Books, 1995 Michel Foucault. Madness and Civilization: a History of Insanity in the Age of Reason. London, UK: Routledge, 2001 Erving Goffman. The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. London, UK: Penguin Books, 1990 Stuart Hall. Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices. London: SAGE Publications, 2009 Stuart Hall, and Paul Du Gay, Eds. Questions of cultural identity. London: SAGE Publications, 2010 Dick Hebdige. Subculture: The Meaning of Style. London: Routledge, 1979 Dorothy Holland. Identity and Agency in Cultural Worlds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001 Richard Jenkins. Social Identity. London, UK: Routledge, 1996 Carol Maccormack. Nature, Culture and Gender. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge UP, 1986 Bhikku Parekh. Rethinking Multiculturalism: cultural diversity and political theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 2000 Edward Said. Orientalism. London, GB: Penguin Books, 2003 John Storey. Cultural Theory and Popular Culture: a reader. New York: Harvester Weatsheaf, 1994 Charles Taylor and Amy Gutmann (eds.). Multiculturalism: examining the politics of recognition. Princeton, NJ: Princeton UP, 1994 Raymond Williams. Communications. London, UK: Penguin Books, 1973 Teaching Methods Presentation, participation, final exam, final paper Assessment Methods Active class participation, attendance, presentations, midterm paper, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 280 Social Anthropology Lecturer Markéta Šebelová, M.A.
Course code:
SOC 280
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt: B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Distinguish anthropological themes, such as kinship and exchange, further complemented by ideas related to politics, economics and social identity - Demonstrate key terms, concepts and approaches used in anthropological writing and theorizing and focus on their application in various ethnographies. Prerequisites None Course Contents Anthropology as a discipline, its subject and main methodology; classifying the world, the concept of culture; forbidden and unthinkable in the society; family and kinship; marriage and alliance; race, gender
444
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
and age; time; exchange and production; hierarchy, power and political systems; cosmology; nationalism; ethics. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Kottak, Conrad P.: Anthropology: The Exploration of Human diversity. 8th ed. McGraw Hill. 2000 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Final paper, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 285 Social and Cultural Anthropology of Central and Eastern Europe Lecturer Petra Burzová, Ph.D. Markéta Šebelová, M.A.
Course code:
SOC 285
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 Required B.A. in JEW B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Be familiar with a range of concepts and theories appropriate to the study of Central and Eastern Europe - Understand key questions in the anthropological study of post socialism - Be familiar with specific issues affecting politics and everyday life in Central and Eastern Europe. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course combines lectures and seminar discussions to analyze key problems in the study of post socialist Europe from the perspective of social and cultural anthropology. The challenging and diverse issues stemming from socialist and post socialist transformations have attracted a lot of academic interest in the area of Central and Eastern Europe, especially since 1989. The aim of the course is to provide students with the opportunity to view Central and Eastern Europe ‘anthropologically’ and to present the post socialist region as an appealing terrain for fieldwork. A number of interrelated topics are covered in lectures and students have an opportunity to discuss them in seminars. The selection aims to reflect the diversity and research possibilities of the field of sociocultural anthropology. Individual lectures focus on key questions in contemporary sociocultural anthropology of socialist and post socialist Central and Eastern Europe: socialism and post socialism; collectivization and restitution; rapid social change; nationalism, ethnic conflict and social identifications; myths and symbolism in post socialist politics; the European Union, Russia and state integration; brain drain and political/cognitive elites; globalization and transnationalism; Gypsy groups and migration; identity politics and multiculturalism; ethnography of post socialist state and bureaucracy; religion and new religious movements. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
445
Recommended Reading Anikó, Imre: Identity Games. Globalization and the Transformation of Media Cultures in the New Europe. Cambridge and London: The MIT Press, 2009. Brubaker, Rogers: Ethnicity without Groups. Cambridge and London: Harvard University Press, 2006. Hann, Chris M.: Postsocialism. Ideals, Ideologies and Practices in Eurasia. Abingdon and New York: Routledge, 2006. Kamusella, Tomasz: The Politics of Language and Nationalism in Modern Central Europe. Basingstoke and New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. Kaneff, Deema: Who Owns the Past? The Politics of Time in a ‘Model’ Bulgarian Village. Oxford and New York: Berghahn Books, 2006. Lampland, Martha: The Object of Labor. Commodification in Socialist Hungary. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1995. Schöpflin, George: Politics in Eastern Europe. Oxford and Cambridge: Blackwell, 1993. Shore, Cris: Building Europe. Cultural Politics of European Integration. London: Routledge, 2000. Todorova, Maria Nikolaeva: Imagining the Balkans. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 2009. Verdery, Katherine: The Vanishing Hectare. Property and Value in Postsocialist Transylvania. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2003. Verdery, Katherine: What was Socialism and what Comes Next? Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1996. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 290 Introduction to Social Science Research Methods Lecturer Daniela Pěničková, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 290
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 required B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Develop their skills in critically evaluating different research methodologies used in social sciences - Understand the fundamental concepts and procedures involved in conducting qualitative research - Know, understand, and analyze the advantages and disadvantages of such data collection techniques as observations, interviews, questioners and surveys - Know, understand, and analyze such concepts as descriptive statistics, probability in inferential statistics, hypothesis testing, reliability, validity, construction of graphical displays - Integrate the knowledge of different factors effecting scientific research. Prerequisites SOC 100
446
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Course Contents Introduction to research; finding empirical research; major research paradigms; qualitative research; quantitative research; descriptive statistics; inferential statistics; constructing questionnaire; SPSS; the role of ethics and values in social research Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Babbie, E. The Practice of Social Research, Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1995 Healey, J.F. Statistics a tool for social research, Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2002 Schutt, R.K. Investigating the Social World, Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press, 1996 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, case study and group exercises Assessment Methods Research project, mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 301 Central and Eastern Europe Totalitarian Experience: Culture, Identity and Memory Lecturer Hana Waisserová , Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 301
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or3 elective B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the phenomenon of totality and totalitarianism - Be familiar with comparative approaches to totality and totalitarianism - Understand complexities of the totalitarian experience and its impact on the region.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Phenomenon of the totalitarian experience is to be examined across disciplines. The totalitarian experience has shaped Central and East European cultural and historical landscape tested in times of significant transformations such as European integration. Totalitarian thinking casts shadows over the entire region forging its memory and collective identity. What is the complexity and mystery of such a dehumanizing political practice? Examples and comparisons are to be drawn; cultural, historical, and theoretical contexts discussed. The course is a journey into the Central and East European consciousness, souls and values impacted by the experience. Dissident subculture, morality and historical movements contributing to the fall of communism are to be examined as well. Conformity to Soviet dominance was replaced by freedom and respect for human rights. Today the region is reclaiming its pre-WWII history, traditions and glory, and regaining the status of cultural and political significance within Europe. Gaining cultural and academic freedom has recently given rise to re-imagining and re-writing national histories. Level of Course Bachelor’s,Intermediate Recommended Reading J. R. Llobera: The making of totalitarian thought. Berg Publishers, 2003.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
447
K. Ede, W. Spohn: Collective memory and European identity: the effects of integration and enlargement. Ashgate Publishing, 2005. Arthur Koestler: Darkness at noon. Simon and Schuster, 2006 (1941). D. D. Roberts: The totalitarian experiment in twentieth-century Europe: understanding the poverty of great politics. Routledge, 2006. V. Havel: Open letters. Faber, 1991. V. Havel: The art of the impossible. Knopf, 1997. A. Solzhenitsyn: The Gulag archipelago. J. W. Borejsza, ed. Totalitarian and authoritative regimes in Europe: legacies and lessons from the twentieth century. Berghahn Books, 2006. V. Shlapentokh: A normal totalitarian society: how the Soviet Union functioned. 2001. Neil Leach: Architecture and revolution: contemporary perspectives on Central and Eastern Europe. Routledge, 1999. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 351 Gender and Culture Lecturer Hana Waisserová, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 351
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 3 reqired: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine culture and its assumptions about women and men - Analyze media representations of gender, the “beauty myth,” women’s and men’s magazines as well as visual arts, music, film and architecture - Interpret advertisements - Address the questions of representation and ideology, identity politics, shifts of gender issues in consumer society, etc. - Create the agenda for the work in seminars and observations during field trips. Prerequisites SOC 100 Course Contents General concepts of culture and gender; gender socialization and conditioning, femininity and masculinity as social constructions; sexuality, patriarchy; TV and men’s and women’s genres, soccer and melodrama; plastic operations, anorexia and bulimia; crisis of masculinity; youth cultures and gender; gender stereotypes, sexually explicit advertising; film and gender, gender redefinitions; gender, media, mass culture; sexuality, subjectivity and identity; art and gender. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Brooks, Ann. Postfeminisms. Routledge: New York, 1997 Cranny, Francis (ed.) Gender studies. Terms and debates. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2003
448
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Danesi, Marcel. Of Cigarettes and high Heels, and Other Interesting Things, New York: algrave, 1999 Hanakova, Petra. Voices from another world. London: Routledge, 2005 Hooper, Charlotte. Manly States. The Construction of Gender Identity, Masculinities, and Masculinism. New York: Columbia University Press, 2001 Rogers, Mary F. Barbie culture. London: Sage, 1999 Wolf, Naomi. The Beauty Myth. New York: Doubleday, 1991 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, screenings Assessment Methods 2 quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 356 Surveillance & Visual Culture
Course code:
SOC 356
Lecturer Teresa Tipton, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 3 elective B.A. in JC 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret and analyze the examples mentioned in course contents as a part of a volatile boundary between public and private spaces and behaviors - Comprehend the historical rhetoric of surveillance - Comprehend the development of increasingly sophisticated visual surveillance technologies, the current political and legislative context, and the rise of “surveillance entertainment.” - Interpret case studies of its various iterations in the hands of government, corporations, popular culture and “the people.” Prerequisites None Course Contents Surveillance is a highly contested question in social theory yet, some aspects of surveillance have been deeply entrenched in postindustrial societies. Surveillance as a social phenomenon has been addressed by political, cultural, literary and philosophical works as diverse as Colin Powell’s case for war presented to the United Nations Security Council in 2003, the decade-long phenomenon of reality TV, George Orwell’s 1948 publication 1984, and Michel Foucault’s profoundly influential book Discipline and Punish. Our attitudes towards surveillance are ambivalent—we see it as intrusive and fundamentally undemocratic (the response to the Patriot Act and warrantless wiretapping), as a guarantor of our safety (the use of surveillance cameras following the London bombing in July 2005), or as an opportunity to perform our everyday lives in our domestic spaces to previously inaccessible and unimaginable audiences (social networking sites of Facebook and Myspace, to name a few). In this course, students will examine and analyze these examples as a part of a volatile boundary between public and private spaces and behaviors. This course will make inquiries into the historical rhetoric of surveillance and will later focus on the development of increasingly sophisticated visual surveillance technologies, the current political and legislative context, and the rise of “surveillance entertainment.” It will conclude with a look at case studies of its various iterations in the hands of government, corporations, popular culture and “the people.”
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
449
Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Hannah Arendt, “Ideology and Terror: A Novel form of Government” in Irving Howe, Ed. Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four: Text, Source, Criticism (New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1982), 405-426. George Orwell, 1984, Part 1-3 (On reserve, AAU library) Film by Leni Riefenstahl: Triumph of the Will (1935): http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ftdQHnOBoI8 Michel Foucault, “Panopticism” Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison Trans. Alan Sheridan (New York: Vintage Books, 1979), 195-228. Beatriz Colomina, Privacy and Publicity: Modern Architecture as Mass Media. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1994. Preface. Gilles Deleuze, “Postscript on the Societies of Control,” October, Vol. 59. (Winter, 1992), 3-7. Kirstie Ball, David Lyon, David Murakami Wood, Clive Norris and Charles Raab “A Week in the Life of the Surveillance Society 2006” A Report on the Surveillance Society, for the Information Commissioner by the Surveillance Studies Network, September 2006, 48-61. Hans Hoyng and Georg Mascolo “NSA Surveillance: Eavesdropping on America” 5/15/2006 Spiegel Online International. Jon Stokes, “Much More on the NSA’s Domestic Surveillance Efforts” Ars Technica. Warrentless wiretapping and the ACLU Clive Thompson, “Google’s China Problem (And China’s Google Problem)” The New York Time Magazine, April 23, 2006, 64-71, 86, 154-156 Richard Waters, ‘US group implants electronic tags in workers’, Financial Times 12 February, 2006. http://www.ft.com/cms/s/ec414700-9bf4-11da-8baa-0000779e2340.html Jay Stanley, The Surveillance-Industrial Complex, Washington DC: ACLU. 2004 Elizabeth Paton-Simpson, “Privacy and the Reasonable Paranoid: The Protection of Privacy in Public Places” The University of Toronto Law Journal, Vol. 50, No. 3. (Summer, 2000), 305-346. Philip Gefter, “Sex in the Park, and Its Sneaky Spectators” The New York Times, September 23, 2007 Jill Magid, MIT Thesis: “Monitoring Desire”; http://www.jillmagid.net/MIT-Thesis.php Geert Lovink, Surveillance, Performance, Self-Surveillance: Interview with Jill Magid” Film by Michael Haneke: The Piano Teacher, 2001 Thomas Y. Levin “Rhetoric of the Temporal Index: Surveillant Narration and the Cinema of ‘Real Time’” in CTRL-[SPACE], Thomas Y. Levin, Peter Weibel, and Ursula Frohne Editors (Cambridge: MIT Press, 2002) 578-593. Andrew Hultkrans, “Here’s Looking at You, Kid: Surveillance in the Cinema” http://www.stim.com/Stim-x/7.1/SurvFilms/SurvFilms.html David Greenwald, “Watching the Watchers,” UCLA Magazine, http://www.magazine.ucla.edu/features/hidden-cameras-interview/ Geoff Manaugh, “Surveillance as Cinema” Next American City, http://americancity.org/magazine/article/surveillance-as-cinema-manaugh/ Video: Interactive Art; New Faculty Exhibition Mark Andrejevic, “The Kinder, Gentler Gaze of Big Brother: Reality TV in the era of digital capitalism” New Media and Society 4(2) Graeme Turner, “‘Real’ celebrities and reality TV” Understanding Celebrity (London: Thousand Oaks, 2004), 55-62. Film by Christopher Nolan: Following, 1998 Patricia G. Lange. (2007) “Publicly private and privately public: Social networking on YouTube.” Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 13(1), article 18. Anders Albrechtslund. (2008) “Online Social Networking as Participatory Surveillance.” First Monday 13 (3). http://www.uic.edu/htbin/cgiwrap/bin/ojs/index.php/fm/article/view/2142/1949 Graeme Turner, Understanding Celebrity (London: Thousand Oaks, 2004) Su Holmes and Sean Redmond, eds. Framing Celebrity: New Directions in Celebrity Culture (New York: Routledge, 2006) Steve Mann, Jason Nolan and Barry Wellman, “Surveillance: Inventing and Using Wearable Computing Devices for Data Collection in Surveillance Environments” Surveillance & Society 1(3): 331-355
450
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
http://www.surveillance-and-society.org Steve Mann, James Fung, and Raymond Lo, “Cyborglogging with Camera Phones: Steps toward Equiveillance”; http://www.eyetap.org/papers/docs/art0905s-mann.pdf Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 370 Popular Culture and Media Theory Course code: Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
SOC 370 1 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC, JC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Identify several thinkers - philosophers, psychologists, anthropologists, and others—who have dealt with the media and popular culture in their works. - Understand what is culture and media, how do they make meaning, what is the best ways to interpret their messages. Prerequisites SOC 100 Course Contents Highbrow vs. lowbrow, the emergence of popular culture and mass media, culturalism and the emergence of “sub-culture”, American sociology, Marxism: re-theorizing Ideology, Structuralism, Poststructuralism. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Adorno, Theodor W. “Culture Industry Reconsidered.” Media Studies: A Reader, edited by Paul Marris and Sue Thornham. 2nd ed. Washington Square, NY: New York University Press, 2000 Baudrilard, Jean. “Simulacra and Simulations.” In Jean Baudrillard: Selected Writings, edited by Mark Poster. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1988 Burton, Graeme. More than Meets the Eye: An Introduction to Media Studies. 3rd Ed. London: Arnold, 2002 Eco, Umberto. “Can Television Teach?” Screen Education 31 (Summer 1979): 95-107. Frye, Northrup. Anatomy of Criticism: Four Essays. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1957 Hall, Stuart. “Encoding/Decoding.” In Culture, Media, Language, edited by Stuart Hall, Dorothy Hobson, Andrew Lowe, and Paul Willis. London: Hutchinson, 1980 W. Highbrow/Lowbrow: The Emergence of Cultural Hierarchy in America. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1988 MacDonald, Dwight. “A Theory of Mass Culture,” in Mass Culture: The Popular Arts in America, edited by Bernard Rosenburg and David Manning White. New York: Macmillan, 1957 McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. New York: Routledge, 2002
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
451
McLuhan, Marshall, and Quentin Fiore. The Medium Is the Massage; An Inventory of Effects. Corte Madera, CA: Gingko Press, 2005 Paglia, Camille. Sexual Personae: Art and Decadence from Nefertiti to Emily Dickinson. New York: Vintage Books, 1991 Ricoeur, Paul. Time and Narrative. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984, 1985, 1988 Storey, John, ed. An Introduction to Cultural Theory and Popular Culture. 2nd ed. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press, 1988 Turnau, Ted. Popologetics , 2012 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 381 / 581 Sociology of the Family
Course code:
SOC 381/ 581
Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 3 elective B.A. in PS/ M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Acquire the basic understanding of the institution of family and marriage, its historical development and the internal dynamics of family life from a sociological perspective - Understand and deal with different life situations and new challenges that are shaping the family and marriage issues in the contemporary society. Prerequisites None Course Contents Cultural foundations of the family, its historical development and changing structures and functions; the interaction of marriage and parenthood; social theories in the field of family studies; relationships within the family; marital roles; mate selection; parent-child relations; family patterns in various cultures; family dissolution and reorganization; the interplay between family and society across time and cultures. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced/ Master’s Recommended Reading Ditch, John and Jonathan Bradshaw: European Observatory on National Family Policies: A Synthesis of National Family Policies 1994, University of York, 1994 Goody, Jack. The Development of the Family and Marriage in Europe, Cambridge: Cambridge Univesity Press, 1985 Harris C.C. The Family and Industrial Society, London: George Allen & Unwin, 1988. Kephart, William M. and Jedlicka Davor. The Family, Society and the Individual, New York: Harper & Row publishers, 1983 Morgan,R. The Family, Politics and Social Theory, London, 1985 Rose, H. and R.Shepard. The Power of Parents: An empowerment model for increasing parental involvement, Education, Volume 115, Spring/1995, No.3
452
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Schwartz, M.A. & Scott, B.M. Marriages and Families: Diversity and Change, 4th edition, New York: Prentice Hall, 2003 Skolnick A., and J. Skolnick. Family in Transition (12th Edition) Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 2003 Strong, Bryan and Barbara W.Sayad. The Marriage and Family Experience, New York: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2002 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 385 Holocaust in German Collective Memory
Course code:
SOC 385
Lecturer TBA
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 3 elective B.A. in JEW 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will: - Be familiar with different ways in which Jewish Holocaust has been remembered and understood in post-war Germany and after German unification and to illuminate a link between narrative memory and identity. Prerequisites SOC 100, JEW 100, LIT 283 Course Contents Social construction of collective memory, de/construction of historical narratives, collective identity, collective consciousness. The seminar will rely on concepts of collective memory and of narrative, in order to explore and understand process of social construction of memory about the Holocaust. It will explore political and intellectual narratives about the Holocaust in West Germany and after German unification and those social agents that have been re-shaping German collective memory of the Holocaust for the past sixty years. In this seminar, students will analyze and interpret writings of intellectuals like , Theodor Adorno, Hannah Arendt, Heinrich Böll, Karl Jaspers, Günter Grass,and Martin Walser and key speeches of politicians like Konrad Adenauer, Willy Brandt, Theodor Heuss, Angela Merkel, Helmuth Schmidt, Helmuth Schröder, Kurt Schummacher, and Theodor Weiszäcker. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Adorno, Theodor. 1974. Minima Moralia: Reflections from Damaged Life. New York: Verso. Alexander, Jeffrey. 2002. “On the Social Construction of Moral Universals: The ‘Holocaust’ from War Crime to Trauma Drama.” In European Journal of Social Theory. London: Thousand Oaks, pp. 5-85. Arendt, Hannah. 2006. Eichmann in Jerusalem: A Report on the Banality of Evil. London: Penguin Books. 1994. “What Remains? The Language Remains.”: A Conversation with Günter Gauss.” In Essays in Understanding, 1930-1954, Jerome Kohn, ed., New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., pp.1-24. Assmann, Jan and Czaplicka, John. 1995. Collective Memory and Cultural Identity. In New German Critique, No. 65, (Spring – Summer), pp. 125-133.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
453
Buruma, Ian. 1994. The Wages of Guilt: Memories of War in Germany and Japan. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux. Goldhagen, Daniel Jonah. 1996. Hitler's Willing Executioners: Ordinary Germans and the Holocaust. New York: Random House. Grass, Günter. 1969 [1968]. Speak Out! Speeches, Open Letters, Commentaries. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World. Hartman, Geoffrey, H. 1996. The Longest Shadow in the History of the Holocaust. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 1986. Bitburg in Moral and Political Perspective. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Herf, Jeffrey. 1997. Divided Memory. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Jaspers, Karl. 1961 [1947]. The Question of GermanGuilt. Translated by E. B. Ashton. New York: Capricorn Books. Langer, Lawrence L. 1994. Admitting the Holocaust: collected essays. New York: Oxford University Press. Mitcherlich, Alexander and Margarete. 1975. The Inability to Mourn. Principles of Collective Behavior. New York: Grove Press. Niven, Bill. 2002. Facing the Nazi Past: United Germany and the Legacy of the Third Reich. London: Routledge. Olick, Jeffrey. 1998. “What Does it Mean to Normalize the Past? Official Memory in German Politics since 1989.” In Social Science History. (22:4), pp. 547-571. Rabinbach, Anson. 2001. “German as Pariah, Jew as Pariah.” In Hannah Arendt in Jerusalem. Aschheim E. Steve, Ed., Berkeley: University of California Press, pp. 293-305. Schmidt, Helmut. 1999. “A Plea for Honesty and Tolerance.” In An Exhortation and an Obligation: Speeches Delivered on the Occasion of the Memorial Celebration in Remembrance of 9 November 1938 in the Cologne Synagogue on 9 November 1978. Werner Nachman, Nahum Goldman, and Helmut Schmidt, Eds. Bonn: Press and Information Office of the Federal Republic of Germany, pp. 21-35. Schwartz, Barry, Zerubavel Yael, and Barnett Bernice. 1986. “The Recovery of Masada” A Study in Collective Memory.” In Sociological Quarterly, (27:2), pp. 147-64. Walser, Martin. 1998. “Erfahrungen beim Verfassen einer Sonntagsrede Friedenspreis des Deutschen Buchhandels 1998” Laudatio: Frank Schirrmacher. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Weiszäcker, Richard von. 1986. “Speech by Richard von Weiszäcker, President of the Federal Republic of Germany, in the Bundestag during the Ceremony Commemorating the 40th Anniversary of the End of the War in Europa and of National Socialist Tyranny, May 8, 1985.” In Bitburg in Moral and Political Perspective. G. Hartman, ed. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, pp. 263-275. Zaimoglu, Feridun. 2006. “Mein Deutschland: Warum die Einwanderer auf ihre neue Heimat stolz sein können.” Die Zeit Nr. 16, April 12. Teaching Methods Lecture, discussion Assessment Methods Mid-term examination, final examination Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
454
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
SOC 432 Inequality: Class, Race, Gender, and Ethnicity Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 432
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 elective B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine race, ethnicity, class, and gender as sociological concepts in order to interpret contemporary social issues - Understand and reflect on why and how the class origins, race/ethnicity, and gender affect life experiences of individuals in different societies and why such distinctions are relevant and how they are perpetuated. Prerequisites None Course Contents Sources of inequality, main dimensions of inequality (education, occupation, income), the processes of their intergenerational transmission (educational and class mobility), the ways in which they interact with each other (status consistency); the interconnection between race, class, and gender and how they shape the structure of our society Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Danziger, Sheldon & Gottschalk,Peter. America Unequal, Harvard University Press, New York, 1996 Giullari, S. & Lewis, J. The adult worker, model family, gender equality and care: the search for new policy principles, and the possibilities and problems of a capabilities approach, Geneva: U.N Research Institute for Social Development, 2005 Grusky,D.B.(Ed.). Social Stratification in Class Race and Gender in Sociological Perspective,Westview Press, 2001 Jacqui, T. Gender, globalization, and postsocialism: the Czech Republic after communism, New York: Columbia University Press, 2003 Kimmel, Michael S. The Gendered Society, Oxford University Press: New York, 2004 Mancini,J.& Lobban, C.(Eds.). Female well-being: toward a global theory of social change, London: Zed Books, 2005 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, applied-arguments, case studies Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
455
SOC 451 Anthropological Knowledge and Modern Civilization Lecturer Prof. RNDr. Ivo Budil, Ph.D., DSc. William Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 451
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
1 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend basic Anthropology concepts, categories and methodology - Understand the origin and development of race ideology up till modern times - Interpret the rise and expansion of various forms of modern totalitarianism - Comprehend the ideas of Hannah Arendt regarding the rise of modern political culture - Understand the menace of modern totalitarianism. Prerequisites SOC 100 or SOC 200 Course Contents The course is focused on the analysis of mutual interactions between the Western civilization and nonEuropean cultures and communities from the early modern age to contemporary period from the anthropological point of view. A short survey of the history of Western anthropological discipline and different strategies of anthropological conceptualization in relation to the expansion of Western colonial power will be demonstrated, based on explanations by authors including Hannah Arendt, Immanuel Wallerstein, William McNeill, Samuel Huntington or Francis Fukuyama. The essential traits of modern Western society including the modern rationalization and instrumentalization of culture and society, the democratic massification of society and the modern secularization of life will be discussed in a global perspective. Historical, socio-cultural and technological reasons for Western hegemony and its impacts on non-European communities will be examined. Arendt's The Origins of Totalitarianism (1951) will be closely analyzed. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading ABU-LUGHOD, Janet: 1989. Before European Hegemony: The World System A.D. 1250-1350. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press. ADAS, Michael: 1989. Machines as the Measure of Men, Science, Technology, and Ideologies of Western Dominance. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. BRAUDEL, Fernand: 1993. A History of Civilizations. New York: Penguin Books. BUDIL, Ivo T.: 2007. Za obzor Západu. Praha: Triton. CROSBY, Alfred W.: 1972. The Columbian Exchange: Biological and Cultural Consequences of 1492. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Pub. Co. CROSBY, Alfred W.: 1986. Ecological Imperialism: The Biological Expansion of Europe, 900-1900. New York: Cambridge University Press. DIAMOND, Jared: 1997. Guns, Germs, and Steel, The Fates of Human Societies. New York: W.W. Norton & Copany. FERGUSON, Niall: 2003. Empire, How Britain Made the Modern World. New York, London: Penguin Books. FERGUSON, Niall: 2006. The War of the World, History´s Age of Hatred. New York: Penguin Books. HARRISON, Lawrence E.: 1992. Who Prospers. How Cultural Values Shape Economic and Political Success. Basic Books: New York. HUNTINGTON, Samuel: 2004. Who are we. New York: Simon and Schuster. McNEILL, William: 1991. The Rise of the West, A History of the Human Community. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. SPENGLER, Oswald: 1991. The Decline of the West. New York: Oxford University Press.
456
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
WALLERSTEIN, I.: 1974. The Modern World-System I: Capitalist Agriculture and the Origins of the European World-Economy in the Sixteenth Century. New York: Academic Press. WALLERSTEIN, I.: 1980. The Modern World-System II: Mercantilism and the consolidation of the European world-economy, 1600-1750. New York: Academic Press. WALLERSTEIN, I.: 1989. The Modern World-System III: The second era of great expansion of the capitalist world-economy, 1730-1840s. San Diego: Academic Press. WOLF, Eric: 1982. Europe and People Without History. Berkeley: University of California Press. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam, final paper Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 471 Sociology of Aesthetics
Course code:
SOC 471
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 3 elective B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Explore the inter-section between sociology/ social theory and aesthetics.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Brief survey of the history of aesthetics, key thinkers from modern aesthetics, comparing a socio-political approach to a formalist approach, examination of the work of contemporary social theorists, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann, survey of contemporary theorists who have concerned themselves with aesthetics, including Foucault, Lyotard, Deleuze, Cixous, Nancy, Rancière, and Badiou Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Selected readings by Kant, Schiller, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Wittgenstein, Heidegger, Croce, Adorno, Benjamin, Mukařovsky, Barthes, Bourdieu, Luhmann, Foucault, Lyotard, Deleuze, Cixous, Nancy, Rancière, and Badiou. Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions, seminars Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
457
SOC 473 Modern Sociological Theories
Course code:
SOC 473
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 3 elective B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will: - Be familiar with the survey of modern social theories.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Introduction to 19th and early 20th Century social theories Key social theorists: Zygmunt Bauman, Ulrich Beck, Pierre Bourdieu, Gilles Deleuze & Félix Guattari, Anthony Elliott, Michel Foucault, Anthony Giddens, and Niklas Luhmann Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Bauman, Zygmunt: Liquid Love: On the Frailty of Human Bonds. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2003 Beck, Ulrich, Elisabeth Beck-Gernsheim: The Normal Chaos of Love. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1995. Bourdieu, Pierre: Bachelors Ball. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007 Deleuze, Gilles—Guattari, Félix: Three Novellas from A Thousand Plateaus. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1987 Elliott, Anthony: Social Theory and Psychoanalysis in Transition: Self in Society from Freud to Kristeva. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992 Foucault, Michel: The Deployment of Sexuality: Objective; Method; Domain; Periodization, from The History of Sexuality, Volume 1. London: Penguin, 1976 Giddens, Anthony: The Transformation of Intimacy: Sexuality, Love and Eroticism in Modern Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1992 Luhmann, Niklas: Love as Passion: The Codification of Intimacy. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1986 Teaching Methods Single theme will be examined through the works of all mentioned theorists: love, sexuality, and society. Assessment Methods Final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 476 Sub-Cultures: Lifestyles, Literature Course code: and Music Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
458
SOC 476 2 3 req./opt.: B.A. in HSC elective: B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Conceptualize and contextualize expressions of youth rebellion - Apply critical imagination in decoding of subversive artifacts - Read resistance to consumer culture - Interpret the streets and other public spaces of the city. Prerequisites SOC 100 Course Contents This course provides critical post-sub-cultural insights into underground, punk, psychedelia, graffiti and alter-globalization movements, etc. Multidisciplinary perspectives of cultural, literary, and media studies are explored. Seminal readings on subcultures are used to discuss the practices of “alternative” urban lives in post-industrial society and certain trends of artistic production. Focus is on political interpretation of youth subversion and disclosures of power mechanisms. Visuals and field trips to graffiti and other subcultural sites are part of the course. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Fiske, J. Reading the Popular Culture. London: Blackwell, 2003 Gelder, K. (ed). The Subcultures Readers. New York: Routledge, 2005 Kidd, W. Culture and Identity. New York: Pelgrave MacMillan, 2002 Klein, Naomi. No Logo. London: Flamingo, 2001 Mai, M. and Arthur Remke. Writing—Urban Calligraphy and Beyond. R. Klanten (ed), Berlin: Die Gestalten Verlag, 2003 Martina. Overstreet In Graffiti We Trust. Praha: Mlada Fronta, 2005 Mc Kenna, T. The Archaic Revival. San Francisco: Harper, 1991 Storey, J. Inventing Popular Culture. London and New York: Routledge, 1989 Stuart, H. Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies. London: Routledge, 1996 Teaching Methods Lecture, visual and audio documents, discussions Assessment Methods Essay, exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 478 Understanding Media Fandom
Course code:
SOC 478
Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective B.A. in PS 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret some of the seminal theorists of fan studies (including Michel de Certeau, Pierre Bourdieu, Camille Bacon-Smith, John Fiske, Henry Jenkins, Matt Hills, and D. W. Winnicott), - Understand fans as meaning-makers as they watch, play, write, create, blog, form communities and hierarchies, even quasi-religions, to understand the object of their fan-desire.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
459
Prerequisites SOC 100 Course Contents The Popular Perception of Fans; Understanding Hegemony; Reception and Imagination; “First-Wave” Fan Theory: Fan as Trickster Hero; Fan Communities; Fan Productivity; “Second-Wave” Fan Theory: Fan as (Sub)Culture Capitalist; “Third-Wave”: The Return of the Individual Fan, Desire and Identity; Fandom as Religion? Level of Course Bachelor’s, Advanced Recommended Reading Bacon-Smith, Camille. Enterprising Women: Television Fandom and the Creation of Popular Myth, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1992 Bourdieu, Pierre. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. Transl. Richard Nice.Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987 De Certeau, Michel. The Practice of Everyday Life. Transl. Steven Rendall. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1984 Fiske, John. Understanding Popular Culture. New York: Routledge, 1989 Hills, Matt. Fan Cultures. London: Routledge, 2002 Jenkins, Henry. Textual Poachers: Television Fans and Participatory Culture. New York: Routledge, 1992 Winnicott, D. W. Playing and Reality. With a new preface from F. Robert Rodman. London: Routledge, 2005 [1971] Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Readings and reading questionnaires, research project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 504 Modern Sociological Theories
Course code:
SOC 504
Lecturer Doc. Douglas S. Dix, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 1 required: M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits: Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be: - familiar with the survey of modern social theories.
Prerequisites None Course Contents Introduction to 19th and early 20th Century social theories. Key social theorists: Zygmunt Bauman, Ulrich Beck, Pierre Bourdieu, Gilles Deleuze & Félix Guattari, Anthony Elliott, Michel Foucault, Anthony Giddens, and Niklas Luhmann. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Bauman, Zygmunt: Liquid Love: On the Frailty of Human Bonds. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2003
460
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Beck, Ulrich, Elisabeth Beck-Gernsheim: The Normal Chaos of Love. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1995. Bourdie, Pierre u: Bachelors Ball. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007 Deleuze, Gilles—Guattari, Félix: Three Novellas from A Thousand Plateaus. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1987 Elliott, Anthony: Social Theory and Psychoanalysis in Transition: Self in Society from Freud to Kristova. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992 Foucaul, Michel t: The Deployment of Sexuality: Objective; Method; Domain; Periodization, from The History of Sexuality, Volume 1. London: Penguin, 1976 Gidden, Anthony s: The Transformation of Intimacy: Sexuality, Love and Eroticism in Modern Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1992 Luhmann, Niklas: Love as Passion: The Codification of Intimacy. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1986 Teaching Methods Single theme will be examined through the works of all mentioned theorists: love, sexuality, and society. Assessment Methods Final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 530 How Can We Comprehend the Holocaust? Lecturer William F. Eddleston, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 530
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Examine the nature of totalitarianism and the banality of evil, the analysis of which we find in the works of Hannah Arendt, but also the very phenomenon of concentration camps, described by Giorgio Agamben. Prerequisites None Course Contents How can we comprehend the incomprehensible? How can we comprehend an excess of power that leads to the total destruction of an ethnic or social group? A further step in our approach to the problem of fascism can be made with the help of Zigmund Bauman’s work Modernity and Holocaust. This work, however, raises not only question of holocaust, but also question modern rationality. It puts a question mark over the whole project of modern rationality that was born in the Enlightenment, for it was not able to prevent the atrocities of the holocaust. Since modern rationality has failed to face the holocaust, it gives us no assurance that it will be more successful the next time. The question that is still to be answered is why do people want fascism? What makes people want their own oppression as well as destruction of their fellow citizens? What makes them act against their own interest? This question, which was for the first time raised by Wilhelm Reich and later re-opened by Gilles Deleuze and Felixe Guattari, must not be reduced to a psychological problem. Rather, it must be answered both at the level of social psychology, as well as at the level of political theory. A specific approach that combines these two perspectives can be found in the work of Deleuze and Guattari, or in the investigations made by Slavoj Žižek. This is why we have to pay high attention to them.
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
461
Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Arendt, H.: Eichmann in Jerusalem, New York: Penguin Books 1977 Arendt, H. :The Origins of Totalitarianism, New York: Harcourt Brace and Company, 1951 Agamben, G.: Homo Sacer. Sovereign Power and Bare Life, Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1998 Bauman, Z.: Modernity and the Holocaust, Oxford, Polity Press, 1989 Reich, W.: The mass Psychology of Fascism, New York: Farrar. Strauss and Giroux, 1970 Zizek, Slavoj: The Sublime Object of Ideology, London, New York: Verso, 1989 Teaching Methods Lecture and discussion Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 575 Alternative Culture as Everyday Practice: Course code: beyond Frankfurt, Birmingham and other Schools Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
SOC 575 1 or 2 1 or 2 req./opt. M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Survey the semiotic battle within Western culture and society, focusing on alternative, nonmainstream social groups and their way of life - Consider the introduction and proliferation of the postmodern topics of ecology, multiculturalism, gender and queer studies - Interpret the rise of cultural activism in many forms (squatting, punk rock, anarchist and sprayer subcultures) and their place in new directions of Czech literature and arts. Prerequisites None Course Contents Western culture and alternative social groups; cultural activism; trends and traditions in literature, music, theatre, film and art as well as pub and café subculture; Czech literature, music and film of today Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bridge, G. and S. Watson.: (eds.) The Blackwell City Reader, Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Fiske, J. Reading the Popular, London and New York: Routledge, 1989 Gelder, K. (ed.): The Subcultures Readers, New York: Routledge, 2005 Hall S. Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies, London, Routledge, 1996 May, Markus and A. Remke: Writing—Urban Calligraphy and Beyond, (ed.) R. Klanten. Berlin: Die Gestalte Verlag, 2003 Machovec, M. (ed.): Views from the Inside, Czech Underground Literature and Culture (1948–1989), Praha: FFUK, 2006
462
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Martina: Overstreet in Graffiti we Trust, Praha: Mlada Fronta, 2005 McKenna, T.: The Archaic Revival, San Francisco: Harper, 1991 Rudis, J.: Jaromir 99 Bily Potok Alois Nebel, Praha: Labyrint, 2006 Stoppard, T.: Rock’n’roll, London: Faber and Faber, 2003 Storey, J.: Inventing Popular Culture, London: Blackwell, 2003 Warren, K.: Culture and Identity, New York: Pelgrave MacMillan, 2002 Teaching Methods Lecture; work with primary sources, visual and audio documents, discussion Assessment Methods Final essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 576 Sub-Cultures: Critical Insights into Resistance Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Course code:
SOC 576
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Intepret the explosion of subcultures in the post industrial society and the background of mechanisms influencing the majority to passively accept commercially provided styles and meanings, while minority style is embraced by some for its subversive values. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course provides critical post-sub-cultural insights into underground, punk, psychedelia, graffiti and alter-globalization movements, etc. Multidisciplinary perspectives of cultural, literary, and media studies are explored. Seminal readings on subcultures are used to discuss the practices of “alternative” urban lives in post-industrial society and certain trends of artistic production. Focus is on political interpretation of youth subversion and disclosures of power mechanisms. Visuals and field trips to graffiti and other subcultural sites are part of the course. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Gelder, K. (ed): The Subcultures Readers, New York: Routledge, 2005 Mai, M. and Arthur Remke. Writing—Urban Calligraphy and Beyond, R. Klanten (ed), Berlin: Die Gestalten Verlag, 2003 Bridge, G.: The Blackwell Subcultures Reader Fiske, J.: Reading the Popular Culture, London: Blackwell, 2003 Storey, J.: Inventing Popular Culture, London and New York: Routledge, 1989 Martina: Overstreet In Graffiti We Trust, Praha: Mlada Fronta, 2005 Kidd, W.: Culture and Identity, New York: Pelgrave MacMillan, 2002 Epstein J. S.: Youth Culture, Identity in a Postmodern World Klein, Naomi: No Logo, London: Flamingo, 2001
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
463
Stuart, H.: Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies, London: Routledge, 1996 Mc Kenna, T.: The Archaic Revival, San Francisco: Harper, 1991 Teaching Methods Lecture; work with primary sources, visual and audio documents, discussions Assessment Methods Essay Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 577 Youth Cultures - Film and Music of the 1960s–2000s: Writing History with Visual Media Lecturer PhDr. Pavla Jonssonová
Course code:
SOC 577
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Analyze selected “cult” films to gain insight of youth movements, their goals, failures and successes. Prerequisites None Course Contents This course explores how filmmakers, connected to the “antennae” of the rock age minstrels, captured major issues of their time. Youth culture, which emerged as a new social-economic phenomenon in the mid-20th century, introduced their particular problems: quest for meaning in the postwar suburbia, student unrest, drug experimentation, sexual revolution, freedom and authority, ecology, war in Vietnam, music and the global community, etc. Independent filmmakers joined with contemporary musicians to create a new synthetic form comparable to achievements of artists, poets and philosophers of earlier times. Films to be analyzed include The Graduate and Easy Rider to Strawberry Statement to This is Spinal Tap, Hair to If it is Tuesday, it Must be Belgium. Explanations will be provided as to why these works have become milestones for generations to come and yet, how they all correspond to ancient and future archetypes. Comparisons will be drawn between mostly American and Czech films. While Czech music films like Green Gold are directly inspired by their US models, they still carry a specific script particular to the Czech youth of the time. Others, e.g. On the Brigade or Razors seem to be original Czech Cold War comments. Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Giannetti, Louis: Understanding Movies, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1993 Daly, Steven and Nathaniel Wice: Encyclopedia of Cultural Trends of the 90s, New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1995 Gelder, K.: (ed) The Subcultures Readers, New York: Routledge, 2005 Kidd, W.: Culture and Identity, New York: Pelgrave MacMillan, 2002 Kaplan, E. Ann: Feminism and Film, Oxford: Oxford Universtiy Press, 2000 Teaching Methods Lecture, work with primary sources, visual and audio documents, discussions
464
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Assessment Methods Project Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 578 Advanced Seminar on Alternative Cultures: Understanding Fandom Lecturer Theodore Turnau, Ph.D.
Course code:
SOC 578
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in HUM 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Interpret some of the seminal theorists of fan studies (including Michel de Certeau, Pierre Bourdieu, Camille Bacon-Smith, John Fiske, Henry Jenkins, Matt Hills, and D. W. Winnicott) - Understand fans as meaning-makers as they watch, play, write, create, blog, form communities and hierarchies, even quasi-religions, to understand the object of their fan-desire. Prerequisites None Course Contents The Popular Perception of Fans; Understanding Hegemony; Reception and Imagination; “First-Wave” Fan Theory: Fan as Trickster Hero; Fan Communities; Fan Productivity; “Second-Wave” Fan Theory: Fan as (Sub)Culture Capitalist; “Third-Wave”: The Return of the Individual Fan, Desire and Identity; Fandom as Religion? Level of Course Master’s Recommended Reading Bacon-Smith, Camille. Enterprising Women: Television Fandom and the Creation of Popular Myth, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1992 Bourdieu, Pierre. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. Transl. Richard Nice.Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987 De Certeau, Michel. The Practice of Everyday Life. Transl. Steven Rendall. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1984 Fiske, John. Understanding Popular Culture. New York: Routledge, 1989 Hills, Matt. Fan Cultures. London: Routledge, 2002 Jenkins, Henry. Textual Poachers: Television Fans and Participatory Culture. New York: Routledge, 1992 Winnicott, D. W. Playing and Reality. With a new preface from F. Robert Rodman. London: Routledge, 2005 [1971] Teaching Methods Lecture, discussions Assessment Methods Readings and reading questionnaires, research project Language of Instruction English
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
465
Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SOC 581 Sociology of the Family See SOC 381
SOC 582 Healthcare, Pensions, Employment and Course code: Welfare Lecturer Vidhu Maggu, Ph.D. Juraj Draxler, Ph.D.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
SOC 582 1 or 2 1 or 2 elective M.A. in PP 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Consolidate and extend sociological understanding of the way employment interacts with pension, health care and welfare systems and how this relationship is changing - Demonstrate understanding of the differing and changing implications of ageing, family roles and generation, according to gender and class. Prerequisites None Course Contents The projected costs of pensions and health care, changing patterns of consumer behaviour in later life, the opportunities afforded by increased leisure. Level of Course Advanced Recommended Reading Czech Statistical Office: Prague (2006). Employment and unemployment in the Czech Republic as measured by the labour force sample survey: 4th quarter 2005 Institute of Health Information and Statistics of the Czech Republic (2004) Health care and health services in the Czech Republic 2003: in statistical data, Prague Ministry of health of the Czech Republic (2003) Health 21: a long-term program for improving the health of the population of the Czech Republic: health for all in the 21st century.Prague. Ministry of labour and social affairs: Prague (2002) Employment policy in the Czech Republic 1998– 2001: Facts & Figures, Prague Payne, F. (Ed). Healthy living, London: Dorling Kindersley Books, 1996 Teaching Methods Lectures, discussions Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
466
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
SPA 100 Spanish I
Course code:
SPA 100
Lecturer Maria-José Nadal Lopéz, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of essential grammar structures - Make use of a basic vocabulary to satisfy needs of various everyday situations (e.g. in the restaurant, at the station, in the shop, etc.) - Talk about some everyday topics (e.g. interests, hobbies, family, weather, studies, etc.) - Relate personal experiences that happened in the recent past (e.g. travels, celebrations, cultural activities, etc.) - Create short texts that are parts of modern communication (e.g. emails, letters, invitations, etc.) - React and interact by applying simplified language tools (e.g. telling time, giving directions, etc.) Prerequisites None Course Contents In this course students will learn the basics of Spanish. The focus of the course is the establishment of conversational skills. The first steps into the four language skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) will be accompanied by an introduction to contemporary life and culture in Spanish-speaking countries. At the end of the course students will be able to handle some essential structures of the (real-life functional) language and achieve a rough idea about the way how the Spanish language works. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Gente 1 Student's Book (English Version), Martin Peris, Difusion Centro de Publicacion y Publicaciones de Idiomas, S.L. (4 Mar 2004) Teaching Methods Communicative method, interactive learning, development of skills of listening, reading, writing, talking, contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Spanish Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
SPA 200 Spanish II
Course code:
SPA 100
Lecturer Maria-José Nadal Lopéz, M.A.
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
1 or 2 2 or 3 req./opt. B.A. in IR 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
467
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Comprehend and have a clear understanding of essential grammar structures - Make use of a basic vocabulary to satisfy needs of various everyday situations (e.g. in the restaurant, at the station, in the shop, etc.) - Talk about some everyday topics (e.g. interests, hobbies, family, weather, studies, etc.) - Relate personal experiences that happened in the recent past (e.g. travels, celebrations, cultural activities, etc.) - Create short texts that are parts of modern communication (e.g. emails, letters, invitations, etc.) - React and interact by applying simplified language tools (e.g. telling time, giving directions, etc.) Prerequisites SPA 100 Course Contents In Spanish II students will continue to learn the basics of Sapnish. Although the course introduces more complex grammatical concepts and is intended to enrich lexical knowledge, it focuses on the development of conversational abilities. Students will grow more confident and more proficient while using various linguistic tools enabling them to speak –although in a simplified way– about general topics. Written assignments will support writing skills, which gradually are getting more important during the course. By understanding some aspects of contemporary Spanish life and culture and by acquiring essential language skills students will achieve an initial knowledge of the language. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Intermediate Recommended Reading Gente 1 Student's Book (English Version), Martin Peris, Difusion Centro de Publicacion y Publicaciones de Idiomas, S.L. (4 Mar 2004) Teaching Methods Communicative method, interactive learning, development of skills of listening, reading, writing, talking, contextual teaching of grammar, guided conversation. Assessment Methods Quizzes, mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English, Spanish Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components None
TER 110 Introduction to Central and East Course code: European Studies Lecturer Kiryl Kascian, LL.M.
Semester: Year of study: Course type: Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
TER 110 1 1 req./opt.: B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Understand the specifics of the region, its history, cultures and societies both in historical and contemporary perspectives - Be familiar with cultural, historical and societal similarities and differences between the countries and their societies - Understand current trends in political, societal and cultural developments of these countries.
468
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Prerequisites None Course Contents The course is aimed to familiarise students with the Northern and Eastern countries of the CEE region and accordingly will geographically be limited to seven states – Belarus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Russia and Ukraine. Historically this region may be viewed as one geopolitical field where its dominant actors (larger European states – Germany, Poland and Russia, and to lesser extend Austria and Sweden) and actual borders changed according to the political conditions. Hence, despite divergent current adherence of these seven countries to different political blocks, each state and its history, culture and society cannot be introduced without the regional context. Accordingly, there is a solid ground for presentation of these countries and their societies during the course in a comparative way on the basis of their often competing historical narratives usually originating from the same political entities, and different experiences of their common communist/Soviet past. Thus, the course consists of two parts. The first part will have its focus on: - familiarizing students with the general context of the region, - displaying cultural, historical and societal similarities and differences between the countries and their societies, - explaining how historical memories and narratives affect current politics, societies and cultures of the region. It will be followed by the second part when each of the countries will be described more specifically considering both domestic and international context. Despite all the countries will be considered on the equal basis special attention during the course will be paid to Russia since this is the dominant actor in this region both politically and economically which thus in bigger or lesser extent influences all the countries of the region. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Davis, Norman. Heart of Europe: The Past in Poland's Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001. Hosking, Geoffrey. Russia and the Russians: a History, London and Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001. Hroch, Miroslav. Social Preconditions of National Revival in Europe: A Comparative Analysis of the Social Composition of Patriotic Groups Among the Smaller European Nations, Cambridge and New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985. Marples, David. Belarus: A Denationalized Nation Amsterdam: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1999. Plakans, Andrejs. The Latvians: A Short History, Stanford: Hoover. Institution Press, 1995. Plokhy, Serhii. The Origins of the Slavic Nations: Premodern Identities in Russia, Ukraine, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006. Snyder, Timothy. The Reconstruction of Nations: Poland, Ukraine, Lithuania, Belarus, 1569—1999, New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2004. Staliūnas, Darius. Making Russians: Meaning and Practice of Russification in Lithuania and Belarus after 1863, Amsterdam and New York: Rodopi, 2007 Teaching Methods Lecture Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Russian / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
469
TER 220 Story of Language: History and Civilization Lecturer Prof. Eva Eckert, Ph.D
Course code:
TER 220
Semester: Year of study: Course type:
2 1 required B.A. in CEES 1 3 6
Groups: Hours p. week: ECTS credits:
Learning Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will be able to: - Comprehend the concept of language overlapping with that of culture, writing history, representing nations and defining the modern man - Familirize themselves with fundamental historical breaks in the history of humanity as defined throught the history languages and their families, in particular those of Europe - Understand the historical and cultural landscape of today’s Europe as shaped by languages and words. Prerequisites None Course Contents The course provides an alternative view of world history as gleaned through the perspective of languages, alive and dead, dominant and powerless. Language tells the story of its speakers as they migrate, establish communities, enter into contacts with neighbors and change to satisfy the needs of its speakers. It explores the questions of shifts in power and unpredictable fates of world languages, alignments of languages with geographical and historical boundaries, invention of writing and the impact of Christianity. Indo-European migrations; Roman Empire and its colonies; Sumerian culture and writing; history of English and its rise to power; the rise of nations and national languages; classical Latin, Sanskrit, Greek and Arabic. Level of Course Bachelor’s, Introductory Recommended Reading Aitchison, Jean. Language Change, Cambridge U Press, 3rd ed., 2001. Barber, C., Beal J.C. and P.A. Shaw, The English Language: A Historical Introduction, Cambridge U Press, 1993. Comrie, Bernard. The Languages of the Soviet Union, Cambridge University Press, 1981. Hroch, Miroslav. “From National Movement to the Fully-Formed Nation”, in Becoming National. Ed. G. Eley and R.G. Suny. New York: Oxford UP, 1996, 60–77. Hupchik, Peter and Harold Cox, eds., The Palgrave Concise Historical Atlas of Eastern Europe: Revised and Updated, New York: Palgrave, 2001. The Atlas of Languages: The Origin and Development of Languages Throughout the World, by B. Comrie, S. Matthews, M. Polinsky, J. Aitchison, ABC Books, 2003. Mallory, J.P.&D.Q. Adams, Encyclopedia of Indo-European Culture. Routledge, 1997. Ostler, Nicholas: Empires of the Word: A Language History of the World. New York and London: HarperCollins Publs, 2005. Sayer, Derek. The Coasts of Bohemia: A Czech History. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1998. Schenker, Alexander M. The Dawn of Slavic: An Introduction to Slavic Philology. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1995. Teaching Methods Lecture Assessment Methods Mid-term exam, final exam Language of Instruction English / Elective Seminar Discussion in Russian Mode of Delivery: Face to face Recommended Optional Program Components All interested students can take elective seminar discussions in Russian
470
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
Abbreviations B.A. BA CBL CEES GEC HSC HUM IR IRD JC JEW LLB M.A. M.B.A. MABLIM N/A PP PS Req. req./opt. TBA UoL
Bachelor of Arts Business Administration (program of study) (Honours) in Comparative Business Law (program of study) Central and East European Studies (program of study) General Education Courses Humanities, Society and Culture (program of study) Humanities (program of study) International Relations (program of study) International Relations and Diplomacy (program of study) Journalism and Communications (program of study) Jewish Studies (program of study) LL.B. - Bachelor of Laws Master of Arts Master of Business Administration M.A. in Business and Law in International Markets Not Available Public Policy (program of study) Politics and Society (program of study) Required (Program Required Course) required optional to be announced University of London
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
471
Index of Individual Course Units ACC 233 Financial Accounting ...................................................................................................................... 85 ACC 263 Managerial Accounting ................................................................................................................... 85 ACC 511 International Accounting and Reporting ......................................................................................... 86 ART 101 History of Art I. ............................................................................................................................... 87 ART 102 History of Art II ............................................................................................................................... 88 ART 114 European Music History and its Appreciation ................................................................................. 89 ART 131 Prague Art and Architecture ............................................................................................................ 90 ART 140 History of Art in Eastern Europe ..................................................................................................... 91 ART 143 Cities of Eastern Europe: Moscow, St. Petersburg, Kiev in Literature, Architecture and Arts ....... 92 ART 144 Central and Eastern European Music History.................................................................................. 93 ART 150 Cities of Central Europe: Prague, Vienna, and Budapest ................................................................ 94 ART 225 Post-War European Film ................................................................................................................. 95 ART 232 The Art of Film in Central and Eastern Europe ............................................................................... 96 ART 245 Главы из истории русского театра (oт вoзникновeния до кoнцa XX. векa) ............................. 97 ART 246 Modernism and The Russian Avant-garde: Visual Arts, Architecture, Music and Film ................. 98 ART 250 Visual Culture ................................................................................................................................ 100 ART 251 Documentary Photography ............................................................................................................ 101 ART 252 Digital Photography....................................................................................................................... 101 ART 270 20th Century Art ............................................................................................................................. 102 ART 280 Jewish Art and Architecture in Central Europe ............................................................................. 103 ART 340 East Asian Art History ................................................................................................................... 104 ART 354 Visual Communication .................................................................................................................. 105 ART 355 Christianity in Western Art............................................................................................................ 106 ART 372 Contemporary Art Scene ............................................................................................................... 107 ART 471 Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art ..................................................................................... 108 ART 500 Art and Society: The History of Visual Arts in the 20th Century ................................................... 109 ART 520 20th Century Art & Literature: The Avant-garde ........................................................................... 110 ART 550 Art and the Concept of Freedom ................................................................................................... 111 ART 551 Art in the Public Realm ................................................................................................................. 112 ART 552 Major Film Directors: Selected Topics.......................................................................................... 113 ART 553 Advanced Film Seminar: Women Film Directors ......................................................................... 114 ART 571 Critical Approaches to Contemporary Art and Visual Culture ...................................................... 115 ASPP 501 Public Policy in Knowledge-Based Societies .............................................................................. 116 ASPP 502 Economic Sociology and Sociology of Labor Market ................................................................. 117 ASPP 552 Inequality: Class, Race, Gender, and Ethnicity ............................................................................ 118 ASPP 555 Sociology of Education and Social Stratification......................................................................... 119 ASPP 701 Internship / Research Practicum................................................................................................... 120 ASPP 702 Thesis Seminar ............................................................................................................................. 120 BUS 349 Internship ....................................................................................................................................... 121 BUS 600 Strategies for Competitive Advantage ........................................................................................... 122 BUS 601 Economic Analysis for Business ................................................................................................... 123 BUS 602 Accounting and Financial Analysis ............................................................................................... 124 BUS 603 Statistics for Business Decisions ................................................................................................... 125 BUS 604 Organization Design and Behavior ................................................................................................ 125 BUS 605 Marketing Management ................................................................................................................. 126 BUS 606 Operations and Technology Management ..................................................................................... 127 BUS 607 Financial Management ................................................................................................................... 128 BUS 608 Accounting for Management and Control ..................................................................................... 129 BUS 609 Business Analytics for Management ............................................................................................. 130 BUS 610 Understanding the Global Business Environment ......................................................................... 131 BUS 612 Strategic Management ................................................................................................................... 132 BUS 649 Internship ....................................................................................................................................... 133 CIS 161 Computer Information Systems....................................................................................................... 133
472
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
CIS 261 Business Information Systems ........................................................................................................ 134 COM 101 Composition I ............................................................................................................................... 135 COM 102 Composition II .............................................................................................................................. 136 COM 110 Public Speaking ............................................................................................................................ 137 COM 200 Introduction to Mass Communication .......................................................................................... 137 COM 201 Intercultural Communication........................................................................................................ 138 COM 220 Language Policy ........................................................................................................................... 139 COM 302 Public Relations & The Media ..................................................................................................... 140 COM 351 Creative Writing ........................................................................................................................... 141 COM 380 / 580 Language and Power ........................................................................................................... 142 COM 580 Language and Power .................................................................................................................... 143 CZE 101 Elementary Czech .......................................................................................................................... 143 CZE 103 Czech I ........................................................................................................................................... 144 CZE 104 Czech II. ......................................................................................................................................... 145 DIPL 500 Diplomatic History ....................................................................................................................... 145 DIPL 506 International Organizations .......................................................................................................... 146 DIPL 510 Public Diplomacy ......................................................................................................................... 147 DIPL 550 International Negotiations ............................................................................................................ 148 DIPL 600 Diplomatic Protocol and Intercultural Communication ................................................................ 149 ECO 105 Introduction to Economic Thought ................................................................................................ 150 ECO 110 Introduction to Macroeconomics ................................................................................................... 151 ECO 120 Introduction to Microeconomics.................................................................................................... 152 ECO 300 International Economics ................................................................................................................ 153 ECO 320 EU Market and Business Policies .................................................................................................. 154 ECO 322 Behavioral Economics ................................................................................................................... 154 ECO 340 Intermediate Microeconomics ....................................................................................................... 155 ECO 341 Games People Play in Business ..................................................................................................... 156 ECO 342 Global Energy for Business ........................................................................................................... 157 ECO 361 Economic Transition and Development in Central and Eastern Europe........................................ 159 ECO 364 Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Direct Investment ............................................................. 160 ECO 366 The Political Economy of Oil and Gas in Central and Eastern Europe ......................................... 161 ECO 500 International Trade ........................................................................................................................ 162 ECO 541 Games People Play in Business ..................................................................................................... 163 ECO 562 Economic of Transition, Restructuring and Development............................................................. 164 ECO 564 Multinational Enterprises and Foreign Direct Investment ............................................................. 164 ECO 620 Political Economy of European Integration and Trade in the EU ................................................. 165 ECO 640 Organizational Theory and Design ................................................................................................ 167 ENV 310 Environmental Issues of Central and Eastern Europe ................................................................... 168 ENV 500 Environment and Public Policy (Environment and Society) / Environmental Anthropology ....... 169 FIN 204 Money and Banking ........................................................................................................................ 169 FIN 304 Corporate Finance ........................................................................................................................... 170 FIN 320 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management ............................................................................ 171 FIN 510 International Finance....................................................................................................................... 172 FIN 541 Corporate Finance in Global Environment ..................................................................................... 173 FIN 641 International Banking ...................................................................................................................... 174 FRE 100 French I. ......................................................................................................................................... 175 FRE 200 French II. ........................................................................................................................................ 176 GER 100 German I. ....................................................................................................................................... 177 GER 200 German II. ..................................................................................................................................... 178 HEB 101 Hebrew I. ....................................................................................................................................... 179 HEB 102 Hebrew II. ...................................................................................................................................... 179 HEB 103 Hebrew III. .................................................................................................................................... 180 HEB 104 Hebrew IV. .................................................................................................................................... 181 HIS 103 World History I ............................................................................................................................... 182 HIS 104 World History II .............................................................................................................................. 182 HIS 111 United States History I .................................................................................................................... 183
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
473
HIS 112 United States History II................................................................................................................... 184 HIS 121 European History I .......................................................................................................................... 185 HIS 122 European History II: The Making of Modern Europe ..................................................................... 186 HIS 123 History of Russia ............................................................................................................................. 187 HIS 180 History of the Jews: From the Beginnings to the Modern State of Israel........................................ 187 HIS 181 Jewish History and Culture ............................................................................................................. 188 HIS 230 History of Poland ............................................................................................................................ 190 HIS 231 History of the Cold War & Post-Cold War Transition .................................................................... 191 HIS 233 History of Ukraine and Belarus ....................................................................................................... 192 HIS 235 Czech/ Czechoslovak History ......................................................................................................... 193 HIS 236 The Jewish Experience in Central Europe ...................................................................................... 194 HIS 237 Central European History................................................................................................................ 195 HIS 238 Tradition & Modernity: Jewish Culture in Central Europe ............................................................. 195 HIS 270 20th Century Social History ............................................................................................................. 196 HIS 282 Jewish History in Central and Eastern Europe ................................................................................ 197 HIS 283 The Jews in the Habsburg Monarchy .............................................................................................. 198 HIS 310 The Habsburgs and their Empire, 1526-1918 ................................................................................. 199 HIS 336 The Holocaust And Its Representation ............................................................................................ 200 HIS 380 History of Anti-Semitism ................................................................................................................ 201 HIS 381 Advanced Seminar on the Holocaust .............................................................................................. 201 HIS 383 You shall not Steal: The Robbing of Jewish Property, 1933- 1945 ................................................ 203 HIS 385 Denying the Holocaust .................................................................................................................... 204 HIS 585 Advanced Seminar on the Holocaust .............................................................................................. 205 HIS 600 Contemporary Currents in Historiography ...................................................................................... 206 HIS 601 History of Historiography ............................................................................................................... 207 HSS 200 European Music History and Appreciation .................................................................................... 208 HSS 310 Folklore & Mythology ................................................................................................................... 208 HSS 350 Internship ....................................................................................................................................... 209 HSS 390 B.A. Thesis Seminar ...................................................................................................................... 210 HSS 580 Externalizing Identity: Performance and Ritual Theory................................................................. 211 HUM 357 Documentary Film Seminar ......................................................................................................... 212 HUM 438 Jews and Gypsies in Modern Europe: Reinvesting difference in the Age of Homogenization .... 213 HUM 455 Hollywood & Europe: from National to Transnational Cinema .................................................. 214 HUM 500 Internship / Research Practicum in Humanities ........................................................................... 216 HUM 550 Art and Cultural Management ...................................................................................................... 216 HUM 554 Popular Cinematic Genres: Interpretation and Theory ................................................................. 217 HUM 600 Methods in the Human Sciences: Theoretical Paradigms ............................................................ 218 HUM 690 Methods in the Human Sciences: Critical Writing, Analysis & Interpretation ............................ 219 HUM 695 Methods in the Human Sciences: Scholarly Writing and Research ............................................. 220 HUM 699 M.A. Thesis .................................................................................................................................. 221 JEW 100 Introduction to Jewish studies........................................................................................................ 221 JEW 221 Jewish Community in the Czech Republic After World War II .................................................... 222 JEW 310 Memory and Genocide................................................................................................................... 223 JRN 200 Reporting I...................................................................................................................................... 224 JRN 201 Reporting II .................................................................................................................................... 225 JRN 220 Media and Democracy .................................................................................................................... 226 JRN 226 Changing Media ............................................................................................................................. 227 JRN 227 Cultural Reporting .......................................................................................................................... 227 JRN 250 Introduction to Broadcast News and Video Production ................................................................. 228 JRN 276 New Media - Digital Tools ............................................................................................................. 229 JRN 290 History of Broadcasting / Media .................................................................................................... 230 JRN 321 Media Impact in the New Europe ................................................................................................... 231 JRN 323 International Journalism ................................................................................................................. 232 JRN 421 Democratic Journalists in Exile in the Cold War ........................................................................... 233 JRN 422 Propaganda in Non-Democratic Regimes ...................................................................................... 234 LBS 101 Introduction to Business Law ......................................................................................................... 235
474
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
LBS 510 Business Law ................................................................................................................................. 237 LBS 540 Law of Business Contracts ............................................................................................................. 237 LBS 610 EU Law .......................................................................................................................................... 238 LBS 640 Protection of Economic Competition ............................................................................................. 239 LEG 101 Introduction to Law ....................................................................................................................... 240 LEG 106 Legal English ................................................................................................................................. 241 LEG 151 Common Law Reasoning and Institutions ..................................................................................... 242 LEG 152 Criminal Law ................................................................................................................................. 243 LEG 153 Elements of the Law of Contracts .................................................................................................. 243 LEG 154 Public Law ..................................................................................................................................... 244 LEG 206 Moot Court .................................................................................................................................... 245 LEG 236 EU Law .......................................................................................................................................... 245 LEG 251 Land Law ....................................................................................................................................... 246 LEG 252 Law of Torts .................................................................................................................................. 247 LEG 253 Law of Trusts ................................................................................................................................. 248 LEG 254 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory .................................................................................................... 248 LEG 295 Legal History of European Integration .......................................................................................... 249 LEG 300 Legal and Constitutional History of Central and Eastern Europe .................................................. 250 LEG 320 Commercial Law ........................................................................................................................... 251 LEG 325 Company Law ................................................................................................................................ 252 LEG 327 Succession ..................................................................................................................................... 252 LEG 330 Criminology ................................................................................................................................... 253 LEG 335 Evidence ........................................................................................................................................ 254 LEG 337 Dissertation .................................................................................................................................... 255 LEG 340 Family Law .................................................................................................................................... 255 LEG 345 History of English Law .................................................................................................................. 256 LEG 350 International Protection of Human Rights ..................................................................................... 256 LEG 355 Introduction to Islamic Law ........................................................................................................... 257 LEG 371 Business Law ................................................................................................................................. 258 LEG 380 History of Jewish Legal Tradition ................................................................................................. 259 LEG 384 Comparative Jewish, Canonical, and Islamic Law ........................................................................ 260 LEG 390 Thesis ............................................................................................................................................. 261 LEG 620 International Law ........................................................................................................................... 261 LIT 231 Literature of Prague ......................................................................................................................... 262 LIT 232 Thousand Years of Czech Literature ............................................................................................... 263 LIT 233 Central European Literature ............................................................................................................ 264 LIT 235 Masterpieces of Russian Literature ................................................................................................. 265 LIT 238 Poets and Poetry in Central and Eastern Europe ............................................................................. 266 LIT 280 Literature as Social Critique ............................................................................................................ 268 LIT 281 Politics and Drama .......................................................................................................................... 269 LIT 283 Jewish Literature in Central Europe ................................................................................................ 270 LIT 290 Introduction to World Literature ..................................................................................................... 271 LIT 302 Landscapes in the Literature and Art of Russia and Central Europe ............................................... 272 LIT 356 Advanced Seminar in Poetry ........................................................................................................... 274 LIT 430 Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka ................................................................................................. 275 LIT 500 Key Texts in Literary Modernism and Postmodernism ................................................................... 277 LIT 556 Advanced Seminar in Poetry ........................................................................................................... 277 LIT 660 Advanced Interdisciplinary Seminar in Romanticism ..................................................................... 278 LIT 661 Advanced Literary Seminar: Women Writers ................................................................................. 279 LIT 662 Advanced Seminar on Franz Kafka ................................................................................................. 280 MGT 205 Business Communication ............................................................................................................. 281 MGT 231 Career Management and Growth .................................................................................................. 282 MGT 245 Introduction to Management......................................................................................................... 283 MGT 255 Business Ethics ............................................................................................................................. 284 MGT 260 Leadership .................................................................................................................................... 285 MGT 275 Change Management .................................................................................................................... 286
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
475
MGT 280 Project Management ..................................................................................................................... 287 MGT 305 Entrepreneurship ........................................................................................................................... 288 MGT 325 International Business ................................................................................................................... 289 MGT 328 Customer Experience Management .............................................................................................. 290 MGT 353 Psychology for Managers ............................................................................................................. 291 MGT 355 Organizational Behavior ............................................................................................................... 292 MGT 356 Industrial Psychology ................................................................................................................... 293 MGT 357 Human Resources Management ................................................................................................... 294 MGT 377 Innovation Management ............................................................................................................... 296 MGT 415 Operations Management ............................................................................................................... 297 MGT 430 Strategic Planning I ...................................................................................................................... 298 MGT 435 Strategic Planning II: Thesis Seminar .......................................................................................... 299 MGT 510 Management and Communication in a Global Environment ........................................................ 300 MGT 527 Topics in Global Health Management .......................................................................................... 301 MGT 535 Entrepreneurship ........................................................................................................................... 302 MGT 551 Human Resource Management in the International Environment ................................................ 303 MGT 559 Professional Behavior in Organizations........................................................................................ 304 MGT 580 Sustainable Enterprise Management ............................................................................................. 305 MGT 631 Global Strategy: Innovations and Design ..................................................................................... 306 MGT 641 Business Strategies and Global Competition ................................................................................ 307 MGT 681 International Operations Management .......................................................................................... 308 MGT 700 Thesis Seminar ............................................................................................................................. 309 MKT 248 Introduction to Marketing ............................................................................................................. 310 MKT 250 Media and Marketing Communication ......................................................................................... 311 MKT 258 Introduction to Advertising........................................................................................................... 312 MKT 259 Introduction to Social Media Marketing ....................................................................................... 313 MKT 268 Public Relations ............................................................................................................................ 314 MKT 318 / 518 International Marketing ....................................................................................................... 315 MKT 320 Brand Management....................................................................................................................... 316 MKT 328 Consumer Behavior ...................................................................................................................... 317 MKT 339 Digital Marketing Convergence.................................................................................................... 318 MKT 340 Social Media Strategy and Implementation in Marketing ............................................................ 319 MKT 342 e-Business ..................................................................................................................................... 321 MKT 375 Marketing Research ...................................................................................................................... 322 MKT 420 Pricing Strategy ............................................................................................................................ 323 MKT 430 Strategic Marketing and Planning................................................................................................. 323 MKT 518 International Marketing ................................................................................................................ 324 MTH 111 Business Mathematics I ................................................................................................................ 325 MTH 190 Business Mathematics II ............................................................................................................... 326 MTH 222 Business Statistics......................................................................................................................... 327 MTH 250 Introduction to Econometrics ....................................................................................................... 328 MTH 320 Quantitative Decision Making ...................................................................................................... 329 PHI 125 Introduction to Philosophy .............................................................................................................. 329 PHI 141 Comparative Worldviews................................................................................................................ 330 PHI 172 Intellectual History of Central and Eastern Europe ......................................................................... 332 PHI 180 Freedom .......................................................................................................................................... 333 PHI 183 Introduction to Existentialism ......................................................................................................... 334 PHI 280 Jewish Philosophy ........................................................................................................................... 335 PHI 333 The Concepts of Evil....................................................................................................................... 336 PHI 334 Moral Philosophy and Meaning of Life .......................................................................................... 337 PHI 335 World Philosophies: East and West ................................................................................................ 338 PHI 400 Introduction to 20th Century Social Theory.................................................................................... 339 PHI 460 Seminar in Aesthetics...................................................................................................................... 341 PHI 520 European Philosophy ...................................................................................................................... 343 PHI 521 Advanced Seminar in Philosophy: Georges Bataille and Michel Foucault ..................................... 344 PHI 522 What is Text? Ricoeur on Text, Metaphor and Narrative ............................................................... 345
476
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
PHI 555 The Concepts of Evil....................................................................................................................... 346 PHI 570 Consumer as Creator: Exploring Receptor-Based Cultural Theory ................................................ 347 PHI 571 Readings of the 20th Century European Philosophy: Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari ................ 348 PHI 660 Aesthetics: From Enlightenment to Postmodernism ....................................................................... 348 PHI 665 Dr. Frankenstein and His Colleagues .............................................................................................. 349 PLI 101 Polish I............................................................................................................................................. 350 PLI 102 Polish II. .......................................................................................................................................... 351 POL 101 Introduction to Politics I ................................................................................................................ 352 POL 102 Introduction to Politics II ............................................................................................................... 353 POL 200 Political Philosophy ....................................................................................................................... 353 POL 201 Nations and Nationalism ................................................................................................................ 354 POL 202 Political Philosophy ....................................................................................................................... 356 POL 203 Contemporary Europe: History of European Integration ............................................................... 357 POL 205 Ethnic and Religious Minorities and in Central Eastern Europe .................................................... 358 POL 207 Ethnic Conflicts in Central and Eastern Europe............................................................................. 359 POL 220 West European Politics .................................................................................................................. 360 POL 225 EU Integration in Central and Eastern Europe ................................................................................ 361 POL 231 Czech and Slovak Politics .............................................................................................................. 362 POL 236 Introduction to Diplomacy ............................................................................................................. 363 POL 240 Russian Foreign Policy .................................................................................................................. 363 POL 241 Arab-Israeli Conflict ...................................................................................................................... 364 POL 250 Political Geography ....................................................................................................................... 366 POL 251 Introduction to International Relations .......................................................................................... 366 POL 280 Political Economy .......................................................................................................................... 367 POL 290 Social Science Research Methods .................................................................................................. 368 POL 303 Political Parties and Party Systems ................................................................................................ 369 POL 304 European Union: Policies and Current Issues ................................................................................ 370 POL 305 Contemporary Issues in International Relations ............................................................................ 371 POL 310 Public Diplomacy........................................................................................................................... 373 POL 311 American Foreign Policy in Film................................................................................................... 374 POL 312 Totalitarian Experience: Culture, Identity and Memory ................................................................ 375 POL 314 European Neighborhood Policy ..................................................................................................... 376 POL 316 / 516 Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science ................................................................ 378 POL 320 Politics of the European Union ...................................................................................................... 379 POL 323 Capitalism, Democracy, and Freedom: Critical Assessment of Neoliberalism.............................. 379 POL 324 U.S. and Global Civil Right ........................................................................................................... 381 POL 327 German History: Political History of a Great Power ..................................................................... 382 POL 330 Central and Eastern European Politics ........................................................................................... 383 POL 333 German Relations in East Central Europe...................................................................................... 384 POL 335 Russia, Turkey and Politics of the Caucasus.................................................................................. 385 POL 337 Russia, Poland and the Baltics ....................................................................................................... 386 POL 344 / 544 South Asian Politics & Culture ............................................................................................. 387 POL 348 Democratization ............................................................................................................................. 388 POL 351 Global Security .............................................................................................................................. 390 POL 360 Energy and Security Policy in Central and Eastern Europe ........................................................... 391 POL 362 Conflict Zones in Eastern Europe .................................................................................................. 392 POL 371 Central and Eastern Europe: Totalitarian Experience – Politics and Law ..................................... 394 POL 378 Public Policy in Central and Eastern Europe ................................................................................. 395 POL 381 Multiculturalism in Europe ............................................................................................................ 396 POL 382 / 553 Global Migration ................................................................................................................... 397 POL 384 / 584 Global Energy ....................................................................................................................... 398 POL 410 U.S. National Security Policy ........................................................................................................ 400 POL 412 / 512 The Americas ........................................................................................................................ 401 POL 430 Central Europe and Stalin: The Making of the Soviet Bloc ........................................................... 403 POL 440 / 540 Contemporary Issues in the Middle East .............................................................................. 404 POL 480 / 550 Theories of Globalization...................................................................................................... 405
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
477
POL 490 Internship ....................................................................................................................................... 406 POL 495 B.A. Thesis Seminar ...................................................................................................................... 406 POL 500 Theories of International Relations ................................................................................................ 407 POL 503 Political Parties and Party Systems ................................................................................................ 408 POL 505 Ethnic and Religious Minorities in Central and Eastern Europe .................................................... 410 POL 512 The Americas ................................................................................................................................. 411 POL 514 European Neighborhood Policy ..................................................................................................... 412 POL 516 Editorial Cartoons in Political and Social Science ......................................................................... 412 POL 520 EU Future -Trends & Perspectives ................................................................................................ 413 POL 540 Contemporary Issues in the Middle East ....................................................................................... 414 POL 542 Politics and Society of Sub-Saharan Africa ................................................................................... 414 POL 544 South Asian Politics & Culture ...................................................................................................... 415 POL 548 Democratization ............................................................................................................................. 415 POL 549 East Asian Politics ......................................................................................................................... 416 POL 550 Theories of Globalization............................................................................................................... 417 POL 551 Conflict Studies .............................................................................................................................. 417 POL 553 Global Migration ............................................................................................................................ 418 POL 559 Terrorism and Human Security: Perspectives on Contemporary Security .................................... 419 POL 565 Human Rights ................................................................................................................................ 420 POL 580 International Political Economy ..................................................................................................... 421 POL 584 Global Energy ................................................................................................................................ 422 POL 591 Advanced Research Methods for International Relations .............................................................. 422 POL 600 Public Policy as a Discipline .......................................................................................................... 423 POL 601 Public Administration .................................................................................................................... 424 POL 604 Comparative European Public Policies .......................................................................................... 425 POL 605 Comparative Political Systems and Strategic Governance ............................................................ 426 POL 606 Methods of Policy Analysis and Policy Design ............................................................................. 426 POL 690 Internship ....................................................................................................................................... 427 POL 695 M.A. Thesis Seminar ..................................................................................................................... 428 POL 700 Selected Issues in International Relations, Diplomacy and its History .......................................... 429 PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology ............................................................................................................ 430 PSY 250 Social Psychology .......................................................................................................................... 430 PSY 253 Psychology of Aggression .............................................................................................................. 431 PSY 361 Psychoanalysis and Art .................................................................................................................. 432 PSY 401 Psychology of Language and Mind ................................................................................................ 432 PSY 580 Theories of Antisocial Behavior..................................................................................................... 433 PSY 581 Phenomenological Psychology ...................................................................................................... 434 PSY 582 Abnormal Psychology: Jaspers, Goldstein, Canguilhem, Laing .................................................... 435 REL 140 Comparative Religions ................................................................................................................... 436 REL 271 Religion as a Social Force .............................................................................................................. 437 REL 280 Jewish Religious Beliefs and Practices .......................................................................................... 439 RUS 100 Russian I. ....................................................................................................................................... 440 RUS 200 Russian II ....................................................................................................................................... 440 SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology .............................................................................................................. 441 SOC 200 Introduction to Social Theory ........................................................................................................ 442 SOC 273 Culture, Identity and Film .............................................................................................................. 443 SOC 280 Social Anthropology ...................................................................................................................... 444 SOC 285 Social and Cultural Anthropology of Central and Eastern Europe ................................................ 445 SOC 290 Introduction to Social Science Research Methods ......................................................................... 446 SOC 301 Central and Eastern Europe Totalitarian Experience: Culture, Identity and Memory ................... 447 SOC 351 Gender and Culture ........................................................................................................................ 448 SOC 356 Surveillance & Visual Culture ....................................................................................................... 449 SOC 370 Popular Culture and Media Theory................................................................................................ 451 SOC 381 / 581 Sociology of the Family ........................................................................................................ 452 SOC 385 Holocaust in German Collective Memory ..................................................................................... 453 SOC 432 Inequality: Class, Race, Gender, and Ethnicity.............................................................................. 455
478
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
SOC 451 SOC 471 SOC 473 SOC 476 SOC 478 SOC 504 SOC 530 SOC 575 SOC 576 SOC 577 SOC 578 SOC 581 SOC 582 SPA 100 SPA 200 TER 110 TER 220
Anthropological Knowledge and Modern Civilization .................................................................. 456 Sociology of Aesthetics ................................................................................................................. 457 Modern Sociological Theories ....................................................................................................... 458 Sub-Cultures: Lifestyles, Literature and Music ............................................................................. 458 Understanding Media Fandom....................................................................................................... 459 Modern Sociological Theories ....................................................................................................... 460 How Can We Comprehend the Holocaust? ................................................................................... 461 Alternative Culture as Everyday Practice: beyond Frankfurt, Birmingham and other Schools ..... 462 Sub-Cultures: Critical Insights into Resistance ............................................................................. 463 Youth Cultures - Film and Music of the 1960s–2000s: Writing History with Visual Media ........ 464 Advanced Seminar on Alternative Cultures: Understanding Fandom ........................................... 465 Sociology of the Family ................................................................................................................. 466 Healthcare, Pensions, Employment and Welfare ........................................................................... 466 Spanish I ......................................................................................................................................... 467 Spanish II ....................................................................................................................................... 467 Introduction to Central and East European Studies........................................................................ 468 Story of Language: History and Civilization ................................................................................. 470
Anglo-americká vysoká škola /Anglo-American University
479
NOTES
Catalog 2014/2015
Anglo-American University Lázeňská 4, 118 00 Praha 1 Czech Republic Tel: +420 257 530 202 Fax: +420 257 532 911 [email protected] www.aauni.edu
